Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198907 | Circuit For A Communication Device And Method Of Controlling A Transmission - A circuit ( | 08-21-2008 |
20080198908 | Transceiver - To provide a transceiver ( | 08-21-2008 |
20080198909 | Efficient multiple input multiple output signal processing method and apparatus - A multi-channel communication transceiver configured to communicate over multiple channels, such as multiple twisted pair conductors, and implement MIMO processing is disclosed. The MIMO processing occurs in a separate MIMO co-processor, which may be a DSP type processor executing machine readable code or a dedicated MIMO filter. The MIMO co-processor may be located on a separate integrated circuit and interface with the transceiver via one or more data paths and one or more control data paths. Control data is exchanged to facilitate processing of the data in the MIMO filter. A slicer output or an error term, may be forwarded to the MIMO co-processor or generated within the co-processor. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205495 | RF Transceiver Adapted for Signal Isolators and Proximity Sensors - A transceiver having a transmitting antenna, a receiving antenna, and a substrate having transmitter and receiver dies is disclosed. The transmitter generates an RF signal having a carrier frequency and the receiver detects and amplifies signals of the carrier frequency. The transmitting antenna and/or the receiving antenna includes a first wire antenna loop having a length greater than or equal to one tenth of a wavelength of the carrier frequency. The first wire antenna loop is connected to the transmitter die by a wire bond on a bond pad of the transmitter die. The antenna loop or loops can be encapsulated in an insulating material to protect the loops and fix the loops in space. The transceiver can be configured to operate as a galvanic isolator or a proximity detector. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205496 | Transceiver circuit capable of separating hybrid signals by current - A transceiver circuit capable of separating hybrid signal by current is disclosed. The transceiver circuit includes a transmission circuit, a digital/analog converting module for transmitting signals and a receiver circuit for receiving signals. The digital/analog converting module includes an input end for receiving a first digital signal, a first output end coupled to the transmission end for outputting a first current signal, and a second outputting end for outputting a second current signal. The first and the second current signals are generated according to the first digital signal. The first current signal is proportional to the second current signal. The second current signal for generating a replica transmission signal is used in receiver circuit for removing transmit signal from receive signal. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212658 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION OF SIGNALS USING A DIRECT DIGITAL FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER (DDFS) - Aspects of a method and system for communication of signals using a direct digital frequency synthesizer (DDFS) are provided. A DDFS may enable generation of signals for down converting and/or up converting radio frequency (RF) signals in reception and transmission operations respectively. The DDFS may utilize a clock signal generated by a PLL and at least one frequency control word generated by a processor. The DDFS may generate the same frequency or different frequencies for the down converting signal and for the up converting signal. When different signals are needed for transmission and reception of RF signals, a first DDFS may be utilized for generating signals for down conversion and a second DDFS may be utilized for generating signals for up conversion. In this regard, a processor may generate separate frequency control words for the first DDFS and for the second DDFS. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212659 | Communication Device and Communication Method - Based on interference electric power attributed to a delayed wave, interference electric power attributed to a signal from another non-targeted terminal or a base station, and noise electric power, in order to obtain an index for further exactly representing the signal quality, the combination of a desired-signal/undesired-signal ratio | 09-04-2008 |
20080212660 | METHOD AND MULTI-CARRIER TRANSCEIVER WITH STORED APPLICATION PROFILES FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - A system and method for supporting multiple applications are described. A digital subscriber line system includes two transceivers in communication over a communication channel using multicarrier modulation. Application profiles are defined for characterizing transmission of information over the communication channel. Each application profile is a parameter set that is associated with a unique set of one or more applications that may become active between the transceivers and specifies the transmission requirements for such applications. Each transceiver stores the application profiles and transmits information over the communication channel according to the one of the stored application profiles. When a change in a number of applications active between the transceivers occurs, a second one of the application profiles is retrieved. The transceivers then transition to transmitting information over the communication channel according to the second application profile. The transitioning can occur without interrupting communication between the transceivers in order to retrain the transceivers. One of the transceivers transmits a message the other transceiver that specifies the second application profile and requests a transition to that second application profile. In one embodiment, the transceiver transmitting the request receives an inverted sync symbol from the other transceiver to synchronize use of the second application profile. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212661 | Communication Apparatus and Method of Controlling Same - A communication apparatus including a noise eliminator performing noise reduction processing to cancel a digitized signal received via a receiving antenna, a code decoder, connected to the last stage of the noise eliminator, that decodes the digitized signal that has been subjected to noise reduction processing, a desired-signal detector that limits the noise reduction processing by the noise eliminator when a digitized signal corresponding to a known form of modulation of a desired signal is received by the code decoder, a code interpreter, connected to the last stage of the code decoder, that interprets a decoded signal obtained from decoding by the code decoder, and a controller that disables limitation of the noise reduction processing when a decoded signal not corresponding to a known form of encoding of a desired signal is received by the code interpreter. | 09-04-2008 |
20080219330 | Digital subscriber line (DSL) tracking system - Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) concentrating systems and other equipment from various manufacturers may be tracked and monitored with a single DSL tracking tool. The DSL tracking tool functions as part of a system of computing devices and databases with various user interfaces. The DSL tracking tool can perform analyses and generate reports about DSL devices, DSL sites, DSL concentrating systems, and routers to aid service providers in provisioning and maintaining DSL equipment. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219331 | Methods and apparatus for reducing the effects of DAC images in radio frequency transceivers - Methods and apparatus for reducing the effects of digital-to-analog converter (DAC) images and transmission spurious effects in a receive frequency band of a radio frequency (RF) transceiver. A transceiver apparatus includes a transmitter portion having a DAC, a receiver portion configured to receive RF signals in a receive frequency band, and a variable rate clock generator. The variable rate clock generator is used to provide an oversampling clock for the DAC. The rate of the oversampling clock is adjustable and is selected so that an upconverted version of a DAC image created by the DAC is steered away from frequencies within the receive frequency band. A notch-effect low-pass filter (NELPF) may also, or alternatively, be used in the transceiver to reduce transmission spurious effects in the receive frequency band. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219332 | APPARATUS AND METHODS ACCOUNTING FOR AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL IN A MULTI CARRIER SYSTEM - Apparatus and methods are provided for accounting for the effects of automatic gain control (AGC) in a multi carrier communications system when combining pilot tone interlaces by essentially reversing the effects of the AGC. In an aspect, a method for adjusting for the effects of automatic gain control when combining pilot interlaces in an interlace filter of a communication system is disclosed. The method includes determining a normalization gain of an applied automatic gain control normalized to a predefined time. Additionally, two or more combining coefficients for an interlace filter are determined based on a selected criterion. Each of the two or more combining coefficients is then modified based on the determined normalization gain to yield adjusted combining coefficients. Corresponding apparatus are also disclosed. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219333 | Signal transceiver for differential data communication of ternary data and method therefor - A signal transceiver may include three transmission lines, a signal transmission unit, and/or a signal reception unit. The signal transmission unit may be configured encode first through third transmission data to generate first through third data and transmit the first through third data through the three transmission lines. The signal transmission unit may be configured to generate each of the first through third data at one of four or more voltage level. The signal reception unit may be configured to receive the first through third data and monitor voltage differences between the first through third data to restore the first through third data into first through third reception data. | 09-11-2008 |
20080232444 | Impulse Noise Management - Evaluation of the impact of impulse noise on a communication system can be utilized to determine how the system should be configured to adapt to impulse noise events. Moreover, the system allows for information regarding impulse noise events, such as length of the event, repetition period of the event and timing of the event, to be collected and forwarded to a destination. The adaptation can be performed during one or more of Showtime and initialization, and can be initiated and determined at either one or more of a transmitter and a receiver. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232445 | Multi-cell data processor - The exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a data processor having a processor engine composed of a plurality of processor cells, each cell including a local instruction memory and an instruction sequencer and being configured for selective connection with at least one adjacent cell enabling communication between cells. The processor engine is configured to be interposed between a radio frequency section and a baseband section to process data output from the baseband section prior to inputting the processed data to the radio frequency section, and to process signals output from the radio frequency section prior to inputting processed data to the baseband section. A plurality of communication-related functions are mapped into a corresponding plurality of regions of cells, and local instruction memory is configured to store program instructions for implementing all or a part of the associated function. As examples, one function may be a CORDIC function and another function may be a FIR filter function. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232446 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MATCHING AN INTEGRATED FM SYSTEM TO AN ANTENNA UTILIZING ON-CHIP MEASUREMENT OF REFLECTED SIGNALS - Aspects of a method and system for matching an integrated FM system to an antenna utilizing on-chip measurement of reflected signals are provided. In this regard a portion of a signal output by an integrated FM radio transmit block and reflected by an antenna may be routed to an on-chip signal analyzer. Accordingly, measurements of the reflected signals may be utilized to configure a matching network in order to provide a best impedance match between the FM radio and the antenna. In this regard, a best impedance match may maximize radiation efficiency and/or radiated power. Additionally, the configuration of the matching network may incorporate a correction algorithm/offset experimentally determined via a calibration utilizing external components. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232447 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALIBRATION IN AN FM TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM - Aspects of a method and system for calibration in an FM transceiver system may include: in an integrated FM system comprising an FM radio transmitter, an FM radio receiver and a common local oscillator, generating via the common local oscillator, one or more RF carrier signals and corresponding phase-shifted versions of the generated one or more RF carrier signals. The FM radio transmitter and/or the FM radio receiver may be calibrated based on an RF calibration signal generated from the one or more RF carrier signals and/or the corresponding phase-shifted versions of the generated one or more RF carrier signals. A phase between the one or more RF carrier signals and the corresponding phase-shifted versions of the generated one or more RF carrier signals may be adjusted based on the generated RF calibration signal. An in-phase baseband signal component associated with the generated RF calibration signal may be zeroed. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232448 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING AN FM TRANSMITTER AND FM RECEIVER IN A SINGLE CHIP FM TRANSMITTER AND FM RECEIVER SYSTEM - Methods and systems for optimizing an FM transmitter and FM receiver in a single chip FM transmitter and receiver are disclosed and may include receiving an FM signal from each of multiple selected antenna configurations. The received signal strength obtained for each configuration may be measured and stored in a memory, and FM signals may be transmitted and/or received utilizing a configuration that generates a received signal strength above a desired threshold from the measurement. The FM transmitter and receiver may be integrated on-chip, and may be impedance matched to the antennas utilizing selectable capacitors integrated on-chip and/or off-chip and selectable inductors located off-chip. The multiple antennas may comprise antennas that are internal and antennas that are external to the wireless device, each of which may be tuned for one or more wireless protocols. One or more of the antennas may comprise metal components within the wireless device. | 09-25-2008 |
20080240210 | GAIN INSENSITIVE HIGH-PASS VGA - An integrated circuit radio transceiver and method therefor includes a high-pass variable gain amplifier (HPVGA) operably disposed within one of the transmitter and the receiver front ends operable to provide a linear variable gain and a substantially constant high-pass frequency corner that does not vary with changes in gain level settings. The HPVGA includes an amplifier operably disposed to receive an input signal and to produce an amplified output based upon the input signal, an adjustable resistance block operable to adjust resistance based upon a gain control input and corner drift compensation block operably disposed to provide corner frequency compensation at the input terminal of the amplifier that is further coupled to receive the input signal from the adjustable resistance block. | 10-02-2008 |
20080247444 | System and method for multi-source communications - A system and method of multi-source communications, including a source provider, a transmitter, a receiver, a summing device, a plurality of delay devices, and a switch. The source provider provides a signal including a first and second signal. The transmitter is in communication with the source provider and the receiver. The receiver is in communication with the transmitter. The summing device combines the first and second signals received by the receiver. The delay device delays at least one of the first and second signals. The switch forms a bypass, such that at least one of the first and second signals bypasses one of the plurality of delay devices. | 10-09-2008 |
20080267269 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS - Disclosed herein is a method which may include determining whether to include a sounding reference signal or a demodulation reference signal within a variable block of a subframe, and transmitting the subframe from a wireless node to an infrastructure node. The subframe may include a plurality of blocks, each block including a plurality of subcarriers. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267270 | BIAS FILTERING MODULE INCLUDING MOS CAPACITORS - A bias filtering module with at least two capacitive levels satisfies both a settle time requirement and a filtering requirement using a voltage dependent filter module whose capacitance is a function of a voltage potential on the filtering circuitry output terminal. The final capacitance level is approximately three times larger than the initial capacitance level. MOS capacitors having a voltage dependent charge capacity within the bias filtering module are coupled between a plurality of bias lines and circuit common. In an alternate embodiment, a selectable first group of capacitors are switched into connection within the bias filtering module as a second group of capacitors approximately reach a fully charged state within a specified settle time to provide improved filtering. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLOSED LOOP TRANSMISSION - In a wireless communication system, a method and apparatus for closed loop transmission is disclosed. In accordance with the preferred embodiment of the present invention, a time frequency portion of an uplink frame is dynamically reserved as a sounding zone for uplink channel sounding. A first message is transmitted to a first subscriber station in a downlink frame assigning a time-frequency resource within the sounding zone, and a sounding waveform. Furthermore, a signal is received from the subscriber station within the assigned time-frequency resource, a partial channel response is determined from the received sounding signal, and the subsequent transmission to the subscriber station is tailored based on the at least partial channel response. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273579 | Programmable antenna assembly and applications thereof - A programmable antenna assembly includes a configurable antenna structure, a configurable antenna interface, and a control module. The configurable antenna structure includes a plurality of antenna elements that, in response to an antenna configuration signal, are configured elements into at least one antenna. The configurable antenna interface module is coupled to the at least one antenna and, based on an antenna interface control signal, provides at least one of an impedance matching circuit and a bandpass filter. The control module is coupled to generate the antenna configuration signal and the antenna interface control signal in accordance with a first frequency band and a second frequency band such that the at least one antenna facilitates at least one of transmitting and receiving a first RF signal within the first frequency band and facilitates at least one of transmitting and receiving a second RF signal within the second frequency band. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273580 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF CYCLIC EXTENSION IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEMS - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system may provide a dynamically calculated cyclic extension, the length of which may be based at least in part on a delay spread due to an experienced environmental condition. The length of the cyclic extension may be calculated by determining a channel impulse response, and then computing the energy distribution of the channel impulse response. The length of the cyclic extension may then be set according to the energy distribution of the channel impulse response. | 11-06-2008 |
20080279262 | ON CHIP TRANSMIT/RECEIVE SELECTION - An integrated circuit radio transceiver and method therefor includes transmit-receive selection circuitry that in a transmit mode, enables a circuit path between an output stage amplifier and an output node or antenna and disables a circuit path between an input amplifier and the output node or antenna. Alternatively, in a receive mode, the circuitry disables the transmit circuit path and enables the second circuit path. The transmit circuit path including transmit front end circuitry, the receive circuit path including receive front end circuitry and all circuitry for enabling and disabling are all on the same integrated circuit as the first and second circuit paths. The specific topologies avoid exceeding breakdown voltages of on-chip transistors used for transmit-receive circuitry operation. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279263 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN SPACE FREQUENCY BLOCK CODING COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus of reducing interference in space frequency block coding (SFBC) communication are disclosed. SFBC encoding is performed on at least one pair of symbols. The symbols are assigned to subcarriers in accordance with a frequency assignment pattern assigned to a cell. Different frequency assignment patterns are assigned to neighboring cells. Cells in the network may be divided into a plurality of groups and a different frequency assignment pattern may be assigned to each group of cells. The frequency assignment pattern may be defined such that subcarriers mapped to a pair of symbols in one cell are interlaced to subcarriers mapped to a pair of symbols in a neighbor cell. Alternatively, the frequency assignment pattern may be defined such that subcarriers mapped to a pair of symbols in one cell are shifted in a neighbor cell. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285633 | Communication devices with integrated thermal sensing circuit and methods for use therewith - A communication device includes an integrated circuit having an on-chip thermal sensing circuit that generates a temperature signal based on a temperature of the integrated circuit. A processing module processes the temperature signal to generate temperature information that can be transmitted to a remote device or processes the temperature signal to generate control for adjusting transmit and/or receive characteristics of an RF transceiver. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285634 | Near-end, far-end and echo cancellers in a multi-channel transceiver system - A transceiver according to the present invention receives data from a plurality of frequency separated transmission channels from a complementary transmitter and includes an interference filter for correcting for interference from transmitters other than the complementary transmitter. The interference filter, for example, can correct for near-end cross-talk and echo interference filtering and/or far-end crosstalk interference filtering is presented. A transceiver can include a transmitter portion and a receiver portion with one or more receivers coupled to receives signals in the plurality of frequency separated transmission channels. A baseband transmitter can be combined with one or more transmitters that transmit data into one of the frequency separated transmission bands. Any combination of modulation systems can be utilized (e.g. PAM for the baseband and QAM for the frequency separated bands). In some embodiments, one baseband PAM transmitter is combined with one or more frequency separated QAM transmitters. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291983 | SIGNAL ADJUSTMENT DEVICE - A signal processor and method for receiving a digital signal and providing an output signal to a signal receiving device includes a receiver for receiving a digital signal from an antenna and a control circuit for adjusting signal attenuation of the digital signal and generating an output signal. The control circuit includes a variable signal attenuator. The control circuit is operable to sample the output signal and to adjust the variable signal attenuator to adjust signal attenuation and the output signal toward a target output level. The adjusted output signal is communicated to the signal receiving device. The signal processor may include a splitter that receives the output signal of the variable signal attenuator and provides two output signals, one of the output signals being communicated to the signal receiving device and another of the output signals being sampled by the control circuit. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291984 | INTERLEAVER APPARATUS AND METHOD - One embodiment of the invention relates to a method of data processing. In the method, an initial data stream is received. A series of bytes having a total byte length is selected from the initial data stream, the series of bytes having a span in the initial data stream that is greater than the total byte length. At least one redundancy byte is calculated based on the series of bytes. An output data stream is transmitted over a transmission medium, where the output data stream includes the initial data stream with the at least one redundancy byte therein, and where consecutive bytes in the output data stream have an order that corresponds to an order of consecutive bytes in the initial data stream. Other devices and methods are also described. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298441 | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS - A radio communications apparatus executing transmit beam forming includes a receiver which receives an estimate value of a propagation path response, a computer which calculates a weighting matrix to be used for the transmit beam forming, in accordance with the estimate value, a correcting unit which corrects a component, of components of the weighting matrix, and a beam forming unit which executes beam forming using the weighting matrix corrected by the correcting unit and executes radio transmission. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298442 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA INCLUDING FREQUENCY AND CHANNEL CODE SELECTION - Systems and methods are disclosed for wireless transmission and reception of data including processing and buffering features. According to one or more exemplary aspects, there is provided a wireless audio receiver for receiving a plurality of packets of encoded audio data. Moreover, the receiver includes at least one receiving component that receives the plurality of packets to generate a plurality of decoded signals, a decoding component that decodes the first packet of encoded data transmitted to produce decoded data, and a selecting component that identifies the mechanisms for receiving additional encoded data. Other exemplary embodiments may include one or more receiving components that processing data regarding antenna, frequencies and channels selected for transmission, as well as an audio component that receives the decoded signals and produces decoded audio signals. | 12-04-2008 |
20080310487 | Single-chip wireless tranceiver - Embodiments of a wireless transceiver are provided. Embodiments can be used in multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) wireless transceivers. In an embodiment, radio control signal bundles are provided as direct parallel interconnects between digital signal processing modules and the radio module of the wireless transceiver to enable a precise low-latency control of radio functions. In another embodiment, a separate physical line is provided to control each radio setting of the radio module, thereby enabling simultaneous real-time control of any number of radio settings. In a further embodiment, the various digital and analog components of the wireless transceiver are integrated within a single chip of the same process technology. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310488 | Adaptive Transmission Rate and Fragmentation Threshold Mechanism for Local Area Networks - An apparatus for adjusting the transmission bit rate and fragmentation threshold of a wireless station in response to transmission errors is disclosed. In particular, the illustrative embodiment of the present invention is based on a wireless station that employs both an IEEE 802.11 radio and a Bluetooth radio, and determines whether transmission errors of the IEEE 802.11 radio are due to fading, or interference from the Bluetooth radio. It will be clear to those skilled in the art how to make and use alternative embodiments of the present invention for protocols other than IEEE 802.11 and Bluetooth, as well as stations that employ wireline or non-RF-wireless transceivers. | 12-18-2008 |
20080317105 | Low-current radio-frequency transceiver for use in short-range duplex communications applications - A low-current transceiver, powered by two small low-voltage batteries, for use in wireless headset/phoneset applications, such as hands-free headsets used with cellular telephones. Re-use of current from at least one circuit to provide power to at least one other power-consuming element of the transceiver, along with interrupt-driven control of the current made available to transmit and receive circuits, enables extended battery life (e.g., 120 hours). The headset/phoneset circuits incorporate a technique that draws an extremely low supply current from two low-voltage batteries while providing clear two-way communication over a range of about 3 meters. | 12-25-2008 |
20090003418 | Systems, Methods, Devices And/Or Computer Program Products For Providing Communications Deviod Of Cyclostationary Features - A wireless communications system configured for Low Probability of Intercept (LPI), Low Probability of Detection (LPD) and/or Low Probability of Exploitation (LPE) communications may use waveforms substantially devoid of a cyclostationary signature to improve a LPI/LPD/LPE property. A set of M independent “seed” waveforms that satisfy a time-bandwidth constraint may be used via a Gram-Schmidt Orthogonalization (GSO) procedure to generate M orthonormal functions. In accordance with exemplary embodiments, the M seed waveforms may be chosen from a band-limited Gaussian-distributed process and may be used to generate, via an orthogonalization operation a corresponding set of M Gaussian-distributed orthonormal functions substantially devoid of a cyclostationary property. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003419 | TRANSCEIVER FOR RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTING DATA OVER A NETWORK AND METHOD FOR TESTING THE SAME - The present invention provides a transceiver for receiving and transmitting data over a network, and a method for testing the same. In particular, the present invention provides a physical layer transceiver having a built-in-self-test (BIST) device that allows for, among other things, pulse density/width variation and jitter control. | 01-01-2009 |
20090010315 | Communication Methods and Apparatuses - Communication methods and apparatuses are provided. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010316 | RECONFIGURABLE MIMO TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD FOR USE THEREWITH - A wireless transceiver includes a plurality of antennas. A plurality of signal recovery circuits generate a selected number of received signals from a first subset of the plurality of antennas, based on a control signal. A receiver section recovers an inbound data stream from the selected number of received signals. A plurality of transmitter sections generate a selected number of transmitted signals to a second subset of the plurality of antennas, based on the control signal, wherein the intersection between the first subset of the plurality of antennas and the second subset of the plurality of antennas is the null set for each value of the control signal. | 01-08-2009 |
20090016416 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING APPLICATION, SERVICE, OR DATA VIA A NETWORK APPLIANCE - A portable beacon for use in a local network having a network appliance and an end device includes a processor, persistent storage accessible to the processor, and an interface. The beacon registers with the appliance. Registration employs the beacon's hardware identification to identify the beacon uniquely. The beacon enables communication of information between the appliance and the end device whether the end device is a networked end device that is connected or connectable to the appliance or a sequestered device that is isolated from the appliance. The beacon may be a U3 compliant or other type of USB flash drive device. The beacon may be connected to an end system to identify the system as an authorized system for a service that is provisioned on the appliance. The beacon may also be used as a controllable data transport device between the appliance and a sequestered device. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016417 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT HAVING A LOW EFFICIENCY ANTENNA - An integrated circuit (IC) includes an RF transceiver, a die, a package substrate, an antenna element, and a transmission line circuit. The die supports the RF transceiver and the package substrate supports the die. The antenna element has a length less than approximately one-tenth of a wavelength or greater than one-and-one-half times the wavelength for a frequency band of approximately 55 GHz to 64 GHz. The transmission line circuit coupling the RF transceiver to the antenna element. | 01-15-2009 |
20090022213 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAVING POWER ON A DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE - A method for saving power on a digital subscriber line (xDSL) includes: generating a statistic on data rates on the xDSL, adjusting the line rate and the transmit power on the xDSL according to the statistic result, and updating the line rate of an xDSL transceiver according to the adjusted line rate and transmit power. An apparatus for saving power on an xDSL includes a data rate statistics unit, a line rate adjustment policy unit, a line parameter adjusting unit, and a line rate updating unit for an xDSL transceiver. According to the embodiments of the present invention the average transmit power of the xDSL line can be reduced effectively and energy can be saved. | 01-22-2009 |
20090028225 | Modular Satellite Transceiver - A modular satellite transceiver is provided according to some embodiments of the disclosure. The modular transceiver may include an RF module and a back end module. The RF module may operate in a first band, and may include, for example, one or more antennas, an RF front end module, an up converter, a down converter, an analog-to-digital converter, and a digital-to-analog converter. The back end module may include various digital processing components and/or modules. The RF module may be removably coupled with the back end module such that the RF module may be replaced with another RF module operating in a second band. During transmission the back end module may provide at least one digital signal to the RF module; and during reception the RF module provides at least one digital signal to the back end module. | 01-29-2009 |
20090052508 | ADPLL FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER - In the case where a frequency control word is changed from FCW0 to FCW2, a control sensitivity estimation section | 02-26-2009 |
20090052509 | PHY CONTROL MODULE FOR A MULTI-PAIR GIGABIT TRANSCEIVER - A method for controlling operation of a multi-pair gigabit transceiver. The multi-pair gigabit transceiver comprises a Physical Layer Control module (PHY Control), a Physical Coding Sublayer module (PCS) and a Digital Signal Processing module (DSP). The PHY Control receives user-defined inputs from the Serial Management module and status signals and diagnostics signals from the DSP and the PCS and generates control signals, responsive to the user-defined inputs, the status signals and diagnostics signals, to the DSP and the PCS. | 02-26-2009 |
20090060011 | REUSE OF DIGITAL INTERFACE FOR MULTIPLE COMPONENTS - In one embodiment, a circuit can selectively adjust a current for driving a load. The circuit includes a sensor configured to measure a magnetic field associated with the current and provide a sensor voltage representative thereof. A control circuit is configured to selectively adjust the current as a function of the sensor voltage and a time-varying voltage threshold. Other methods and systems are also disclosed. | 03-05-2009 |
20090060012 | SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION DATA FROM A TRANSMITTER TO A RECEIVER OVER A NESTED BLOCK CHANNEL - The present invention concerns a system for transmitting information data from a transmitter to a receiver over nested block channel, the transmitter (TRD) comprising an encoder (ENC) following an error correcting code structure, the receiver (RCV) comprising a decoder (DEC) defined according to the error correcting code structure, the nested block channel (NBCH) comprising a scaled BPSK binary modulator (BM), the amplitude of which may vary from one bit transmission to the other. Such system is characterized in that the coding rate (Rc) of the encoder (ENC) or the parameters (D,L) of the nested block channel (NBCH) are selected dependently one from each other to achieve a target diversity order of the system and to maximize the coding gain. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067478 | Method and System for Implementing a PLL using High-Voltage Switches and Regulators - A method and apparatus in an integrated circuit radio transceiver are operable to apply a modified control signal to drive logic that includes a plurality of first devices having a first threshold voltage and a first gate oxide thickness that are both greater than a second threshold voltage and a second gate oxide thickness for a greater second plurality of devices within the integrated circuit radio transceiver. The transceiver therefore generates a first control signal having a first magnitude operable to drive logic that includes a plurality of devices having a second threshold voltage and applies the first control signal to a level shifter to produce the modified control signal. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067479 | Processing Received Digital Data Signals based on a Received Digital Data Format - An integrated circuit radio receiver includes radio frequency (“RF”) front end circuitry for receiving and transmitting digital data received through a wireless interface. A baseband processor is operable to process the digital data received through the wireless interface. A plurality of digital filtering logic is included wherein each digital filtering logic includes a level of digital filtering based upon a received digital data signal format. The integrated circuit radio receiver includes logic that is operable to select between each digital filtering logic of the plurality of digital filtering logic based upon the received digital data signal format to process the digital data received through the wireless interface with the selected level of digital filtering. | 03-12-2009 |
20090080502 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVERS BASED ON RF QUADRATURE AND LO QUADRATURE FILTERING FOR HIGH FREQUENCY APPLICATIONS - Aspects of a method and system for distributed quadrature transceiver using phase shifting may include frequency-translating a first signal to generate a second signal and a third signal, utilizing a plurality of conversion stages, wherein in at least one of said plurality of conversion stages, a first frequency scaled signal and a second frequency scaled signal may be summed. A third frequency scaled signal and a fourth frequency scaled signal may be summed. The first signal may be the corresponding input signal to at least one of the plurality of conversion stages, and the second signal and the third signal may be generated from one or more output signals of the plurality of conversion stages. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080503 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN OPERATION OF AN APPARATUS - The present invention relates to various embodiments of an apparatus, particular to an apparatus comprising a radio signal transmitter and/or receiver circuitry and to a method for controlling an operation of an apparatus. | 03-26-2009 |
20090086796 | Method And System For A High Frequency Signal Repeater Using A DDFS - Certain embodiments of the invention may be found in a method and system for a high frequency signal repeater using DDFS. Aspects of the method may comprise generating a first signal via a direct digital frequency synthesizer (DDFS), frequency translating a received RF signal using the first signal, and transmitting the frequency translated RF signal. The DDFS may generate the first signal using, for example, a local oscillator signal as a reference clock. A processor, which may comprise a CPU and/or hardware circuitry, may communicate one or more frequency control words to the DDFS to control generation of the first signal. Various embodiments of the invention may comprise mixing the first signal and the received RF signal via one or more mixers to generate the frequency translated RF signal. | 04-02-2009 |
20090103595 | Device and method for transmitting/receiving pulse signal - A pulse signal transmitting/receiving device is provided. The device includes a signal generating module for generating a transmitting signal including an amplitude-modulated chirp signal, and a reference signal including a chirp signal having a frequency that changes similarly to that of the transmitting signal, a transmitting module for transmitting a pulse having approximately the same waveform as that of the transmitting signal, a receiving module for receiving an echo signal that is the transmitting pulse reflected from a detection target object, a compensating module for extending a dynamic range of the echo signal received by the receiving module, and a pulse compressing module for outputting a pulse-compressed echo signal, wherein the pulse compression is performed by a correlation calculation between the echo signal having the dynamic range extended by the compensating module, and the reference signal. | 04-23-2009 |
20090122844 | TRANSFER OF ENCODED DATA - The invention relates to a method that includes transfer of data encoded on the basis of a first encoding scheme via an interface between a baseband assembly and a radio-frequency assembly of a mobile radio transceiver. The method further includes transfer of a data sequence which is encoded on the basis of the first encoding scheme and which identifies a change of encoding scheme from the first encoding scheme to a second encoding scheme. Lastly, the method includes transfer of data encoded on the basis of the second encoding scheme via the interface. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129451 | Data Transmission Rate Adaptation in a Wireless Communication System - A method for controlling a data transmission rate of at least one transceiver in a wireless system, the transceiver including a transmitter and a receiver, the method including the steps of: determining a signal quality characteristic corresponding to a signal received at the receiver by measuring a difference between one or more reference constellation points and one or more received constellation points, the signal quality characteristic representing an estimation of signal degradation through the wireless communication channel; and modifying a data transmission rate of the transmitter as a function of the signal quality characteristic. The step of modifying the data transmission rate of the transmitter includes: determining lower and upper threshold levels representing reference minimum and maximum signal quality characteristics, respectively, corresponding to the data transmission rate; measuring a signal quality characteristic of the received signal; determining whether the measured signal quality characteristic is within the lower and upper threshold levels; maintaining the data transmission rate when the measured signal quality characteristic is between the lower and upper threshold levels; and increasing the data transmission rate when the measured signal quality characteristic is less than one or more lower threshold levels associated with one or more corresponding higher data rates. | 05-21-2009 |
20090135890 | Physical layer device having an analog SERDES pass through mode - A physical layer device (PLD) includes a first serializer-deserializer (SERDES) device and a second SERDES device. Each SERDES device includes an analog portion with a serial port that is configured to communicate serial data with various network devices, and a digital portion that is configured to communicate parallel data with other various network devices. The PLD includes a first signal path that is configured to route serial data signals between the analog portions of the SERDES devices, bypassing the digital portions of the SERDES devices. Therefore, the SERDES devices can directly communicate serial data without performing parallel data conversion. A second signal path is configured to route recovered clock and data signals between the analog portions of the SERDES devices, but still bypassing the digital portions of the SERDES devices. The recovered clock and data signals are then regenerated before being transmitted over a network device. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141781 | DIGITAL COMMUNICATION USING AN INEXPENSIVE REFERENCE CRYSTAL - Systems and methods for digital communication using an inexpensive reference crystal are described herein. Some illustrative embodiments include a method that includes setting a center frequency of a local oscillator used by a radio frequency (RF) transceiver, sequentially applying each of a plurality of predetermined offsets to the center frequency of the local oscillator, determining a plurality of metrics indicative of the quality of a received signal (each of the plurality of metrics corresponding to a different predetermined offset of the plurality of predetermined offsets), and selecting a predetermined offset of the plurality of predetermined offsets that results in a metric indicating a received signal that is higher in quality than the received signal that results when applying each of the remaining predetermined offsets of the plurality of offsets. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141782 | VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATION SERVICES USING ORTHOGONAL SUB-CHANNELS - A method for using orthogonal sub-channels (OSCs) in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). A capability report is received from the WTRU, including an indication whether the WTRU supports OSCs. A determination is made whether to use OSCs for the WTRU and the result of the determination is signaled to the WTRU. If OSCs are used with the WTRU, the signaling includes an OSC assignment for the WTRU. In one embodiment, two resources are assigned to the WTRU and each resource is assigned to a different OSC. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141783 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF LIMITING QUANTITY OF DATA TRANSMITTED BY A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device is provided with a power-limiting module connected to the power supply and configured to limit energy supplied to the transmitter portion such that a defined maximum data transmission rate is not exceeded. The power-limiting module comprises an energy storage device, supplying energy to the transmitter portion, and a limiter limiting recharging of the energy storage device by the power supply. The energy storage device and the limiter are selected such that a defined maximum energy is suppliable to the transmitter portion, limiting the transmitter portion to transmit data at the maximum data transmission rate. Limiting the energy supplied to the transmitter portion ensures that the communication device does not transmit over the network more than a given, limited amount of information per time unit, thus, the quantity of data transmitted by the communication device is limited. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147836 | METHOD FOR FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION AND AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CONTROL FOR FILTERED SIGNAL WITH DESTROYED PHASE INFORMATION AND SIGNAL TRANSCEIVER - The invention provides a method for frequency offset estimation according to a filtered signal with destroyed phase information. In one embodiment, a filter filters an original signal according to a series of first filter coefficients to obtain a first-channel component of the filtered signal, and filters the original signal according to a series of second filter coefficients to obtain a second-channel component of the filtered signal. A series of third filter coefficients are first derived from the first filter coefficients. The original signal is then filtered according to the third filter coefficients to obtain a reference signal. A first frequency offset value is estimated according to the first-channel component of the filtered signal and the reference signal, wherein the first-channel component of the filtered signal is a first-channel component of an artificial signal, and the reference signal is a second-channel component of the artificial signal. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147837 | WIRELESS SYSTEM SYNCHRONIZATION USING FREQUENCY SHIFT MODULATION AND ON-OFF KEYING MODULATION - A system and method of wireless communication, in which both OOK and FSK modulation transceivers are used for communication among participating devices. On-Off Key (“OOK”) may be used to awaken a communication device, establish a communication channel, and handle transmission and reception of the control signal. In doing so, communication devices operating according to the invention may use less power than conventional communication devices. Once certain initial data is exchanged between communication devices, Frequency Shift Keying (“FSK”) may be used to provide the ability for many users to communicate in a more secure fashion, so that sensitive information, such as voice and data, may be transmitted between communication devices. In this manner, the privacy of data and voice signals may be more securely protected and transmitted by the FSK modulated signal. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147838 | Wireless Transceiver - In a MIMO wireless transceiver, priority control that judges priority of transmit data and a transmission mode table are provided to control an option as to which transmission system SDM or STBC is selected, coding rate and modulation method based on a transmission mode for a transmission destination that is determined by priority of transmission data and status of a communication matrix at the time of data transmission. With such arrangement, a wireless communication system composed of the MIMO wireless transceiver can control coding, MIMO signal processing and modulation methods according to priority of transmit data. More specifically, it is possible to ensure transmission of data having higher priority and improve throughput in total when a plurality of types of data are transmitted. | 06-11-2009 |
20090154534 | SOFTWARE DEFINED COGNITIVE RADIO - A computing device with a software defined radio. The software defined radio has an architecture with separate components to provide control functions and data processing functions. The control components configure the data processing components so that the software defined radio provides desired operating characteristics. Components in the data plane may derive information indicating operating conditions, which can be provided to one or more of the control components. In response, the control components can modify components in the data plane to adjust to operating conditions. | 06-18-2009 |
20090161737 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A COMMUNICATION SIGNAL - An access terminal for processing a communication signal includes a receiver. The receiver is configured to determine a bias point for the communication signal based on a quality measurement of the communication signal, the quality measurement having a carrier-to-interference (C/I) estimate associated therewith. The receiver is further configured to determine a C/I cap for the communication signal using the C/I estimate, the C/I cap being configured to cap a signal to interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR) of the communication signal. In addition, the receiver is configured to process the communication signal using the determined bias point and the determined C/I cap. A method is also provided for processing a communication signal. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161738 | Transceiver system with reduced latency uncertainty - A transceiver system with reduced latency uncertainty is described. In one implementation, the transceiver system has a word aligner latency uncertainty of zero. In another implementation, the transceiver system has a receiver-to-transmitter transfer latency uncertainty of zero. In yet another implementation, the transceiver system has a word aligner latency uncertainty of zero and a receiver-to-transmitter transfer latency uncertainty of zero. In one specific implementation, the receiver-to-transmitter transfer latency uncertainty is eliminated by using the transmitter parallel clock as a feedback signal in the transmitter phase locked loop (PLL). In one implementation, this is achieved by optionally making the transmitter divider, which generates the transmitter parallel clock, part of the feedback path of the transmitter PLL. In one implementation, the word aligner latency uncertainty is eliminated by using a bit slipper to slip bits in such a way so that the total delay due to the word alignment and bit slipping is constant for all phases of the recovered clock. This allows for having a fixed and known latency between the receipt and transmission of bits for all phases of parallelization by the deserializer. In one specific implementation, the total delay due to the bit shifting by the word aligner and the bit slipping by the bit slipper is zero since the bit slipper slips bits so as to compensate for the bit shifting that was performed by the word aligner. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161739 | RF TRANSCEIVER HAVING ADAPTIVE MODULATION - A modulation control module for use in an RF transceiver, the modulation control module includes a processing module and memory. The memory is operably coupled to the processing module, wherein the memory stores operational instructions that causes the processing module to: receive a multiple path channel estimation; and determining, for each transmit path of a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless communication, a modulation control signal based on a corresponding portion of the multiple path channel estimation. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168854 | De-Emphasis Circuit for a Voltage Mode Driver Used to Communicate Via a Differential Communication Link - A circuit for de-emphasizing information transmitted via a differential communication link includes a voltage mode differential circuit and a bi-directional current source circuit. The voltage mode differential circuit includes a first and second output terminal. The voltage mode differential circuit provides a first voltage via the first output terminal and second voltage via the second output terminal in response to a differential input voltage. The bi-directional current source circuit is operatively coupled between the first and second terminals. The bi-directional current source circuit selectively provides current in a first and second direction between the first and second terminals based on the first and second voltage. | 07-02-2009 |
20090175320 | Method to Determine the Number of Data Streams to Be Used in a MIMO System - The invention relates to a method to determine a transmission mode to be used at a MIMO-transmitter. The determination of an optimum transmission mode is done at the side of a MIMO-receiver. The receiver calculates for each stream of a maximum number of received streams an effective SINR-value for a given first linear dispersion code LDC. The SINR value of each stream is used to select, according to a desired BER target, a suitable modulation alphabet for each stream. A sum-rate is calculated over all streams and a first stream with a minimum effective SINR value is separated and is not considered furthermore. A linear dispersion code LDC with a smaller code rate than the first linear dispersion code LDC is selected and SINR-values for the remaining N-I streams are calculated. A new sum-rate is obtained accordingly. In case that the new sum rate of the remaining N-I streams is smaller than the sum rate of N streams, the sum-rate calculation is terminated. In all other cases, the step of separation of a stream with smallest effective SINR, the step of selection of a linear dispersion code LDC with a smaller code rate than the linear dispersion code LDC before and the step of calculation of SINR value for remaining streams are repeated accordingly. The most suitable code rate of the linear dispersion code LDC is selected after the termination and the code rate is reported to the transmitter, together with assigned quantized effective SINR value of each stream, to allow a final decision about a optimum transmission mode at the transmitter. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175321 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is a communication system including: at least one power line communication apparatus connected via a general power line for supplying a commercial alternate current power; a communication terminal having a modem for power line communication, and a plurality of first coils having different directivities; and a coupling apparatus, connected to a power line, having a filter for attenuating an alternate current component of the power line, and a second coil arranged after the filter; wherein the communication terminal executes mutual communication with any of the power line communication apparatus connected via the general power line through proximity communication based on an electromagnetic coupling action that is generated between the plurality of first coils and the second coil when the communication terminal is brought to the proximity of a coupling surface of the coupling apparatus. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175322 | TRANSCEIVER WITH ADJUSTABLE SAMPLING VALUES AND SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING METHOD THEREOF - A transceiver includes: a first DAC, for receiving a first digital signal to generate an analog signal; an operation circuit, coupled to the first DAC, for receiving the analog signal and a feedback signal to generate an operated analog signal; an ADC, for generating a second digital signal according to the operated analog signal; a digital signal processing circuit, for processing the second digital signal to generate a processed digital signal; a second DAC, for generating the feedback signal according to the processed digital signal; an adjustable delay circuit, for delaying a clock signal according to a control signal to adjust at least one sampling point of at least one of the first DAC, the second DAC and the ADC; and a control circuit, for generating the control signal according to the processed digital signal. | 07-09-2009 |
20090190635 | TRANSCEIVER FOR COMMUNICATING OVER DIFFERENT MEDIA TYPES - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a transceiver. The transceiver includes a transmitter having a first transmission path configured to transmit a digital baseband signal over a wireline medium. In addition, the transmitter has a second transmission path configured to transmit a radio frequency signal over a wireless medium. Other systems and methods are also disclosed. | 07-30-2009 |
20090201975 | DEGASSING CENTRIFUGAL APPARATUS WITH SENSOR - The present invention relates to a degassing centrifugal apparatus ( | 08-13-2009 |
20090207893 | HF CONVERTER FOR MOBILE DEVICES - A high frequency (HF) converter for a mobile device, having an input device configured to receive a first signal including data in accordance with a standard, non-HF communication protocol or in accordance with an HF communication protocol; a converter device coupled to the input device, the converter device configured to convert the first signal to a second signal including the data in accordance with the other of the HF communication protocol and the standard, non-HF communication protocol; and an output device configured to transmit the second signal. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207894 | Apparatus, methods, and computer program products providing improved communication in decentralized wireless networks - The exemplary embodiments of the invention enable self-organizing decentralized functionalities in wireless networks, such as ones having an arbitrary topology (e.g., cognitive radio networks), that utilize non-continuous communication, such as packet-based communication. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method includes: making at least one locally available decision or measurement by a first apparatus; and performing a local exchange of information between the first apparatus and at least one second apparatus within a decentralized wireless communication network that at least partially utilizes packet-based communication, wherein the local exchange of information enables cooperation between the first apparatus and the at least one second apparatus in making a collective decision at least partially based on at least one local decision or measurement. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207895 | Data transceiver system and associated methods - A data transceiver system may include an error corrector. The error corrector may include a plurality of delay units, each delay unit being configured to delay a corresponding data signal among a plurality of data signals by a time in response to a corresponding delay code among a plurality of delay codes and outputting the delayed data signal, an error detector configured to receive the plurality of delay codes, determine whether an error has occurred, and output an error signal according to the determination in a data frame lock operation, and a delay controller configured to set initial values of the plurality of delay codes to a predetermined value, vary and output each of the plurality of delay codes in response to a lock signal, and reset initial values the plurality of delay codes in response to the error signal in the data frame lock operation. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213913 | Internal Loop-Back Architecture For Parallel Serializer/Deserializer (SERDES) - An internal loop-back architecture for a parallel serializer/deserializer (SERDES) includes a transmitter macro including a plurality of transmit elements arranged in a parallel architecture, and a receiver macro including a plurality of receive elements arranged in a parallel architecture, wherein at least a portion of the transmit elements and a portion of the receive elements share a communication channel and wherein any of the plurality of transmit elements in a row can communicate with any of the plurality of receive elements in a row, and wherein each of the plurality of transmit element includes a loop-back arrangement with each of the plurality of receive elements. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213914 | CAPACITIVE ISOLATION CIRCUITRY - An integrated circuit having voltage isolation capabilities includes a plurality of communications channels for transceiving data from the integrated circuit. Each of the communications channel includes capacitive isolation circuitry located in conductive layers of the integrated circuit for providing a high voltage isolation link. The capacitive isolation circuitry distributes a first portion of a high voltage isolation signal across a first group of capacitors on a first link and a second link in the capacitive isolation circuitry and distributes a second portion of the high voltage isolation signal across a second group of capacitors in the first link and the second link in the capacitive isolation circuitry. A differential receiver on each of the plurality of communications channels receives the data on the first link and the second link. A differential transmitter on each of the plurality of communications channels transmits the data on the first link at a selected one of a first phase and a second phase and for transmitting the data on the second link at the selected one of the first phase and the second phase. The second phase is 180 degrees out of phase with the first phase. Each of the differential transmitters controls the selection of the first phase and the second phase on each of the first link and the second link such that only the first phase or the second phase is cross coupled onto a selected communications channel from adjacent communications channels. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219978 | Methods And Apparatus For Adaptive Link Partner Transmitter Equalization - Methods and apparatus are provided for adaptive link partner transmitter equalization. According to one aspect of the invention, a local transceiver adapts one ox more equalization parameters of a link partner by receiving a training frame over a channel between the link partner and the local transceiver, wherein the training frame is comprised of a predefined training pattern; adjusting one or more of the equalization parameters of the link partner; and determining whether the equalization of the channel satisfies one or more predefined criteria based on whether the predefined training pattern is properly received by the local transceiver The predefined training pattern can be a pseudo random pattern, such as a PN | 09-03-2009 |
20090232192 | Method and Transceiver System Having a Transmit Clock Signal Phase that is Phase-Locked with a Receive Clock Signal Phase - A transceiver system is disclosed that includes a plurality of transceiver chips. Each transceiver chip includes one or more SERDES cores. Each SERDES core includes one or more SERDES lanes. Each SERDES lane includes a receive channel and a transmit channel. The transmit channel of each SERDES lane is phase-locked with a corresponding receive channel. The transceiver system has the capability of phase-locking a transmit clock signal phase of a transmitting component with a receive clock signal phase of a receiving component that is a part of a different SERDES lane, a different SERDES core, a different substrate, or even a different board. Each SERDES core receives and transmits data to and from external components connected to the SERDES core, such as hard disk drives. A method of transferring data from a first external component coupled to a receive channel to a second external component coupled to a transmit channel is also disclosed. | 09-17-2009 |
20090238249 | Configurable Transceiver - A system is disclosed for operating a plurality of receiver paths and/or a plurality of transmitter paths in a single mode or multiple mode configuration. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238250 | REDUCED COMPLEXITY FREQUENCY BAND AND VIRTUAL ANTENNA COMBINATION (VAC) SELECTION - A downlink Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) is estimated in two steps. Initially, one or more subsets of received reference symbols are selected. If the transmitter may transmit signals in one or more of two or more frequency bands, optimal frequency bands are selected based on a first subset of reference symbols. If the transmitter may transmit using one of two or more VACs, an optimal VAC is selected based on the first or a second subset of reference symbols. An SINR is subsequently calculated for the selected frequency band and VAC combination, based on more than the subset(s) of reference symbols. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238251 | APPARATUS FOR MANAGING FREQUENCY USE - A device includes a plurality of integrated circuits (ICs). An IC includes a millimeter wave (MMW) transceiver and a controller. The controller is operably coupled to the MMW transceiver and to: identify one or more other devices that have an intra-device MMW communication coverage area that overlaps with the intra-device MMW communication coverage area of the device. The controller also determines a first frequency range for use by the one or more other devices and the device for controlled radiation pattern intra-device MMW communications. The controller also coordinates allocation of a frequency use pattern to the one or more other devices and to the device for use for non-controlled radiation pattern intra-device MMW communications. | 09-24-2009 |
20090245333 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTING CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for adapting a channel estimation scheme in a transceiver in a communication system are disclosed to adapt channel estimation to the transceiver environment, particularly for high Doppler environments. The disclosed methods and apparatus effect determination of an estimate of a power delay profile of a channel or a time correlation of the channel, or both. A channel estimation scheme is then determined based on at least one of the determined power delay profile and time correlation of the channel. By basing determination of a channel estimation scheme on the power delay profile and/or the time correlation of the channel, the channel estimation scheme is adapted to the particular environment of the transceiver by accounting for the delay spread of the channel and/or the speed of the transceiver. | 10-01-2009 |
20090252205 | ANTENNA ARRAY SYSTEM - Antenna system connectable to a base station, the antenna system comprising a digital radio unit connectable to at least one antenna element, wherein the digital radio unit comprises: at least one micro radio for receiving/sending digital radio signals having a digital down-converter/a digital up-converter and a digital signal converter. The at least one micro radio converts the digital radio signals to analogue RF (radio frequency) signals and vice versa. The at least one micro radio has at least one hub for processing digital radio signals and control signals and for routing said digital radio signals and control signals via at least one serial link and at least one interface. The at least one serial link is provided between the at least one hub and the at least one micro radio. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252206 | DIGITAL TRANSCEIVER - Digital Transceiver (DTRX) usable in a radio communications systems for transmitting and receiving digital base-band signals, wherein the DTRX ( | 10-08-2009 |
20090268791 | System and Method for Frequency Pushing/Pulling Compensation - A system and method for frequency pushing/pulling compensation in phase-locked loops including a method for cancelling frequency push/pull in an oscillator of a transmitter. The method includes computing an error signal from a signal of a phase locked loop, wherein the error signal includes an aggressor signal. Transfer characteristics are computed for the aggressor signal. A transmitted signal is filtered using the transfer characteristics to produce a correction term. The correction term is applied to a frequency control word being provided to the oscillator. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268792 | METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN A RADIO NETWORK EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT PERFORMING THE METHOD - Method and system for reducing interference between adjacent antennas wherein one antenna transmits a first signal from a transmitter equipment and a second antenna receives a second signal by a receiver equipment, the first and the second signals may have the same frequency, and the angular discrimination between the TX antenna and the RX antenna in the same location is low. The transmitter equipment inputs an intermediate frequency contribution of the first signal into a cross-polar interference canceller, included in the receiver equipment, for reducing a co-channel interference in the receiver equipment caused by the first and the second signals, wherein the cross-polar interference canceller selects a desired signal from the two signals received so as to reduce said interference. | 10-29-2009 |
20090274199 | Adaptive Modulation Control Apparatus and Wireless Communication Apparatus - [Object] To prevent communication performance capabilities from deteriorating even in the cases that the estimation error of the propagation path is significant, and that the variation speed of the propagation path characteristics is fast. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274200 | System and Method for Time Domain Interpolation of Signals for Channel Estimation - A system and method for time domain interpolation of signals for channel estimation. A method for computing channel estimates comprises storing symbols in a buffer, using time domain interpolation (TDI) for a first time to compute channel estimates for a set of sub-carriers of a symbol. The channel estimates are computed from the symbol and a first number of required symbols in the buffer. The method also comprises using TDI for a second time to compute channel estimates for the set of sub-carriers of a symbol. The channel estimates are computed from the symbol, a second number of required symbols in the buffer, and a buffered symbol used as a missing required symbol if the missing required symbol is not in the buffer. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274201 | ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER AND ETHERNET TRANSMISSION METHOD BASED ON COAX NETWORK - An Ethernet transceiver and an Ethernet transmission method are disclosed. The transceiver is adapted to detect the level amplitude of a received analog signal, adjust an amplification factor adaptively according to the detecting result to make the level amplitude of the received analog signal which has been amplified reach a same output level amplitude, perform an analog-to-digital conversion and a codec process, and transmit the signal to a MAC layer of the Ethernet. The transceiver is further adapted to amplify the level of a signal to be transmitted to a coax network and output the signal. The amplification factor is determined according to a maximum attenuation loss between coaxial terminals. In the present invention, an interaction between an Ethernet access point and a coaxial terminal and an interaction between coaxial terminals are carried out, which makes the CSMA/CD MAC layer of the Ethernet be adopted in an application environment of radio and television coax network. | 11-05-2009 |
20090279594 | System and Method for Controlling Aberrant Transceiver Operation - A transceiver and a method of controlling aberrant transceiver operation. In one embodiment, the transceiver includes: (1) a processor, (2) an interrupt system coupled to the processor and having a flag register associated therewith, (3) detection circuits associated with corresponding functional units of the transceiver and configured to detect conditions regarding the corresponding functional units and set corresponding flags in the flag register, the interrupt system configured to assert interrupts in response thereto and (4) an interrupt-handing routine executable in the processor and configured to respond to the interrupts by carrying out at least one of loading parameters and generating warnings based on identities of the flags. | 11-12-2009 |
20090285270 | RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNAL TRANSCEIVER AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE SAME - A radio frequency (RF) signal communication system provided with amplifier predistortion comprises an antenna for wireless communication. Through the antenna and a receiving path of the system, RF signals are received and transmitted to a baseband module. The transmission path of the system comprises a predistorter and an amplifier, in which the predistorter performs predistortion to compensate signal distortion under the amplification by the amplifier. A coupler is utilized to sample a portion of RF signals output by the amplifier as the feedbacks for the predistortion. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285271 | SYSTEM AND TRANSCEIVER FOR DSL COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON SINGLE CARRIER MODULATION, WITH EFFICIENT VECTORING, CAPACITY APPROACHING CHANNEL CODING STRUCTURE AND PREAMBLE INSERTION FOR AGILE CHANNEL ADAPTATION - A system for Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) data communications, and therefore the transceiver that contains the transmitter and the receiver implementing such system, based on Single Carrier Modulation (SCM). The invention includes an efficient vectoring structure that provides novel solution for crosstalk ( | 11-19-2009 |
20090285272 | PARTIAL RESPONSE RECEIVER - An integrated circuit device having a receive circuit is disclosed. The receive circuit generates first and second sets of samples of incoming symbols during first and second time intervals, respectively. A select circuit selects, based at least in part on the first set of samples, at least one sample from the second set to be output as a received data value. The integrated circuit device further includes a transmit circuit to generate an output symbol during a third time interval. The output symbol has an amplitude based, at least in part, on a transmit data value for which an output symbol was generated during a time interval prior to the third time interval. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290618 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR HYBRID MIMO SCHEMES IN OFDM/A SYSTEMS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure provide a hybrid receiver diversity scheme that involves combining received signals in accordance with a combination of multiple receive diversity schemes. Certain embodiments of the present disclosure provide a hybrid transmit diversity scheme that involves transmitting diversity signals to a receiver according to a transmit diversity scheme selected based on signal quality measurements received from the receiver. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290619 | TRANSCEIVER MODULE WITH DUAL PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS - Transceiver modules with dual printed circuit boards. In one example embodiment, a transceiver module includes first and second printed circuit boards (PCBs), a transmitter, a receiver, and a flexible circuit. The first PCB is positioned in a first plane and the second PCB is positioned in a second plane. The transmitter and the receiver are both positioned in a third plane that is offset from the first and second planes. The flexible circuit includes conductive traces that allow electrical data signals to pass between the transmitter and the receiver and the first and second PCBs. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290620 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING RECEIVER TRANSPARENT Q-MODE - In a receiver transparent Q-mode, i.e., a Q-mode that is only implemented by a transmitter, the receiver is unaware of the Q-mode state of the transmitter. In this type of Q-mode configuration, the transmitter could enter and exit Q-mode as desired while the receiver, could, for example, continue to function as if operating normally, such as in “showtime.” Through this approach, it is not necessary for the receiver to detect the transmitter's entry and exit of Q-mode. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290621 | TRANSCEIVER CIRCUITS FOR LOOP-BACK ADAPTIVE PRE-EMPHASIS DATA TRANSMISSION - Transceivers for data communications can include a first transmission line, a transmitter configured to transmit a first serial data stream that is obtained by deserializing first parallel data composed of k bits via the first transmission line, k being a natural number greater than 2, a second transmission line, and a receiver configured to measure transmission errors of a second serial data stream received through the first transmission line to transmit the measured transmission errors to the transmitter via the second transmission line and wherein the transmitter comprises a pattern generator configured to generate the first parallel data, a serializer configured to serialize the first parallel data to the first serial data, a pre-emphasis circuit configured to pre-emphasize the first serial data stream based on a pre-emphasis control value to transmit the pre-emphasized serial data to the receiver via the first transmission line, and a pre-emphasis controller configured to receive the transmission errors of the pre-emphasized serial data stream from the receiver via the second transmission line, and configured to set the predetermined pre-emphasis control value corresponding to a minimum transmission error, to an optimum pre-emphasis control value. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290622 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CROSSTALK CANCELLATION - The present invention effectively cancels echo, near-end crosstalk and far-end crosstalk. A FEXT canceller is placed at the transmitter rather than at the receiver according to an aspect of the invention. In some embodiment, a FEXT canceller can be placed at the receiver only or the combination of both ends. The FEXT canceller is continuously adapted with information sent back from a remote receiver and with data from a neighbor transmitter that causes the crosstalk at the remote receiver. This allows the FEXT canceller to quickly adapt to a change in crosstalk function or conditions with the surrounding environment, for example, aging, temperature, humidity, physical pressure, etc. In some embodiments, an adaptation control signal is sent back from the receiver to the transmitter by using an overhead bit in the frame format. In some embodiments, part of the FEXT canceller is built-in at the remote receiver. | 11-26-2009 |
20090296788 | Closed-loop signalling method for controlling multiple transmit beams and correspondingly adapted transceiver devices - A closed-loop signalling method controls multiple transmit beams. The method also includes transmitting a plurality of beams from a first transceiver via a plurality of transmission channels to a second transceiver, evaluating, at the second transceiver, characteristics of the plurality of transmitted beams received at the second transceiver. The method also includes deriving, at the second transceiver, beamforming information for being fed back from the second transceiver to the first transceiver based on the evaluated characteristics. The beamforming information is usable for controlling, at the first transceiver, the transmitting of the plurality of beams. The method also includes selecting, at the second transceiver, at least one set of beamforming information for being fed back from the second transceiver via a feedback path to the first transceiver. The method also includes calculating, at the first transceiver, additional beamforming information which was not contained in the feedback path, based on the beamforming information being fed back. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296789 | TRANSCEIVING DEVICE OF PULSE SIGNAL - A transceiving device includes a transmission signal generating module for generating a transmission signal that is frequency-modulated by a predetermined frequency sweep width, a transceiver module for transmitting a pulse signal having substantially the same waveform as a waveform of the transmission signal and receiving an echo signal corresponding to the transmission signal from a detection range, and a pulse-compression filter for pulse-compressing the echo signal received by the transceiver module. The pulse-compression filter has an input/output characteristic. The characteristic has, when the pulse-compression filter is inputted with an input signal having substantially the same waveform as the waveform of the transmission signal, a window function shape such that a phase spectrum of an output signal corresponding to the input signal is linear and an amplitude spectrum of the output signal does not have a frequency component other than a frequency band with which a frequency sweep is carried out. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296790 | Lange-ferrite Circulator for Simultaneous Transmit and Receive (STAR) with High Isolation and Noise Suppression - A three port circulator capable of simultaneous transmit and receive operations, high frequency, enhanced high isolation, noise suppression at the receive port and broadband performance comprising: an antenna port; a transmission port; a receiving port; wherein each port is connected to a 90 degree combiner/divider or a quadrature hybrid for splitting an input signal into two output components, the said output components have a ninety degrees relative phase difference to each other; each of said 90 degree combiners/dividers or quadrature hybrids in addition to the connection to the above mentioned ports has at least two output connections each of which are connected to a ferrite circulator and if a fourth connection, said fourth connection is attached to a matching load circuit; this arrangement of circuits allows the phase shifted signals from the transmit port to enter the 90 degree combiner/divider or quadrature hybrid and be recombined in phase at the antenna port, any residue signal due to impedance mismatch at the antenna port and/or the isolation or imperfect suppression of mode degeneracy of the ferrite circulator at the Y-junction will get to the 90 degree combiner/divider or quadrature hybrid at the receive port and is phased cancelled; said arrangement simultaneously allows the receive signal entering the antenna port and proceeding to the 90 degree combiner/divider or quadrature hybrid at the antenna port and to be combined in phase by the 90 degree combiner/divider or quadrature hybrid at the receive port. | 12-03-2009 |
20090304053 | DIGITAL MODULATOR, DIGITAL MODULATING METHOD, DIGITAL TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM, AND TESTING APPARATUS - Provided is a digital modulator, including a carrier wave output section that outputs a carrier wave, a variable delay section that delays the carrier wave, and a delay amount setting section that sets a delay amount by which the variable delay section delays the carrier wave based on transmission data being transmitted by the carrier wave. The variable delay section may include a multi-stage delay buffer circuit in which delay buffers that delay an input signal by a unit shift amount are connected in a cascade connection, the multi-stage delay buffer circuit may receive the carrier wave at a first-stage delay buffer as input, and the delay amount setting section may include a multiplexer that selects either an output from the carrier wave output section or an output from each stage of the multi-stage delay buffer circuit. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310656 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TECHNIQUE USING QR DECOMPOSITION WITH A TRIANGULAR SYSTOLIC ARRAY - An apparatus, system, and method to perform QR decomposition of an input complex matrix are described. The apparatus may include a triangular systolic array to load the input complex matrix and an identity matrix, to perform a unitary complex matrix transformation requiring three rotation angles, and to produce a complex unitary matrix and an upper triangular matrix. The upper triangular matrix may include real diagonal elements. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310657 | Method for Low Power Communication Encoding - In accordance with a low power communication encoding method a first piece of encoded information and a second piece of encoded information are generated based on a comparison of a current transmission record and a previous transmission record, then transmission data is selected based on which of the first and second pieces of encoded information will result in transmitting a fewer number of logical lows. Ultimately, the transmission data is transmitted on an open drain data line. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316764 | Communication circuit for a bi-directional data transmission - A communication circuit for providing a bi-directional data transmission over a signal line, thereby receiving a first digital data stream and transmitting a corresponding first signal into a near end of a signal line to a remote device, the remote device being connected to a far end of the signal line, receiving a second signal at the near end of the signal line from the remote device and deriving a second digital data stream therefrom, having a replica generator for providing, in response to the first digital data stream or a signal derived therefrom, a replica signal, and an extraction circuit for extracting the second digital data stream from the second signal in response to the replica signal and a comparator signal deduced from the near end of the signal line and an automatic test equipment having a plurality of communication circuits each providing a bi-directional data transmission. | 12-24-2009 |
20090323782 | Non-Federated Multi-Function KA-Band Exciter System and Method - Provided is a non-federated multi-function exciter. The non-federated multi-function exciter includes a waveform generator subsystem operable to provide waveforms programmable in time, duration, slope and frequency. A transmission subsystem is coupled to the waveform generator, the transmission subsystem having a first upconverter and a second upconverter coupled to the first upconverter. A communication modulation subsystem is coupled to the second upconverter of the transmission subsystem. A reference clock subsystem coupled to the waveform generator subsystem, the transmit subsystem and the communication modulation subsystem. The non-federated multi-function exciter is operable to generate interleaved radar and communication signals. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323783 | CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES FOR MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method, apparatus and system for performing over-the-air calibration routines in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system. An antenna array of a transceiver (e.g., transceiver of a base station) comprises a re-configurable antenna having two switchable configuration states. The antenna exhibits different degrees of electromagnetic coupling to other antennas of the array in a first state than in a second state. The reference antenna is switched to the first state for performing uplink/downlink calibrating transmissions and switched to the second state during uplink and downlink communications or channel sounding calibrating transmissions. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323784 | Software-Defined Radio Platform Based Upon Graphics Processing Unit - Described is using a graphic processing unit (GPU) as a programming platform to implement radio communication technologies. A software defined radio platform is implemented via a graphics processing unit (GPU). The GPU includes modules, corresponding to kernels, that process an incoming bitstream (e.g., from a CPU) into baseband signals for output by radio frequency hardware. Example modules include a PLCP module, a scrambler, an encoder, a puncturer, an interleaver, a mapper, a pilot insertion module, an OFDM module, and cyclic prefix and/or windowing modules. Other example modules/kernels convert a received baseband signal into a bitstream for consumption by a CPU or the like. In one example, an IEEE 802.11a transceiver is operated by the GPU-based software defined radio platform. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323785 | DATA COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - An object of the present invention is to provide a data communication technique which can reduce a size of a system by enabling bidirectional data communication, and enables a cheap system configuration. A data communication apparatus is provided, the data communication apparatus including a signal terminal (IN) for inputting receiving signals of pulses of which rise times or fall times are mutually different, a reference voltage terminal (GND) for inputting a reference voltage, a rise detection circuit ( | 12-31-2009 |
20100008406 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication apparatus compensates for phase and amplitude imbalances existing among transmit and receive branches, while also preventing likelihood information and SNR estimation error produced by such imbalance compensation. In an apparatus having a plurality of transmit and receive antennas and respective branches for each antenna, a calibration processor multiplies receive signals in each receive branch by antenna calibration coefficients, in order to correct phase and amplitude imbalances existing among the receive branches. A transmit beamforming matrix estimator then estimates a transmit beamforming matrix by using the multiplied receive signals. An estimator then solves for estimated values such as the noise power, likelihood information, and channel waveform equalization values for each receive branch, and in addition, derives a final estimated value that takes the multiplication by correction coefficients into account when averaging the estimated values for each receive branch or when computing a weighted average according to likelihood. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008407 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CALIBRATION METHOD - There is provided a communication apparatus, including a transmission unit that transmits information by a plurality of systems and a reception unit that receives information by a plurality of systems, wherein the transmission unit includes a calibration information generation unit that generates calibration information transmitted for each the system and a calibration information generation notification generation unit that generates a calibration information generation notification indicating that the calibration information has been generated by the calibration information generation unit for each system, and the reception unit includes a calibration information detection unit that starts measurement of time based on reception of the calibration information generation notification and detecting calibration information turned back by the transmission unit for each system after a fixed time passes after starting measurement of time. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008408 | GERAN TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE CHANNEL ENCODING ACROSS MULTIPLE GERAN TONAL CARRIERS - Embodiments of a GERAN transceiver for communicating in a global system for mobile communications (GSM) enhanced data rates for GSM evolution (EDGE) radio access network (GERAN) are described herein. The GERAN transceiver includes a codation module to split a turbo-encoded data block into a plurality of turbo-encoded data bursts and to interleave the plurality of turbo-encoded data bursts for individual transmission on across a plurality of tonal carriers corresponding to independent GERAN frequency channels. | 01-14-2010 |
20100014565 | Minimum Mean Squared Error Approach to Interference Cancellation and Maximum Likelihood Decoding of Space-Time Block Codes - Block-encoded transmissions of a multi-antenna terminal unit are effectively detected in the presence of co-channel interfering transmissions when the base station has a plurality of antennas, and interference cancellation is combined with maximum likelihood decoding. More specifically, the signals received at the base station antennas are combined in a linear combination that relates to the channel coefficients between the various transmitting terminal units and the base antennas. By selecting proper coefficients for the linear combination and choosing probable transmitted signals that minimize a minimum mean squared error function, the signals of the various terminal units are canceled when detecting the signal of a particular unit. In another embodiment of the invention, the basic approach is used to obtain an initial estimate of the signals transmitted by one terminal unit, and the contribution of those signals is removed from the received signals prior to detecting the signals of other terminal units. In still another embodiment, the decoding process is repeated at least twice by detecting the signals of the terminal units in a different order, and selecting the detections that produce the lowest uncertainty measure. The disclosed techniques are viable for any number K of terminal units transmitting concurrently over a given channel, where each terminal unit is using a space-time block code with N transmit antennas, and a base station has at least K receive antennas. | 01-21-2010 |
20100020857 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication apparatus includes a plurality of antenna branches for transmitting and receiving a wireless communication signal, a calibration coefficient calculator for calculating a calibration coefficient for each frequency band, the calibration coefficient correcting an imbalance in phase and amplitude existing between the antenna branches, a coefficient storage memory for storing the calibration coefficient of each frequency band, a calibration coefficient reader for reading the calibration coefficient of a frequency band of one of a transmission signal and a reception signal as a target to be calibrated, a calibration coefficient interpolator for interpolating a calibration coefficient of the frequency band if the coefficient storage memory stores no corresponding calibration coefficient of the frequency band, and a calibration coefficient multiplier for multiplying one of the transmission signal and the reception signal by one of the read calibration coefficient and the interpolated calibration coefficient. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027595 | Wireless Communication System, Apparatus and Method Thereof - Provided is a wireless communication system, comprising: a wireless communication apparatus which performs adaptive modulation for changing a modulation method and an encoding rate of a data channel, and transmits/receives a signal via MIMO multiplexing. The control information comprises first control information to be used for a MIMO stream separation process and second control information not to be used for the MIMO stream separation process. The selections in the second control information are changed corresponding to selected first control information. The wireless communication apparatus determines the first control information at an update timing of the first control information by referring to the first control information table, determine selections of the second control information based on the determined first control information, and select one of the selections of the second control information among the determined selections of the second control information at an update timing of the second control information. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027596 | CLOSED-LOOP DIGITAL POWER CONTROL FOR A WIRELESS TRANSMITTER - A closed loop power output calibration system for variable power output wireless devices. The wireless device includes a wireless transceiver having a transmit core coupled to a discrete power amplifier. Power detection circuitry formed in the wireless transceiver provides a detected power level of the power amplifier, and a reference power level, both of which are converted to digital signals using existing I and Q signal analog to digital converters in the receiver core. The digital signals are processed to cancel power distortion and temperature effects to provide a resulting power feedback signal. Corrective control signals are generated in response to the power feedback signal relative to a desired power output level. The gain in the transmit core is then adjusted in response to the corrective control signals such that the power amplifier outputs the target output power level. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027597 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECONFIGURABLE CHANNEL CODING - Aspects of a reconfigurable system for providing channel coding in a wireless communication device are described. The aspects include a plurality of computation elements for performing channel coding operations and memory for storing programs to direct each of the plurality of computation elements. A controller controls the plurality of computation elements and stored programs to achieve channel coding operations in accordance with a plurality of wireless communication standards. The plurality of computation elements include a data reordering element, a linear feedback shift register (LFSR) element, a convolutional encoder element, and a Viterbi decoder element. | 02-04-2010 |
20100034240 | Transmitter-Receiver System - The invention relates to a transmitter-receiver system comprising at least three transmitters and at least a first receiver and a second receiver, wherein the receivers are connected to a computing device that is arranged to analyse signals that said receivers receive from said transmitters and to calculate length and attitude information of an imaginary baseline connecting said receivers depending on at least carrier phase information of said signals using interval analysis. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034241 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING A SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and transceiver for processing a signal in a communication system are provided. The method includes identifying a Channel Impulse Response (CIR) of the signal as of minimum phase, maximum phase, or mixed phase, processing the signal without performing prefiltering when the CIR is identified as minimum phase and performing all pass prefiltering of the signal when the CIR is identified as maximum phase or mixed phase. The transceiver includes a computation block and an all pass filter. The computation block identifies CIR of a signal as minimum phase, maximum phase, or mixed phase, performs root identification when the CIR of the signal is identified to be mixed phase and enables all pass filtering of the signal when the CIR of the signal is identified as mixed phase or maximum phase. The all pass filter transforms the signal to its minimum phase equivalent. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034242 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TIMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for setting timing of sampling of one or more symbols. The disclosed methods account for at least three types of effective interference (EI) and are used to set the timing of a sampling window for sampling received symbols. The methods includes setting timing based on determining an energy density function accounting for both static and dynamic EI, determining the minimum of a total energy profile and sliding the sampling window to ensure that the minimum point is at a predetermined point, and determining and using a composite energy profile accounting for short term and long term fading effects. The disclosed apparatus include a transceiver employing one or more of the disclosed methods for setting timing when receiving the symbols. | 02-11-2010 |
20100040120 | LOW POWER RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method significantly reduces the average power for radio communication in a communication system, such as a system that has applications requiring low communication latency. The method may use a low power radio communication circuit (e.g., a non-heterodyne receiver) to wait for a communication request, taking advantage of the low power consumption of the radio communication circuit. Subsequent to receiving and validating the communication request, the communication system may switch to a more efficient—but higher power—communication circuit. Thus, effective communication is achieved without making undesirable tradeoffs, such as reduced sensitivity. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040121 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE ACTIVATION OR DEACTIVATION OF THE COORDINATION OF THE RADIO ACTIVITIES OF TWO MOBILE-RADIO TRANSMITTING AND/OR RECEIVING DEVICES - The method is based on the capability for coordination of the radio activities of two mobile radio transmitting and/or receiving devices. In the case of the method, a value of at least one characteristic variable is first of all determined, which is characteristic of the requirement for coordination of the radio activity of one or both transmitting and/or receiving devices. The coordination of the radio activity of one or both transmitting and/or receiving devices is then activated or deactivated as a function of the value. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046591 | FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT RADIOS - An integrated circuit radio transceiver and method therefor includes capacitive loop filter with selectable capacitive elements that are operable to adjust a signal level provided to a voltage controlled oscillator to control a frequency of an output signal of the oscillator. A plurality of switches are controlled by logic to define a discharge mode, a charge mode and charge sharing mode in which a plurality of capacitive elements share charge while generating the input voltage to the oscillator. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054312 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH LOW POWER SLEEP MODE AND RAPID-ON CAPABILITY - A multicarrier transceiver is provided with a sleep mode in which it idles with reduced power consumption when it is not needed to transmit or receive data. The full transmission and reception capabilities of the transceiver are quickly restored when needed, without requiring the full (and time-consuming) initialization commonly needed to restore such transceivers to operation after inactivity. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061428 | SPACED ONE-HOT RECEIVER - A mobile device that incorporates the MIPI D-PHY specification has data lanes for carrying data between electronic modules within the device. The data lanes may incorporate a spaced-one-hot approach for asynchronously receiving a data signal over a two-wire interface. A two-wire receive interface is provided that uses an exclusive-NOR to capture a timing signal along with a set-reset flip-flop which holds the state of the data line so that a D flip-flop that is clocked on the falling edge of the timing signal received from the exclusive-NOR gate can sample the data and provide an accurate asynchronous data output. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061429 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENCODING A DATA MATRIX AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DECODING AN ENCODED DATA MATRIX - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method for encoding a data matrix having at least a first component and a second component is provided wherein the value of the first component is determined, the number of bits to be used for encoding the second component is selected based on the value of the first component, the second component is encoded using the selected number of bits, and the first component is encoded. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061430 | Transmission/Reception Device - For transmission, a modulation method with a high bit rate is applied to subchannels with good transmission path characteristics, and a modulation method with a low bit rate is applied to subchannels with poor transmission path characteristics. In doing this, transmission path characteristic detection units | 03-11-2010 |
20100067565 | METHODS FOR IN-BAND SIGNALING THROUGH ENHANCED VARIABLE-RATE CODECS - Improvements are disclosed for in-band signaling, i.e., transmission of data in a voice channel of a digital wireless network during a voice call session. A family of narrow-band signaling methods is disclosed to successfully pass data-carrying signals through the low-bit rate modes of the EVRC-B vocoder commonly used in CDMA wireless channels. Some embodiments generate a tapered signaling waveform in tandem with another waveform using FSK-modulation. These features can be used in cell phones or other wireless communication devices, including automotive applications. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067566 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES WITH INTEGRATED GYRATORS AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A device includes an on-chip gyrating circuit that generates a motion parameter based on motion of the device. An RF transceiver generates an outbound RF signal from an outbound symbol stream, transmits the outbound RF signal to a remote station of a wireless network, and generates an inbound symbol stream from an inbound RF signal received from the at least one remote station. A processing module is coupled to process the motion parameter to produce motion data, to convert outbound data into the outbound symbol stream, and to convert the inbound symbol stream into inbound data, wherein the outbound data includes the motion data. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074309 | PHASE SHIFT BASED PRECODING METHOD AND TRANSCEIVER FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of transmitting data using a generalized phase shift based precoding or an extended phase shift precoding scheme in a multiple-antenna system using a plurality of subcarrier and a transceiver for supporting the same are disclosed. A phase shift based precoding matrix may be generalized and determined by a product of a diagonal matrix for phase shift and a unitary matrix for maintaining orthogonality in spatial domain. The diagonal matrix may be extended by a product of a precoding matrix for increasing channel power and the diagonal matrix for phase shift. The design of the transceiver can be simplified or communication efficiency can be improved by generalizing and extending the phase shift based precoding. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074310 | ACTIVE RESISTIVE SUMMER FOR A TRANSFORMER HYBRID - A system includes a transceiver configured to receive a composite signal. The composite signal is a composite of a transmit signal and a receive signal. A replica transmitter is configured to generate a replica transmit signal based on the transmit signal. A transmit canceller is configured to recover the receive signal at least in part by resistively summing the composite signal and the replica transmit signal. | 03-25-2010 |
20100080270 | RADIO FREQUENCY INDENTIFICATION TRANSCEIVER - A radio frequency identification transceiver is disclosed. The radio frequency identification transceiver includes: a transmitter path, including; a pulse shaper to tunably shape the pulse of a signal to be transmitted in different predefined frequency ranges; a modulator to modulate the shaped pulse to be transmitted into one of a plurality of predefined frequency ranges; a receiver path, including: a demodulator to demodulate a received signal from a plurality of predefined frequency ranges. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080271 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A CONTROL SCHEME ON POWER AND COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE REDUCTION FOR A TRANSMITTER - Provided is a method and system for controlling current characteristics in a transceiver having a transmitter. The transmitter includes a plurality of current cells. Each cell is configurable for operating in different modes. The method includes determining a first probability associated with transmitting data at a particular symbolic level and determining a second probability associated with each cell being used during a transmission at the particular symbolic level. Next, one of the modes for each cell is selected in accordance with anticipated performance requirements. An average current of the transmitter is then calculated based upon the determined first and second probabilities and the selected modes. | 04-01-2010 |
20100086011 | TRANSCEIVER APPARATUS, RECEIVER AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - A transceiver apparatus, a receiver and a power saving method thereof are provided. The receiver includes an analog-to-digital converter, an equalizer, a slicer, a delay unit, a decoder, a select unit and a control unit. The analog-to-digital converter transforms a received signal into a digital signal. The equalizer adjusts the digital signal to generate an equalized signal. The slicer receives and slices the equalized signal and generates a sliced signal. The delay unit delays the sliced signal. The decoder determines whether to decode the equalized signal or not according the control signal. The select unit selects one of the output of the delayed sliced signal and the output of the decoder to be an output signal according to a second control signal. The control unit determines whether to enable the control signal and the second control signal according to the state of the sliced signal and the output signal. | 04-08-2010 |
20100086012 | CALIBRATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device includes an integrated circuit (IC) and an antenna system. The IC includes a baseband processing module, a network processing module, a calibration processing module, a receiver section and a transmitter section. The network processing module establishes a wireless communication protocol and operational parameters based on the wireless communication protocol. The calibration processing module generates RF receiver calibration information based on the operational parameters and RF receive feedback and generates RF transmitter calibration information based on the operational parameters and RF transmit feedback. The receiver section provides the RF receive feedback and converts an inbound RF signal into an inbound symbol stream. The transmitter section provides the RF transmit feedback and converts an outbound symbol stream into an outbound RF signal. The antenna system provides the inbound RF signal to the receiver section and receives the outbound RF signal from the transmitter section. | 04-08-2010 |
20100086013 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEPTION IN A MULTI-INPUT-MULTI-OUTPUT (MIMO) ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DOMAIN MODULATION (OFDM) WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention includes a transceiver for use in a multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) Orthogonal Frequency Domain Multiplexing (OFDM) wireless communication system. The transceiver decodes and remodulates certain signal fields and uses the same to update the coefficients of a frequency equalizer thereby improving channel estimation and extending training. | 04-08-2010 |
20100091824 | RFIC WITH HIGH POWER PA - A radio frequency (RF) front-end includes a plurality of power amplifier modules and a plurality of impedance matching circuits. Each of the plurality of impedance matching circuits includes an input connection and an output connection, wherein outputs of the plurality of power amplifier modules are coupled to corresponding input connections of the plurality of impedance matching circuits to provide a desired loading of the plurality of power amplifier modules and wherein the output connections of the plurality of impedance matching circuits are coupled together to add power of the plurality of power amplifiers. | 04-15-2010 |
20100098138 | Method And Apparatus For Improving Energy Efficiency Of Mobile Devices Through Energy Profiling Based Rate Adaptation - Improved battery life for mobile wireless devices communicating using standard network protocols is obtained by measuring an energy profile of the transmitter circuitry with respect to transmission rate and transmission energy and adjusting operating conditions according to measured or deduced error rates. Additional energy savings are obtained reducing the total number of bits transmitted using payload compression and header truncation making use of application layer communications between the remote device and a power-unconstrained proxy device. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098139 | CREST FACTOR REDUCTION FOR OFDM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS BY TRANSMITTING PHASE SHIFTED RESOURCE BLOCKS - In the disclosed system and method phase (and optionally amplitude) shifts are applied at an OFDM transmitter to resource blocks within a given slot to implement Crest Factor Reduction (CFR). The phase shifts may differ between resource blocks and are selected to reduce the peaks in the OFDM waveform. The resource block phase shifts do not affect the demodulation process when the equalization at the receiver is performed on individual blocks separately. As a result, the crest factor reduction is achieved without increasing the EVM or BER in the received signal. In addition, a computational efficient algorithm for determining the resource block phase shifts needed for CFR is disclosed. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098140 | NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE CAPABLE OF PROMOTING CONNECTION QUALITY AND METHOD THEREOF - A network communications device is capable of promoting connection quality, and includes: a plurality of transmitting units for outputting a plurality of analog transmit-signals to another network communications device based on a plurality of digital transmit-signals; a plurality of receiving units for outputting a plurality of digital receive-signals based on a plurality of analog receive-signals sent from the another network communications device; an echo canceller for providing a signal for canceling an echo in one of the digital receive-signals; a near end crosstalk canceller for providing a signal for canceling near end crosstalk in one of the digital receive-signals; a decoding circuit for generating a decoded signal based on one of the digital receive-signals subsequent to cancellation of the echo and the near end crosstalk therein; and a power-increasing control circuit for increasing operating power so as to promote connection quality. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098141 | IMPLEMENTING AUTO-CONFIGURABLE DEFAULT POLARITY - The present invention relates to a system and method for implementing auto-configurable default polarity. More specifically, the present invention relates to a transceiver module comprising, for example, a single chip multi-sublayer PHY, where the single chip multi-sublayer PHY is adapted to implement auto-configurable default polarity. In one embodiment, the transceiver module comprises at least one program module adapted to be programmed with at least a default polarity setting. The single-chip multi-sublayer PHY comprises at least one selection register communicating with at least the program module, where the selection register is adapted to store at least the default polarity setting. The single chip multi-sublayer PHY further comprises at least one multiplexer communicating with at least the selection register and adapted to select one polarity from at least two possible polarities based at least in part on the default polarity setting. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103992 | Systems And Methods For Ramping Power Amplifier Output Power - A power amplifier circuit including a first transistor, a second transistor, and a power control circuit. The first transistor includes a first input and a first output. The second transistor includes a second input coupled in series with the first output of the first transistor. The input circuit is coupled to the first input of the first transistor. The power control circuit is coupled to the second input of the second transistor. The control circuit includes a time delay circuit and a variable source. | 04-29-2010 |
20100111143 | PORTABLE RADIO - A portable wireless unit capable of ensuring high speed, large capacity communication by lowering the correlation coefficient between antennas under various use states of a user. An antenna element ( | 05-06-2010 |
20100111144 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING AND CHANGING RF CHANNEL AND RF TRANSCEIVING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A method for determining and changing RF channels is provided in the present invention, wherein the RF channel is changed randomly and automatically according the communication status so that the communication status between a transmitting end and a receiving end is capable of being maintained to ensure data transmission. In another embodiment, the present invention further provides an RF transceiving system, in which a channel for communication between two wireless transmission modules is constructed automatically and randomly to prevent the communication channel from being duplicated so that channel collision is avoided. In addition, the present invention also provides frequency-hopping to prevent data from being lost and special coding to prevent data from reception error so as to ensure that the data in transceiving process will not be stopping, erroneous, or lost during the user operation. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118923 | PROGRAMMABLE WIDE BAND DIGITAL RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER - A receiver uses a wideband intermediate frequency (IF) in the analog domain and performs low IF down-conversion in the digital domain, using low-power, high-speed, high resolution analog-to-digital converters. The receiver can be integrated into an integrated circuit as one of several receivers. Such an integrated circuit may include multiple transmitters using adaptive non-linear modeling pre-distortion. The non-linear modeling may include memory. Imbalance in intermediate frequency in-phase and quadrature signals may be corrected in the digital domains. DC offsets in the intermediate signal may be corrected in both analog and digital domains. In one instance, the receiver provides a feedback receiver for the adaptive pre-distorter in a transmitter on the integrated circuit. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118924 | PROGRAMMABLE WIDE BAND DIGITAL RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER - A receiver uses a wideband intermediate frequency (IF) in the analog domain and performs low IF down-conversion in the digital domain, using low-power, high-speed, high resolution analog-to-digital converters. The receiver can be integrated into an integrated circuit as one of several receivers. Such an integrated circuit may include multiple transmitters using adaptive non-linear modeling pre-distortion. The non-linear modeling may include memory. Imbalance in intermediate frequency in-phase and quadrature signals may be corrected in the digital domains. DC offsets in the intermediate signal may be corrected in both analog and digital domains. In one instance, the receiver provides a feedback receiver for the adaptive pre-distorter in a transmitter on the integrated circuit. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118925 | WAVEFORMS COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF ELEMENTS AND TRANSMISSION THEREOF - Systems and/or methods are disclosed for generating a waveform that comprises a plurality of elements by using a Fourier transform and/or an inverse Fourier transform. The waveform that comprises the plurality of elements may be transmitted by transmitting, sequentially in time, the plurality of elements. In some embodiments, the Fourier transform and/or inverse Fourier transform comprises a Fast Fourier Transform and/or Inverse Fast Fourier Transform and the waveform that comprises the plurality of elements may be transmitted by using, sequentially in time, the plurality of elements to modulate a sinusoidal waveform. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118926 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR SELECTING SETS OF AVAILABLE SUB-CHANNELS - Information is transmitted over selected, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) sub-channels to avoid frequencies with unacceptable congestion, noise or interference levels. Using frequency hopping, selected non-contiguous OFDM sub-channels used for transmission may vary with time. Once a group of OFDM sub-channels is selected, a power level and modulation technique may also be selected based on channel quality. | 05-13-2010 |
20100124257 | TRANCEIVER FRONT END FOR SOFTWARE RADIO SYSTEM - A digital front end transceiver system ( | 05-20-2010 |
20100124258 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is a need for reducing the scale of a circuit that determines and decodes code types for reception signals coded with different codes. A reception logic circuit determines and decodes code types for reception signals coded with different codes. The reception logic circuit determines one of code types for a demodulation signal corresponding to the reception signal based on a difference between codes detected during a modulation period or a non-modulation period occurring in the demodulation signal. The reception logic circuit decodes the code type in accordance with the determined code type based on the modulation period or the non-modulation period that alternately occurs in the demodulation signal. In this manner, the received data is reproduced. There is no need for a decoder specific to each code. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124259 | Method and System for Determining the Delay of Digital Signals - A method of and system for determining the time required for a digital bit or bit stream to traverse a round-trip path from a source transceiver to at least one destination transceiver and back is disclosed. The relative timing of the transmitted bit or bit stream is compared to the return bit or bit stream using a high speed comparison configuration so as to provide in substantially real-time various measurements related to or derived from the time required to traverse the round trip path, including distance measurement in indoor positioning, real-time locating, adaptive cruise control, intelligent transportation systems, robotics, collision avoidance, personnel accountability, emergency location, search and rescue, loss and theft prevention, logistics, marine safety, network analysis, communication channel characterization, and other high-speed measurement tasks. In addition, a method of and system for determining the distance between a source transceiver and a destination transceiver, and a method of and system for determining the angular position of a transceiver with respect to at least two other transceivers, are disclosed. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128761 | LOOK THROUGH MODE OF JAMMING SYSTEM - A system includes a generator and at least one device. The generator includes a waveform oscillator and a blanking pulse generator. Each device includes a transmit antenna, a receive antenna, an antenna unit, a mixer and a detector. The antenna unit includes a receiver coupled to the receive antenna, an amplifier coupled to the receiver and a transmitter coupled to the transmit antenna and the blanking pulse generator. The mixer has inputs coupled to the amplifier and the waveform oscillator. The detector is coupled to the mixer. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128762 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus includes a transmitter and a receiver, and determines a modulation and error correction coding scheme used by the transmitter. The apparatus estimates a degree of channel variation, transmits, by the transmitter, a first frame for requesting response information necessary to select the modulation and error correction coding scheme, measures a response time between a instant when the transmitter transmits the first frame and a instant when the receiver receives a second frame including the response information, determines a threshold value of the response time for determining reliability of the response information, based on the degree of channel variation, and determines the modulation and error correction coding scheme selected based on the response information included in the second frame received by the receiver in the response time shorter than the threshold value. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128763 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes a storage unit that stores a predetermined eye mask pattern indicating a receivable range, a receiving unit that receives data from the other communication device, a waveform comparing unit for comparing a waveform of the received data with the eye mask pattern to generate comparison result data and a transmission unit for transmitting the comparison result data to the other communication device. | 05-27-2010 |
20100135368 | UPSAMPLING/INTERPOLATION AND TIME ALIGNMENT MECHANISM UTILIZING INJECTION OF HIGH FREQUENCY NOISE - A novel and useful apparatus for and method of upsampling/interpolating a discrete-time input sample stream with time alignment utilizing the addition of randomized high frequency noise. The upsampling mechanism is an effective implementation of a second order interpolator that eliminates the need for a conventional filter as the filtering action is effectively built into the mechanism. The upsampling mechanism takes the derivative of the discrete-time input sample stream, thereby effectively providing another order of interpolation over a conventional interpolator. Before outputting the interpolated signal, an integrator takes the integral of the interpolated samples. Any processing performed between the derivative and integrator blocks effectively provides an additional order of interpolation. High frequency noise (i.e. dithering) is added to the differentiated samples in order to eliminate the spectral regrowth spurs that would otherwise appear in the output after rounding. Delay alignment is performed on the differentiated samples in order to time align both phase/frequency and amplitude samples that are processed on different paths. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135369 | INTERACTION BETWEEN AN INPUT DEVICE AND A TERMINAL DEVICE - An input device interacts with a terminal device and/or controls the terminal device of a communication network. The terminal device serves to receive and to transmit a content data stream which represents a chat transmission. In addition, the terminal device functions to transmit messages created by the input device to a processing unit of the communication network. The input device has at least one sensor for determining a physical state of an operator of the input device. The input device is furthermore designed to transmit a value representing the physical state to the terminal and/or the processing unit. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135370 | BI-DIRECTIONAL INTERFACE CIRCUIT HAVING A SWITCHABLE CURRENT-SOURCE BIAS - A bi-directional interface circuit includes a transmitter portion, a receiver portion, a current source bias circuit, and a switch. When the interface circuit is transmitting data, the switch steers the bias current generated by the current source bias circuit to the transmitter portion of the interface. When the interface is receiving data, the switch steers the bias current to the receiver portion of the interface. Thus, the current-source bias circuit is kept on regardless of whether the interface is transmitting or receiving data. Because the current-source bias circuit is not turned on and off, the switching noise generated when the interface transitions between transmitting and receiving operations is eliminated or reduced. Consequently, any dead time inserted for such a transition can be minimized, and the effective bandwidth of the interface is increased. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135371 | DYNAMIC REGULATION OF POWER CONSUMPTION OF A HIGH-SPEED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for dynamically regulating the power consumption of a high-speed integrated circuit which includes a multiplicity of processing blocks. A first metric and a second metric, which are respectively related to a first performance parameter and a second performance parameter of the integrated circuit, are defined. The first metric is set at a pre-defined value. Selected blocks of the multiplicity of processing blocks are disabled in accordance with a set of pre-determined patterns. The second metric is evaluated, while the disabling operation is being performed, to generate a range of values of the second metric. Each of the values corresponds to the pre-defined value of the first metric. A most desirable value of the second metric is determined from the range of values and is matched to a corresponding pre-determined pattern. The integrated circuit is subsequently operated with selected processing blocks disabled in accordance with the matching pre-determined pattern. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135372 | Demodulator for a Multi-Pair Gigabit Transceiver - A feedforward equalizer for equalizing a sequence of signal samples received by a receiver from a remote transmitter. The feedforward equalizer has a gain and is included in the receiver which includes a timing recovery module for setting a sampling phase and a decoder. The feedforward equalizer comprises a non-adaptive filter and a gain stage. The non-adaptive filter receives the signal samples and produces a filtered signal. The gain stage adjusts the gain of the feedforward equalizer by adjusting the amplitude of the filtered signal. The amplitude of the filtered signal is adjusted so that it fits in the operational range of the decoder. The feedforward equalizer does not affect the sampling phase setting of the timing recovery module of the receiver. | 06-03-2010 |
20100142597 | DIGITAL MBOILE USB TRANSCEIVER - A digital mobile TV transceiver having improved performance is integrated as a USB dongle device for wireless devices. The antenna is not readily obvious to the user as it is hidden in the swing arms and cap of the device. The extendable arms act as telescoping antenna that increase the antenna length for improved antenna performance in the frequency range of 700 to 780 MHz. The antenna can swing into a position away from the body of the device, greatly improving the antenna gain performance and its radiation patterns. In addition, the antenna can be top-loaded design with dielectrics in the cap to further improve its performance. The USB transceiver comprises a USB adaptor, a retractable antenna, and a cap for protecting the USB adaptor when the antenna is retracted. The adaptor, antenna and cap lie in a plane rotatable by 360 degrees. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142598 | Wireless Frequency-Domain Multi-Channel Communications - A circuit for transmission and reception of multi-channel communications is disclosed. The transmitter path includes a digital modulation circuit receiving multiple channel binary data, and for each channel generating a digital representation of the data. A digital-to-analogue (D/A) conversion circuit ( | 06-10-2010 |
20100142599 | System and Method for Employing a Six-Bit Rank 1 Codebook for Four Transmit Antennas - A system and method for employing a six-bit rank 1 codebook for four transmit antennas is provided. A method for communications device operation includes estimating a communications channel between the communications device and a controller serving the communications device, thereby producing a channel estimate, quantizing the channel estimate using a codebook, thereby producing a selected codeword, and transmitting an index corresponding to the selected codeword from the codebook to the controller. The codebook includes a plurality of first level codewords, and each first level codeword includes a plurality of subsidiary codewords. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142600 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REDUCING TRANSMISSION POWER OF PACKET ORIENTED DATA AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING SUCH DEVICE - A method and a device for transmitting packet-oriented data are provided. The packet-oriented data includes information data and idle data. The idle data includes at least one symbol of lower amplitude. | 06-10-2010 |
20100150213 | SIGNAL TRANSCEIVER APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - A signal transceiver apparatus suitable for a wired signal transceiver system includes a differential signal transmitter, an impendence matching control module and a signal receiver. The signal transmitter has an output terminal which is connected to a transceiver wire. The signal transmitter includes a first impendence tuner and is used to receive a control signal so as to tune impendence of the first impendence tuner according to the control signal. Moreover, the impendence matching control module generates the control signal according to a compare signal and a lock signal. Besides, the signal receiver generates the lock signal and the compare signal according to a compare result between a current flowing through the first impendence tuner and a reference current. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150214 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION SCHEME - Provided is a multi-user Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) communication scheme. | 06-17-2010 |
20100158083 | REDUCING POWER LEVELS ASSOCIATED WITH TWO OR MORE SIGNALS USING PEAK REDUCTION DISTORTION THAT IS DERIVED FROM A COMBINED SIGNAL - The present invention provides a technique for reducing power levels associated with two or more input signals using peak reduction distortion that is derived from a combined signal, which represents a combination of the input signals. | 06-24-2010 |
20100158084 | HIGH FREQUENCY SYSTEM ON CHIP TRANSCEIVER - A system-on-chip (SOC) transceiver is provided. The transceiver is configured to operate in excess of 100 GHz and comprising the following components. A quadrature oscillator is configured to generate a fundamental frequency and a second harmonic frequency and comprises at least a pair of high frequency outputs at said second harmonic frequency. At least the second harmonic frequency exceeds 100 GHz. A transmission output is coupled to one of the high frequency outputs for transmitting an output signal at the second harmonic frequency. A transmission signal transformer is coupled to the other one of the high frequency outputs and configured to generate a differential oscillator signal at the second harmonic frequency. A radio frequency input receives radio frequency signals at the transceiver from an antenna. A radio frequency signal transformer coupled to the radio frequency input is configured to generate a differential radio frequency signal at the radio frequency. A mixer is configure to compare the differential radio frequency signal with the differential oscillator signal and output the comparison as an intermediate frequency signal. | 06-24-2010 |
20100177808 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSFERRING DATA - The invention relates to a method including a step of providing a clock having a clock period, wherein an integer multiple of the clock period defines a periodic time grid. In a further step, data packets are transferred between a baseband assembly and a radio-frequency assembly, wherein the times of the start of the transfers are offset with respect to the times of the periodic time grid. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177809 | Physical layer device having an analog SERDES pass through mode - A physical layer device (PLD) includes a first serializer-deserializer (SERDES) device and a second SERDES device. Each SERDES device includes an analog portion with a serial port that is configured to communicate serial data with various network devices, and a digital portion that is configured to communicate parallel data with other various network devices. The PLD includes a first signal path that is configured to route serial data signals between the analog portions of the SERDES devices, bypassing the digital portions of the SERDES devices. Therefore, the SERDES devices can directly communicate serial data without performing parallel data conversion. A second signal path is configured to route recovered clock and data signals between the analog portions of the SERDES devices, but still bypassing the digital portions of the SERDES devices. The recovered clock and data signals are then regenerated before being transmitted over a network device. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177810 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION MODES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for enabling multiple transmission modes based on control information of different formats. | 07-15-2010 |
20100183053 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - A system for data transmission, comprises a transmitter and a receiver in communication, wherein the transmitter is configured to receive a first data signal; encode information contained in the first data signal in a second data signal; and transmit the second data signal to the receiver; and wherein the receiver is configured to: receive the second data signal; decode information contained in the second data signal; wherein the second data signal is encoded with binary information, having: a first state of the binary data comprising a waveform with a duty cycle strictly between 50% and 100%; and a second state of the binary data comprising a waveform with a duty cycle strictly between 0% and 50%. | 07-22-2010 |
20100183054 | METHOD FOR THE ROBUST SYNCHRONIZATION OF A MULTI-CARRIER RECEIVER USING FILTER BANKS AND CORRESPONDING RECEIVER AND TRANSCEIVER - Synchronization method for a multi-carrier transceiver using a filter bank, for example a cosine modulated filter bank, a wavelet packet filter bank or a complex modulated filter bank, the transceiver comprising a transmitter ( | 07-22-2010 |
20100183055 | System and Method of Communication Via Embedded Modulation - A single subscriber line multi-point communication system is disclosed. In general, the multi-point communication system can include a first transceiver coupled to a subscriber line capable of transmitting and receiving at least two modulation methods, either of said modulation methods being operable to transmit a test signal, and a second transceiver coupled to said subscriber line capable of transmitting and receiving said at least two modulation methods, the second transceiver being operable to receive the test signal and determine at least one channel parameter from the test signal. A master transceiver that can be used in various embodiments of a single subscriber line multi-point communication system, and a tributary transceiver are further disclosed. | 07-22-2010 |
20100183056 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Overhead of signaling for retransmission control using a multiple codeword is decreased and throughput is improved. A radio communication apparatus performs data transmission by using the multiple codeword, and includes a reception device having a MIMO demodulation section | 07-22-2010 |
20100183057 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING MULTIPLE CODEWORD IN A MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a multiple codeword (MCW) in a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) communication system is disclosed. A method for transmitting a multiple codeword (MCW) in a Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) communication system includes performing a channel coding and modulation process for each codeword of the multiple codeword (MCW), multiplying the channel-coded-modulated result by a rotation matrix decided by either a spatial multiplexing rate or a layer (R), and performing a codeword permutation (CP) on the multiple codeword (MCW), performing a MIMO encoding on the multiple codeword (MCW), and transmitting the multiple codeword (MCW) via a multi-antenna. | 07-22-2010 |
20100189165 | Method, Device and System for Detecting Pilot Sequence Signal - A method for detecting pilot sequence signal includes: when the service data signal in the received signal is confirmed to be right, the said service data signal is extracted from the received signal, wherein, the service data signal and the pilot sequence signal in the received signal are located in the same slot; the pilot sequence signal is obtained from the received signal having been extracted the service data signal. At the same time, a communication device and a communication system are provided. The interference of pilot sequence signal made by the service data signal can be restrained, the detecting performance of the pilot sequence can be enhanced by using the present invention. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189166 | RECONFIGURABLE CIRCUIT, RECONFIGURABLE CIRCUIT FUNCTION MODIFICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A reconfigurable circuit has a plurality of calculation elements including a first calculation element and a second calculation element. The first calculation element has a first configuration memory for storing first configuration data. Output data of the first configuration memory is inputted to the second calculation element. A predetermined bit in the first configuration data is updated by using the second calculation element so as to modify the function of the first calculation element. The time required for testing the reconfigurable circuit is consequently reduced. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189167 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEPTION IN A MULTI-INPUT-MULTI-OUTPUT (MIMO) ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DOMAIN MODULATION (OFDM) WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention includes a transceiver for use in a multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) Orthogonal Frequency Domain Multiplexing (OFDM) wireless communication system. The transceiver decodes and remodulates certain signal fields and uses the same to update the coefficients of a frequency equalizer thereby improving channel estimation and extending training. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189168 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AUTONEGOTIATION - Disclosed are a system, method and device for negotiating a data transmission mode over an attachment unit interface (DDI). A data transceiver circuit may be coupled to one or more data lanes of the DDI. A negotiation section may receive a link pulse signal on at least one data lane in the DDI during a negotiation period and selectively configure the data transceiver to transmit and receive data on one or more data lanes according to a data transmission mode based upon the received link pulse signal. | 07-29-2010 |
20100195703 | Decoding of Orthogonal Space Time Codes - Implementations of improved OSTC decoding are disclosed where received channel output corresponding to a partial OSTC codeword may be used to generate estimated channel output, and where the received channel output and the estimated channel output may be used to reconstruct the OSTC codeword. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202498 | Compensating Transmission line to Reduce Sensitivity of Performance due to Channel Length Variation - Described embodiments provide a method and system for signal compensation in a SERDES communication system that includes monitoring the quality of a data signal after passing through a transmission channel. The quality of the data signal is monitored with at least one of a BER calculation algorithm and a received eye quality monitoring algorithm. Variations in channel length of the transmission channel are compensated for by i) adjusting a length of transmission line delay of the data signal from the transmission channel, ii) comparing the data signal quality with a threshold for the adjusted data signal; and iii) repeating i) and ii) until the data signal quality meets the threshold. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202499 | WIRELESS RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING SYSTEM - A differential radio frequency signal transmitter is provided. The differential radio frequency signal transmitter includes an oscillator, a modulator and an amplifier module. The oscillator generates a pair of differential oscillation signals. The modulator generates a pair of differential modulated signals according to an input signal and the pair of differential oscillation signals. The input signal is a digital signal. When the input signal is at a first state, the modulator outputs the pair of differential oscillation signals as the pair of differential modulated signals, and when the input signal is at a second state, the modulator outputs a constant voltage signal as the pair of differential modulated signals. The amplifier module receives and amplifies the pair of differential modulated signals and generates a pair of differential radio frequency signals, accordingly. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202500 | DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD USING PHASE SHIFT BASED PRECODING AND TRANSCEIVER SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for performing a precoding based on a generalized phase shift or a precoding based on an extended phase shift in a Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) system employing several sub-carriers, and a transceiver for supporting the same are disclosed. A phase-shift-based precoding matrix is generalized by multiplying a diagonal matrix for a phase shift by a unitary matrix for maintaining orthogonality between sub-carriers. In this case, a diagonal matrix part may be extended by multiplying a precoding matrix for removing an interference between sub-carriers by a diagonal matrix for a phase shift. By generalization and extension of the phase-shift-based precoding, a transceiver is more simplified, and a communication efficiency increases. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202501 | ADAPTIVE ACKNOWLEDGING AND POWER CONTROL - A communication device wirelessly coupled to another communication device. The communication device includes a first transmitter and a first receiver. The first transmitter is configured to transmit first power control bit information to the base station over a reverse link. The first transmitter has a timeline manager, configured to transmit the first power control bit information at a first rate according to a first pattern within a frame. The first receiver is configured to receive second power control bit information from the another communication device over a forward link. The first receiver has an adaptive controller, configured to determine the first rate and the first pattern. The first rate and the first pattern are selected from a plurality of rates and patterns available for transmission of the first power control bit information and the second power control bit information. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208777 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM USING GIGABIT ETHERNET PHYSICAL LAYER DEVICE - One embodiment is directed to a distributed antenna system for distributing radio frequency signals within a coverage area. The system comprises a first unit and a second unit that is communicatively coupled to the first unit using a gigabit ETHERNET compatible communication medium. The first unit and the second unit include respective non-ETHERNET compatible media control devices and respective ETHERNET compatible physical layer devices. The first unit receives radio frequency signals and generates a digital representation of the radio frequency signals. The first unit transmits at least a portion of the digital representation of the radio frequency signals to the second unit over the gigabit ETHERNET compatible communication medium. The second unit reconstructs analog radio frequency signals from the received digital representation of the radio frequency signals for radiation within the coverage area. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208778 | Transmitter device and HDMI sender/receiver device including the same - A transmitter includes a resistor, a protection unit, and a transmission unit. The resistor control unit controls a connection of a termination resistor between first and second transmission lines. The protection unit reduces first and second voltages, respectively, from the first and second transmission lines during a power-down mode. The transmission unit receives the dropped first and second voltages during the power-down mode and transmits first and second signals through the protection unit during a power-on mode. The resistor control unit connects the termination resistor to the first and second transmission lines when a transmission rate of the first and second signals is equal to or greater than a predetermined value. The resistor control unit is disconnected from at least one of the first and second transmission lines when the transmission rate is less than the predetermined value. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208779 | Transmitter for Reducing Channel Selectivity - A transmitter for reducing time selectivity and/or frequency selectivity in a wireless communication system includes a plurality of transmit antennas, a phase shifter which is disposed for each transmit antenna and is configured to shift a phase of data transmitted through the transmit antenna by a phase shift value, and a channel selectivity processor configured to obtain the phase shift value by using a channel phase value fed back from a receiver. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208780 | TRANSFER CIRCUIT, TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND TEST APPARATUS - There is provided a transfer circuit including a transmitter that outputs a transmission signal and a receiver that receives the transmission signal. Here, the receiver supplies to the transmitter a feedback signal for controlling a common level of the transmission signal output from the transmitter, and the transmitter controls the common level of the transmission signal output therefrom, in accordance with the feedback signal received from the receiver. The receiver includes a receiving section that operates in accordance with the transmission signal, a reference level generating section that generates a reference level representing an expected level for the common level of the transmission signal input into the receiving section, and a comparing section that compares the common level of the transmission signal input into the receiving section against the reference level and generates the feedback signal in accordance with a result of the comparison. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208781 | DISTRIBUTED MIMO - Embodiments of the present disclosure generally relate to communication, and more specifically to distributed multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems. | 08-19-2010 |
20100215085 | DECODING METHOD FOR SPACE-TIME ENCODING TRANSMISSION SCHEME IN WITH MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM AND RECEIVING APPARATUS FOR USING THE METHOD - A receiver according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention receives a transmitted signal, converts the signal to a predetermined symbol, and estimates channel information including a channel gain of a channel of the transmitted signal. In addition, the receiver generates an intermediate processing value for decoding the signal based on the estimated channel information and the symbol, and normalizes the intermediate processing value to the channel gain to generate a reference value. The generated reference value is used for a soft-decision value for decoding the signal. In addition, when the signal is decoded by using a hard-decision value, a constellation point value that is closest to the reference values is generated and set as the hard-decision value. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215086 | Multi-protocol channel-aggregated configurable transceiver in an integrated circuit - Embodiments in the disclosure include a multi-protocol transceiver including a configurable arrangement of receive and/or transmit circuitry. An exemplary transceiver can be selectively configured to effectively transmit and/or receive data communications corresponding to a select one of a plurality of high-speed communication protocols. Another more particular embodiment disclosed includes a configurable data path through link-wide Physical Coding Sub-layer (“PCS”) circuitry including link-wide clock compensation, encoding/decoding, and scrambling/descrambling circuitry and lane striping/de-striping circuitry; the configurable data path further includes lane-wide circuitry including clock compensation, encoding/decoding, receive block sync, and Physical Medium Access sub-layer (“PMA”) circuitry, and further includes bit muxing/de-muxing circuitry coupled to Physical Medium Dependent (“PMD”) sub-layer circuitry. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220770 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS - A transmitter apparatus capable of reducing the distortions of vector modulated waves. This apparatus includes variable coefficient filters ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220771 | IMPULSE NOISE MANAGEMENT - Evaluation of the impact of impulse noise on a communication system can be utilized to determine how the system should be configured to adapt to impulse noise events. Moreover, the system allows for information regarding impulse noise events, such as length of the event, repetition period of the event and timing of the event, to be collected and forwarded to a destination. The adaptation can be performed during one or more of Showtime and initialization, and can be initiated and determined at either one or more of a transmitter and a receiver. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220772 | Wireless Communication System Using Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Second Harmonic Techniques - A system is for encoding information on a passive surface acoustic wave (SAW) device. The system includes a requesting unit configured to wirelessly transmit an impulse signal. The impulse signal is a signal that includes only a single pulse. A SAW device has an interdigital transducer (IDT) configured to physically store coded data. The SAW device is configured to receive the impulse signal. In response to receiving the impulse signal, the SAW device excites the IDT to generate a coded signal that includes the stored coded data and frequency components at a fundamental frequency. | 09-02-2010 |
20100226415 | Mapping for MIMO Communication Apparatus - A method, MIMO communication device and electronic storage medium for mapping symbols during a duration of each plural consecutive frames of each of a plurality of first data streams ( | 09-09-2010 |
20100226416 | Compensating Pre-Filter for an OFDM Transmitter - A method and apparatus for reducing group delay and/or amplitude errors applied to a transmission signal by one or more transmission filters is described herein. The present invention characterizes the errors introduced by one or more transmission filters relative to a desired frequency response, e.g., the group delay and/or amplitude errors relative to a flat group delay and flat amplitude, respectively. Based on the errors, the present invention pre-compensates the digital frequency domain samples used to generate the transmission signal. In so doing, the present invention reduces the errors in the filtered transmission signal without placing limits on the design of the transmission filters. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226417 | DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD USING PHASE SHIFT BASED PRECODING AND TRANSCEIVER SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for performing a precoding based on a generalized phase shift or a precoding based on an extended phase shift in a Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) system employing several sub-carriers, and a transceiver for supporting the same are disclosed. A phase-shift-based precoding matrix is generalized by multiplying a diagonal matrix for a phase shift by a unitary matrix for maintaining orthogonality between sub-carriers. In this case, a diagonal matrix part may be extended by multiplying a precoding matrix for removing an interference between sub-carriers by a diagonal matrix for a phase shift. By generalization and extension of the phase-shift-based precoding, a transceiver is more simplified, and a communication efficiency increases. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226418 | Multicarrier Modulation Messaging for Power Level Per Subchannel Information - Upon detection of a trigger, such as the exceeding of an error threshold or the direction of a user, a diagnostic link system enters a diagnostic information transmission mode. This diagnostic information transmission mode allows for two modems to exchange diagnostic and/or test information that may not otherwise be exchangeable during normal communication. The diagnostic information transmission mode is initiated by transmitting an initiate diagnostic link mode message to a receiving modem accompanied by a cyclic redundancy check (CRC). The receiving modem determines, based on the CRC, if a robust communications channel is present. If a robust communications channel is present, the two modems can initiate exchange of the diagnostic and/or test information. Otherwise, the transmission power of the transmitting modem is increased and the initiate diagnostic link mode message re-transmitted to the receiving modem until the CRC is determined to be correct. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226419 | RECEIVERS FOR CYCLE ENCODED SIGNALS - Some embodiments include a transmitter having a cycle encoding circuit to receive a data input signal and to provide a full cycle encoded signal in response thereto by continuously joining portions of different encoding signals. Some of the encoding signals have a different frequency than others of the encoding signals and some of the encoding signals have a different phase than others of the encoding signals. Data is represented in data time segments of the full cycle encoded signal and no data time segment has more than one cycle of an encoding signal. In some embodiments, a receiver receives the cycle encoded signal and recovers data of the data input signal. | 09-09-2010 |
20100232479 | WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - Various example embodiments are disclosed relating to wireless transceivers, such as, for example, wireless MIMO (multiple input multiple output) systems. In an example embodiment, a method may include determining an updated channel frequency response ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100232480 | Capacitance Compensation System - A semiconductor device is described. The device comprises a transmitter associated with a die; a package adapted to be coupled to the transmitter and operative for receiving a data signal from the transmitter, wherein the package comprises at least one package trace having at least one segment, and the segment is capacitive and is positioned a quarter wavelength away from the die; a channel adapted to be coupled to the package and operative for receiving the data signal from the package; and a receiver coupled to the channel and operative for receiving the data signal from the channel. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232481 | PHASE CORRECTING APPARATUS AND DISTORTION COMPENSATING APPARATUS FOR RADIO TRANSMITTER - A phase correcting apparatus, for a radio transmitter which obtains a first radio signal (RS | 09-16-2010 |
20100232482 | Controlling Over-Modulation in FM Transmitters - Digital values representing an audio signal are formed in a FM transmitter. The deviation of the amplitude of the audio signal as represented by the digital values, from a reference amplitude level, is measured. The audio signal is filtered based on the deviation measured by processing the digital values, with the filtering designed to filter different frequency components of the audio signal with different respective magnitudes. Another set of digital values representing the filtered audio signal is generated, and used to frequency modulate a carrier signal to generate a FM signal. Over-modulation of the FM signal is thereby controlled. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232483 | Calibration Correction for Implicit Beamforming in a Wireless MIMO Communication System - A first packet is transmitted via a forward channel corresponding to a signal direction from a first transceiver device to a second transceiver device, wherein the first packet includes a request to initiate calibration. A partial dimensional description of a reverse channel is determined based on the reception of a second packet received from the second transceiver device, wherein the second packet includes training information of spatial dimensions used for the transmission of the second packet but does not include training information for all available spatial dimensions of a reverse channel. A correction matrix is developed from the partial dimensional description of the reverse channel and a description of the forward channel, and the correction matrix and a steering matrix is used to process signals to be transmitted via the forward channel. | 09-16-2010 |
20100238984 | Spatial Information Feedback in Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication unit and method therein including generating a transmission waveform based on a mapping of at least one directly-modulated sequence to a set of radio resource elements, wherein the directly-modulated sequence is a product of at least one transmitted coefficient and a corresponding base sequence and the transmitted coefficient is based on a first channel corresponding to a first transmit antenna and a second channel corresponding to a second transmit antenna, and transmitting the transmission waveform from a transceiver of the wireless communication unit. | 09-23-2010 |
20100246646 | MULTI-BIT DIGITAL SIGNAL ISOLATOR - The invention is directed to a multi-bit digital signal isolation system including a plurality of micro-transformers, each having a primary winding and a secondary winding, a transmitter circuit receiving a multi-bit signal and transmitting an encoded logic signal across the plurality of micro-transformers corresponding to the multi-bit signal, the primary winding of each micro-transformer receiving a signal corresponding to one of at least three possible states, and a receiver circuit receiving the encoded logic signal from the secondary windings of the plurality of transformers, decoding the encoded logic signal and reconstructing the received multi-bit signal based upon the decoded signal. | 09-30-2010 |
20100260241 | METHOD OF DATA BLOCK TRANSMITTING - A method of transmitting data to guarantee reliability and, more particularly, a method of efficiently transmitting data by adjusting the size of data blocks according to a channel environment are provided. The method includes dividing input data into a plurality of blocks and generating one or more block sets using the plurality of blocks, coding a first block set of the one or more block sets and transmitting a predetermined number of coded blocks in the first coded block set to a receiver, receiving a signal indicating the state of a channel environment from the receiver, and packing a more increased or decreased number of coded blocks than the predetermined number of coded blocks according to the signal and transmitting the coded blocks to the receiver. By this configuration, it is possible to efficiently adjust a block error rate by adaptively increasing or decreasing the size of blocks according to the channel environment. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260242 | TIME DIGITAL CONVERTER, DIGITAL PLL FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER, TRANSCEIVER, AND RECEIVER - A variable delay circuit ( | 10-14-2010 |
20100260243 | MIMO CODEBOOK GENERATION - Particular codebook entries used for a MIMO system of a lower dimension (i.e., having a relatively low number of antennas) can be used to generate a codebook for a MIMO system of a higher dimension (i.e., having a relatively high number of antennas). The entries in rank 1 of the codebook related to the MIMO system having four transmit antennas are used to newly construct entries for rank 1 through rank 8 of two base matrices for a MIMO base codebook related to eight transmit antennas. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260244 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, IMAGING DEVICE, TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, RECEIVING DEVICE, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission method including the steps of: dividing an input video signal into a plurality of packets which comply with a predetermined transmission standard and preferentially selecting, as a transmission path for each of the plurality of packets, a transmission channel, to which a lower frequency band is allocated, from among the plurality of transmission channels which are allocated along a frequency axis; and modulating, by using a multicarrier modulation method, the plurality of packets and transmitting the modulated packets to a receiving device along a cable through the selected transmission channel, the cable having a transmission characteristic such that attenuation of a signal to be transmitted increases with the frequency of the signal. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265998 | ARRAY ANTENNA APPARATUS AND MICRO WAVE TRANSCEIVER MODULE - In a transceiver module, a micro wave analog signal interface is provided between the transceiver module and an antenna element, and all the signal interfaces except a power supply are digital signal interfaces, and the interfaces are configured as one chip on a semiconductor. An internal reference signal generates a local signal serving as a reference by multiplying a high frequency digital clock signal supplied from the outside, and simultaneously generates a reference signal capable of synchronous operation by a lower frequency digital clock signal supplied from the outside, in the clock generator. The frequency of the generated reference local signal can be varied by controlling the inner multiplication number or the frequency of the higher frequency digital clock signal supplied from the outside. In addition, both transmission and reception can be executed with an arbitrary frequency by varying the frequency of the transmission waveform generator. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265999 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCORPORATING PHYSICAL LAYER WAVEFORM STRUCTURE - A wireless radio transceiver system configured to transmit and receive a communications signal waveform having a time division multiple access physical layer structure and which includes a sequence of orthogonal frequency division multiple access symbols. The transceiver provides transmit diversity through space-time coding and the use of orthogonal channel probes from each transmitter. The waveform is packet based and contains a packet header definition that supports local receiver synchronization. Examples of the waveform also incorporate transmission security features. | 10-21-2010 |
20100278221 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AN EFFICIENT PILOT PATTERN - An approach is provided for generating a pilot pattern. A sequence of tiles is generated, wherein the tiles are arranged to avoid redundant pilot sub-carriers by utilizing different pilot patterns. A transmission signal is generated according to the generated sequence for transmission over a network. | 11-04-2010 |
20100284449 | METHODS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS HAVING ADAPTIVE MODE SELECTION - Examples are generally described that include methods for selecting a transmit mode in a communications system. An example method may include calculating a first transmission rate for data in a multiple-input multiple-output mode of the communications system and calculating a second transmission rate for the data in a single-input multiple-output mode of the communications system. A mode may be selected from the group consisting of the multiple-input multiple-output mode and the single-input multiple-output mode based, at least in part, on an energy consumption of the first and second transmission rates. Data may be transmitted from a transceiver in the communications system using the selected mode. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284450 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A disclosed radio communication apparatus includes an amplifier configured to amplify a signal received via one of multiple channels including a channel where frequency hopping is conducted; a signal strength measurement circuit configured to measure signal strength of the received signal; and a gain value computation unit configured to compute a gain value for the amplifier based on the signal strength measured by the signal strength measurement circuit. The gain value computation unit is configured to use values specific to the respective channels as coefficients of a function to compute the gain value. | 11-11-2010 |
20100290507 | System and method for scrambling the phase of the carriers in a multicarrier communications system - A system and method that scrambles the phase characteristic of a carrier signal are described. The scrambling of the phase characteristic of each carrier signal includes associating a value with each carrier signal and computing a phase shift for each carrier signal based on the value associated with that carrier signal. The value is determined independently of any input bit value carried by that carrier signal. The phase shift computed for each carrier signal is combined with the phase characteristic of that carrier signal so as to substantially scramble the phase characteristic of the carrier signals. Bits of an input signal are modulated onto the carrier signals having the substantially scrambled phase characteristic to produce a transmission signal with a reduced PAR. | 11-18-2010 |
20100296554 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING DATA FROM MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Varying embodiments of the present invention provide a MIMO apparatus, such as a transceiver and a method of operation thereof. In an embodiment, the transceiver employs a parallelized, two-stage pipeline architecture that reduces the overall latency of the system. This reduction in latency translates to cost savings and higher data rates for the same hardware clock speed. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296555 | STABLE LOW POWER MODE FOR MULTICARRIER TRANSCEIVERS - A stable Low Power Mode (LPM) for multicarrier transceivers is described that at least provides transmit power savings while enabling receiver designs that can easily operate without the detrimental effects of fluctuating crosstalk. In one exemplary embodiment, the LPM achieves power savings by reducing the number of used subcarriers without actually performing a power cutback on those subcarriers, thereby allowing a receiver to measure the SNR or noise levels and determine the crosstalk noise on the line regardless of a crosstalking modem being in a LPM or not. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296556 | METHOD AND TRANSCEIVER USING BLIND CHANNEL ESTIMATION - A method and a corresponding system for estimating and refining channel tap values for use in an equalizer on the receiver side, wherein the method is based on exploiting statistics of logic strings that multilevel codes impose on a transmitted signal. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296557 | Encoding and Decoding Method and Apparatus for Reducing Interference in Simultaneous Signal Transmission Systems and Multiuser Systems - Encoding and decoding method and apparatus for reducing interference in simultaneous signal transmission systems and multiuser systems sharing the same or adjacent frequencies, reducing diaphony between them and increasing the capacity of communication networks. To encode in various bands, it uses the information from a conventional communication channel. This method makes it possible to obtain zero or very low MAI, by exploiting the orthogonality of families of complementary sequences. In reception, use is made of a filter array corresponding to the conjugate of each of the sequences convoluted by the same filter array in transmission so that the sum of the outputs thereof makes it possible to extract in reception the information from the user selected without interference from other users. | 11-25-2010 |
20100303135 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECT RF TO DIGITAL CONVERTER - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for decomposing a high frequency incoming signal into several low frequency signals without the loss of any information. The low frequency signals can define a plurality of digital data streams. The decomposing steps are implemented without processing the signal through a mixer or a local oscillator and without degrading the SNR. In a preferred embodiment, a decomposing circuit includes a single-to-differential converter for decomposing the incoming high frequency signal into a first and a second signal having opposite polarity. Each of the first and the second incoming signals is then processed through multistage cascading logic units which reduce the frequency of the respective signals to provide a plurality of low-frequency data streams. The resulting slow-speed data streams are combined to form a low-speed data stream containing all the information provided by the original high-frequency signal. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309961 | Two-phase return-to-zero asynchronous transceiver - The two-phase return-to-zero asynchronous transceiver is delay-insensitive and specifically designed for on-chip interconnects. A handshaking protocol utilizes a return-to-zero data format, thereby simplifying communication circuits' design significantly. The robust transceiver circuits utilizing the handshaking protocol can be implemented at 0.13 μm and 1.2 Volts. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309962 | METHOD CIRCUIT DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR CONVEYING CONTROL SIGNALING BETWEEN MEDIA DEVICES - Disclosed is a method, circuit, device and system for conveying media device control signaling over a radio frequency link A first control signal generated by a first media device may be conveyed to a second media device over a radio frequency data link, where the data link is formed through a first transceiver connected to the first media device and a second transceiver connected to the second media device. According to further embodiments of the present invention, the first transceiver, or circuits functionally associated with the transceiver, may emulate a receipt of media control signal acknowledgement of the second media device and may provide the acknowledgement to the first media device. According to yet further embodiments of the present invention, the second transceiver, or circuits functionally associated with the transceiver, may receive, reconstruct and forward the first control signal to the second media device. Upon the second transceiver receiving an acknowledgment of receipt of the first control from the second media device, the second transceiver may drop the acknowledgement. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309963 | MULTI-PAIR GIGABIT ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER HAVING ADAPTIVE DISABLING OF CIRCUIT ELEMENTS - Various systems and methods providing high speed decoding, enhanced power reduction and clock domain partitioning for a multi-pair gigabit Ethernet transceiver are disclosed. ISI compensation is partitioned into two stages; a first stage compensates ISI components induced by characteristics of a transmitter's partial response pulse shaping filter in a demodulator, a second stage compensates ISI components induced by characteristics of a multi-pair transmission channel in a Viterbi decoder. High speed decoding is accomplished by reducing the DFE depth by providing an input signal from a multiple decision feedback equalizer to the Viterbi based on a tail value and a subset of coefficient values received from a unit depth decision-feedback equalizer. Power reduction is accomplished by adaptively truncating active taps in the NEXT, FEXT and echo cancellation filters, or by disabling decoder circuitry portions, as channel response characteristics allow. A receive clock signal is generated such that it is synchronous in frequency with analog sampling clock signals and has a particular phase offset with respect to one of the sampling clock signals. This phase offset is adjusted such that system performance degradation due to coupling of switching noise from the digital sections to the analog sections is substantially minimized. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309964 | ASYMMETRIC COMMUNICATION ON SHARED LINKS - Embodiments of a system that communicates bidirectional data between two devices via shared links is described. In this system, data is transmitted on the shared links by one of the devices using single-ended drivers, and corresponding symbols are received on the shared links by the other device using differential comparison circuits. The data may be encoded as a series of parallel codewords prior to transmission. Each shared link may communicate a respective symbol in each codeword, which can have one of two possible logical values (e.g., a logic 0 or a logic 1). The corresponding symbols received by the other device may comprise a parallel symbol set, and each of the differential comparison circuits may compare symbols received on pairs of the shared links. A decoder in the other device may decode a respective parallel symbol set from the outputs of the differential comparison circuits to recover the encoded data. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309965 | ALLOCATION OF SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO MARGIN IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - Allocation of different signal-to-noise margins to different carriers in a multi-carrier system is described. A preferred embodiment comprises assigning signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margins to carriers in a multi-carrier system, comprises assigning a first SNR margin to a first data service based upon a first service characteristic, assigning a second SNR margin to a second data service based upon a second service characteristic, transmitting data associated with the first data service using the first signal-to-noise margin, and transmitting data associated with the second data service using the second signal-to-noise margin. | 12-09-2010 |
20100316098 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC SCALING OF ADC SAMPLING RATE TO AVOID RECEIVER INTERFERENCE - A method and apparatus for avoiding receiver interference is described herein. One or more potential interferers are determined and the frequency associated with the interferers is also determined A desired sampling frequency for the receiver is calculated to avoid the potential interferers. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316099 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND MODE SWITCHING METHOD - Provided is an information processing apparatus which includes a first-module including a first narrow-band communicator for performing narrow band communication with a second-module, a first broadband-communicator for performing broadband communication with the second-module, and a first controller for controlling an operation state of the first broadband-communicator according to an operation mode, and a second-module including a second narrow-band communicator for performing narrow-band communication with the first-module, a second broadband-communicator for performing broadband communication with the first-module, and a second controller for controlling an operation state of the second broadband-communicator according to an operation mode. The first controller places the first broadband-communicator in an operation state in a first mode, and places the first broadband-communicator in a standby state in a second mode. The second controller places the second broadband-communicator in an operation state in the first mode, and places the second broadband-communicator in a standby state in the second mode. | 12-16-2010 |
20100322294 | HUMAN BODY COMMUNICATION DEVICE, HUMAN BODY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD USING THE SAME - A human body communication apparatus, a human body communication system, and a method using the same are provided. The communication apparatus is directly in contact with a human body and allows a small amount of current including a data signal to flow through the body so that information is communicated through the human body. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322295 | MULTICARRIER PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Messages transmitted between a receiver and a transmitter are used to maximize a communication data rate. In particular, a multicarrier modulation system uses messages that are sent from the receiver to the transmitter to exchange one or more sets of optimized communication parameters. The transmitter then stores these communication parameters and when transmitting to that particular receiver, the transmitter utilizes the stored parameters in an effort to maximize the data rate to that receiver. Likewise, when the receiver receives packets from that particular transmitter, the receiver can utilize the stored communication parameters for reception. | 12-23-2010 |
20100329314 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS WITH MODULATION COMPRESSION - A communications device includes a transmitter, a transmission processing device, a receiver, and a reception processing device. The transmission processing device assigns signal-space points within an I/Q signal space to digital signals, which include data values. The reception processing device assigns data values to signal-space points. The transmitter generates a transmission signal from signal-space points to be transmitted. The receiver determines received signal-space points from a received signal. The individual transmitted and received signal-space points provide in each case a smaller spacing distance from adjacent signal-space points than from the origin of the signal space. | 12-30-2010 |
20110007785 | Method and Transceiver System Having a Transmit Clock Signal Phase that is Phase-Locked with a Receive Clock Signal Phase - A transceiver system is disclosed that includes a plurality of transceiver chips. Each transceiver chip includes one or more SERDES cores. Each SERDES core includes one or more SERDES lanes. Each SERDES lane includes a receive channel and a transmit channel. The transmit channel of each SERDES lane is phase-locked with a corresponding receive channel. The transceiver system has the capability of phase-locking a transmit clock signal phase of a transmitting component with a receive clock signal phase of a receiving component that is a part of a different SERDES lane, a different SERDES core, a different substrate, or even a different board. Each SERDES core receives and transmits data to and from external components connected to the SERDES core, such as hard disk drives. A method of transferring data from a first external component coupled to a receive channel to a second external component coupled to a transmit channel is also disclosed. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013677 | CONFIGURABLE TRANSCEIVER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A configurable radio frequency (RF) transceiver integrated circuit (IC) includes an RF input/output (IO) module, a plurality of switching modules, and a plurality of components. The RF IO module and selected components of the plurality of components are inter-connected via the at least some of the plurality of switching modules based on a configuration instruction to produce at least one of: at least a portion of a receiver and at least a portion of transmitter. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013678 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DIVERSITY USING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY/DIVISION MULTIPLEXING - A method and system for achieving a link budget improvement in a diverse OFDM radio system by addressing the timing misalignment issue that can occur due to the differences in propagation time in signals between mobile stations and Radio Access Nodes. Timing misalignment is shared or split between the primary path to a primary Radio Access Node and a diverse path to a diverse Radio Access Node. The relative timing offsets between mobile stations are adjusted, the mobile stations are grouped into zones using a variety of different grouping techniques, and the transmission for each mobile station is scheduled, using one or more of a variety of scheduling techniques. | 01-20-2011 |
20110019721 | ADAPTION OF MEDIUM ACCESS AND TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - In accordance with an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an apparatus where transmitter operating parameters are adjusted based on channel condition data obtained from a transmitter and/or from a receiver communicating with the transmitter. For example, the transmitter's contention window may be increased responsive to determining channel occupancy at the receiver is increasing. As another example, aggregation/fragmentation may be adjusted based on channel occupancy at the receiver. Still another example, the data rate employed by the transmitter may be changed responsive to changes in receiver success count. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019722 | Per-Tone Delay Adjustment for Multi-Tone Systems - A data transmission circuit has an interface for receiving a data stream for transmission, a data stream splitter, a plurality of parallel data preparation circuits, and a combiner. The data stream splitter splits the data stream to produce multiple substreams, the plurality of parallel data preparation circuits prepare a respective substream for transmission and generate a respective sub-channel signal, and the combiner combines the respective sub-channel signals to generate a data transmission signal. At least two of the plurality of data preparation circuits each include a programmable element for delaying the corresponding substream. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019723 | MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER ARCHITECTURE - A wireless transceiver contains a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver is operable in single-input single-output (SISO) mode as well as multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) mode, and contains a pair of in-phase and quadrature signal processing chains and a baseband processor. In SISO mode, each of the processing chains in the pair is connected to receive a same modulated signal as input, and generates respective baseband outputs. The baseband processor processes the baseband outputs to demodulate the modulated signal. In MIMO mode, the signal processing chains in the pair receive different modulated signals and generate corresponding down-converted signals. The baseband processor processes the down-converted signals to demodulate the respective modulated signals received by the receiver. Corresponding techniques to provide MIMO in addition to SISO capabilities are implemented in the transmitter also. MIMO capability is thereby achieved in the wireless transceiver with minimal additional implementation area. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019724 | PHY CONTROL MODULE FOR A MULTI-PAIR GIGABIT TRANSCEIVER - A method for controlling operation of a multi-pair gigabit transceiver. The multi-pair gigabit transceiver comprises a Physical Layer Control module (PHY Control), a Physical Coding Sublayer module (PCS) and a Digital Signal Processing module (DSP). The PHY Control receives user-defined inputs from the Serial Management module and status signals from the DSP and the PCS and generates control signals, responsive to the user-defined inputs, the status signals, to the DSP and the PCS. | 01-27-2011 |
20110026567 | SELF-INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION FOR MULTICHANNEL MODEMS - A method for detecting and reducing aliasing is described. The method may be implemented by a first wireless device. A first signal may be transmitted on a first frequency channel. A second signal may be received on a second frequency channel. The second signal may be received concurrently with the transmission of the first signal. Aliasing of the first signal on the second signal may be detected. Aliasing may be reduced. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032975 | VARIABLE STATE LENGTH INITIALIZATION - Through the use of a variable state length initialization, both the transmitter and the receiver can have control of the length of one or more initialization states. For example, a transmitter can send information, such as a message, to the receiver at the commencement of, during initialization or prior to entering a variable length initialization state. The information can specify, for example, a minimum length of an initialization state as needed by the transmitter. | 02-10-2011 |
20110038400 | WIRELESS APPARATUS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A wireless apparatus includes: an A/D converter which samples an in-phase signal component and a quadrature signal component from a quadrature-modulated signal of analog form alternately; a digital quadrature demodulation unit which applies digital quadrature demodulation to an output signal of the A/D converter and outputs an in-phase signal and a quadrature signal; and an error detection unit which, based on the in-phase and quadrature signals output from the digital quadrature demodulation unit, detects a time difference error between the sample timing of the in-phase signal component and the sample timing of the quadrature signal component. | 02-17-2011 |
20110044380 | DYNAMICALLY CHANGING A TRANSMITTER SAMPLING FREQUENCY FOR A DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC) TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE FROM DAC IMAGES - A method for interference reduction is described. The method is implemented in a wireless device. It is determined that a page is going to be received via a secondary receiver. It is also determined that a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) image from a transmitter will cause interference with the secondary receiver when the page is received. A sampling frequency of the DAC for the transmitter is changed so that there are not any DAC images from the transmitter that will cause interference with the secondary receiver. | 02-24-2011 |
20110051785 | MONITOR FOR SPECTRAL DEGRADATION OF TRANSMITTER OR RECEIVER - A monitor for a transmitter, receiver, or transceiver is proposed. The transmitter, receiver or transceiver has at least one component with at least one varying setting parameter controlled by a parameter controller to adjust a spectral degradation of a signal processed by the transmitter, receiver, or transceiver. The monitor comprises an input for receiving the at least one varying setting parameter from the parameter controller, and a setting parameter analyzer for evaluating the at least one varying setting parameter to determine whether the at least one component is normally operating within a desired operating range and to issue a warning signal in case the at least one component is abnormally operating within the desired operating range. The varying setting parameter may be, for example, predistortion parameters or tuning parameters of a voltage controlled oscillator. A corresponding method for monitoring a transmitter, receiver or transceiver is also proposed. Furthermore, a computer program product comprising instructions for the manufacture of the monitor and a computer program product that enable a processor to carry out the monitoring method are proposed. | 03-03-2011 |
20110058593 | Programmable Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) Based on Reference Frequency - In one embodiment, a method includes determining pre-calculated information. The pre-calculated information is used to determine a counter pattern for a reference clock. The counter pattern include, for at least one data bit, a number of reference clock cycles of the reference clock that is determined based on a frequency of the reference clock and a data rate of a serial data stream. The serial data stream is sampled to read a plurality of data bits based on the counter pattern. A data bit is sampled based on the number of reference clock cycles associated with the data bit. | 03-10-2011 |
20110064123 | MULTI-PAIR GIGABIT ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER - Various systems and methods providing high speed decoding, enhanced power reduction and clock domain partitioning for a multi-pair gigabit Ethernet transceiver are disclosed. ISI compensation is partitioned into two stages; a first stage compensates ISI components induced by characteristics of a transmitters partial response pulse shaping filter in a demodulator, a second stage compensates ISI components induced by characteristics of a multi-pair transmission channel in a Viterbi decoder. High speed decoding is accomplished by reducing the DFE depth by providing an input signal from a multiple decision feedback equalizer to the Viterbi based on a tail value and a subset of coefficient values received from a unit depth decision-feedback equalizer. Power reduction is accomplished by adaptively truncating active taps in the NEXT, FEXT and echo cancellation filters, or by disabling decoder circuitry portions, as channel response characteristics allow. A receive clock signal is generated such that it is synchronous in frequency with analog sampling clock signals and has a particular phase offset with respect to one of the sampling clock signals. This phase offset is adjusted such that system performance degradation due to coupling of switching noise from the digital sections to the analog sections is substantially minimized. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064124 | METHOD FOR SEAMLESSLY CHANGING POWER MODES IN AN ADSL SYSTEM - A DMT system and method with the capability to adapt the system bit rate on-line in a seamless manner. The DMT system provides a robust and fast protocol for completing this seamless rate adaptation. The DMT system also provides a framing and encoding method with reduced overhead compared to conventional DMT systems. The DMT system and method provide seamless rate adaptation with the provision of different power levels. This framing and encoding method enables a system with seamless rate adaptation capability. The system and method of the invention can be implemented in hardware, or alternatively in a combination of hardware and software. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069744 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO COMPENSATE IQ IMBALANCE IN WIDEBAND ZERO-IF TUNERS - Methods and systems to compensate IQ imbalances in a tuner system, including relatively wideband ZIF tuner systems and tuner systems having substantially linear frequency dependent phase imbalance, where a one-tap compensation element may be utilized to compensate frequency dependent phase imbalance. A two tone probe may be applied in controlled loop-back modes, and resultant baseband components may be used to determine a straight line from which to determine compensation. The probe may include a Multi-Media over Coax Alliance (MoCA) Type 2 probe. Compensation parameters may be determined as fixed or non-adaptive compensation parameters in a digital domain and may be applied at baseband. One or more compensation values may be determined in a fixed point circuit. | 03-24-2011 |
20110075712 | COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT, ASSEMBLED BATTERY UNIT, AND VEHICLE - According to one embodiment, a communication circuit includes a direct-current converter circuit configured to generate a second power supply potential different from a second reference potential by a predetermined potential, from a first power supply potential, a first receiving circuit configured to receive a binary communication signal, whose one level is at a first reference potential, through a first signal input terminal, by a differential transmission method, a first level shift circuit configured to convert the communication signal received by the first receiving circuit into a binary communication signal, whose one level is at the second reference potential, and the other level is at the second power supply potential, and a first transmission circuit configured to output the binary communication signal converted by the first level shift circuit, through a first signal output terminal, by a differential transmission method. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075713 | High data rate milllimeter wave radio - A high data rate millimeter wave radio adapted to receive an binary input data at an input data rate in excess of 3.5 Gbps and to transmit at a transmit data rate in excess of 3.5 Gbps utilizing encoded three-bit data symbols on a millimeter carrier wave at a millimeter wave nominal carrier frequency, defining a carrier wavelength and period, in excess of 70 GHz with differential phase-shift keying utilizing eight separate phase shifts. Preferred embodiments of the invention can support many of the high data rate standards including the following group of protocols or standards: SONET OC-96 (4.976 Gbps); 4xGig-E (5.00 Gbps); 5xGig-E (6.25 Gbps); OBSAI RP3-01 (6.144 Gbps); 6xGig-E (7.50 Gbps); Fibre Channel 8GFC (8.5 Gbps); SONET OC-192 (9.952 Gbps); Fibre Channel 10GFC Serial (10.52 Gbps) and 10 GigaBit Ethernet. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075714 | SINGLE OSCILLATOR TRANSCEIVER - A frequency plan is provided for particular use in a transceiver. Advantageously, a single oscillator may be used to generate desired frequency signals. One or more power splitters receive the signal and equally divide the signal into first and second signals having a frequency substantially equal to the original. Multipliers on each arm of the transceiver receive a signal and increase the frequency of the signal. In one exemplary embodiment, multiple signals having different frequencies may be transmitted over the same cable due in part to the generated frequency separation between the signals. In another exemplary embodiment, multiple signals may be transmitted over multiple cables. Additionally, multiple signals over one or more cables may be transmitted at or below | 03-31-2011 |
20110080937 | TRANSMIT PSD CEILING IN PACKET-BASED OFDM SYSTEMS - Adjusted maximum transmit PSD levels have an effect on the SNR. If the ADC noise is assumed to be the limiting factor, then there can be a benefit for reducing the maximum transmit PSD level. For example, by lowering the maximum transmit PSD level from −50 dBm/Hz to −70 dBm/Hz results in an increase in SNR for subcarriers above 30 MHz. The SNR for subcarriers above 30 MHz can increase from 30 db (−80−(−110)) to 50 db (−80−(−130)). Therefore, by changing the maximum transmit PSD level, applying a ceiling on PSD mask, the aggregate sum of the available SNR's over the available subcarriers is increased, therefore increasing the obtainable OFDM data rate. In other words, a maximum transmit PSD mask can be used to lower the transmit PSD value of at least one subcarrier which results in an increase in SNR for at least one subcarrier. | 04-07-2011 |
20110085586 | TOTAL BANDWIDTH CONDITIONING DEVICE - A device for conditioning a total bandwidth includes a return path extending at least a portion of a distance between a supplier side connector and a user side connector, and a forward path extending at least a portion of a distance between the supplier side connector and the user side connector. An upstream section including a variable signal level adjustment device connected within the return path. A downstream section including a forward coupler connected within the forward path. The device further includes at least one microprocessor. The microprocessor is connected electrically upstream the variable signal level adjustment device. The microprocessor reduces an amount of signal level adjustment applied to the return path in response to a reduction in a level of a downstream bandwidth at the forward coupler. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085587 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A RADIO STATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for operating a primary station comprising a transceiver for communicating with a plurality of secondary stations, said transceiver including at least two antennas, the method comprising the primary station transmitting to a secondary station for a single spatial channel at least one first set of reference symbols with a first antenna and at least one second set of reference symbols with a second antenna, the second set of reference symbols being orthogonal to the first set of reference symbols. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085588 | METHOD FOR PRECODING BASED ON ANTENNA GROUPING - A method an apparatus for performing uplink transmission in a user device with a plurality of transmit antennas, including transmitting a first data stream from a first subset of the antennas according to a first precoding vector wherein the first precoding vector may be any vector in a precoding codebook, and transmitting a second data stream from a second subset of the antennas according to a second precoding vector wherein any vector in the precoding codebook may be used for the second precoding vector when the second precoding vector is the same as the first precoding vector to within a scaling factor. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090940 | DUTY CYCLE CORRECTION CIRCUITRY - Closed-loop techniques for adjusting the duty cycle of a cyclical signal, e.g., a clock signal, to approach a target value. In an exemplary embodiment, a charge pump is coupled to a charge and sample module, which drives a de-skew circuit in a negative feedback loop. The charge and sample module couples the charge pump to the integration capacitor during two of four successive phases, and also couples the integration capacitor to sampling capacitors during the other two of the four successive phases. The voltages across the sampling capacitors may be used to control the de-skew circuit, which adjusts the duty cycle of a cyclical signal to be adjusted. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090941 | Method And Apparatus For Retransmitting Information - To address the need for new techniques that are able to address overlapping channel collisions various embodiments are described. They are used to introduce the concept of retransmission-permutation, in which a bit-to-subcarrier assignment is permuted ( | 04-21-2011 |
20110096814 | METHODS FOR CARRIER FREQUENCY OFFSET DETECTION AND COMPENSATION AND TRANSMITTERS AND RECEIVERS UTILIZING THE SAME - A transmitter includes an encoding module, an adaptive hierarchical signal mapping module and a transceiver module. The encoding module receives an input signal and encodes the input signal. The input signal includes data to be transmitted. The adaptive hierarchical signal mapping module modulates the encoded signal according to one or more hierarchical level distance ratios to obtain modulated symbols. The hierarchical level distance ratio defines distances between the modulated symbols. The transceiver module generates a radio frequency signal according to the modulated symbols and transmits the radio frequency signal to an air interface. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096815 | POWER CONTROL FOR DEVICES HAVING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Power control for devices having multiple transmit antennas are disclosed, including power control methods for Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) and Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) transmissions for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The PUCCH and SRS power control methods include selecting a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) mode and changing the power of the PUCCH or SRS transmission based on the selected MIMO mode. Another power control method estimates an antenna gain imbalance (AGI) for a WTRU having at least two transmit antennas. The AGI is based on measuring a Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) on each transmit antenna. Each transmit antenna is then scaled by an AGI scaling factor based on the estimated AGI. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096816 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION, AND CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An embodiment of the time-variant channel estimation in an OFDM transmission system envisages the operations of: a) determining the received signal vector Y | 04-28-2011 |
20110096817 | Wirefree Intercom Having Error Free Transmission System And Process - A wireless intercom having a microcontroller that is programmed to place the intercom into a power saving sleep mode unless actively receiving or transmitting signals. The microcontroller of the intercom is interconnected to a transceiver for sending and receiving digital data packets, and to a codec for converting the digital packets to analog sound signals, and vice versa. The intercom receives digital transmission of data over a first channel and then corrects any errors in the digital data using a retransmission of the digital data over a second channel that is sufficiently spaced apart from the first channel to avoid the possibility of interference affecting both the first and second channels. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096818 | MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - This invention provides a multi-carrier system that can separate multi-carrier certainly by improving channel response characteristics between a transmitter and a receiver, in a MIMO system increasing receiving antennas by using a fractional sampling in a receiver. The transmitter delays and transmits a part of plural transmitting signals for a time decided from a magnification of a fractional sampling and a pulse length of a transmitting signal, or a time decided with channel response characteristics from the transmitter that the receiver measured. | 04-28-2011 |
20110103436 | TRANSMIT PSD CEILING IN PACKET-BASED OFDM SYSTEMS - Adjusted maximum transmit PSD levels have an effect on the SNR. If the ADC noise is assumed to be the limiting factor, then there can be a benefit for reducing the maximum transmit PSD level. For example, by lowering the maximum transmit PSD level from −50 dBm/Hz to −70 dBm/Hz results in an increase in SNR for subcarriers above 30 M Hz. The SNR for subcarriers above 30 MHz can increase from 30 db (−80-(−110)) to 50 db (−80-(−130)). Therefore, by changing the maximum transmit PSD level, applying a ceiling on PSD mask, the aggregate sum of the available SNR's over the available subcarriers is therefore increasing the obtainable OFDM data rate. In other words, a maximum transmit PSD mask can be used to lower the transmit PSD value of at least one subcarrier which results in an increase in SNR for at least one subcarrier. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103437 | Private, convert and/or cognitive communications systems and/or methods based upon pseudo-randomly generated communications alphabets - An available signal space, whether it is a priori specified or is cognitively determined based upon an assessment of frequency utilization, serves to provide a number of signal dimensions which may be occupied by a number of pseudo-randomly generated waveforms. The number of pseudo-randomly generated waveforms may be based upon a key input to a pseudo-random number generator and a desired statistical distribution, and may be subjected to an orthogonalization procedure to produce a respective number of orthogonal pseudo-random waveforms which may serve as a communications alphabet. A specific data sequence to be communicated may be associated with a respective specific element/member of the orthogonal pseudo-random waveforms and that specific element/member may be transmitted in lieu of the specific data sequence. Systems/methods of spread-spectrum communications that are substationally devoid of revealing signatures such as chipping and cyclostationarity are presented, offering increased privacy, reduced detectability and reduced exploitation of communications. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103438 | FLEXIBLE INTERCONNECT PATTERN ON SEMICONDUCTOR PACKAGE - An embodiment of the present invention is a technique to fabricate a metal interconnect. A first metal trace is printed on a die attached to a substrate or a cavity of a heat spreader in a package to electrically connect the first metal trace to a power contact in the substrate. A device is mounted on the first metal trace. The device receives power from the substrate when the package is powered. | 05-05-2011 |
20110110402 | ERROR REPORTING IN MULTI-CARRIER SIGNAL COMMUNICATION - In a communication device, a multi-carrier signal with at least one group of signal carriers is received from a communication connection. For each of the signal carriers, at least one individual error value is evaluated or generated. From the individual error values, a combined error value is evaluated or generated. The combined error value is transmitted on a backchannel of the communication connection. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110403 | METHODS AND APPARATUS USING PRECODING MATRICES IN A MIMO TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for transmitting and receiving over a MIMO radio link. In particular, a preceding matrix is applied to transmitted signals and constrained in such a way so as to limit the additional peak to average power ratio (PAPR) caused by applying the precoding matrix. For example, each row of the precoding matrix may have at least one zero element and one non-zero element, and each column may have at least one non-zero element. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110404 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication system includes the following elements: a transmitter including a transmission circuit unit configured to generate an RF signal for transmitting data and an electric-field-coupling antenna configured to transmit the RF signal as an electrostatic field; a receiver including an electric-field-coupling antenna and a reception circuit unit configured to receive and process the RF signal received by the electric-field-coupling antenna; and a surface-wave propagation medium configured to provide a surface-wave transmission line to transmit a surface wave emanating from the electric-field-coupling antenna of the transmitter with low propagation loss. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110405 | DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD USING PHASE SHIFT BASED PRECODING AND TRANSCEIVER SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for performing a precoding based on a generalized phase shift or a precoding based on an extended phase shift in a Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) system employing several sub-carriers, and a transceiver for supporting the same are disclosed. A phase-shift-based precoding matrix is generalized by multiplying a diagonal matrix for a phase shift by a unitary matrix for maintaining orthogonality between sub-carriers. In this case, a diagonal matrix part may be extended by multiplying a precoding matrix for removing interference between sub-carriers by a diagonal matrix for a phase shift. By generalization and extension of the phase-shift-based precoding, a transceiver is more simplified, and communication efficiency increases. | 05-12-2011 |
20110116532 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LATENCY-AWARE SCHEDULING USING INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus comprising transceiver circuitry configured to obtain a data unit received over an air interface, the air interface comprising first and second radio resources, logic circuitry configured to determine whether the data unit was received over the first radio resources or the second radio resources and responsive to a determination that the data unit was received over the first radio resources, process the data unit without interference cancellation and responsive to a determination that the data unit was received over the second radio resources, process the data unit using interference cancellation. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116533 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING CHANNEL ESTIMATION NOISE IN A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - Apparatus and methods for use in a wireless communication system are disclosed for reducing channel estimation noise in a device such as a wireless transceiver. A disclosed apparatus includes a processor that determines a channel activity portion and a noise portion of a channel estimation. The processor also determines a threshold noise level based on channel estimate values in the noise portion of the channel estimation. The processor compares channel estimate energy values in the channel estimation to the threshold noise level and sets each of the channel estimate energy values being less than the threshold noise level to a predetermined value such as zero in order to reduce or eliminate the noise. Similar methods are also disclosed. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122929 | Serialization of multi-band sequence keying for ultra wideband receiver architecture with reduced complexity and power consumption - By partially serializing the transmission of a sequence keyed UWB symbol (FIG. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122930 | OFDM peak-to-average power ratio reduction method - The OFDM peak-to-average power ratio reduction apparatus and method provides a compressive sensing algorithm that estimates the sparsity pattern of a sparse vector by a limited number of measurements. When the positions of the clipped peaks are known beforehand by, e.g., a genie-augmented receiver, then the algorithm optimally performs amplitude estimation utilizing a least squares estimation technique. When the cardinality of the peak-reducing signal is known at the receiver at initialization, the receiver optimizes the estimated peak-reducing signal by using least squares. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122931 | RECEIVE DIVERSITY SYSTEMS - A diversity receiver and a method of recovering symbols in a diversity receiver system comprises receiving first and second signals at first and second antenna elements. The first signal comprises first and second consecutive symbols modified by a first channel coefficient and the second signal comprises the first and second symbols modified by a second channel coefficient. The first and second signals are delayed and the first and second channel coefficients are estimated by applying the delayed first and second signals to a master Rake finger having first and second outputs for the estimated the first and second channel coefficients. A complex conjugate of the estimated second channel coefficient is produced. First and second composite signals are produced from the delayed first and second signals using a slave Rake finger by decoding the respective delayed first and second signals, producing a complex conjugate of the second composite signal, interleaving the first composite signal and the complex conjugate of the second composite signal and providing an interleaved signal output, and applying said interleaved signal output, the estimated first channel coefficient and the complex conjugate of the estimated second channel coefficient to a space time transmit diversity derotator for the recovery of the first and second symbols. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122932 | High data rate milllimeter wave radio on a chip - A millimeter wave radio transceiver having all or substantially all of its components fabricated on a single chip or chipset of a small number of semiconductor chips. The chip or chipsets when mass produced is expected to make the price of millimeter wave radios comparable to many of the lower-priced microwave radios available today from low-cost foreign suppliers. Transceivers of the present invention operate in the range of about 1 Gbps to more than 10 Gbps. The transceiver of a preferred embodiment is designed to receive binary input data at an input data rate in 10.3125 Gbps and to transmit at a transmit data rate in of 10.3125 Gbps utilizing encoded three-bit data symbols on a millimeter carrier wave at a millimeter wave nominal carrier frequency in excess of 70 GHz. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122933 | Apparatus and Method for Cooperative Relaying in Wireless Systems Using an Extended Channel Reservation - In a relay scheme, a wireless source apparatus, a wireless destination apparatus and a wireless relay apparatus cooperate for handling transmission failures by space/time diverse channels. In the case of the successful direct transmission, reduced or no additional overhead for the relay selection is incurred. Thus, for a good SNR between source and destination, the inventive protocol has similar performance as a standard approach. In the case of a transmission failure e.g., due to small scale fading, a transmission via a different communication path implementing spatial diversity via a selected relay is supported. The device is to only activate the overhearing of signals in case of weak signal quality between sender and receiver. This selection of relay devices is done by demand only. A specific protocol for the reservation of the wireless medium for the entire cooperative communication has been specified. | 05-26-2011 |
20110129004 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - Serial communication with a bit rate close to a required bit rate can be performed, regardless of the frequency of an operation clock. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134971 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA RECEPTION AND TRANSMISSION IN AUDIBLE FREQUENCY BAND - Disclosed are a system and a method for transceiving data in an audio frequency band. The system includes a data input unit to input data for acoustic communication into an audio signal, a transmitting unit to transmit the audio signal including the data in the audio frequency band, and a receiving unit that receives the audio signal including the data and performs synchronization of the audio signal through a matched filtering using a matched filter in order to extract the data according to predetermined extraction processing. The data to be transmitted are added to an audio signal and the audio signal is transmitted in the audio frequency band, so that the data for the acoustic communication are effectively transmitted to the recipient in the audio frequency band. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134972 | ACTIVE ANTENNA, BASE STATION, METHOD FOR REFRESHING AMPLITUDES AND PHASES, AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING SIGNALS - An active antenna, a base station, a method for refreshing the amplitude and phase, and a signal processing method are disclosed to simplify the structure of a phase shifter and guarantee the reliability of the phase shifter. The active antenna or the base station includes an antenna dipole array, a transceiver array, a digital processing unit (DPU), and a transceiving calibration unit. During signal reception, the transceiver demodulates a radio frequency (RF) signal of the antenna dipole into an IQ analog signal, and outputs the IQ analog signal to the DPU; the DPU converts the demodulated IQ analog signal into an IQ digital signal, and performs digital beam forming (DBF) on the IQ digital signal according to the transceiving calibration unit; during signal transmission, the transceiver modulates the IQ analog signal of the DPU into an RF signal, and outputs the RF signal to the antenna dipole; the DPU converts a signal of a base band unit (BBU) into an IQ digital signal in serial/parallel (S/P) mode, and performs DBF on the IQ digital signal according to the transceiving calibration unit. | 06-09-2011 |
20110142105 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPATH MITIGATION - Methods and apparatus for mitigating multipath signal interference comprising transmitting a first signal and second signal that is a copy of the first signal, transmitting the first signal centered at a first frequency, transmitting the second signal centered at a second frequency separated from the first frequency by a selected distance, receiving at a receiving node the first and second signals, estimating a signal quality of the received first and second signals, and decoding a first one of the received first and second signals based upon the estimated signal qualities of the received first and second signals. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142106 | METHODS AND TRANSCEIVERS FOR CHANNEL CLASSIFICATION - A transceiver used for an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) system is provided, including: a signal processing device for receiving an OFDM symbol and processing the OFDM symbol to generate a processing signal according to the OFDM symbol, wherein the OFDM symbol having pilots which have been hierarchically modulated; a pilot signal analysis device for collecting the processing pilots of the processing signal and demodulating the processing pilots to generate a plurality of levels where one of the plurality of levels comprises a plurality of refinement bits; a degree difference analysis module for generating a plurality of degree differences according to the refinement bits and detecting channel classification according to the degree differences to transmit a channel classification signal; and a channel detection module for generating and transmitting a best modulation indication signal to another transceiver to adjust modulation scheme according to the channel classification signal. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142107 | Rank Adaptive Cyclic Shift for Demodulation Reference Signal - Systems and methods for generating a demodulation reference signal for use by user equipment configured with multiple antennas based on a rank of an antenna or an antenna port are disclosed. A rank for a user equipment device is determined indicating the number of spatial layers or antenna ports in use, and the value of the rank is used to generate a cyclic shift offset and a cyclic shift, that can then be used to generate a demodulation reference signal to be used in timeslots within each spatial layer of an uplink transmission. Orthogonal cover codes may be used in conjunction with a determined cyclic shift to generate a demodulation reference signal. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142108 | Apparatus for Calculating Weights Associated with a First Signal and Applying the Weights to a Second Signal - An apparatus for calculating weights associated with a first signal and applying the weights to a second signal is provided. The apparatus comprises: at least two antennas; a multiple-input and multiple-output capable transceiver in communication with each of the at least two antennas; processing circuitry capable of causing diversity combining, the processing circuitry in communication with the multiple-input and multiple-output capable transceiver, the processing circuitry capable of causing the apparatus to: receive a first signal, calculate weights associated with the first signal, and apply the weights to transmit data. Additionally, the apparatus is configured such that the at least two antennas are capable of transmitting a second signal including the transmit data to a multiple-input capable node. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142109 | RFID SYSTEM WITH RF BUS - A radio frequency identification (RF) system includes an RF reader, an RF tag, and a network connection module. The RF reader includes a reader radio frequency (RF) bus transceiver. The network connection module includes a network connection RF bus transcevier, wherein the reader RF bus transceiver exchanges at least one of inbound RF data and outbound RF data with the network RF bus transceiver via an RF bus. | 06-16-2011 |
20110150049 | MIMO CHANNEL LOOPBACK - A method and apparatus for efficiently providing a large volume of channel feedback, e.g., for OFDM MISO and MIMO systems, is described herein. To that end, a mapping unit in an OFDM transceiver maps channel feedback values, e.g., received reference signal values or channel estimates derived therefrom, on a one-to-one basis to individual transmission subchannels. More particularly, the mapping unit maps a feedback value, e.g., the received reference value or a channel estimate derived therefrom, to a single transmission subchannel of an outgoing OFDM signal. For example, the mapping unit may map the feedback value to an input of a frequency transform unit, such as an inverse discrete Fourier transform unit, to map the feedback value to a single transmission subchannel comprising an OFDM transmission subcarrier. The OFDM transceiver transmits the outgoing OFDM signal to the remote transceiver to provide the feedback value to the remote transceiver. | 06-23-2011 |
20110150050 | DIGITAL INTEGRATED ANTENNA ARRAY FOR ENHANCING COVERAGE AND CAPACITY OF A WIRELESS NETWORK - An embodiment of the invention relates to a digital integrated antenna array system having one or more antenna modules, one or more transceiver modules each having one or more signal processing paths for transmitting data to or receiving data from the one or more antenna modules, a signal processing unit able to process data for each the one or more signal processing paths of the one or more transceiver modules such that the data transmitted from the one or more transceiver modules to the one or more antenna modules is radiated by the one or more antenna modules into one or more radiation patterns. | 06-23-2011 |
20110150051 | Multi-Tone System with Oversampled Precoders - A multi-tone system includes a data transmission circuit with an interface for receiving a data stream for transmission, a data steam splitter that splits the data stream to produce multiple substreams and a plurality of parallel data preparation circuits. Each data preparation circuit prepares a respective substream for transmission and generates a respective sub-channel signal. At least a first data preparation circuit of the plurality of parallel data preparation circuits includes a first analog filter for filtering a first substream. The first analog filter operates at a sample rate greater than the respective symbol rate of the first substream. The first analog filter provides pre-emphasis of the respective sub-channel signal and attenuation of signals outside of a respective band of frequencies corresponding to the respective sub-channel signal. The data transmission circuit also includes a combiner for combining respective sub-channel signals to generate a data transmission signal. | 06-23-2011 |
20110150052 | MIMO FEEDBACK SCHEMES FOR CROSS-POLARIZED ANTENNAS - A method includes receiving a Multiple-Input Multiple Output (MIMO) signal over multiple communication channels from an antenna array including a first set of antennas having a first polarization and a second set of the antennas having a second polarization that is orthogonal to the first polarization. First feedback information is calculated relating to first interrelations between the antennas within either the first set or the second set. Second feedback information is calculated relating at least to second interrelations between the first set and the second set of the antennas. The first feedback information is transmitted at a first time/frequency granularity, and the second feedback information is transmitted at a second time/frequency granularity that is finer than the first time/frequency granularity. | 06-23-2011 |
20110150053 | METHOD OF DETECTING A RADAR SIGNAL, RADAR DETECTION MODULE, AND WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER INCLUDING THE SAME - A method and apparatus for detecting a radar signal is provided. The method includes collecting a plurality of pulses based on a reference time or a reference pulse collection count, classifying the plurality of pulses into groups based on similarity of pulse widths, classifying the groups into a short-pulse type and a long-pulse type and calculate the number of groups in each type, and determining whether a radar signal exists based on a number of groups in each type. | 06-23-2011 |
20110150054 | SWITCHING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A switching apparatus in a wireless communication system using multi-channels includes: a first antenna unit configured to transmit and receive data of a first multi-channel among the multi-channels; a second antenna unit configured to transmit and receive data of a second multi-channel among the multi-channels; a first transceiver configured to receive the data from the first antenna unit and transmit the data to the first transceiver; and a selection unit configured to transmit an output of the second antenna unit to the first transceiver. | 06-23-2011 |
20110158297 | JOINT TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE I/Q IMBALANCE COMPENSATION - Conventional transceivers do provide some compensation for in-phase/quadrature (I/Q) imbalance. However, these techniques do not separately compensate for I/Q imbalance for the transmitter and receiver sides of the transceiver. Here, a transceiver is provided that allows for compensation of I/Q imbalance in the transmitter and receiver irrespective of the other to allow for a more accurate transceiver. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158298 | TUNER CIRCUIT WITH AN INTER-CHIP TRANSMITTER AND METHOD OF PROVIDING AN INTER-CHIP LINK FRAME - A tuner circuit includes a digital signal processor to generate a digital data stream related to a radio frequency signal and a transceiver circuit coupled to the digital signal processor and configurable to generate an inter-chip communication frame having a start portion and a plurality of channels. The plurality of channels includes a first data channel to carry a portion of the digital data stream and a control channel to carry control data. The transceiver circuit is configurable to send the inter-chip communication frame to an additional tuner circuit through an inter-chip communication link. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158299 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Parallel/serial conversion is performed on an N (where N is a natural number)-bit first parallel data signal with a first converted clock acquired by multiplying a reference clock by N, and parallel/serial conversion is performed on an (N×K)-bit (where K is a natural number) second parallel data signal with a second converted clock acquired by multiplying the reference clock by N×K. | 06-30-2011 |
20110164662 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A communications apparatus includes a receiving unit which receives a data channel for each predetermined transmission period; a determining unit which determines, for each data channel, acknowledgement information which indicates an acknowledgement or a non-acknowledgement; a generating unit which generates a control channel including the acknowledgement information; and a transmitting unit which transmits the control channel. For first and second data channels received during at least successive first and second transmission periods, the first and second acknowledgement information is provided. The second control channel which includes both the first and the second acknowledgement information which includes both the first and the second acknowledgement information is transmitted after a first control channel which includes the first acknowledgement information. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164663 | A METHOD AND CIRCUIT FOR FRACTIONAL RATE PULSE SHAPING - A method and system for fractionally converting sample rates. Fractional rate conversion for a transmit path of a transceiver is achieved by upsampling an input signal having a first sample rate by a first integer factor, removing aliasing resulting from the upconversion process, and then downsampling the intermediate signal by a second integer factor to provide a final signal having a second sample rate. The first factor and the second factor are selected to obtain a desired output sample rate that is a fraction of the sample rate of the input signal. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164664 | RLC Segmentation for Carrier Aggregation - Systems, devices, methods and software according to these exemplary embodiments provide for reducing the number of different sequence numbers used to transmit radio link control, RLC, data blocks to avoid, for example, sequence number stalling. This can be accomplished by, for example, transmitting or receiving RLC protocol data unit, PDU, segments as the initial or original instance of data communication. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170577 | High Speed Switch With Data Converter Physical Ports - A high-speed switch that includes a switch fabric, and both high-speed serial ports and data converter physical ports. A first set of data converter physical ports may perform analog-to-digital conversions, such that an external analog signal may be converted to a digital input signal on the switch. The converted digital input signal may then be routed through the switch fabric in accordance with a serial data protocol. A second set of data converter physical ports may perform digital-to-analog conversions, such that an internal digital signal received from the switch fabric may be converted to an analog output signal on the switch. The converted analog output signal may then be transmitted to an external destination in accordance with a serial data protocol. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170578 | PROCESSING METHOD AND TRANSCEIVER FOR CHANNEL CHANGING IN JOINT TRANSCEIVING MODE - A processing method and a transceiver for channel changing in a joint transceiving mode are provided. The method includes: performing fault detection for one or more direct channels; after a fault is detected on a direct channel, stopping sending signals on the direct channel; detecting whether the direct channel with fault has been recovered; and when recovery of the direct channel with fault is detected, resuming sending signals on the direct channel. | 07-14-2011 |
20110176586 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, RECEPTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION MODULE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - It is possible to reduce a noise component mixed in an analog signal while suppressing increase of power consumption. An amplification unit amplifies the inputted analog signal and converts the amplified signal into a digital signal of a predetermined format for output. The amplification unit includes: an analog circuit unit for processing an analog signal; and a digital circuit unit for processing a digital signal; wherein the circuits are arranged on a substrate. The analog circuit unit includes: an amplification circuit for amplifying the inputted analog signal; and an LPF for cutting off a high frequency component of the amplified analog signal. The digital circuit unit includes: a rectification circuit which rectifies a waveform of the signal whose high-frequency component is cut off; and digital output circuit which converts the waveform-rectified signal into a digital signal of a predetermined format for output. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176587 | METHOD OF REDUCING EMISSION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION ON HIGH SPEED COMMUNICATION BACKPLANE - A method is provided that includes transmitting data to a backplane from a first communication module simultaneously on a first pair of operating frequencies, where the first pair of operating frequencies includes first and second operating frequencies. The method further provides that a −3 dB point of a first electromagnetic emission spectrum peak originating from transmission of the data at the first operating frequency is outside a −3 dB point of a second electromagnetic emission spectrum peak originating from transmission of the data at the second operating frequency. | 07-21-2011 |
20110182332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGH SPEED DATA TRANSMISSION MODULATION AND DEMODULATION - A method and apparatus for communicating wirelessly comprising creating a plurality of sub-carrier signals by quadrature amplitude modulating data onto a plurality of sub-carrier frequencies spaced apart by a sub-carrier frequency spacing interval, frequency shifting the sub-carrier signals by one half of the sub-carrier frequency spacing interval, and modulating the sub-carrier signals onto a radio frequency carrier wave for wireless transmission. | 07-28-2011 |
20110188551 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPENSATING FREQUENCY OFFSET OF AN EXTERNAL REFERENCE CLOCK GENERATOR, COMPENSATION METHOD THEREOF AND DATA TRANSCEIVER EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Example embodiments are directed to a communication system including a frequency synthesizer configured to compensate a frequency error of a reference clock generator, thereby reducing the implementing cost of the reference clock generator. The communication system includes a fractional-N type frequency synthesizer and a frequency control data generation unit that measures a frequency offset value of a reference clock in a measurement mode and provides a frequency control data based on the measured frequency offset value to the frequency synthesizer, for obtaining a frequency of a preset output clock. An external reference clock generator that generates a reference clock having a relatively large frequency error may be used in the communication system, and thus the manufacturing cost of the communication system is reduced. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188552 | DONGLE TRANSCEIVER AND ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - A dongle transceiver a substrate, a transceiver circuit, a transmit/receive switch, a MIMO antenna structure, and a decoupling module. The transceiver circuit is on at least one of the first and second sides of the substrate and is coupled to the transmit/receive switch. The MIMO antenna structure is on at least one of the first and second sides of the substrate. The decoupling module is on at least one of the first and second sides of the substrate, couples the MIMO antenna structure to the transmit/receive switch, and electrically isolates antennas of the MIMO antenna structure. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188553 | SINGLE CHIP WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER OPERABLE TO PERFORM VOICE, DATA AND RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) PROCESSING - A single chip wireless transceiver operable to perform voice, data and radio frequency (RF) processing is provided. This processing may be divided between various processing modules. This single chip includes a processing module having an ARM microprocessor and a digital signal processor (DSP), an RF section, and an interface module. The processing module converts an outbound voice signal into an outbound voice symbol stream, converts an inbound voice symbol stream into an inbound voice signal, converts outbound data into an outbound data symbol stream, and converts an inbound data symbol stream into inbound data. These functions may be divided between the ARM microprocessor and DSP, where the DSP supports physically layer type applications and the ARM microprocessor supports higher layer applications. Further bifurcation may be based on voice applications, data applications, and/or RF control. The RF section converts an inbound RF voice signal into the inbound voice symbol stream, converts the outbound voice symbol stream into an outbound RF voice signal, converts an inbound RF data signal into the inbound data symbol stream, and converts the outbound data symbol stream into an outbound RF data signal. The interface module provides coupling between the processing module, the RF section, and with off-chip circuits. | 08-04-2011 |
20110194589 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communication device including a system ground plane and a retractable antenna is provided. The system ground plane includes a feed point. When the retractable antenna is configured to be a first length, the wireless communication device transceives a first signal of a first bandwidth through the retractable antenna for a first radio frequency system. When the retractable antenna is configured to be a second length, the wireless communication device transceives the first signal and a second signal of a second bandwidth through the retractable antenna respectively for the first radio frequency system and the second radio frequency system. A center frequency of the first bandwidth range is substantially a first odd multiple of a reference frequency, and a center frequency of the second bandwidth range is substantially a second odd multiple of the reference frequency, and the first odd multiple is different to the second odd multiple. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194590 | TRANSCEIVER HAVING EMBEDDED CLOCK INTERFACE AND METHOD OF OPERATING TRANSCEIVER - A transceiver comprises a transmitter that converts a plurality of data components into serial data in response to a first clock signal and transmits the serial data, and a receiver that receives the serial data and converts the serial data into the plurality of data components in response to a second clock signal generated from the serial data. The transmitter adds at least one dummy bit to the serial data at predetermined intervals. The at least one dummy bit includes information regarding a data type of the plurality of data components. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194591 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL INCLUDING TRANSMIT DATA TO A MULTIPLE-INPUT CAPABLE NODE - An apparatus for transmitting a signal including the transmit data to a multiple-input capable node is provided. The apparatus comprises: at least two antennas; a multiple-input and multiple-output capable transceiver in communication with each of the at least two antennas; encoding circuitry capable of causing first data to be encoded; decoding circuitry capable of causing second data to be decoded; processing circuitry capable of causing diversity combining, the processing circuitry being in communication with the multiple-input and multiple-output capable transceiver, the encoding circuitry, and the decoding circuitry. In operation, the processing circuitry is capable of causing the apparatus to: receive a first signal, calculate weights associated with the first signal, apply the weights to transmit data, and add a cyclic prefix to the transmit data. Additionally, the apparatus is configured such that the at least two antennas are capable of transmitting a second signal including the transmit data to a multiple-input capable node. | 08-11-2011 |
20110200076 | RF CLOCK GENERATOR WITH SPURIOUS TONE CANCELLATION - A clock generator circuit may generate a target clock signal and may include a pattern generator to generate a pre-distorted version of a modulation signal from patterns stored by the pattern generator. An up-converter may up-convert the pre-distorted version of the modulation signal and a radio frequency lock oscillator signal to obtain an RF clock signal having a desired frequency tone. A tone detection circuit may receive the RF clock signal and detect a presence of unwanted tones. A controller may write the patterns corresponding to the pre-distorted version of the modulation signal to the pattern generator based on the detected unwanted tones in the RF clock signal. | 08-18-2011 |
20110200077 | DELTA-SIGMA MODULATOR AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In a DSM including a loop in which an output signal of a quantizer is digitally processed, and fed back through a DAC to an analog filter, the quantizer quantizes an analog signal from an analog filter section to output a digital signal. The digital signal from the quantizer is digitally processed in a first-order recursive filter circuit including a variable gain amplifier and a delay element. A LUT receives both the digital signal from the quantizer and a table control signal, which is an output signal from the recursive filter circuit, and stores in advance compensation values corresponding to the both signals. A compensation value from the LUT is used to provide a digital output signal compensated for a delay. The digital output signal is converted into an analog signal in the DAC, and then subtracted from an analog input signal in the analog filter section. | 08-18-2011 |
20110206097 | TERMINALS AND ANTENNA SYSTEMS WITH A PRIMARY RADIATOR LINE CAPACITIVELY EXCITED BY A SECONDARY RADIATOR LINE - A communications device can include a radiator structure and a transceiver circuit. The radiator structure can include a primary radiator line and a secondary radiator line. The primary radiator line extends from a RF feed node to a distal end and is configured to resonant in at least one RF frequency range. The secondary radiator line extends from the RF feed node to a distal end that is closely spaced to the primary radiator line to provide capacitive excitation at a location along the primary radiator line where at least 70% of a maximum resonant voltage is present in the primary radiator line while resonating. The transceiver circuit is configured to encode data according to one or more communication protocols and to generate a RF signal that is supplied to the RF feed node to cause the radiator structure to radiate the encoded data as RF electromagnetic radiation through a wireless air interface. | 08-25-2011 |
20110206098 | Method and Arrangement of Selecting a CQI Value Based on the Transport Block Size in a Mobile Telecommunication Network - The present invention comprises methods and arrangements for selecting a CQI value based on an estimated or actual transport block size. This is achieved according to an embodiment by mapping the SIR value to a CQI value based on an indication of the expected transport block size to be received by the receiver. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211620 | SWITCHING BETWEEN TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE MODES IN A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - A wireless transceiver decodes a receive signal to extract data contained in the receive signal. A processing block contained in the wireless transceiver then initiates a power-ON of the transmit radio portions of the transceiver prior to initiating a power-OFF of the receive radio portions. The technique enables the transceiver to meet timing requirements when operating in environments that require an acknowledgement to be sent in response to receipt of data. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211621 | HETEROGENEOUS TRANSCEIVER ARCHITECTURE FOR WIDE RANGE PROGRAMMABILITY OF PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES - High-speed serial data transceiver circuitry on a programmable logic device (“PLD”) includes some channels that are able to operate at data rates up to a first, relatively low maximum data rate, and other channels that are able to operate at data rates up to a second, relatively high maximum data rate. The relatively low-speed channels are served by relatively low-speed phase locked loop (“PLL”) circuitry, and have other circuit components that are typically needed for handling data that is transmitted at relatively low data rates. The relatively high-speed channels are served by relatively high-speed PLLs, and have other circuit components that are typically needed for handling data that is transmitted at relatively high data rates. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216814 | SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS TO REDUCE SIGNAL FIELD SYMBOL PEAK-TO-AVERAGE POWER RATIO (PAPR) - The device, system and method reduce the peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) of a signal field symbol in a multi-carrier modulation communication signal. The device includes an antenna, a transceiver coupled to the antenna, and a controller to cooperate with the transceiver and being configured to reduce the PAPR of the signal field symbol in the multi-carrier modulation communication signal. The controller is configured to transmit information using a frame format including a header and a data field, the header having a signal field and a service field each having a plurality of bits, the plurality of bits of the signal field defining the signal field symbol. The controller selectively changes at least the header bits to generate the signal field symbol with a reduced or lowest PAPR. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216815 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING OFFSET SIGNAL OF TRANSMISSION LEAKAGE SIGNAL IN RF TRANSCEIVER - Disclosed is an RF transceiver in which transmission and reception are simultaneously performed, wherein a magnitude of a transmission leakage signal mixed into a receiving signal is measured, the maximum and minimum scopes on I/Q vector phase-plane in which an offset vector exists is set using the measured magnitude of the transmission leakage signal, the offset vector offsetting the transmission leakage signal as much as possible, a detection area in which the offset vector exists is determined in the set scope, and the offset vector is detected. | 09-08-2011 |
20110222590 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PILOT TONE ASSISTED SELECTED MAPPING - A method is provided for communicating a data value and pilot tone within the same communication sub-carrier of a communication channel. A first reference phase corresponding to a first data value is selected. A pilot tone having the first reference phase is generated. The generated pilot tone is transmitted. The transmitted pilot tone is received. A phase of the received pilot tone is determined. A second data value is determined from the phase of the received pilot tone. The second data value is stored in an electronic storage medium. | 09-15-2011 |
20110228822 | SPECTRAL SMOOTHING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A wireless communication device operates in a wireless communications system including a plurality of wireless communication devices and communicates over a wireless medium. The wireless communication device includes an antenna, a transceiver coupled to the antenna, and a controller to cooperate with the transceiver. The controller is configured to generate and transmit a waveform having a waveform frame format including data blocks and repeating training blocks, and to modulate the repeating training blocks to reduce spectral artifacts. The controller may be configured to modulate the repeating training blocks with a pseudo-random phase, a frequency offset or with an amplitude modulation, for example. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228823 | High Bandwidth Programmable Transmission Line Pre-Emphasis Method and Circuit - A transmission line pre-emphasis circuit includes a primary signal path receiving a digital data stream and generating a primary output current indicative of the digital data stream, one or more secondary signal paths each incorporating a network implementing a specific transient response where the one or more secondary signal paths receive the digital data stream and generate secondary output currents representing one or more overshoot signals indicative of the transient response of the respective network. The one or more secondary signal paths have variable gain being programmed through respective DC programming signals. The secondary output currents are summed with the primary output current. The transmission line pre-emphasis circuit further includes an output loading stage coupled to generate from the summed current a pre-emphasized digital output signal indicative of the one or more overshoot signals added to the digital data stream. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228824 | High Bandwidth Dual Programmable Transmission Line Pre-Emphasis Method and Circuit - In one embodiment, a transmission line pre-emphasis circuit includes a primary signal path generating a primary differential output current indicative of a digital data stream and a secondary signal path including a pulse shaping stage incorporating a network and a scaling stage. The pre-emphasis circuit generates an overshoot pulse with variable pulse width. In another embodiment, a transmission line pre-emphasis circuit includes a primary signal path generating a primary differential output current indicative of a digital data stream and one or more secondary signal paths incorporating a network implementing a specific transient response. Each of the secondary signal paths includes a scaling stage and a shaping stage each with programmable bias current. The scaling stage can be configured before or after the shaping amplifier. The pre-emphasis circuit generates an overshoot signal with variable amplitude and/or variable width. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228825 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus performing a shared channel communication with a plurality of terminals includes a signal processor configured to employ, when the base station apparatus changes a value of a parameter from an old value to a new value, a communication or modulation scheme in a communication with one terminal of the plurality of terminals. The parameter is for determining transmission power for the communication with the one terminal. The communication or modulation scheme allows the communication with the one terminal to be kept while at least a time period from a time when the base station apparatus transmits the new value until a time when the one terminal receives and recognizes the new value. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228826 | IQ IMBALANCE CORRECTION METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE INCLUDING A QUADRATURE MODULATION/DEMODULATION FUNCTION - An IQ imbalance correction method includes transmitting a plurality of pairs of RF training signals in installments by pairing RF training signals symmetric with respect to a center frequency on a frequency axis; setting a reception local frequency to change to a frequency that is suitable to receive, via an internal path, each of the plurality of pairs of RF training signals transmitted in installments, and suitable to convert the each of the plurality of pairs of RF training signals into IF training signals; and performing quadrature demodulation on the IF training signals, respectively, in a digital circuit area to generate BB training signals. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228827 | Receiving apparatus, transmission apparatus, and transmission methods - A receiving apparatus includes a first receiving circuit that receives an input signal based on a clock signal, and outputs a first output signal, a second receiving circuit that receives the input signal based on the clock signal, and outputs a second output signal, and a comparison circuit that compares value of the first output signal outputted by the first receiving circuit and value of the second output signal outputted by the second receiving circuit. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228828 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CANCELLING TRANSMITTER INTERFERENCE IN TRANSCEIVER, AND TRANSCEIVER - A method and a device for cancelling transmitter interference in a transceiver, and a transceiver are provided. The method includes: coupling a part of radio frequency signals output from a transmitter, performing amplification, frequency conversion, analog-digital conversion, and digital filtration on the coupled signal by an interference receiver, and outputting a digital signal; | 09-22-2011 |
20110235689 | POWER AMPLIFIER AND SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In general, according to one embodiment, a power amplifier includes an envelope detector, a limiter, and a combiner. The envelope detector is configured to sense an envelope component of an input signal. The limiter includes a PMOS (Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor) transistor and an NMOS (Negative channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor) transistor. The PMOS transistor is configured to sense a phase component of the input signal. The phase component has a second-order distortion controlled within a predetermined range with respect to the input signal. The NMOS transistor is configured to sense a phase component of the input signal. The phase component has the same second-order distortion as the phase component sensed by the PMOS transistor. The combiner is configured to combine the envelope component sensed by the envelope detector and the phase component sensed by the limiter to generate an output signal. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235690 | RADIO UNIT RECONFIGURATION - A super-regenerative transceiver that has an antenna interface for an antenna is self-tuned with a self-tuning unit configured. The self-tuning unit makes the transceiver to repeatedly perform a self-tuning cycle until the amplitude meets a predetermined detection condition or a predetermined criterion is met. The self-tuning cycle involves the following: transmitting to the antenna a probe signal with one or more pulses; receiving from the antenna a ringing detection signal; determining if the ringing detection signal reflects tails of the probe signal with amplitude meeting a predetermined detection condition; and adjusting of the tuning of the super-regenerative transceiver if the amplitude does not meet the predetermined detection condition. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235691 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH LOW POWER SLEEP MODE AND RAPID-ON CAPABILITY - A multicarrier transceiver is provided with a sleep mode in which it idles with reduced power consumption when it is not needed to transmit or receive data. The full transmission and reception capabilities of the transceiver are quickly restored when needed, without requiring the full (and time-consuming) initialization commonly needed to restore such transceivers to operation after inactivity. | 09-29-2011 |
20110243200 | Demodulator and Method for Demodulating a Carrier Signal - A demodulator includes a sampler and a trigger unit. The sampler is configured to sample a carrier signal based on a trigger signal to obtain a demodulated signal. The trigger unit is configured to detect a zero crossing of the carrier signal or an extreme value of an amplitude of the carrier signal. Further, the trigger unit is configured to provide the trigger signal based on the detected zero crossing or the detected extreme value, so that the carrier signal is sampled by the sampler with a predefined phase shift to the detected zero crossing or the detected extreme value. The predefined phase shift is larger than 30° plus an integer multiple of 90° and lower than 60° plus the same integer multiple of 90° in reference to the carrier signal. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243201 | BROADBAND TRANSCEIVER AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM UTILIZING SAME - A broadband transceiver includes at least one layer structure that is substantially impermeable to RF radiation. The layer structure includes a first face surface substantially opposite a second face surface. A receive antenna is located proximate the first face surface and configured to receive RF transmissions. A transmit antenna is located proximate the second surface and configured to transmit RF transmissions. At least one of the receive and transmit antennas generates a generally toroidal radiation pattern that is stronger in a direction substantially parallel to the respective layer structure face surface compared to a direction substantially perpendicular to the face surface. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243202 | Cancellation System for Millimeter-Wave Radar - In a millimeter-wave radar, full-duplex operation comprises identifying a leakage signal in a digital baseband received signal, estimating the leakage signal, synthesizing an estimated leakage signal, and subtracting the estimated leakage signal from the digital baseband received signal. The time interval during which the leakage signal occurs may be measured, and samples of the digital baseband received signal within the time interval are masked to remove the leakage. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243203 | Wireless Communication System and Wireless Communication Method - In a wireless communication system in which a sending side derives transmit weight vectors based on feedback information and carries out precoding, performance degradation is caused when the channel at the time when the transmit weight vectors are derived and the true channel are different from each other. Along with variations in the channel, the power allocation to a plurality of effective streams formed in MIMO is caused to approach asymptotically to uniform power allocation from the value determined based on the channel state information that the sending side has. | 10-06-2011 |
20110249709 | DHT-Based OFDM Transmitter and Receiver - A DHT-based OFDM transmitter and receiver use discrete Hartley transform to implement multicarrier transmission. A transmission terminal (or a receiving terminal) of a transmitter and receiver comprises two IDHT (or DHT) processors and a diagonal processing device. The two IDHT processors make the DHT-OFDM system transmit the 2D modulation signal to increase the bandwidth efficiency. The diagonal processing device is used to diagonalize the circulant channel matrix into discrete memoryless subchannels, and thus only one-tap frequency domain equalizer can compensate the channel effects. Besides, the proposed DHT-OFDM transmitter and receiver are also compatible with a conventional DFT-OFDM system, and they can flexibly works with the conventional DFT-OFDM transmitter and receiver. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249710 | TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING SIGNALS OF THE TRANSCEIVER THEREOF - A transceiver includes an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) having an embedded processing circuit and an embedded digital-to-analog converting (DAC) unit. The ADC is arranged to convert an analog input signal into a digital output signal during a first operational phase of the transceiver. The embedded processing circuit is arranged to generate a digital code according to the analog input signal and an analog signal. The DAC unit is coupled to the embedded processing circuit, wherein the embedded DAC unit is arranged to convert the digital code into the analog signal during the first operational phase, and is arranged to convert a digital input signal into an analog output signal during a second operational phase of the transceiver. | 10-13-2011 |
20110255575 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH SEPARATE I AND Q PHASE POWER AMPLIFICATION HAVING SELECTIVE PHASE AND MAGNITUDE ADJUSTMENT AND RELATED METHODS - A communications device may include an In-phase (I) circuit having an In-phase modulator and mixer circuit, and an I power amplifier circuit coupled thereto, the I circuit configured to modulate and amplify a digital baseband I signal to generate an amplified I signal, and a Quadrature (Q) circuit having a Q modulator and mixer circuit, and a Q power amplifier circuit coupled thereto, the Q circuit configured to modulate and amplify a digital baseband Q signal to generate an amplified Q signal separate from the amplified I signal. The communications device may include a processor configured, for example, to selectively switch the digital baseband signal and the digital baseband Q signal between the I and Q signal inputs to provide selective phase shifting for the digital baseband I and Q signals. For example, the controller may selectively phase shift the digital baseband I and Q signals, and control the I and Q power amplifier circuits to vary an amplitude of the amplified I and Q signals. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255576 | System for mimo equialization of multi-channel transceivers with precoding - The present invention relates to data processing techniques in multi-channel data transmission systems. In this invention, a method to efficiently deal with FEXT is proposed and a circuit architecture to implement the proposed MIMO-THP equalizer is developed for the application of high/ultra-high speed Ethernet systems. The proposed method relies on the fact that FEXT inherently contains information about the symbols transmitted from the far end transmitters and it can be viewed as a signal rather than noise. Compared with the traditional FEXT cancellation approaches, the proposed design inherits both advantages of MIMO equalization technique and TH precoding technique, thus having better performance. Unlike the existing MIMO-THP technology, the proposed design completely removes the feedback loops in the existing MIMO-THP architecture. Therefore, pipelining techniques can be easily applied to obtain a high-speed design of a multi-channel DSP transceiver. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255577 | Apparatus for calculating weights associated with a received signal and applying the weights to transmit data - An apparatus for calculating weights associated with a received signal and applying the weights to transmit data is provided. The apparatus comprises: at least two antennas; a multiple-input and multiple-output capable transceiver in communication with each of the at least two antennas; and processing circuitry capable of causing diversity combining, the processing circuitry in communication with the multiple-input and multiple-output capable transceiver. In operation, the processing circuitry is capable of causing the apparatus to: receive a first signal, calculate weights associated with the first signal, and apply the weights to transmit data. Additionally, the apparatus is configured such that the at least two antennas are capable of transmitting a second signal including the transmit data to a multiple-input capable node. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255578 | Method and System for Frequency Down-Conversion and Frequency Up-Conversion - A method and system is described wherein a signal with a lower frequency is up-converted to a higher frequency. In one embodiment, the higher frequency signal is used as a stable frequency and phase reference. In another embodiment, the invention is used as a transmitter. The up-conversion is accomplished by controlling a switch with an oscillating signal, the frequency of the oscillating signal being selected as a sub-harmonic of the desired output frequency. When the invention is being used as a frequency or phase reference, the oscillating signal is not modulated, and controls a switch that is connected to a bias signal. When the invention is being used in the frequency modulation (FM) or phase modulation (PM) implementations, the oscillating signal is modulated by an information signal before it causes the switch to gate the bias signal. In the amplitude modulation implementation (AM), the oscillating signal is not modulated, but rather causes the switch to gate a reference signal that is substantially equal to or proportional to the information signal. In the FM and PM implementations, the signal that is output from the switch is modulated substantially the same as the modulated oscillating signal. In the AM implementation, the signal that is output from the switch has an amplitude that is a function of the information signal. In both embodiments, the output of the switch is filtered, and the desired harmonic is output. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255579 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In order to achieve more efficient data transfer by broadcast, a communication apparatus receives data that has been broadcast from a transmitting apparatus to a plurality of communication apparatuses, and transmits a response signal regarding the data using a carrier different from those of the other communication apparatuses from among a plurality of mutually orthogonal carriers. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255580 | PRECODING SIGNALING IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing data transmission between a transmitter and a receiver. The method includes the steps of generating a feedback message at the receiver in response to data received from the transmitter, assigning an identifier for the feedback message, storing the feedback message in association with the identifier in the receiver, transmitting the feedback message and the identifier to the transmitter, determining, at the transmitter, transmission format for data to be transmitted to the receiver based on the feedback message received from the receiver; and transmitting data and a control message, by the transmitter, using the determined transmission format, with the control message comprising the identifier of the feedback message based on which the transmission format is determined. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261863 | Reducing Transmit Signal Components of a Receive Signal of a Transceiver - Embodiments of a method and apparatus of reducing transmit signal components of a receive signal of a transceiver are disclosed. One method includes generating a transmit signal by passing a pre-driver transmit signal through a transmit driver. An echo cancellation signal is generated by passing the pre-driver transmit signal through an echo cancellation driver. A residual echo signal is generated by passing a pre-driver residual echo cancellation signal through a residual echo cancellation driver. The transceiver simultaneously transmits the transmit signal, and receiving the receive signal. At least a portion of an echo signal of the receive signal is canceled by summing the echo cancellation signal with the receive signal. At least another portion of the cancellation echo signal of the receive signal is canceled by summing the residual echo cancellation signal with the receive signal. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261864 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - In a case where an ASK method is used for a communication method between a semiconductor device and a reader/writer, the amplitude of a radio signal is changed by data transmitted from the semiconductor device to the reader/writer when data is not transmitted from the reader/writer to the semiconductor device. Therefore, in some cases, the semiconductor device mistakes data transmitted from the semiconductor device itself for data transmitted from the reader/writer to the semiconductor device. The semiconductor device includes an antenna circuit, a transmission circuit, a reception circuit, and an arithmetic processing circuit. The antenna circuit transmits and receives a radio signal. The transmission circuit outputs to the reception circuit a signal showing whether or not the antenna circuit is transmitting the radio signal. | 10-27-2011 |
20110268162 | Preventing inter-set miscommunication while maintaining robust signalling in a noisy environment - A method and apparatus for preventing inter-set miscommunication while maintaining robust signalling in a noisy environment includes providing a controller and a set of devices, the set of devices having a unique set ID and communicating with said controller. The set of devices communicates with said controller by transmitting and receiving messages to and from the controller respectively via an electrically noisy transmission medium. The messages include: (a) inquiries from the controller to the set of devices inquiring as to whether each device either doesn't need attention or does need attention from the controller; and, (b) responses to the controller from each device as to whether each device needs attention or doesn't need the attention of controller. Each device transmits its own responses, once and in a “look-back” embodiment repeatedly receives the responses of other devices and stores those responses of the other devices in a look-back record in its message. The attention segment of the messages includes the doesn't-need-attention or does-need-attention-of-the-controller for each device and for those devices transmitting before each particular device and received by that device. The device ID has been incorporated into the error check segment. Each device is adapted to, using the set ID, make the error check segment set ID dependant. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268163 | RF DIGITAL SPUR REDUCTION - Digital spur reduction in which spurs are kept outside selected channels of interest. An integrated radiofrequency transceiver circuit has digital and analogue components, the circuit includes a radiofrequency signal receiver having a local oscillator signal generator configured to provide a local oscillator signal at a frequency f | 11-03-2011 |
20110268164 | RF DIGITAL SPUR REDUCTION - Digital spur reduction in which spurs are kept outside selected channels of interest, with illustrative embodiments relating to an integrated radiofrequency transceiver circuit having digital and analogue components, the circuit having a radiofrequency signal receiver with a local oscillator signal generator configured to provide a local oscillator signal at a frequency f | 11-03-2011 |
20110274146 | ANTENNA AND MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - A antenna for transmitting radio signals of a lower frequency and a higher frequency includes a driven element comprising two first radiating units for a lower frequency band and two radiating units for a higher frequency band, and a reflector element comprising a first reflecting unit for the lower frequency band and a second reflecting unit for the higher frequency band. The second radiating units are disposed at a side of the first radiating units and respectively coupled to a corresponding first radiating unit. The first reflecting unit is disposed at the other side of the first radiating units, and the second reflecting unit is disposed between the first radiating units and the first reflecting unit. | 11-10-2011 |
20110280287 | EXPLOITING CHANNEL TIME CORRELATION TO REDUCE CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK BITRATE - The required bitrate for reporting channel state information from a network transceiver to the network is dramatically reduced, while maintaining fidelity of channel estimates, by exploiting prior channel estimates and the time correlation of channel response. For a selected set of sub-carriers, the transceiver estimates channel frequency response from pilot signals. The transceiver also predicts the frequency response for each selected sub-carrier, by multiplying a state vector comprising prior frequency response estimate and a coefficient vector comprising linear predictive coefficients. The predicted frequency response is subtracted from the estimated frequency response, and the prediction error is quantized and transmitted to the network. The network maintains a corresponding state vector and predictive coefficient vector, and also predicts a frequency response for each selected sub-carrier. The received prediction error is inverse quantized and subtracted from the predicted frequency response to yield a frequency response corresponding to that estimated at the transceiver. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280288 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF A TRANSCEIVER - In accordance with an exemplary embodiment, a system comprising a transceiver, a sensor and a controller is provided. The sensor is coupled to an electrical component in the transceiver and is configured to measure a thermal load on the electrical component. The controller is configured with a predetermined threshold, and is configured to reduce the voltage and current bias point, in the power amplifier, in response to the thermal load measurement being greater than the predetermined threshold. The system provides an inexpensive solution to the problem of shedding thermal load in transceiver systems and can be incorporated into new systems or adapted to legacy systems. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280289 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF A TRANSCEIVER - In accordance with an exemplary embodiment, a system comprising a transceiver, a sensor and a controller is provided. The sensor is coupled to an electrical component in the transceiver and is configured to measure a thermal load on the electrical component. The controller is configured with a predetermined threshold(s), and is configured to reduce the voltage and/or current bias point, in the power amplifier, in response to the thermal load measurement being greater than the predetermined hot threshold or less than a predetermined cold threshold. The system provides an inexpensive transceiver system solution to the problems of shedding thermal load under high temperatures and undesirable gain increases, loss of stability and power consumption increases at low temperatures, and can be incorporated into new systems or adapted to legacy systems. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280290 | DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD USING PHASE SHIFT BASED PRECODING AND TRANSCEIVER SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for performing a precoding based on a generalized phase shift or a precoding based on an extended phase shift in a Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) system employing several sub-carriers, and a transceiver for supporting the same are disclosed. A phase-shift-based precoding matrix is generalized by multiplying a diagonal matrix for a phase shift by a unitary matrix for maintaining orthogonality between sub-carriers. In this case, a diagonal matrix part may be extended by multiplying a precoding matrix for removing an interference between sub-carriers by a diagonal matrix for a phase shift. By generalization and extension of the phase-shift-based precoding, a transceiver is more simplified, and a communication efficiency increases. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280291 | DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD USING PHASE SHIFT BASED PRECODING AND TRANSCEIVER SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for performing a precoding based on a generalized phase shift or a precoding based on an extended phase shift in a Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) system employing several sub-carriers, and a transceiver for supporting the same are disclosed. A phase-shift-based precoding matrix is generalized by multiplying a diagonal matrix for a phase shift by a unitary matrix for maintaining orthogonality between sub-carriers. In this case, a diagonal matrix part may be extended by multiplying a precoding matrix for removing an interference between sub-carriers by a diagonal matrix for a phase shift. By generalization and extension of the phase-shift-based precoding, a transceiver is more simplified, and a communication efficiency increases. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286501 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION QUALITY INFORMATION GENERATING METHOD - To enable CQI information to notify the transmission side to be compressed with efficiency, while minimizing the effect on scheduling on the transmission side, provided are reception sections | 11-24-2011 |
20110286502 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTER AND PRECODING METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless transmitter that can prevent deterioration of the error rate characteristic without reducing the data rate during mobile communications also utilizing THP for FDE. In the device, an equivalent channel matrix computation unit ( | 11-24-2011 |
20110292975 | Network Device - A network multifunction peripheral includes an NIC that conducts communication with a LAN and a recording unit that can be put in a normal power state and a low-power consumption state. The recording unit processes received data when the recording unit is in the normal power state. The NIC includes a transmit-receive unit that transmits and receives data, a power state determining unit that determines the power state of the recording unit, a start-up signal output unit that outputs a start-up signal when a session establishment request signal is received from a PC and when determined that the recording unit is in the low-power consumption state, and a persistent connection control unit that performs persistent connection control to prohibit the PC from transmitting the data while a session is maintained with the PC until the recording unit is started up. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292976 | Method and Apparatus for Fast Prototyping of Wireless Transceivers - An electronic object is configured for rapid prototyping of a wireless communication transceiver. The electronic object comprises hardware and software components. An identification module is configured for automatically conveying the electronic object's identity to at least one other electronic object in the transceiver. A signal processor performs object-specific signal processing, which is one of a plurality of component transceiver functions performed by a transceiver. An interface provides access to the electronic object's resources by other electronic objects via physical and logical entry points. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299573 | Distributed Antenna System and its Data Transmission Method and Central Controller - A data transmission method and central controller for a distributed antenna system and a distributed antenna system. The system includes a central controller and multiple wireless transceiver units. The method includes that wireless transceiver units measure the power of the pilot reference signals received from user terminals and forward this power rate to a central controller; the central controller selects a set of wireless transceiver units for transmitting data to the terminal according to the pilot reference signal power rates of the terminals forwarded by the multiple wireless transceiver units; the central controller performs data processing according to said set of wireless transceiver units; the central controller distributes the processed data to the wireless transceiver units in said set of wireless transceiver units, and the wireless transceiver units in said set perform the downlink data transmission. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299574 | PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICE WITH A SAW-LESS TRANSCEIVER - A portable computing device includes an FEM, a SAW-less receiver, a SAW-less transmitter, and a baseband processing unit. The FEM isolates one or more outbound RF signals from one or more inbound RF signals. The SAW-less receiver converts the one or more inbound RF signals into one or more inbound intermediate frequency (IF) signals by frequency translating a baseband filter response to an IF filter response and/or an RF filter response. The SAW-less receiver filters the inbound RF signal(s) in accordance with the RF filter response and/or filters the inbound IF signal(s) in accordance with the IF filter response. The SAW-less receiver then converts the inbound IF signal(s) into inbound symbol stream(s). The SAW-less transmitter converts outbound symbol stream(s) into the outbound RF signal(s). The baseband processing unit converts outbound data into the outbound symbol stream(s) and convert the inbound symbol stream(s) into inbound data. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299575 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF CALIBRATION OF A SECOND ORDER INTERMODULATION INTERCEPT POINT OF A RADIO TRANSCEIVER - The method of calibration of a second order intermodulation intercept point (IIP2) of a radio transceiver comprises the steps of: generating a second order intermodulation (IM2) reference signal (S | 12-08-2011 |
20110299576 | POLAR-BASED RF RECEIVER - A receiver includes a frequency translation bandpass filter (FTBPF) and an RF receiver section. The RF receiver section includes an amplifier section, a phase information detection module, an amplitude information detection module, and analog to digital conversion (ADC) modules. The FTBPF is operable to filter an inbound radio frequency (RF) signal to produce a filtered inbound RF signal. The amplifier section is operable to amplify the filtered inbound RF signal to produce an amplified inbound RF signal. The phase information detection module, when enabled, is operable to determine phase information from the amplified inbound RF signal. The amplitude information detection module, when enabled, is operable to determine amplitude information from the amplified inbound RF signal. A first one of the ADCs is operable to convert the phase information into digital phase information and a second one of the ADCs is operable to convert the amplitude information into digital amplitude information. | 12-08-2011 |
20110305263 | Methods Providing Precoder Feedback Using Multiple Precoder Indices and Related Communications Devices and Systems - Data may be transmitted from a first communications device using multiple antennas to a second communications device based on precoder feedback defining a grid of transmission beams. A first precoder index may be received from the second communications device, and a second precoder index may be received from the second communications device. At least one symbol stream may be processed based at least in part on the first and second precoder indices to generate antenna signals for respective antenna elements of the multiple antennas, and the antenna signals may be transmitted over the multiple antennas to the communications device. Related base stations and user equipment are also discussed. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305264 | Beacon Miss Prevention in Power Save Modes Using Timing Synchronization Function - An integrated circuit comprising a transceiver module, a beacon miss module, and a control module. The transceiver module is configured to, at predetermined times, transition a wireless network device from an inactive mode to an active mode. The beacon miss module is configured to count a number of delivery traffic indication message (DTIM) beacons missed by the transceiver module during each of a first predetermined period and a second predetermined period, wherein the first predetermined period is shorter than the second predetermined period. The control module is configured to adjust the predetermined times at which the wireless network device is transitioned from the inactive mode to the active mode based on the number of the DTIM beacons missed by the transceiver module during each of i) the first predetermined period and ii) the second predetermined period. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305265 | MULTI-MODE IC WITH MULTIPLE PROCESSING CORES - An integrated circuit (IC) includes an RF section, a DSP, and a plurality of processors. The RF section and the DSP process an inbound RF signal to produce inbound data and process outbound data to produce an outbound RF signal. In addition, the DSP converts an outbound analog audio signal into an outbound digital audio signal and converts an inbound digital audio signal into an inbound analog audio signal. A first processor converts the inbound data into the inbound digital audio signal and converts the outbound digital audio signal into the outbound data. A second processor performs a user application that includes at least one of generation of the inbound analog audio signal and generation of the outbound analog audio signal and performs an operating system algorithm to coordinate operation of the user application. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310936 | Reducing Electromagnetic Interference in a Receive Signal with an Analog Correction Signal - Embodiments of methods and apparatuses for reducing electromagnetic interference in a receive signal are disclosed. One method includes receiving a receive signal. An analog cancellation signal is generated. The analog cancellation signal is summed with a receive signal, thereby mitigating electromagnetic interference in the receive signal. One apparatus includes a transceiver that includes a receive analog to digital converter (ADC) sampling a receive signal. Electromagnetic interference (EMI) processing circuitry generates an analog cancellation signal. The analog cancellation signal is summed with a receive signal, thereby mitigating electromagnetic interference in the receive signal. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310937 | Method of Performing Buffer Status Reporting and Communication Device Thereof - A method of performing buffer status reporting for a mobile device capable of UL MIMO and/or capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises generating at least a MAC subheader, generating at least two MAC control elements for jointly indicating buffer status of at least a logical channel group in the mobile device, and generating a MAC PDU including the at least a MAC subheader and the at least two MAC control elements for the buffer status reporting. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310938 | BASEBAND / RFIC INTERFACE FOR HIGH THROUGHPUT MIMO COMMUNICATIONS - Analog signal paths are utilized between a baseband processor and a radio front end to support high throughput communications for a multiple in multiple out radio transceiver that support communications over two or more antennas. Specifically, analog differential I and Q path communication signals are exchanged between a radio front end core and a baseband processor to maximize throughput capacity for high data rate signals. Along the same lines, the impedances of traces and the interface are matched to reduce I/Q imbalance. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310939 | PROGRAMMABLE ANTENNA ASSEMBLY AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF - A programmable antenna assembly includes a configurable antenna structure, a configurable antenna interface, and a control module. The configurable antenna structure includes a plurality of antenna elements that, in response to an antenna configuration signal, are configured elements into at least one antenna. The configurable antenna interface module is coupled to the at least one antenna and, based on an antenna interface control signal, provides at least one of an impedance matching circuit and a bandpass filter. The control module is coupled to generate the antenna configuration signal and the antenna interface control signal in accordance with a first frequency band and a second frequency band such that the at least one antenna facilitates at least one of transmitting and receiving a first RF signal within the first frequency band and facilitates at least one of transmitting and receiving a second RF signal within the second frequency band. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310940 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FOR OFDM-MIMO SYSTEM - In orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) selects a random access channel (RACH) and a phase for a constant amplitude zero auto correlation (CAZAC) sequence for RACH transmission. The WTRU then transmits a RACH transmission to a Node B via the selected RACH. Once the RACH transmission is detected, the Node B sends an acknowledgement (ACK) to the WTRU over an ACK channel. The Node B may transmit the ACK on a shared channel. The WTRU may ramp up transmit power while the RACH transmission is transmitted, or steps up transmit power of a subsequent RACH transmission. The RACH transmission and data transmission may be either time multiplexed or frequency multiplexed. A plurality of RACHs may be defined and one of the defined RACHs may be selected randomly or based on predetermined criteria. | 12-22-2011 |
20110317747 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A data reception unit 21 of a reception device 20 | 12-29-2011 |
20110317748 | DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL BASED CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN OFDM-MIMO SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for using demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) based channel state information (CSI) feedback in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing—multiple-input multiple-output (OFDM-MIMO) systems is disclosed. The wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives one or more resource blocks from a base station, wherein the resource blocks (RBs) include demodulating reference signals (DM-RS) and precoder information. The precoder information is sent unicast or broadcasted over a common control channel. The WTRU estimates an effective channel estimate based on the DM-RS, derives an unprecoded channel based on the effective channel and the precoder information, generates CSI feedback based on the unprecoded channel, and transmits the CSI feedback to the base station. Alternatively, the WTRU estimates an effective channel estimate based on the DM-RS, quantizes the effective channel estimate and transmits the CSI feedback to the base station. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317749 | RECONFIGURABLE TRANSCEIVER METHOD AND APPARATUS - A transceiver includes an interface operable to receive a reconfiguration request signal, a configurable receiver circuit coupled to the interface and an evaluation circuit. The evaluation circuit is operable to evaluate the reconfiguration request signal, reconfigure the configurable receiver circuit based on the reconfiguration request signal and output a reconfiguration response signal. | 12-29-2011 |
20120002707 | PLL FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER - A PLL frequency synthesizer includes: a phase comparator configured to detect a phase difference between a reference clock signal and an output signal of the PLL frequency synthesizer; a loop filter configured to output a control value composed of a total of an integer value and a decimal value; a first controller configured to output a first control signal corresponding to the integer value in synchronization with a first clock; a second controller configured to output a second control signal representing the decimal value as a mean value in synchronization with a second clock, and when the PLL frequency synthesizer is in a locked state, to limit a range of values which the second control signal can have to a range in the locked state; and a digital controlled oscillator configured to oscillate at a frequency based on a combination of frequency control by the first and second control signals. | 01-05-2012 |
20120008665 | Secured Broadband Device - Secured broadband devices and methods for providing broadband communication are provided. A broadband device may include a housing, at least one broadband component, and a securing mechanism. The at least one broadband component may be situated within the housing and configured to receive a broadband signal. Additionally, the at least one broadband component may be configured to output at least a portion of the broadband signal for receipt by one or more external devices. The securing mechanism configured to secure the housing to an electrical outlet. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008666 | ENHANCED BLOCK CODING METHOD BASED ON SMALL SIZE BLOCK CODE - A scheme of enhanced block coding based on small size block code is provided. Such is achieved by obtaining extended basis sequences for a (32, O) code with O=1, 2, . . . 12; selecting an offset starting value that produces maximum error correction capability in each O value; and generating basis sequences for a (48, O) code based on the obtained extended basis sequences for the (32, O) code with the offset starting value selected based on the selecting step. The offset starting value could be selected as 18, which results in the largest sum of distances. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008667 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN PLC - Disclosed is a communication apparatus and method in a programmable logic controller (PLC). In a communication method, a micro processing unit (MPU) decides whether or not an interrupt signal is generated. When it is decided that the interrupt signal has been generated, the MPU communicates with an external programming and debugging tool (PADT). | 01-12-2012 |
20120014418 | Multi-configuration adaptive layered steered space-time coded system and method - The multi-configuration adaptive layered steered space-time coded (LSSTC) wireless transmission system utilizes Layered Steered Space-Time Codes (LSSTC), a recently proposed multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system that combines the benefits of the vertical Bell Labs space-time (V-BLAST) scheme, space-time block codes (STBC) and beamforming. A multi-configuration transmission scheme based on LSSTC and V-BLAST systems uses threshold-based decision making to change the modulation type and the MIMO transmission scheme in order to optimize error performance. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014419 | Reducing Transmit Signal Components of a Receive Signal of a Transceiver Using a Shared DAC Architecture - Embodiments of a method and apparatus of reducing transmit signal components of a receive signal of a transceiver are disclosed. One embodiment of an apparatus includes a transceiver that simultaneously transmits a transmit signal and receives a receive signal. The transceiver includes a transmit DAC that generates the transmit signal based on a transmit digital signal stream. The transmit DAC includes a plurality of transmit DAC circuit elements, and a plurality of transmit DAC switches that control which of the plurality of transmit DAC circuit elements contribute to generating the transmit signal. The transceiver additionally includes an echo cancellation DAC that generates an echo cancellation signal based on the transmit digital signal stream. The echo cancellation DAC includes a plurality of echo cancellation DAC circuit elements, and a plurality of echo cancellation DAC switches that control which of the plurality of echo cancellation DAC circuit elements contribute to generating the echo cancellation signal. A data controller receives the transmit digital signal stream, and controls both the plurality of transmit DAC switches and the plurality of echo cancellation DAC switches. A canceller (summer) cancels at least a portion of the receive signal by summing the echo cancellation signal with the receive signal. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014420 | Method and Apparatus for Fast Link Recovery - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for fast link recover are disclosed. One method includes sensing a link quality failure of a link between a receiver and a transmitter. If a link quality failure is sensed, then the receiver selects new pre-coder settings for the transmitter. The receiver communicates the new pre-coder settings to the transmitter. The transmitter applies the new pre-coder settings. The receiver computes its equalizer settings based on the new pre-coder settings of the transmitter. One apparatus or transceiver includes a means for determining a link quality failure of a link between the transceiver and a link partner transceiver. The transceiver selects new pre-coder settings for the link partner transceiver if a link quality failure is sensed. Additionally, the transceiver communicates the new pre-coder settings to the link partner transceiver, and computes its equalizer settings based on the new pre-coder settings of the link partner transceiver. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014421 | COMPRESSION OF BASEBAND SIGNALS IN BASE TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM INTERFACES - A signal compression method and apparatus for a base transceiver system (BTS) in a wireless communication network provides efficient transfer of compressed signal samples over serial data links in the system. For the uplink, an RF unit of the BTS compresses baseband signal samples resulting from analog to digital conversion of a received analog signal followed by digital downconversion. The compressed signal samples are transferred over the serial data link to the baseband processor then decompressed prior to normal signal processing. For the downlink, the baseband processor compresses baseband signal samples and transfers the compressed signal samples to the RF unit. The RF unit decompresses the compressed samples prior to digital upconversion and digital to analog conversion to form an analog signal for transmission over an antenna. Compression and decompression can be incorporated into operations of conventional base stations and distributed antenna systems, including OBSAI or CPRI compliant systems. | 01-19-2012 |
20120020390 | ANGLE MODULATOR, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed are an angle modulator, a transmission apparatus, and a radio communication apparatus that can compensate phase discontinuity when an operational mode of a voltage controlled oscillator is switched. Angle modulator ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120020391 | RADIO TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CIRCUIT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING METHOD - A radio transmitting/receiving circuit, a wireless communication apparatus and a radio transmitting/receiving method wherein low power consumption can be achieved without complicating software even if a plurality of communication systems are applied. In a control unit ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120027055 | Satellite On-Board RFI Detection - In one embodiment there are provided systems and methods for detecting radio frequency interference (RFI) on a satellite that implements on-board processing. The system leverages an on-board programmable modem complex, and in some cases reprograms portions thereof, to function as an RF spectrum analyzer sensor element that captures and relays received RF information as meta-data to a ground-based system where that information can then be used, on the ground, to generate a spectral display of a received signal at the satellite. | 02-02-2012 |
20120027056 | ARRAY ANTENNA APPARATUS INCLUDING MULTIPLE STEERABLE ANTENNAS AND CAPABLE OF ELIMINATING INFLUENCE OF SURROUNDING METAL COMPONENTS - An antenna unit is provided with: steerable antennas, each having one active antenna element and two parasitic antenna element; and metal blocks. Each of the active antenna elements is associated with at least one of the metal blocks such that the metal block is disposed remote from the active antenna element by a predetermined distance and operates as a reflector for the active antenna element. Each of the parasitic antenna elements is provided with a switching circuit for changing an electrical length of the parasitic antenna element, and the parasitic antenna element operates as a reflector for an active antenna element of the same steerable antenna as the parasitic antenna element by changing the electrical length using the switching circuit. | 02-02-2012 |
20120027057 | IMAGING APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION APPARATUS - A transmission and reception apparatus includes: a transmitter circuit to transmit to an object a transmission signal including a comb-shaped wave in which a first plurality of pulses are arranged in a comb shape; and a receiver circuit to receive a reflection signal based on the transmission signal. | 02-02-2012 |
20120027058 | PORTABLE, WIRELESS MULTI-CHANNEL IMPEDANCE ANALYZER - An improved portable wireless impedance analyzer is provided. The impedance analyzer is comprised of: a wireless transceiver configured to receive user commands; a direct digital synthesizer operable to generate an injection signal in accordance with the input parameters; and a microcontroller interfaced with the wireless transceiver and the direct digital synthesizer. The microcontroller translates the user commands from the wireless transceiver into one or more input parameters for the direct digital synthesizer and communicates the input parameters to the direct digital synthesizer. | 02-02-2012 |
20120039366 | TRUE TIME DELAY PHASE ARRAY RADAR USING ROTARY CLOCKS AND ELECTRONIC DELAY LINES - Local oscillator circuitry for an antenna array is disclosed. The circuitry includes an array of rotary traveling wave oscillators which are arranged in a pattern over an area and coupled so as to make them coherent. This provides for a set of phase synchronous local oscillators distributed over a large area. The array also includes a plurality of phase shifters each of which is connected to one of the rotary oscillators to provide a phase shifted local oscillator for the array. The phase shifter optionally includes a cycle counter that is configured to count cycles of the rotary oscillator to which it is connected and control circuitry that is then operative to provide a shifted rotary oscillator output based on the count from the cycle counter. A system and method for operating a true-time delay phased array antenna system. The system includes a plurality of antenna element circuits for driving or receiving an rf signal from the elements of the array. Each element circuit has a transmit and a receive path and a local multiphase oscillator, such as a rotary traveling wave oscillator. Each path has an analog delay line for providing a true-time delay for the antenna element. Preferably, the analog delay line is a charge coupled device whose control nodes are connected to phases of the local multiphase oscillator to implement a delay that is an integer number local multiphase oscillator periods. A fractional delay is also included in the path by using a sample and hold circuit connected to a particular phase of the oscillator. By delaying each antenna element by a true time delay, broadband operation of the array is possible. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039367 | SMART GRID RFI DETECTION - A method, system, network and device provide Smart Grid RFI detection. One or more symbols or chips present in one or more received radio frequency signals are detected and the presence of one or more erred symbols or chips in the detected one or more symbols present in the received one or more radio frequency signals determined. A correlation in time between the one or more erred symbols or chips and an infrastructure waveform associated with electrical infrastructure can be determined. When the determined correlation indicates the electrical infrastructure as a source of detectable radio frequency interference to a device, a pattern flag is generated. The pattern flag or pattern flag representation can be stored and/or transmitted. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039368 | SMART GRID RFI DETECTION - A method, system, network and device provide Smart Grid RFI detection. One or more symbols or chips present in one or more received radio frequency signals are detected and the presence of one or more erred symbols or chips in the detected one or more symbols present in the received one or more radio frequency signals determined. A correlation in time between the one or more erred symbols or chips and an infrastructure waveform associated with electrical infrastructure can be determined. When the determined correlation indicates the electrical infrastructure as a source of detectable radio frequency interference to a device, a pattern flag is generated. The pattern flag or pattern flag representation can be stored and/or transmitted. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039369 | CODEBOOK FOR EIGHT TRANSMIT ANTENNAS AND MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE CODEBOOK - A transmitter and a receiver of a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication system may use two codebooks to share channel information. When the transmitter uses eight transmit antennas, two codebooks may be defined. When the receiver generates two precoding matrix indicators from two codebooks, a combination of the two precoding matrix indicators may indicate a single precoding matrix. Precoding matrix candidates may also be defined. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039370 | PHASE SHIFTER, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND PHASE CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed are a phase shifter, a wireless communication apparatus, and a phase control method in which power consumption is reduced. A phase shifter includes a 90° step phase shifter ( | 02-16-2012 |
20120039371 | Method and Device for the Contactless Transmission of Electrical Power and Information - In a method for interference suppression of a signal composed of symbols, each symbol is transmitted twice in temporal succession as first symbol and second symbol, so that a segment of a symbol corresponds to a segment of the first symbol and a segment of the second symbol. An interference-suppressed signal is composed from the first and second symbols. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044975 | MULTI-CARRIER RECEIVER, MULTI-CARRIER TRANSMITTER AND MULTI-CARRIER TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM - A multi-carrier receiver, multi-carrier transmitter and a multi-carrier transceiver system are provided. The multi-carrier receiver includes at least a first processing unit, a routed switch and a second processing unit. The first processing unit has M first processing paths, performs intensity processing to at least one RF signal for outputting sub-carrier signals. The routed switch has M input terminals and N output terminals, where the M input terminals are respectively coupled to the M first processing paths and receive the sub-carrier signals. The routed switch connects each input terminal to at least one output terminal or none of the output terminals according to a control signal. The second processing unit has N second processing paths respectively coupled to the N output terminals for demodulating the sub-carrier signals and performing an analog-to-digital conversion to the demodulated signals for generating digital signals, where M and N are greater than 0. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044976 | MULTI-CARRIER RECEIVER, MULTI-CARRIER TRANSMITTER AND MULTI-CARRIER TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM - A multi-carrier receiver, multi-carrier transmitter and a multi-carrier transceiver system are provided. The multi-carrier receiver includes a first processing unit, a router and a second processing unit. The first processing unit has M first processing paths, applies intensity processing on at least a RF signal for outputting sub-carrier signals. The router has M input terminals and N output terminals, where the M input terminals are respectively coupled to the M first processing paths and receive the sub-carrier signals. The router outputs the sub-carrier signals to the N output terminals and the received signal at each output terminal of the router includes the sub-carrier signal at each input terminal. The second processing unit has N second processing paths respectively coupled to the N output terminals for demodulating the sub-carrier signals and applies an analog-to-digital conversion on the demodulated signals for generating digital signals, where M and N are greater than 0. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044977 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DESCRAMBLING THE PHASE OF CARRIERS IN A MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system and method that demodulates the phase characteristic of a carrier signal are described. The scrambling of the phase characteristic of each carrier signal includes associating a value with each carrier signal and computing a phase shift for each carrier signal based on the value associated with that carrier signal. The value is determined independently of any input bit value carried by that carrier signal. The phase shift computed for each carrier signal is combined with the phase characteristic of that carrier signal so as to substantially scramble the phase characteristic of the carrier signals. Bits of an input signal are modulated onto the carrier signals having the substantially scrambled phase characteristic to produce a transmission signal with a reduced PAR. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044978 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION METHOD - The communication apparatus includes: a channel estimating unit for acquiring a channel estimation value of a channel between the communication apparatus and a cell base station of a cell in which the communication apparatus is located; a transmitter transmitting the channel estimation value or information based on the channel estimation value to the cell base station; a receiver receiving coordinated multipoint (CoMP) message from the cell base station, the CoMP message indicates the CoMP transmission mode, the codebook or precoding matrix used by the cell base station, and the codebook or precoding matrix used by a coordinated base station that coordinates with the cell base station; a channel matrix forming unit for acquiring a channel matrix according to the CoMP message; and a decoder decoding received signals according to the channel matrix and the CoMP message. | 02-23-2012 |
20120057621 | Diversity Receiver - A diversity receiver includes a first receiving channel and a second receiving channel. The receiver also includes a baseband processor that computes a difference between the received signal strengths of the signals received from the first and second channels, wherein the processor disables the signal received from the second channel if the difference is greater than a first threshold value and a BER associated with the second receiving channel is greater than a BER threshold value, and disables the signal received from the first channel if the difference is less than the negative first threshold value and the bit error rate (BER) associated with the first channel is greater than the BER threshold value. The receiver further includes a bypass circuit coupled to an input of an amplifier and a RSSI circuit that provides a conduction path between the input and a ground when the RSSI circuit detects a blocker signal. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057622 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Appropriate communication operation is performed by employing space division multiple access in which wireless resources on a space axis are shared by a plurality of users. | 03-08-2012 |
20120063494 | PRECODING CODEBOOK AND FEEDBACK REPRESENTATION - The invention relates to a technical field of multiple-antenna transmission in a wireless communication system. Communication of feedback representation of and generating a codebook suitable for precoding of multiple-antenna transmission is disclosed. An example matrix representation of precoding of a first number of antenna ports comprises precoding sub-matrices of less antenna ports. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063495 | CONFIGURABLE LOAD IMPEDANCE FOR POWER AMPLIFIER PRE-DISTORTION CALIBRATION - An integrated circuit radio transceiver and method therefor includes an integrated circuit radio transceiver operable to provide specified gain levels and transmit path filter responses to correspond with a selected power spectral density mask. Changes in gain may be provided solely digital gain changes or may include analog gain module gain changes. A transmitter selects from one of at least three masks to reduce or eliminate spectral regrowth out of band to satisfy EVM requirements. Circuitry is provided to allow a transceiver to determine in advance what pre-distortion compensation settings are required for the various gain settings. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069873 | Broadcasting System and Multi-Carrier Communication System - The invention provides a broadcasting system. In one embodiment, the broadcasting system comprises a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver carries out signal transmission via at least one fully configured carrier and at least one partially configured carrier. The processor controls the transceiver to broadcast a first preamble set via the at least one fully configured carrier, and controls the transceiver to broadcast a secondary preamble set via the at least one partially configured carrier, wherein the first preamble set comprises a primary preamble and at least one secondary preamble, and the second preamble set comprises no primary preamble and at least one secondary preamble. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069874 | COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT AND ADAPTER HAVING THE SAME - A communication circuit and an adapter having the same are provided. The communication circuit includes a coupling circuit and a transceiver module. The coupling circuit is coupled to a DC power line of the adapter to filter a first modulation signal carried on the DC power line or to couple a second modulation signal to the DC power line. The transceiver module is used to receive and demodulate the first modulation signal from the coupling circuit or to output the second modulation signal to the coupling circuit. The adapter is capable of transmitting data and power through the same DC power line. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069875 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication device includes: a reception unit that receives a signal transmitted from another communication device via a transmission path; a transmission unit that transmits a signal to the another communication device via the transmission path; an error rate measurement unit that measures an error rate representing a probability of occurrence of errors in a signal received by the reception unit in a case where a bi-directional communication with the another communication device is performed; and a phase adjustment unit that adjusts a phase of a signal transmitted from the transmission unit to the another communication device based on an error rate measured by the error rate measurement unit. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069876 | TRANSCEIVER - A transceiver includes an oscillator and a plurality of communication blocks. Each of the communication blocks includes frequency dividers and mixers. Frequency dividing number of the frequency divider included in one communication block is set to an even-numbered integer, and transmission local signals supplied from the frequency dividers to the mixer become quadrature signals having a phase difference of 90 degrees. The frequency dividing number of another frequency divider in the another communication block is set to a non-integer, and communication local signals supplied from the frequency divider to the mixers become non-quadrature signals having a phase difference at a predetermined offset angle from 90 degrees. The transceiver further includes a converting unit for giving a compensation offset amount having almost the same absolute value and having a polarity opposite to that of the offset angle to communication analog signals related to the mixer of the another communication block. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069877 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR HIGH RATE OFDM COMMUNICATIONS USING FIRST AND SECOND CYCLIC PREFIX LENGTHS - Messages transmitted between a receiver and a transmitter are used to maximize a communication data rate. In particular, a multicarrier modulation system uses messages that are sent from the receiver to the transmitter to exchange one or more sets of optimized communication parameters. The transmitter then stores these communication parameters and when transmitting to that particular receiver, the transmitter utilizes the stored parameters in an effort to maximize the data rate to that receiver. Likewise, when the receiver receives packets from that particular transmitter, the receiver can utilize the stored communication parameters for reception. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069878 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCRAMBLING THE PHASE OF THE CARRIERS IN A MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system and method that scrambles the phase characteristic of a carrier signal are described. The scrambling of the phase characteristic of each carrier signal includes associating a value with each carrier signal and computing a phase shift for each carrier signal based on the value associated with that carrier signal. The value is determined independently of any input bit value carried by that carrier signal. The phase shift computed for each carrier signal is combined with the phase characteristic of that carrier signal so as to substantially scramble the phase characteristic of the carrier signals. Bits of an input signal are modulated onto the carrier signals having the substantially scrambled phase characteristic to produce a transmission signal with a reduced PAR. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069879 | CONFIGURABLE BASEBAND PROCESSING FOR RECEIVER AND TRANSMITTER AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A configurable transceiver includes an RF receiver section that generates at least one downconverted signal from a received RF signal. A receiver processing module processes at least one downconverted signal in a plurality of receiver stages to produce a stream of inbound data, wherein the receiver processing module is configurable in response to a control signal to selectively bypass at least one of the plurality of receiver processing stages. A transmitter processing module processes outbound data in a plurality of transmitter stages to produce at least one baseband signal, wherein the receiver processing module is configurable in response to the control signal to selectively bypass at least one of the plurality of transmitter processing stages. An RF transmitter section generates at least one RF signal from the at least one baseband signal. | 03-22-2012 |
20120076179 | TECHNIQUES FOR MULTI-USER MIMO SOUNDING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising a transceiver operable as an access point and capable of communicating in a wireless network, the AP adapted to perform a down link multi user-multiple input multiple output (DL MU-MIMO) transmission and further adapted to transmit a null data packet (NDP) to sound channels between intended recipient wireless stations (STAs), and wherein following a DL MU-MIMO transmission of the NDP, the AP polls each of the STAs in turn for channel state information. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076180 | PHASE-LOCKED LOOP AND RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a phase-locked loop includes: a voltage controlled oscillator that generates an oscillation signal including an oscillation frequency corresponding to a control signal; a divider that divides the oscillation signal to generate a frequency-divided signal; a phase frequency detector that compares the phases of the frequency-divided signal and a reference signal to generate a comparison signal; a charge pump that outputs current corresponding to the comparison signal; a filter that filters the current to generate the control signal; a detection circuit that generates a detection signal when the difference between a value of a constant multiple of the frequency of the frequency-divided signal and a value of a constant multiple of the frequency of the reference signal becomes local minimum; and a phase adjustment circuit that synchronizes the phases of the frequency-divided signal and the reference signal when the detection signal is generated. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076181 | ADAPTING TRANSFER FUNCTIONS OF CONTINUOUS-TIME EQUALIZERS - Described embodiments provide a method of adjusting configurable parameters of at least one linear equalizer in a communication system. A transmitting device applies an input signal to a receiver. The at least one linear equalizer equalizes the input signal. A sampler generates one or more sampled values of the input signal. A data detector digitizes the sampled values of the input signal. At least one error detection module generates an error signal based on one or more of a plurality of sampled values of the input signal and a target value. An adaptation module determines a gradient signal based on a comparison of one or more of the plurality of sampled values of the input signal and one or more of the plurality of values of the error signal. The adaptation module adjusts a transfer function of the at least one linear equalizer based on the determined gradient signal. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076182 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING AND REPORTING A RANK AND A PRECODING MATRIX FOR MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for measuring and reporting a rank and/or a precoding matrix for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication are disclosed. A metric indicating a channel condition is measured and a rank is selected based on the metric. The metric may be a signal-to-interference and noise ratio (SINR), throughput, a block error rate (BLER), system capacity, a sum rate, or the like. An SINR for each radio block group (RBG) for each rank is calculated. A data rate is calculated for each RBG based on the SINR for each rank. An overall rate for all RBGs is calculated for each rank. At least one rank is selected based on the overall rate. At least one precoding matrix may be selected jointly with or separately from the at least one rank. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076183 | SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING - Systems and methods for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing are provided. In one embodiment, a multi-carrier modem comprises: a transmitter configured to modulate symbols onto at least one of a plurality of the spectrally overlapping carrier signals; a processor coupled to the transmitter, wherein the processor outputs data for transmission by the transmitter, wherein the processor applies an inverse Fourier transform to the data transmitted by the transmitter; the processor modulating a first carrier of the plurality of spectrally overlapping carrier signals based on a first modulation scheme while modulating a second carrier of the plurality of spectrally overlapping carrier signals based on a second modulation scheme. | 03-29-2012 |
20120082190 | PMI FEEDBACK WITH CODEBOOK INTERPOLATION - Various embodiments of this disclosure may describe apparatuses, methods, and systems for interpolation of precoding matrixes to increase feedback accuracy of the channel state information (CSI) feedback in a wireless communication network. Other embodiments may also be disclosed or claimed. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082191 | TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - A transmission system which couples a plurality of transmission devices to a control device includes a first transmission device which is one of the plurality of transmission devices; a first calculation circuit which calculates a first difference value indicating a frequency difference value between a common clock supplied from the control device and a first clock as a clock used in the first transmission device; and a transmitter which reports the first difference value to a second transmission device other than the first transmission device, wherein the second transmission device comprises: a second calculation circuit which calculates a second difference value indicating a frequency difference value between the common clock and a second clock used in the second transmission device, and a frequency controller which controls an oscillator generating the second clock so that the second difference value approaches the first difference value reported from the first transmission device. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082192 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT ON MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Method and apparatus for transmitting pilot on multiple antennas are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may transmit a primary dedicated physical control channel (DPCCH) and at least one secondary DPCCH via multiple antennas using different channelization codes. The first eight pilot symbols of the secondary DPCCH may be same as pilot symbols of length eight of the primary DPCCH. The secondary DPCCH may include a same number of pilot bits as the primary DPCCH in a normal mode and in a compressed mode, respectively. The transmit power of the secondary DPCCH may be adjusted based on a ratio of a number of pilot symbols in the primary DPCCH and the secondary DPCCH. When a required transmit power exceeds a maximum allowed transmit power of the WTRU, power scaling may be applied equally to the primary DPCCJ and the secondary DPCCH. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082193 | BEAMFORMING FEEDBACK OPTIONS FOR MU-MIMO - Beamforming may be used in MIMO communication systems to further enhance spectral efficiency. Beamforming refers to beamed transmissions to a single destination (e.g., a station) at a time, to enhance the rate and/or range of transmission. To perform beamforming from a source to one or more destinations, a channel and/or beamforming matrices corresponding to the channel needs to be known at the source, which may be obtained as feedback from the destination. However, the beamforming matrices may not be smooth over frequency as it is fed back from the destination. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide beamforming feedback options, resulting in the smoothness of the channel or a beamforming matrix corresponding to the channel. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082194 | MILLI-METER-WAVE-WIRELESS-INTERCONNECT (M2W2 - INTERCONNECT) METHOD FOR SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATIONS WITH ULTRA-HIGH DATA CAPABILITY - A millimeter wave wireless (M2W2) interconnect is used for transmitting and receiving signals at millimeter-wave frequencies for short-range wireless communication with high data rate capability. The transmitter and receiver antennae may comprise an on-chip differential dipole antenna or a bond wire differential dipole antenna. The bond wire differential dipole antenna is comprised of a pair of bond wires connecting between a pair of pads on an integrated circuit (IC) die and a pair of floating pads on a printed circuit board (PCB). | 04-05-2012 |
20120087396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus and a method therein include selecting a size of a soft buffer memory partition per component carrier in a Carrier Aggregation scenario. The method supports multiple carriers to select a size of a soft buffer memory partition, the partition associated with receiving data on at least one component carrier, the multi-carrier system comprising at least two component carriers, each component carrier is associated with a configured bandwidth, the apparatus comprising the processor configured to select a size of a soft buffer memory partition for the first component carrier based at least in part on a first total number of soft channel bits, a first number associated with hybrid automatic retransmit request processes, and the configured bandwidth of the first component carrier. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087397 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND TRANSMITTING DEVICE - In MIMO communication, a communication device is provided that transmits a transfer rate request signal while reducing it and reducing the interference and power consumption when the transfer rate request signal is transmitted substantially without lowering the transmission efficiency. A modulation encoding unit encodes and modulates transmission data transmitted to a communication partner and the transfer rate request signal in the plurality of transmission antennas. A transmission unit and a transmission antenna transmit a signal from the modulation encoding unit. A transmission control unit controls transmission of a signal transmitted from the transmission antenna and transmits a transfer rate request signal of one transmission antenna via the transmission antenna according to a comparison result between a difference of the transfer rate request signal in the respective transmission antenna of the communication partner and a predetermined value. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087398 | TECHNIQUES TO ENHANCE DIVERSITY FOR A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage diversity for a wireless multicarrier communication system are described. An apparatus may include a diversity agent to couple to a transmitter, the diversity agent to convert a determined number of input bits into symbols, interleave the symbols across multiple spatial streams, and map the symbols to tones for each spatial stream. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087399 | Systems and Methods that Provide Frequency Domain Supplemental Training of the Time Domain Equalizer for DMT - Using a known or later developed time domain equalizer coefficient training algorithm, a least square solution for the time domain equalizer coefficients is taken at a starting point and iteratively improved on. In particular, the improvement is directed towards maximizing number of bits per frame loaded over the time domain equalizer coefficient choice. This can be accomplished by maximizing capacity directly rather than setting a goal to shorten the channel and hoping that the capacity will be maximized as a result. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087400 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DATA IN MULTI INPUT MULTI OUTPUT - Disclosed is a method for receiving data in a Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) system, the method comprising: decoding data transmitted from a transmitter by using one beam-forming vector included in a codebook that beam-forming vectors are formed in a hierarchical structure according to at least one of change directions of radio channels, the number of channel change directions, and a change rate; determining whether to update the beam-forming vector based on the radio channel changes; selecting other beam-forming vector included in the codebook having a hierarchical structure when it is determined that update for the beam-forming vector is required; feed-backing information about an index indicating where the selected beam-forming vector is located in the hierarchical structure of the codebook to the transmitter; and decoding data received from the transmitter by using the selected beam-forming vector. | 04-12-2012 |
20120093201 | PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD - One end of a sub transmission line of which an impedance value is equal to or higher than a parallel impedance value of an output impedance value of a transmission circuit and an impedance value of a transmission line is connected to a connection point between the transmission circuit and the transmission line, and a correction resistor of which resistance is lower than an impedance value of the sub transmission line is connected to the other end of the sub transmission line. A length of the sub transmission line is set to satisfy a condition of 0.5×Tr (signal rise time)≦Td (signal propagation time of sub transmission line)≦0.5×Tmin (signal minimum pulse width), thereby achieving a de-emphasis function by a passive component, correcting a high-frequency component of a signal attenuated on the transmission line, and thus reducing timing jitters caused by intersymbol interference. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093202 | Radio communication device - A signal generator outputs a signal whose frequency is uniquely decided by frequency data set therein. A control section can set first data in the frequency generator as frequency data. The control section can transition among an access unimplementing state, an access stand-by state, and an access implementing state. A signal processing section can set second data in the signal generator as frequency data. The signal processing section can transition between an access allowed state and an access inhibited state. The control section transfers, to the signal processing section, a signal indicative of a desire to transition to the access implementing state and a signal indicative of transition of the control section from the access implementing state. The signal processing section transfers, to the control section, a signal indicative of transition of the signal processing section between the access allowed state and the access inhibited state. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093203 | DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data communication method, a communication device, and a communication system are disclosed. The method includes: a master device is connected, through the first RS485/RS422 port and the second RS485/RS422 port of the master device, to the at least two slave devices by using an RS485/RS422 bus loop, and when transmitting the data from the first RS485/RS422 port of the master device to the slave device connected to the master device through the first RS485/RS422 port of the master device, the master device activates the data transmission function on the first RS485/RS422 port of the master device while inactivates the data transmission function on the second RS485/RS422 port of the master device; and when a line interruption is detected, inactivating the data transmission function on the first RS485/RS422 port of the master device, and activating the data transmission function on the second RS485/RS422 port of the master device. | 04-19-2012 |
20120099624 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF REDUCING HARMONICS TRANSMITTED - A communication device includes a transmitting circuit that includes a quadrature modulator; a receiving circuit that operates as a quadrature demodulator that, when being in a data non-transferring period, starts when power is switched on and ends when receiving operation starts, switches a local oscillator signal to a harmonic receiving signal, and detects the signal level of a harmonic included in a signal output from the transmitting circuit; a harmonic extracting circuit and a voltage control circuit that extract a harmonic from a modulated signal and adjust the harmonic so as to set the signal level less than or equal to a predetermined threshold. When being in the data non-transferring period, the transmitting circuit outputs a signal to the receiving circuit, the signal being generated by combining an amplified modulated signal with an under-adjustment signal. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099625 | TUNER CIRCUIT WITH AN INTER-CHIP TRANSMITTER AND METHOD OF PROVIDING AN INTER-CHIP LINK FRAME - A tuner circuit includes a digital signal processor to generate a digital data stream related to a radio frequency signal and a transceiver circuit coupled to the digital signal processor and configurable to generate an inter-chip communication frame including a start portion and a plurality of channels. The plurality of channels includes a first data channel to carry a high definition intermediate frequency signal and including a second data channel to carry a demodulated audio signal, the transceiver circuit configurable to provide the inter-chip communication frame to an inter-chip communication link. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099626 | COMPRESSED DATA TRANSCEIVER APPARATUS, DATA COMPRESSOR DEVICE, COMPRESSED DATA RECEIVER DEVICE AND DATA COMPRESSION METHOD - To provide a data compression method that can achieve a high data compression ratio and does not require a buffer circuit or only requires a buffer circuit having a small storage capacity at a receiving side. A data compressor device has an adjustment and compression tool operable to switch a plurality of code words having different code lengths and compress input data at a rate that does not exceed a predetermined receiving speed. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106600 | ANALOG SIGNAL PROCESSOR FOR NONLINEAR PREDISTORTION OF RADIO-FREQUENCY SIGNALS - RF predistortion apparatus for making linear the output signal of non-linear components such as RF power amplifiers. The apparatus comprises an RF input line for carrying an RF signal connected to an envelop detector for finding the envelop of the RF signal, a power detector for finding the power of the RF signal and a quadrature modulator. The apparatus also comprises a coefficient vector input line for carrying an input signal that carries one or more coefficients to a digitally controlled analog subsystem (DCAS). The DCAS having circuitry for processing both the output of the envelop detector and the output of the power detector by selecting one or more coefficients from the coefficient vector input line for generating a weighted summation of the power of the RF signal and a weighted summation of the envelop voltage of the RF signal that are output to the quadrature modulator. The quadrature modulator has circuitry for mixing the RF input signal with the output of the DCAS to generate a signal for predistorting the RF input signal feeding the power amplifier. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106601 | System and Method for Packet Communication - A system and method for packet communication is disclosed. Echo in a received symbol stream may be reduced to produce an echo-reduced symbol stream. The echo-reduced symbol stream may be buffered according to a propagation delay of the received symbol stream to produce a deskewed symbol stream. The deskewed symbol stream may be decoded to produce a decoded packet. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106602 | Signaling in a Medical Implant Based System - Signaling in a medical implant based system. A method includes transmitting bits modulated with a predefined sequence in a band of channels by a first medical transceiver. The method includes transmitting bits modulated with a first predefined sequence of a plurality of predefined sequences by a first medical transceiver. The first predefined sequence is detected by a second medical transceiver when the second medical transceiver enters into an active state. A predetermined action is preformed if the first predefined sequence is detected. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106603 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BEAMFORMING IN A MULTIPLE USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING A CODEBOOK - A method and system for beamforming in a multiple user multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication system using a codebook may include a processor in a node B that enables generation of an interference cancellation matrix (W | 05-03-2012 |
20120114023 | TRACKING DATA EYE OPERATING MARGIN FOR STEADY STATE ADAPTATION - In described embodiments, a transceiver includes an eye monitor and margin detector having one or more samplers with corresponding logic. One or more programmable provisioning parameters are defined based on a pre-defined minimum target operating margin for acceptable noise and jitter margins. For example, two programmable provisioning parameters, phase and voltage, correspond with thresholds for margin samplers placed within the eye. Initially, the transceiver applies equalization, after which an inner eye of the transceiver, as detected by the eye monitor, is relatively open with some margin for supporting channels. If the receiver margin goes below this target margin, the eye closes, which is registered by the samplers. In the presence of spectrally rich input data, if the receiver margin goes below this target margin, an updated adaptation of equalizer or other circuit parameters might be initiated; else, adaptation is not generally required. | 05-10-2012 |
20120114024 | QUANTIZATION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEMS - A method of transmission over multiple wireless channels in a multiple antenna system includes storing channel modulation matrices at a transmitter; receiving quantized channel state information at the transmitter from plural receivers; selecting a transmission modulation matrix using the quantized channel state information from the stored channel modulation matrices; and transmitting over the multiple channels to the plural receivers using the selected transmission modulation matrix. In another embodiment, the method includes storing, at one or more receivers, indexes of modulation matrices generated by a capacity enhancing algorithm; upon a selected one of the one or more receivers receiving a transmission from the transmitter, the selected receiver selecting a modulation matrix from the stored modulation matrices that optimizes transmission between the transmitter and the selected receiver; the selected receiver sending an index representing the selected modulation matrix; and receiving the index at the transmitter from the selected receiver. | 05-10-2012 |
20120114025 | DIVERSITY RECEIVER AND TRANSCEIVER - A diversity receiver comprises a plurality of receiving paths connected to a receiver circuit. Each of the receiving paths comprises an antenna receiving a signal, connected to a matching network connected to a receive amplifier. The receiver circuit is connected to a signal level comparison circuit for providing a relative comparison value indicating one of the receiving paths receiving the signal with a relative maximum strength. The signal level comparison circuit comprises a comparator circuit connected to the receiver circuit receiving a currently received signal level, and to a logic control unit being arranged to select one of the receive paths to provide the currently received signal to the receiver circuit. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120989 | CONTACTLESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, CONTACTLESS IC CARD, AND MOBILE INFORMATION TERMINAL - There is included a detection unit for detecting a magnitude of a surplus of a direct current to a source voltage generated by a voltage generation unit generating the source voltage from the direct current obtained by rectifying a signal inputted from an antenna terminal. A data processing unit operating at the source voltage and performing data processing on a transmission/reception signal includes a clock control unit for determining a frequency of a clock signal for the data processing based on the magnitude of the surplus current detected by the detection unit in a state where a frequency of the clock signal is set to a predetermined reference frequency. Since the power consumed by the data processing unit at the time of detecting the surplus of the direct current is determined by the specific reference frequency, the surplus of the direct current can be detected as an absolute surplus. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120990 | SYSTEM FOR PREDISTORTION AND POST-DISTORTION CORRECTION OF BOTH A RECEIVER AND TRANSMITTER DURING CALIBRATION - A post-distorter compensates for receiver nonlinearity in calibration mode. Linearized receiver-side output from the post-distorter is used to correctly compensate for transmitter-side nonlinearities in calibration mode. The post-distorter also compensates for receiver-side nonlinearities during normal receive mode. Thus, the post-distorter features dual modes of use, a calibration mode, wherein calibration signals received from the adjacent transmitter are linearized by the post-distorter and a normal receive mode, wherein communication signals from a remote transmitter are linearized by the post-distorter. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120991 | BASE STATION ANTENNA DEVICE EMBEDDED WITH TRANSMISSION AND RECEIVING MODULE - A base station antenna device containing a transmission and reception module is provided, which includes at least one antenna element configured to transmit and receive RF signals; the transmission and reception module configured to be connected to the antenna element and to form transmission and reception paths for the RF signals; a digital control module configured to digitally control the RF signals transmitted and received by the antenna element by transmitting digital control signals to the transmission and reception module; and a power supply configured to supply operating power to the transmission and reception module and the digital control module. | 05-17-2012 |
20120128040 | Module for an Active Antenna System - A module for an active antenna system for receiving and transmitting radio signals sealed in a housing. It comprises a power connector placed at the outside of the housing for supplying the module with supply power; at least one micro radio for receiving/sending digital radio signals having a digital down-converter/a digital up-converter and a control signal converter. The micro radio converts the digital radio signals to analogue RF (radio frequency) signals and vice versa and is connected to the internal bus. At least one antenna element is connected to the micro radio and an internal data bus for the exchange of digital radio data and control data is connected to micro radio and hub. By placing two or more modules next to each other on a frame these modules form an active antenna system. | 05-24-2012 |
20120128041 | POWER CONSCIOUS SELF-HEALING TRANSCEIVER SYSTEMS AND METHODS - The various embodiments of the present disclosure relate generally to power-conscious self-healing transceiver systems and methods. An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of power-consciously self-healing a transceiver system. The method comprises providing a transceiver device having a plurality of tuning elements configured to control a plurality of specifications of the device, determining initial values for the plurality of tuning elements, and performing a hardware-iterative gradient search to obtain values for each tuning element such that the plurality of specifications are within a tolerated range. | 05-24-2012 |
20120128042 | SCATTERING-PARAMETER ESTIMATION METHOD AND TRANSCEIVER USING THE SAME - The present invention discloses a scattering-parameter estimation method for a transceiver of a half-duplex multicarrier communication system. The scattering-parameter estimation method includes steps of converting a first frequency-domain transmit signal to generate at least one symbol period of the first time-domain transmit signal; transmitting the first time-domain signal in a first specific time period; receiving and storing at least one symbol period of the first echoed signal of the first time-domain transmit signal in the first specific time period; converting at least one symbol period of the first echoed signal into a first frequency-domain echoed signal after a first transmission period; and estimating the S11 parameters corresponding to carriers respectively according to the first transmit signal and the first echoed signal. | 05-24-2012 |
20120128043 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF FRAME STRUCTURE FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN FREQUENCY REUSE SYSTEM USING COGNITIVE RADIO - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for determining a frame structure for reducing interference between users using the same frequency band in a communication system using a cognitive radio, the method including, collecting channel status information related to a primary user with a priority to occupancy of a predetermined frequency band, executing spectrum sensing for the frequency band to check whether the primary user's traffic exists, deciding a length of a data frame to be transmitted in consideration of interference to the primary user based upon the collected channel status information if a channel in which the primary user's traffic is not present is sensed through the spectrum sensing, constructing a data frame based upon the decided frame length to transmit via the sensed channel, and re-executing the spectrum sensing for the channel, if data to be additionally transmitted exists, and rechecking whether the primary user's traffic is present. | 05-24-2012 |
20120128044 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OPERATING A PRECODED MIMO SYSTEM - A method is provided for generating precoder data ( | 05-24-2012 |
20120134394 | COMMUNICATING WITH A SELF-CLOCKING AMPLITUDE MODULATED SIGNAL - Examples disclosed herein provide for a method for transmitting a signal. The method includes generating a Manchester encoded data stream and combining the Manchester encoded data stream with an amplified clock signal to produce an amplitude modulated signal having a zero crossing at each edge of the amplified clock signal. The amplitude modulated signal can then be sent over a communication medium. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140797 | Adjustable Latency Transceiver Processing - Embodiments of methods, apparatuses and systems for transceiver processing are disclosed. One method includes a transceiver receiving a data stream from a link partner transceiver. A link parameter of a link between the transceiver and the link partner transceiver is determined. Allocation of transceiver processing between high-latency processing and low-latency processing is based at least in part on the link parameter. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140798 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANTENNA DIVERSITY IN MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Transmission schemes that can flexibly achieve the desired spatial multiplexing order, spatial diversity order, and channel estimation overhead order are described. For data transmission, the assigned subcarriers and spatial multiplexing order (M) for a receiver are determined, where M≧1. For each assigned subcarrier, M virtual antennas are selected from among V virtual antennas formed with V columns of an orthonormal matrix, where V≧M. V may be selected to achieve the desired spatial diversity order and channel estimation overhead order. Output symbols are mapped to the M virtual antennas selected for each assigned subcarrier by applying the orthonormal matrix. Pilot symbols are also mapped to the V virtual antennas. The mapped symbols are provided for transmission from T transmit antennas, where T≧V. Transmission symbols are generated for the mapped symbols, e.g., based on OFDM or SC-FDMA. Different cyclic delays may be applied for the T transmit antennas to improve diversity. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140799 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SIGNAL - Disclosed is a method for detecting single channel orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) and channel bonded signals through a single channel receiver, the method including: receiving sensing data through a single channel receiving radio frequency chain; obtaining a cyclostationary feature of the sensing data; and determining presence of a signal on the basis of the cyclostationary feature of the sensing data. If it is determine that the signal exists, the kind of signal is determined by comparing the cyclostationary feature of the sensing data with a cyclostationary feature of a known OFDM signal. If it is determine that the signal exists, whether channels of the signal are bonded is determined by comparing the cyclostationary feature of the sensing data with a cyclostationary feature of a known OFDM signal. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140800 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless transmission apparatus that can accurately select an optimal modulation scheme on a per block basis in a multi-carrier communication system in which block division of subcarriers and adaptive modulation are performed. In this wireless transmission apparatus, a propagation path characteristics acquisition section acquires the average SNR and SNR variance for each block, which are estimated by a wireless reception apparatus, using received signals inputted from a reception RF section and outputs these to an assignment section. The assignment section selects a modulation scheme for each block based on the average SNR and SNR variance of each block inputted from the propagation path characteristics acquisition section and modulation sections modulate multi-carrier signals included in each block, with the modulation scheme for each block selected by the assignment section. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140801 | Antenna Device - The invention relates to the technical field of radio communications, and in particular to an antenna device for a radio base station, and a method for precoding data in a Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) system. Embodiments of the invention disclose a secondary precoder | 06-07-2012 |
20120140802 | TRANSMIT EMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - Methods and apparatus for control of uplink resource allocation and undesirable transmit emissions from a wireless transceiver in a frequency division duplex (FDD) or hybrid frequency division duplex (H-FDD) wireless system. The bandwidths spanned by the receive band and the transmit band may be symmetric or asymmetric. Additionally, each of the receive band or the transmit band may be contiguous or may be an aggregate of multiple discontinuous frequency bands. The wireless transceiver can control undesirable transmit emissions from occurring in a predetermined frequency band by using an offset LO frequency and restricting transmit signals to frequencies away from the predetermined frequency band. Alternatively, in an asymmetric FDD system where a receive band is larger than a transmit band, the transceiver can limit transmit signal allocation to the transmit band. The transceiver can further limit out of band transmit emissions using an offset LO frequency. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147932 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR ENABLING CROSSTALK VECTORING IN EXPANDABLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A communication system utilizes at least one digital subscriber line access multiplexer (DSLAM) at an intermediate point between a network facility and one or more customer premises. Initially, as few as one DSLAM, may be implemented at the intermediate point, but the system can be expanded to include any number of DSLAMs at the intermediate point. Any of the DSLAMs at the intermediate point can be selectively upgraded at any time to a vectoring solution as may be desired. The use of such DSLAMs provides the network service provider with flexibility in implementing and maintaining the network. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147933 | Long-Term Feedback Transmission And Rank Reporting - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for long-term feedback transmitting and rank reporting. According to an aspect, a method of feedback reporting may be implemented at a WTRU. The method may include determining a long-term precoder and a short-term precoder. The method may also include calculating channel quality index (CQI) based on the long-term precoder and the short-term precoder. Further, the method may include transmitting the CQI to a base station. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147934 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALIGNMENT IN NEIGHBORING NETWORKS - A method includes detecting, at a first timing with reference to a periodic signal that is common to a first domain and a second domain, a first signal indicative of the first domain. The first signal is used by the first domain to signal presence of the first domain and a time used by the first domain for inter domain communication with other domains. Further, the method includes comparing, the first timing to a second timing with reference to the periodic signal. The second domain uses a second signal at the second timing to signal presence of the second domain and a time used by the second domain for inter domain communication with other domains. Then, the method includes aligning the first signal and the second signal to enable inter domain communication between the first domain and the second domain. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147935 | Communication Channel Calibration Using Feedback - A method for calibrating a communication channel coupling first and second components includes transmitting a data signal from the first component to the second component on the communication channel, and sensing a characteristic, such as phase, of the data signal on the second component. Information about the sensed characteristic is fed back to the first component using an auxiliary channel. An adjustable parameter, such as phase, for the transmitter is adjusted on the first component in response to the information. Also, a characteristic of a data signal received from the transmitter on the second component is sensed and used to adjust an adjustable parameter for the receiver on the first component. | 06-14-2012 |
20120155514 | DEVICE FOR EMPLOYING A PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR ANTENNA ORIENTATION OPTIMIZATION - An electronic device to be used in conjunction with a portable communication device to optimize an antenna orientation is presented. The device includes a first connector configured to be coupled with a signal line carrying a communication signal from an antenna, and a second connector configured to be engaged with the portable communication device. Also included in the electronic device is interfacing circuitry configured to generate digital data from the communication signal received from the antenna via the first connector, and to forward the digital data via the second connector to the portable communication device. The digital data includes data representative of a power level of the communication signal. An enclosure of the electronic device encloses the interfacing circuitry and provides mechanical support for the first and second connectors. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155515 | TECHNIQUES AND SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING DATA OVER POWER IN COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON TIME REVERSAL - Techniques, apparatuses and systems for providing communications based on time reversal of a channel impulse response of a pulse in a transmission channel between a transmitter and a receiver to enhance reception and detection of a pulse at the receiver against various effects that can adversely affect and complicate the reception and detection of the pulse at the receiver. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155516 | MULTI-LINK WIRELESS CHANNEL SOUNDER AND MULTI-LINK WIRELESS CHANNEL MEASUREMENT METHOD THEREOF - A multi-link wireless channel sounder is provided. The multi-link wireless channel sounder includes a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) antenna unit, a transmitter (TX) signal processing unit configured to transmit via the MIMO antennas one or more TX wireless channel signals to be transmitted via a wireless channel, a receiver (RX) signal processing unit configured to receive and process one or more RX wireless channel signals that are received from multiple links via the MIMO antenna unit, and a control unit configured to receive an operation mode selection signal that indicates a TX mode or an RX mode from a user and to control the TX signal processing unit or the RX signal processing unit to operate selectively in accordance with the operation mode selection signal. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155517 | DATA PROCESSING TERMINAL SYSTEM AND TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD USING THE SAME - An information processing terminal system includes an information processing terminal ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120155518 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - [Object] To prevent or reduce the degradation in transmission characteristics caused by fast fading (fluorescent lamp interference) to achieve optimized throughput. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155519 | RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a communication device, which is enabled to improve the throughput of a communication system by reducing the difference of a transmission power between an SCCH and an SDCH thereby to satisfy the required quality of a PAPR. In this device, an MCS selection unit ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120155520 | DATA SWITCH - A data switch for an integrated circuit comprising at least one link for receiving input data packets from an independently modulated spread spectrum clock (SSC) enabled source having predetermined spread spectrum link clock frequency characteristics, and at least one output for transmitting the data packets after passage through the switch, the switch further comprising at least one receive buffer having a link side and a core side for receiving the SSC modulated input data packets from the link, at least one transmit buffer and a core clock, wherein the core clock operates at a given frequency between predetermined error limits determined by oscillation accuracy alone and is not SSC-enabled, the core clock frequency being set at a level at least as high as the highest link clock frequency such that the receive buffer cannot be filled faster from its link side than it can be emptied from its core side. | 06-21-2012 |
20120163424 | Operating a Transceiver - In one embodiment, by a transceiver, setting a first receive frequency of a first channel of the transceiver and a second receive frequency of a second channel of the transceiver, during a first time interval, receiving a first radio frequency (RF) signal on the first channel, determining that a first measured value indicative of a first detectable received RF signal on the first channel exceeds a first predetermined threshold, and in response, receiving a first data frame on the first channel, during a second time interval, receiving a second RF signal on the second channel, and determining that a second measured value indicative of a second detectable received RF signal on the second channel exceeds the first predetermined threshold, and in response, receiving a second data frame on the second channel. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163425 | Phase-Shifting Device for Antenna Array - Device comprising processing means (MT), transmission channels (VE | 06-28-2012 |
20120163426 | AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CONTROL UNDER LOW SIGNAL-TO-NOISE CONDITIONS - Carrier frequency offset (CFO) is determined by sample-to-sample phase shifts of a digital radio signal. The CFO range is divided into a number of intervals and creates as many parallel derived streams as there are interval endpoints by pre-compensating (“back rotating”) the input by the sample-to-sample phase shift corresponding to the particular endpoint. Magnitude and phase values are computed of the correlation of a preamble pattern period with the preamble segment of each derived stream in parallel. The largest resulting magnitude value(s) are used to zoom in on the actual CFO present in the input stream. Improved accuracy in the presence of noise may be obtained by repeating the search for a shorter interval centered on the prior CFO value. Final CFO phase values from corresponding correlation computations then determine the actual CFO and corresponding sample-to-sample phase shift to be applied for pre-compensation (“back rotation”) in an open-loop AFC | 06-28-2012 |
20120163427 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION OF CONTENT - A synchronous transmssion of a content is provided capable of providing a content seamless when a mobile terminal transfers from a currently connected network to another network. The synchronization of contents is ensured to achieve a seamless communication across a plurality of networks. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163428 | MULTIPORT AMPLIFIER AND MULTIPORT AMPLIFICATION METHOD USING THE SAME - A multiport amplifier having an output power control function is provided. The multiport amplifier includes a small-sized, low-power auto-calibrating circuit and is used for a communication satellite relay system. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163429 | DIGITAL STRESS SHARE METHOD - The Application is directed at arrangements at which switch mode power converters share a common load. More particularly, the application provides a masterless arrangement in which no single converter controls the operation of the other converters. This is achieved by an arrangement in which each converter attempts to share its current measurement with other converters through an arbitration scheme employed on a data line, with the winning converter providing a defacto current measurement; for example, a maximum or minimum, to the overall arrangement. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163430 | WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A DC offset of a VGA is measured by selecting a ground contact of a switch. Then, the gain of the VGA is set at an appropriate value, monitoring contacts of the switch are successively selected, and the output values of an ADC for the respective cases are measured with the input to a DAC set at zero. Then, the DC offset of the VGA is removed, the DC offset value of each circuit block, such as DAC, in a transmitting part is calculated, and parameters are set so that the DC offset value of each circuit block is minimized. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIGITALLY EQUALIZING A SIGNAL IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - Systems and methods for digitally equalizing a signal in a distributed antenna system are provided. In one embodiment, a signal processing device within a distributed antenna system comprises a signal path within a signal processing board, the signal path having an uncompensated distortion function of G(ω) with a system response represented by y(n); and a compensator coupled to the signal path, the compensator having a finite impulse response (FIR) filter with an impulse response function represented by H(ω), the compensator having an FIR filter parameter vector {right arrow over (h)} determined from an estimated system response y(n) of the signal path to an input comb signal x(n), wherein y(n) is estimated from interpolated measured output responses of the signal path to a plurality of frequency sweep signal test inputs. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163432 | PRECODING SIGNALING IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing data transmission between a transmitter and a receiver. The method includes the steps of generating a feedback message at the receiver in response to data received from the transmitter, assigning an identifier for the feedback message, storing the feedback message in association with the identifier in the receiver, transmitting the feedback message and the identifier to the transmitter, determining, at the transmitter, transmission format for data to be transmitted to the receiver based on the feedback message received from the receiver; and transmitting data and a control message, by the transmitter, using the determined transmission format, with the control message comprising the identifier of the feedback message based on which the transmission format is determined. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170621 | DECOUPLING SAMPLING CLOCK AND ERROR CLOCK IN A DATA EYE - In described embodiments, a transceiver includes an eye monitor, clock and data recovery, and adaptation modules. Data sampling clock phase and error clock phase determined from a data eye are decoupled in the transceiver during a sampling phase correction process. Decoupling these clock phases during the sampling phase correction process allows relative optimization of system equalization parameters without degradation of various adaptation algorithms. Such adaptation algorithms might be employed for received signal gain and equalization such as, for example, Decision Feedback Equalizer (DFE) adaptation. Deriving the data sampling clock and error clock phases from the same clock generation source and with independent clock control enables an iterative sampling phase correction process that allows for accelerated clock and data recovery (CDR) without disturbing the data eye shape. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170622 | ESTIMATION OF INTENTIONAL PHASE SHIFT IN A CALIBRATION APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an apparatus comprising a transceiver having a receiver and a transmitter connected through a segment of a calibration loop back path. The apparatus also comprises a control system configured to communicate with the transceiver. The calibration loop back path has an intentional phase shift that can be toggled between an off state and an on state by the control system. The control system is configured to calculate the intentional phase shift by examining the difference of a first and second phase angle. The first phase angle is obtained from the transmission of a first pair of signals with the intentional phase shift in the off state. The second phase angle is obtained from the transmission of a second pair of signals with the intentional phase shift in the on state. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170623 | RADIO SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Disclosed is a radio communication apparatus for transmitting signals in the form of the MIMO comprises a reception signal processing unit for performing processing of signals received from a plurality of antennas, a transmission signal processing unit for performing processing of signals to be transmitted from the plurality of antennas, a control unit for controlling the whole of apparatus and a memory for storing a transmission/reception signal processing program and transmission/reception signal processing information. The reception signal processing unit corresponds to a plurality of kinds of reception signal processing schemes, and the control unit allots, in accordance with conditions of a radio communication apparatus opposing through propagation paths and with processing conditions in reception signal processing, one of the plurality of reception signal processing schemes as a reception signal processing method adapted to process signals received from the opposing radio communication apparatus. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170624 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR POWER CONTROL IN A MULTIPLE STANDARD MOBILE TRANSMITTER - A transmitter adjusts a transmitted power level by modifying a control input of a variable gain amplifier. A power amplifier control system includes an envelope extractor, an error extractor, and a feed-forward multiplier. The envelope extractor receives data signal inputs and computes the envelope of the combined signal. The error extractor generates an error signal as a function of the combined signal and the output power generated by the power amplifier. The feed-forward multiplier generates a modified error signal that is responsive to a function of the gain in a feedback path. A corresponding method for controlling a power level is also disclosed. In some embodiments, a transmit chain with a power control loop is used to adjust the transmit signal power applied at an input of a variable gain amplifier. A corresponding method for adjusting the transmit signal power level is also included. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170625 | HEADER REPETITION IN PACKET-BASED OFDM SYSTEMS - An OFDM communication system is described that allows different values of D in a single domain where nodes are operating in different portions of frequency bands. For the power-line medium, G.9960 has defined two over-lapped baseband bandplans, 50 MHz-PB and 100 MHz-PB. In this exemplary scenario, the level of frequency diversity is different depending on the bandplan, hence providing different header decodibility if D is fixed to 1. If D is fixed to 2, then it increases reliability for the narrow-band devices, but may also unnecessarily increase overhead for the wide-band devices. An exemplary aspect is therefore directed to techniques to accommodate different repetitions schemes (D=1, . . . , DMAX and H=I, . . . , H | 07-05-2012 |
20120170626 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND A COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication device includes: a reception element for receiving a signal treated with a setting of a modulation scheme based on a modulation scheme designation information and a controlling of a transmission power based on the transmission power designation information by an external transmitter, demodulating the received signal based on a modulation scheme control information, and outputting a received data; a reception level measurement element for measuring a signal level of the signal and outputting the reception level; a designation information output element for outputting the transmission power designation information correlated to the modulation scheme designation information and the modulation scheme based on the reception level; and a transmission element for transmitting the modulation scheme designation information and the transmission power designation information for the transmitter. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170627 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS - In a wireless communication apparatus, an index value control unit transmits, to a different wireless communication apparatus, index values which indicate precoding matrices for use in precoding of the different wireless communication apparatus, and a deprecoding unit performs deprecoding using precoding matrices corresponding to index values transmitted in the past, wherein the index value control unit transmits, at each transmission timing, the index values generated based on a result of channel condition measurement for entire or some sub-frequency bands of a predetermined frequency band, the count of the index values being less than that of the entire sub-frequency bands, and the deprecoding unit selects one of the index values transmitted in the past, according to the time or frequency of a data block for which no index value is transmitted, and performs deprecoding for the data block using the selected index value. | 07-05-2012 |
20120177086 | System And Apparatus Employing Programmable Transceivers - The present invention is directed to a system and apparatus employing programmable transceivers in space-related missions. More particularly, the system and apparatus transceiver employs two types of telemetry data, one at a low data rate communications protocol and another at a high data rate communications protocol. The transceiving mechanisms are also modular and flexible, allowing remote reconfigurations, emulations and testing. | 07-12-2012 |
20120177087 | TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DEVICE AND SIGNAL TRANSMITTING APPARATUS - A transmitting/receiving device includes a transmitting/receiving unit and a signal processing unit. The transmitting/receiving unit is connected to a transmission side or a reception side via a differential signal line including a pair of signal lines, receives a signal using one of the pair of signal lines when being connected to the transmission side, and transmits a signal using the other of the pair of signal lines when being connected to the reception side. The signal processing unit processes a signal that is transmitted or received by the transmitting/receiving unit. | 07-12-2012 |
20120177088 | Transmission-Reception Device of a Node of a Radio Network - In one embodiment, a method comprising receiving at a first node a first data frame having a first frequency and a first phase, receiving at the first node a second data frame having a second frequency and a second phase, and determining a first phase difference between the first phase and the second phase by correlating one or more first sampling values associated with data in the first data frame with one or more second sampling values associated with data in the second data frame. | 07-12-2012 |
20120177089 | SELECTION OF TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS FOR TRANSMIT DIVERSITY TERMINALS - Disclosed herein are system and method embodiments for selection of transmission parameters for transmit diversity terminals. According to an aspect, a method for controlling wireless receive/transmit unit transmission parameters may include configuring a WRTU to transmit dual stream when a first stream is using a predetermined transport format (TF) or subset of the TF. The method may also include applying the configuration to the WRTU. | 07-12-2012 |
20120177090 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a radio communication terminal apparatus and a radio transmission method by which intersymbol interference of DM-RS of a CoMP terminal and a Non-CoMP terminal can be reduced. A CoMP set setting unit ( | 07-12-2012 |
20120177091 | LONG TRAINING SEQUENCE FOR MIMO WLAN SYSTEMS - A method for configuring a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless communication begins by generating a plurality of preambles for a plurality of transmit antennas. Each of the plurality of preambles includes a carrier detection sequence at a legacy transmit rate, a first channel sounding at the legacy transmit rate, a signal field at the legacy transmit rate, and Z−1 channel soundings at a MIMO transmit rate, where L corresponds to a number of channel soundings. The method continues by simultaneously transmitting the plurality of preambles via the plurality of transmit antennas. | 07-12-2012 |
20120177092 | Apparatuses and Methods for Coordinated Multipoint Transmission Using Compressed Feedback Information - The present invention provides a mobile communication device including a sending and receiving unit and a processing unit, wherein the sending and receiving unit is adapted for the transmission of a signal pattern over a communication channel, wherein the signal pattern includes a logical data unit having a defined size, wherein the processing unit is adapted for compressing information prior to transmission using a compression scheme and wherein the logical data unit is adapted for containing the compresses information for transmission. | 07-12-2012 |
20120183020 | Non-Coherent Space-Time Trellis-Coded Modulations for Network-Coded Wireless Relay Communications - This invention provides a method for jointly optimizing network coding, channel coding, and signal constellations in non-coherent wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) wireless relay networks for the case when transceivers cannot obtain any knowledge of channel state information (CSI) due to high-speed mobility of the transceivers. In the relay networks, two terminal transceivers simultaneously transmit data to an intermediate relaying transceiver, which in turn broadcasts mixed data using physical-layer network coding to both terminals. The embodiments of this invention exploit different blind space-time trellis-coded modulations (ST-TCM) for each user, whose codebook is jointly generated over a Grassmannian manifold. The method is provided by exponential mapping with affine-lattice convolution for joint optimization of channel coding, modulations, and network coding. The method is designed for fast fading channels with and without interleaving. The method significantly improves performance in non-coherent bidirectional relaying MIMO networks. | 07-19-2012 |
20120183021 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes a transmission circuit that transmits a transmission signal under a certain transmission condition, a reception circuit that receives a reception result of the transmission signal under a certain reception condition and the certain reception condition, and an adjustment circuit that transmits information used to adjust the reception condition based on the reception result and the reception condition from the transmission circuit. | 07-19-2012 |
20120183022 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A method of transmitting data symbols via an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) symbols that includes forming data symbols into pairs and generating a first pair of modulation symbols for each of the pairs of data symbols, where the first pair of modulation symbols form first and second modulation symbols of an Alamouti cell. The method further includes forming a first version of the OFDM symbols by modulating the sub-carriers allocated for carrying the data with the first and second modulation symbols of the Alamouti cells, and modulating the one or more pilot carriers of the first version of the OFDM symbol according to a predetermined pattern. | 07-19-2012 |
20120189038 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES WITH INTEGRATED THERMAL SENSING CIRCUIT AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A communication device includes an integrated circuit having an on-chip thermal sensing circuit that generates a temperature signal based on a temperature of the integrated circuit. A processing module processes the temperature signal to generate temperature information that can be transmitted to a remote device or processes the temperature signal to generate control for adjusting transmit and/or receive characteristics of an RF transceiver. | 07-26-2012 |
20120189039 | Method of Controlling a Communications Link - The present invention is directed to a method of controlling a communications link and apparatus configured to perform this method. This invention is particularly related to but in no way limited to MIMO (multiple inputs multiple outputs) wireless communications systems. The method comprises the steps of determining at the receiver the quality of the communications link and based on this, selecting a group of transmission parameters and an element from this group. These selections are then communicated to the transmitter. The transmission parameter may be the transmission configuration such as the modulation and coding scheme. The invention minimises the required feedback signalling from the receiver to the transmitter by exploiting temporal correlation of the parameter being controlled, whilst allowing rapid selection of the parameter. | 07-26-2012 |
20120189040 | MULTI-MODE RECEIVER - A multi-mode receiver system for processing signals based on a plurality of systems is disclosed. Embodiments of the invention provide for a shared architecture for processing baseband signals corresponding to a plurality of systems. | 07-26-2012 |
20120189041 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATION REFERENCE SIGNALS IN MIMO SYSTEM - A user equipment (UE) receiving a plurality of reference signals in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system includes a transceiver configured for receiving the plurality of reference signals for multiple antennas in a sub-frame, the sub-frame including a plurality of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a time domain over a plurality of sub-carriers in a frequency domain. A first array is repeated in the frequency domain on a first OFDM symbol of the sub-frame, a second array is repeated in the frequency domain on a second OFDM symbol of the sub-frame and a third array is repeated in the frequency domain on a third OFDM symbol of the sub-frame, and each of the first, second and third arrays consists of six contiguous symbols in the frequency domain. | 07-26-2012 |
20120195351 | DIRECTIONAL FILTER FOR SEPARATING CLOSELY SPACED CHANNELS IN AN HF TRANSCEIVER - Apparatus and methods of simultaneous transmission and reception in a single-antenna radio transceiver. The transceiver may be used, for instance, for communication between at least two terminals, by use of multiple intermediate recruited transceiver nodes. The recruited transceiver nodes receive a signal from a master mode, and then retransmit the signal to a receiver. The recruited transceiver nodes are designed to have reduced interference between the transmit channel and the received channel. In accordance with one aspect of the present application, embodiments can achieve more robust wireless communication between a transmitter and an over-the-horizon receiver. The robust wireless communication will have improved resistance to interference, including self-interference, and improved communication range. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195352 | FAST ENVELOPE SYSTEM CALIBRATION - Disclosed is a transceiver for an envelope following system that includes a power amplifier (PA) having a signal input, a signal output, and a power input that receives power from a power management system that modulates a supply voltage provided to the PA in response to an envelope signal. The transceiver includes a calibration subsystem that is adapted to provide a first test signal to the signal input of the PA and to provide a second test signal to the power management system in place of the envelope signal. The calibration subsystem is programmed with calibration methods that sweep the first test signal through a first range and to sweep the second test signal through a second range in order to derive values that make up a pseudo-envelope look-up table (LUT) that is usable by the transceiver. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195353 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DESCRAMBLING THE PHASE OF CARRIERS IN A MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system and method that demodulates the phase characteristic of a carrier signal are described. The scrambling of the phase characteristic of each carrier signal includes associating a value with each carrier signal and computing a phase shift for each carrier signal based on the value associated with that carrier signal. The value is determined independently of any input bit value carried by that carrier signal. The phase shift computed for each carrier signal is combined with the phase characteristic of that carrier signal so as to substantially scramble the phase characteristic of the carrier signals. Bits of an input signal are modulated onto the carrier signals having the substantially scrambled phase characteristic to produce a transmission signal with a reduced PAR. | 08-02-2012 |
20120201280 | Method and Transceiver System Having a Transmit Clock Signal Phase that is Phase-Locked with a Receive Clock Signal Phase - A transceiver system is disclosed that includes a plurality of transceiver chips. Each transceiver chip includes one or more SERDES cores. Each SERDES core includes one or more SERDES lanes. Each SERDES lane includes a receive channel and a transmit channel. The transmit channel of each SERDES lane is phase-locked with a corresponding receive channel. The transceiver system has the capability of phase-locking a transmit clock signal phase of a transmitting component with a receive clock signal phase of a receiving component that is a part of a different SERDES lane, a different SERDES core, a different substrate, or even a different board. Each SERDES core receives and transmits data to and from external components connected to the SERDES core, such as hard disk drives. A method of transferring data from a first external component coupled to a receive channel to a second external component coupled to a transmit channel is also disclosed. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201281 | Method and System For Communication In A Wireless Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Communication System - Method and system for wireless communication in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) communication system is disclosed. The method involves receiving a plurality of receive-signals over a first set of antennas. Further, one or more of the plurality of receive-signals are cyclically delayed to generate one or more cyclically delayed receive-signal. Subsequently, one or more of the plurality of receive-signals are combined with one or more of the cyclically delayed receive-signals. In other words, the method involves performing receive. Cyclic Delay Diversity (CDD). | 08-09-2012 |
20120201282 | PRECODING AND FEEDBACK CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to precoding and feedback channel information in wireless communication system. | 08-09-2012 |
20120207194 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN A RECEIVED SIGNAL - A method and arrangement reduce an interference which is caused in a received signal from a reception antenna by a transmitted signal with transmitted data which are distributed stochastically over time from a transmission antenna which is physically close by. The transmission of the transmitted signal from the transmission antenna is activated and deactivated by a control signal from a control circuit over time such that reception dropouts in the received signal which are caused by the interference are corrected by an error correction unit for the received signal. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207195 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - A signal generation unit | 08-16-2012 |
20120207196 | High-Speed Signaling Systems with Adaptable Pre-Emphasis and Equalization - A signaling system includes a pre-emphasizing transmitter and an equalizing receiver coupled to one another via a high-speed signal path. The receiver measures the quality of data conveyed from the transmitter. A controller uses this information and other information to adaptively establish appropriate transmit pre-emphasis and receive equalization settings, e.g. to select the lowest power setting for which the signaling system provides some minimum communication bandwidth without exceeding a desired bit-error rate. | 08-16-2012 |
20120213255 | Frame And Signalling Pattern Structure For Multi-Carrier Systems - A transmitting apparatus for transmitting signals in a multi carrier system on the basis of a frame structure, each frame including at least two signalling patterns adjacent to each other in the frequency direction and at least two data patterns, the transmitting apparatus including signalling mapping means to map signalling data on frequency carriers of each of the at least two signalling patterns in a frame, each signalling pattern having the same length, data mapping means to map data on frequency carriers of the at least two data patterns in a frame, transforming means to transform the signalling patterns and the data patterns from the frequency domain into the time domain in order to generate a time domain transmission signal, and transmitting means to transmit the transmission signal. A corresponding transmitting method and a frame pattern for a multi carrier system are also provided. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213256 | TRANSCEIVER DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD THEREOF - A transceiver device includes a transmitting unit, a receiving unit, and a detection unit. The transmitting unit transmits a first packet; the receiving unit receives a second packet and at least one receiving parameter; the detection unit is coupled to the transmitting unit and the receiving unit, and detects the first and the second packets to adjust the receiving parameter. When the detection unit detects that the first and the second packets are substantially the same, the detection unit pauses adjusting the receiving parameter. | 08-23-2012 |
20120219039 | Polar and quadrature modulated cellular, WiFi, WiLAN, satellite, mobile, communication and position finder systems - Polar and quadrature modulator for receiving a baseband processed voice signal and for processing, modulating and transmitting voice signal. Voice signal processor and modulator for processing voice signal into Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) signal. A location finding signal receiver, demodulator and processor for receiving, demodulating and processing a location finder signal into demodulated processed location finder signal. Location finder signal receiver receiving signal from two or more satellite and two or more ground based transmitters. Diversity receivers for signal reception from cellular and from Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). Filtered polar modulated signal used in a Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) system including Global Mobile System (GSM). Receiver for receiving transmitted signal has a radio frequency (RF) unit which is located at a remote location from demodulator. | 08-30-2012 |
20120219040 | Diversity Control in a Wireless Communications Device - A method and apparatus controls diversity reception in a wireless communication device. By determining a value based on a number of active set pilot signals received from a set of base stations, the wireless communication device dynamically enables or disables diversity reception. Diversity reception can be controlled by adjusting a diversity threshold based on the determined value. A channel quality indicator of a channel is measured and compared against the adjusted diversity threshold. The diversity reception mode is then enabled or disabled based on the comparison. For example, if the number of active pilot signals is above a predetermined value, indicating “good” coverage, the diversity threshold is decreased. The measured channel quality indicator is compared against the adjusted threshold, and diversity reception is enabled when the channel quality indicator is less than the decreased diversity threshold. | 08-30-2012 |
20120219041 | Operation of user equipment when control and data information are supplied by different radio units - An Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol for transmission from a non-reference transceiver to a user equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is generated by ascertaining a general timing for transmission of OFDM symbols, wherein the general timing is associated with a reference transceiver. A UE timing relative to the general timing is ascertained. An initial resource element (RE) value is adjusted by a pre-compensating amount to obtain a pre-compensated RE value, wherein the pre-compensating amount is based on the UE timing relative to the general timing. The pre-compensated resource element value is supplied as one of a plurality of values to be transmitted. An IFFT is performed on the plurality of values to be transmitted to obtain pre-compensated initial signal information. A cyclic prefix is appended to the pre-compensated initial signal information to form an OFDM symbol for transmission from the non-reference transceiver to the UE. | 08-30-2012 |
20120219042 | Transmission Modes and Signaling for Uplink MIMO Support or Single TB Dual-Layer Transmission in LTE Uplink - This invention is a method of mapping data in a wireless communication system. The method includes forming a first frame having plural positions at a first transmitter. The first frame has a first plurality of reference signals. A second frame having plural positions corresponding to the plural positions of the first frame is formed at a second transmitter remote from the first transmitter. The second frame has a second plurality of reference signals. A plurality of data signals is inserted into the first frame at positions that are not occupied by either the first or second plurality of reference signals. The plurality of data signals is inserted into the second frame at positions that are not occupied by either the first or second plurality of reference signals. The first and second frames are transmitted to a remote receiver. | 08-30-2012 |
20120219043 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR JOINT PROCESSING AND PRECODING MODE SELECTION BASED ON LIMITED FEEDBACK IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method of a base station configured to select a precoding mode in a mobile communication system. When channel estimate information is received from at least one terminal, the channel estimate information is collected, so that user grouping is performed according to one precoding scheme from among multiple precoding schemes. Individual user scheduling is performed according to each precoding scheme, so that a service candidate group set is generated. The selected precoding scheme is maximized according to a transmission capacity of a service candidate group set for each precoding scheme. Data is then transmitted to a determined candidate group set using the determined precoding scheme. | 08-30-2012 |
20120219044 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION IN A MULTI-POINT OFDM/DMT DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A multi-point communications system is set forth herein. The communications system includes a transmitter for transmitting OFDM/DMT symbols over a predetermined number of bins across a transmission medium. The OFDM/DMT symbols are generated using at least one timing signal. At least one of the predetermined number of bins includes a pilot tone sub-symbol having a frequency corresponding to a clock signal. The communications system may also include a receiver for receiving the OFDM/DMT symbols via the transmission medium. The receiver demodulates the received symbols using at least one timing signal. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224611 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOW COMPLEXITY COMPRESSION OF SIGNALS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for low-complexity encoding (compression) of broad class of signals, which are typically not well modeled as sparse signals in either time-domain or frequency-domain. First, the signal can be split in time-segments that may be either sparse in time domain or sparse in frequency domain, for example by using absolute second order differential operator on the input signal. Next, different encoding strategies can be applied for each of these time-segments depending in which domain the sparsity is present. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224612 | Method And Apparatus Supporting Improved Wide Bandwidth Transmissions - A method for transmitting information in a wireless system is provided. In this method, the traffic on a plurality of channels can be determined. A bandwidth for a packet can be selected based on the traffic and available channel bandwidths. A modulation and a coding rate can be selected from a plurality of modulations and associated coding rates. The modulation and coding rate can be applied to a segment of the packet, wherein each segment includes one or more bandwidth units. The packet including the selected modulation and coding rate therein can be transmitted on at least one channel | 09-06-2012 |
20120224613 | Low-loss Transmission Line TDM Communication Link and System - A time division multiplexing intra-chip communication system comprising at least one communication link. Such communication link comprises serialization and transmission circuitry, reception and deserialization circuitry, and at least one coaxial or wafer-level package transmission line interconnect therebetween. Such coaxial or wafer-level package transmission line interconnect may carry signals from such transmit circuitry to such receive circuitry. Such intra-chip communication links may achieve single-cycle operation or multi-cycle operation. Single single-cycle operation may be conducive to synchronous FSM design methodologies while multi-cycle operation may be conducive to data transfers to and from memory. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224614 | DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT, DISK ARRAY CONTROLLER, AND DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CABLE - The invention provides a differential signal transmission circuit, a disk array controller, and a differential signal transmission cable, which are capable of allowing a worker to easily confirm a failure in a differential signal transmission path. The differential signal transmission circuit includes an inductance provided between positive and negative transmission paths, a DC voltage part that applies a DC voltage to the transmission paths, a monitoring part that monitors a magnitude of the DC voltage applied to the transmission paths, and a controller that detects a failure in each of the transmission paths on the basis of the magnitude of the DC voltage monitored by the monitoring part, and, when the failure is detected, outputs a notification of the occurrence of the failure. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224615 | APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS TO PERFORM SPACE-FREQUENCY INTERLEAVING IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - An apparatus and associated methods for performing space-frequency interleaving in a multicarrier wireless communication system is generally described. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224616 | Digital Beamforming Antenna and Datalink Array - A method and system for beamforming a multi-element array using time delays is provided. The array includes transmit array elements and receive array elements. Each of the array elements includes a processor. Modulation and demodulation functions are performed at the processors of each array element. The modulation and demodulation functions utilize receive time offsets and phase shifts, and transmit time offsets and phase shifts, respectively. The receive time offsets and phase shifts, and the transmit time offsets and phase shifts are determined by a central processing unit in order to beam form received signals and transmitted signals, respectively. The array elements are arranged in a daisy chain fashion in order to facilitate communication of control parameters, communication of hits to be transmitted and distributed combining of demodulated baseband samples from one array element to another and communicating the combined samples to the central processing unit. | 09-06-2012 |
20120230373 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DESKEWING SERIAL DATA TRANSMISSIONS - Apparatus and methods are disclosed, such as those involving deskewing serial data transmissions. One such apparatus includes a plurality of receivers, each of which is configured to receive a serial data stream. Each of the receivers includes a shift register including a plurality of stages arranged in sequence to propagate a stream of characters. Each of the stages is configured to store a character, and shift the character to a next stage in response to a clock signal. The receiver also includes a multiplexer having a plurality of inputs, each of the inputs being electrically coupled to a respective one of the stages of the shift register, and to select one of the stages to generate an output such that the outputs of the multiplexers in the receivers are deskewed. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230374 | Chip blanking and processing in SCDMA to mitigate impulse and burst noise and/or distortion - A system for mitigating impairment in a communication system includes a delay block, a signal level block, a moving average window block, an impulse noise detection block, and a combiner. The delay block receives and delays each chip of a plurality of chips in a spreading interval. The signal level block determines a signal level of each chip of the plurality of chips in the spreading interval. The moving average window block determines a composite signal level for a chip window corresponding to the chip. The impulse noise detection block receives the signal level, receives the composite signal level, and produces an erasure indication for each chip of the plurality of chips of the corresponding chip window. The combiner erases chips of the plurality of chips of the spreading interval based upon the erasure indication. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230375 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMPENSATING FOR ESTIMATED DISTORTION IN A TRANSMITTER BY UTILIZING A DIGITAL PREDISTORTION SCHEME WITH A SINGLE FEEDBACK MIXER - Aspects of a method and system for compensating for estimated distortion in a transmitter by utilizing a digital predistortion scheme with a single feedback mixer are presented. Aspects of the system may include at least one circuit that enables generation of an output signal in response to one or more generated input signals. A feedback signal may be generated within a single feedback mixer circuit that may perform a frequency mix-down operation on the generated output signal. The generated feedback signal may be inserted at one or more insertion points in a receiver. Each of the insertion points may be located between a mixer stage of the receiver, and one or more circuits that generate a baseband signal based on the generated feedback signal. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230376 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless communication system including a first communication device configured to perform spectral shaping on a frequency signal and transmit the signal, and a second communication device configured to receive the signal transmitted by the first communication device, and the second communication device includes: a frequency averaging unit configured to dividing information on transmission power gains in all the discrete frequencies into blocks by a plurality of discrete frequencies, information being necessary for the first communication device to perform the spectral shaping; a quantizing unit configured to quantize representative values of the blocks; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the quantized signals. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236910 | RECEIVING APPARATUS, RECEIVING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - The receiving apparatus retains a split signal, which is obtained by splitting a predetermined signal, in a split signal storing unit. When the receiving apparatus receives a retransmission signal from among split signals stored in the split signal storing unit, the receiving apparatus controls a split signal, for which an error checking result does not indicate an error, such that the split signal is not updated, but controls a split signal, for which the error checking result indicates an error, such that the split signal is updated to a signal created by combining the predetermined signal and the retransmission signal. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236911 | MIMO TRANSMITTER AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING OFDM SYMBOLS - An orthogonal-frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) transmitter is configured to transmit a data unit in accordance with a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technique over a wideband channel comprising a 20 MHz channel and another channel using a plurality of spatially diverse antennas. The transmitter is further configured to include in the data unit, a parameter indicating a modulation and coding scheme and a parameter indicating number of spatial streams. Each of the spatial streams is encoded and beamformed for receipt by one or more different receiving stations. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243578 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH VCO PULLING COMPENSATION CIRCUIT FOR AN INPUT BASEBAND SIGNAL AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An electronic device includes a transmitter with a baseband input for a baseband signal, a mixer downstream from the baseband input, and a phase-locked loop (PLL) having a voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) and a phase detector coupled thereto, the VCO coupled to the mixer. A power amplifier is downstream from the mixer, and generates at least one aggressing signal that would otherwise generate an output pull of the VCO, causing transmit distortion on a transmit signal. A receiver is coupled to the power amplifier and has a sense input configured to receive the transmit signal. A VCO pulling compensation circuit is coupled to the baseband input and is configured to compensate the at least one baseband signal for the transmit distortion based upon the sensed transmit signal. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243579 | System and Method for Tuning an Antenna In a Wireless Communication Device - In accordance with some embodiments of the present disclosure, a control path for a wireless communication device may include a radio frequency coupler having a coupled port and a terminated port, the radio frequency coupler configured to couple at least a portion of a transmission power of a transmission line coupled to the antenna tuner such that the coupled port carries a first signal indicative of an incident power transmitted to an antenna coupled to the antenna tuner and the terminated port carries a second signal indicative of a reflected power reflected by the antenna. the control path may also include a control module configured to communicate the one or more control signals to the antenna tuner for controlling the impedance of the antenna tuner based at least on the first signal and the second signal. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243580 | QUADRATURE LATTICE MATCHING NETWORK - Embodiments include but are not limited to apparatuses and systems including a quadrature lattice matching network including first path having a series inductor and a shunt inductor, and a second path having a series capacitor and a shunt capacitor. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243581 | ADVANCED BEAM-FORMING TECHNOLOGY WITH CROSS-POLARIZATION CANCELLATION SCHEMES - An advanced digital beam forming technique is achieved that is capable of simultaneously forming multiple beams and attenuating the cross-pol component at multiple locations. The proposed invention, comprising a series of signal inputs, optimization loops and weighting processes, successfully eliminates the side effect of an increase of the cross-pol in the process of beam-forming, thus reducing potential interference. This technique utilizes the orthogonally polarized signal component which is already available and can minimize both the horizontally polarized and vertically polarized cross-pol at the same time. The complexity of computation can be reduced by using only part of the orthogonal polarized components in the optimization. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243582 | TRANSMITTER AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a transmitter that compensates for AM/PM distortion and operate with low distortion and high efficiency. A compensation section | 09-27-2012 |
20120243583 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - According to an embodiment, a semiconductor integrated circuit includes an amplifier, an interference wave suppression unit, a coupler and a filter control circuit. The interference wave suppression unit includes a filter being controlled to be on or off. The filter is configured to suppress an interference wave component of an amplified signal to output the signal as an output signal when the filter is on. The coupler is configured to detect an input signal or the output signal. The filter control circuit controls the filter to be on when a signal level of a detection input signal or a detection output signal detected by the coupler is greater than or equal to a reference value, and controls the filter to be off when the signal level is smaller than the reference value, at arbitrary determination timing in a period of time between a transmission and a reception. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243584 | RADIO DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio device including a plurality of antennas transmitting and receiving a signal a reception band filter which controls a pass frequency band a measuring circuit which measures a reception level of the signal received by each of the plurality of antennas in a preamble in the signal received through the reception band filter an antenna switch which switches the plurality of antennas based on a measurement result from the measuring circuit and a processor which controls transmission and reception of the signal of the radio device and a pass frequency band of the reception band filter, and which transmits, based on a packet density, an instruction for changing the preamble from a first data length to a second data length to the other radio device and for changing the pass frequency band of the reception band filter from a first band to a second band. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243585 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A data storage processor of an HV-ECU transmits frame data including ID information indicating a kind of data and data information indicating the contents of the data to a motor ECU. When the motor ECU receives the frame data from the HV-ECU, a calculation processor of the motor ECU determines that the data information of the received frame data is data regarding the kind of data indicated by the ID information of the received frame data and executes a predetermined calculating process based on the data information. When the ID information of the frame data received from the HV-ECU is a synchronization ID, a data storage processor of the motor ECU starts a process of transmitting, to the HV-ECU, the frame data to be transmitted within the communication period. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243586 | PHASE SHIFTING STAGE FOR SWITCHLESS DE-MULTIPLEXING - A phase shifting stage is disclosed. The phase shifting stage includes first and second transistors. Second terminals of the first transistor and the second transistor are coupled to a first current tail node. A third transistor and a fourth transistor have second terminals that are coupled to a second current tail node. Also included is a first transformer having a primary winding with first and second inputs and a secondary winding. The first input is coupled to the first terminals of the first and third transistors, and the second input is coupled to the first terminals of the second and the fourth transistors. A common input stage having high power gain and phase commutating cascode stages in asymmetrical transformer output demultiplexing (ATODEM) branches is also provided. The common input stage limits the noise generated at an input stage by substantially canceling out the noise at an output transformer of the ATODEM. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243587 | System and Method for Implementing a Single Chip Having a Multiple Sub-Layer PHY - A system and method are disclosed for supporting 10 Gigabit digital serial communications. Many of the functional components and sublayers of a 10 Gigabit digital serial communications transceiver module are integrated into a single IC chip using the same CMOS technology throughout the single chip. The single chip includes a PMD transmit/receive CMOS sublayer, a PMD PCS CMOS sublayer, a XGXS PCS CMOS sublayer, and a XAUI transmit/receive CMOS sublayer. The single chip supports both 10 Gigabit Ethernet operation and 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel operation. The single chip interfaces to a MAC, an optical PMD, and non-volatile memory. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243588 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE - This disclosure provides a method and transceiver for a for a digital subscriber line (DSL) system. A first transceiver calculates a first table including a parameter of bit allocation for sub-carriers and transmits a switch message to a second transceiver connected thereto when a communication performance parameter reaches or exceeds the predetermined value; in response to the switch message, the second transceiver calculating a second table including a parameter of bit allocation for sub-carriers based on a calculation rule to keep the parameter of bit allocation within the second table as same as that within the first table, and the first transceiver communicates with the second transceiver using the first table and from a certain symbol to implement synchronous switch. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250735 | X2 Form Factor 10GBASE-T Transceiver Module - An apparatus includes a transceiver device mounted on a printed circuit board and configured to transmit and receive signals that comply with a 10GBASE-T standard. A pluggable connector is disposed at one end of the printed circuit board and is coupled to the transceiver device. The pluggable connector is configured to plug into an X2 system port to convey signals that comply with the 10GBASE-T standard between the transceiver device and a system device. A port device is disposed at an opposing end of the printed circuit board and is coupled to the transceiver device. The port device is configured to receive a transmission cable to convey signals that comply with the 10GBASE-T standard between the transceiver device and a network device. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250736 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TAIL BITING CONVOLUTIONAL CODE DECODING - Techniques to decode tail biting convolutional code are disclosed. A plurality of sets for a trellis may be determined. Each set may include a first stage and a second stage of the trellis. Path metrics for each state in a set may be determined when the first stage and the second stage have a same state. The path metrics may be compared to determine a state with a minimum path metric. Bits from the state with the minimum path metric may be output. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250737 | Radio Apparatus - A radio apparatus comprising: a first transceiver means arranged to receive and transmit packets according to a first protocol; a second transceiver means arranged to receive or transmit packets according to a second, different protocol, the second transceiver means being located such that interference is possible between packets of the first and second protocols; analysing means for determining a probability that a packet to be transmitted or received by the first transceiver means does not contain only redundant information; and decision means for making a decision based on the determined probability as to whether or not the packet should be respectively transmitted or received. The first transceiver means is arranged to respectively transmit or receive the packet or not according to the decision. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250738 | RADIO APPARATUS, RADIO APPARATUS CONTROLLER, AND SYNCHRONIZATION ESTABLISHING METHOD - A radio apparatus includes: first and second reception units to receive first and second signals from first and second radio apparatus controllers, respectively; first and second synchronous clock generation units to generate first and second recovery clocks from clock components included in the first and second signals received by the reception units, respectively; a clock synchronization detection unit to detect whether or not the second recovery clock is synchronous with the first recovery clock; a code selection unit to select a code indicating the synchronous state according to a detection result of the synchronization detection unit; a signal processing unit of generate a third signal to which the code selected by the code selection unit is added and which is synchronous with the first recovery clock; and a transmission unit to transmit the third signal generated by the signal processing unit to the second radio apparatus controller. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250739 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission device includes a receiver receiving a signal transmission frame from a network, where a client signal is mapped to the signal transmission frame; a separator separating the client signal from the signal transmission frame; a phase synchronizer generating a clock based on a frequency adjustment information set of the client information included in the signal transmission frame; a transmitter transmitting the client signal to a client transmission path by using the clock generated by the phase synchronizer; a memory storing the frequency adjustment information set included in the signal transmission frame in response to receiving the signal transmission frame from the network by the receiver; and a switch controller causing the phase synchronizer to generate a clock based on the frequency adjustment information set stored in the memory in response to not receiving the signal transmission frame from the network by the receiver. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250740 | OFDM SIGNAL PROCESSING IN A BASE TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus provides OFDM signal compression for transfer over serial data links in a base transceiver system (BTS) of a wireless communication network. For the uplink, an RF unit of the BTS applies OFDM cyclic prefix removal and OFDM frequency transformation of the baseband signal samples followed by frequency domain compression of the baseband signal samples, resulting from analog to digital conversion of received analog signals followed by digital downconversion, forming compressed coefficients. After transfer over the serial data link, the baseband processor applies frequency domain decompression to the compressed coefficients prior to further signal processing. For the downlink, the RF unit performs frequency domain decompression of the compressed coefficients and applies OFDM inverse frequency transformation of the decompressed coefficients and OFDM cyclic prefix insertion prior to digital upconversion and digital to analog conversion, generating the analog signal for transmission over the antenna. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250741 | METHOD FOR FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION AND AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CONTROL FOR FILTERED SIGNAL WITH DESTROYED PHASE INFORMATION AND SIGNAL TRANSCEIVER - The invention provides a method for frequency offset estimation according to a filtered signal with destroyed phase information. In one embodiment, a filter filters an original signal according to a series of first filter coefficients to obtain a first-channel component of the filtered signal, and filters the original signal according to a series of second filter coefficients to obtain a second-channel component of the filtered signal. A series of third filter coefficients are first derived from the first filter coefficients. The original signal is then filtered according to the third filter coefficients to obtain a reference signal. A first frequency offset value is estimated according to the first-channel component of the filtered signal and the reference signal, wherein the first-channel component of the filtered signal is a first-channel component of an artificial signal, and the reference signal is a second-channel component of the artificial signal. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250742 | Uplink Transmission Mode Switching in Single User Multiple-Input Communication - There is provided switching of an uplink transmission mode. The switching includes manipulating an uplink transmission method and precoding of a demodulation reference signal. The switching may also include utilizing control signaling in indicating to a user terminal that the mode of uplink transmission is to be switched, for example. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250743 | Spatial Mode Adaptation at the Cell Edge Using Interferer Spatial Correlation - A system and method is proposed for adapting the spatial transmission strategy in a cellular MIMO (multiple input multiple output) communication system for the downlink. Spatial mode adaptation, the choice of multiplexing, transmit diversity, number of streams, space-time code family, and the like are performed slowly based on side information from other base stations. Base stations exchange their transmission plans with neighboring base stations and broadcast this information to active users. Each user measures its susceptibility to spatial interference and returns this information to the base station. The base station then schedules active users according to the decisions made in interfering base stations and the preferred transmission strategies of its own users. | 10-04-2012 |
20120257652 | ADJUSTING SAMPLING PHASE IN A BAUD-RATE CDR USING TIMING SKEW - In described embodiments, a transceiver includes a baud-rate clock and data recovery (CDR) module with an eye sampler, and an adaptation module for adaptively setting parameters of various circuit elements, such as timing, equalizer and gain elements. Data sampling clock phase of the CDR module is set for sampling at, for example, near the center of a data eye detected by the eye sampler, and the phase of data error sampling latch(es) is skewed by the CDR module with respect to the phase of the data sampling latch. Since the error signal driving the timing adaptation contains the information of the pulse response that the CDR module encounters, the phase of timing error sampling latch(es) of the CDR module is skewed based on maintaining a relative equivalence of input pulse response residual pre-cursor and residual post-cursor with respect to the timing error sampling clock phase. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257653 | ANTENNA BEAM SCAN UNIT AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ANTENNA BEAM SCAN UNIT - An antenna beam scan unit includes: a Rotman lens that performs power division and synthesis between plural antenna ports and three or more beam ports; plural antenna elements which are connected to the respective antenna ports and to or from which radio waves are inputted or outputted; plural amplifiers that are connected to the respective beam ports of the Rotman lens and perform amplitude modulation on a signal; input paths for a transmission signal disposed in association with the amplifiers; switches for switching the input paths; and a beam control unit. The input paths include first paths and second paths on which a signal that is out of phase with a signal on the first paths is produced. The beam control unit selects two adjoining beam ports, and can switch the first paths and second paths as the input paths for the two beam ports. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257654 | METHOD OF REDUCING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS RECEPTION AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION AND CORRESPONDING APPARATUS - The present invention generally relates to digital communications, and more particularly, to a method and a device for sharing wireless transmission of first data and wireless reception of second data and an apparatus implementing the method. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257655 | CONFIGURATION OF BUS TRANSCEIVER - A transceiver includes a transmit pin configured to receive a signal from a microcontroller, a receive pin configured to transmit a signal to the microcontroller, at least one bus pin configured to transmit and receive signalling to or from the network, a wake-up detector, an acknowledge and/or wake-up generator, and at least one switch is operable to put the transceiver in a first mode of operation. In the first mode of operation the transmit pin is connected to the wake-up detector, and the wake-up detector is configured to activate a wake-up code in accordance with configuration information received at the transmit pin, and the receive pin is connected to an acknowledge and/or wake-up generator, which is configured to provide an acknowledge and/or wake-up signal to the receive pin based on a comparison of actual configuration information stored in the transceiver with the received configuration information from the transmit pin. | 10-11-2012 |
20120263211 | Range extension within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Range extension within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A given communication device designed and implemented for operation in accordance with a given communication protocol, standard, and/or recommended practice operates in accordance with a down-clocked manner to effectuate operation in accordance with at least one other communication protocol, standard, and/or recommended practice. For example, first channelization may undergo down-clocking by a particular and desired ratio to generate a second channelization. As such, at least one portion of a physical layer (PHY) of a given communication device may be leveraged for use in at least one other or additional operational mode based upon the down-clocking employed. Sub-channel and/or channel adaptation may be made based upon any of a number of considerations (e.g., independently by one device, cooperatively by two or more devices, local and/or remote operating condition(s) [or changes thereof], etc.). | 10-18-2012 |
20120263212 | ADDITION/SUBTRACTION HARDWARE OPERATOR, PROCESSOR AND TELECOMMUNICATION TERMINAL INCLUDING AN OPERATOR OF THIS TYPE - An addition/subtraction hardware operator includes a plurality of addition/subtraction hardware modules and a plurality of transmission links between these modules, on one hand, and between inputs and outputs of the operator and these modules, on the other hand, according to a pre-determined structure for performing arithmetical calculations. At least a part of the addition/subtraction hardware modules and at least a part of the links between these modules can be configured by at least one programmable parameter, at least between a first configuration in which the operator finalizes a computation of real parts of fast Fourier transform coefficients, a second configuration in which the operator finalizes a computation of imaginary parts of fast Fourier transform coefficients, and a third configuration in which the operator carries out a computation of path metrics and survivors values of a Viterbi algorithm implementation. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263213 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH SEPARATE IN-PHASE (I) AND QUADRATURE (Q) PHASE POWER AMPLIFICATION AND POWER AMPLIFIER PRE-DISTORTION AND IQ BALANCE COMPENSATION - A communications device, in one aspect as a portable wireless communications device, includes an in-phase modulator and power amplifier that receives a baseband I signal and modulates and amplifies the I signal. A quadrature modulator and power amplifier receives a baseband Q signal and modulates and amplifies the Q signal. A power combiner sums and outputs the I and Q signals. An I demodulator circuit receives a signal fed back from the I power amplifier and demodulates the fed back signal to produce demodulated I signals. A Q demodulator circuit receives a signal fed back from the Q power amplifier and demodulates the fed back signal to produce demodulated Q signals. A processor compares the digital, baseband I and Q signals with a demodulated I and Q signals to compensate for amplitude, frequency and phase modulation errors. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263214 | METHOD OF GENERATING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of generating random access preambles includes receiving information on a source logical index and generating random access preambles in the order of increasing cyclic shift from root ZC sequences with the consecutive logical indexes from the beginning of the source logical index until a predetermined number of the random access preambles are found, wherein the consecutive logical indexes are mapped to root indexes of the root ZC sequences. | 10-18-2012 |
20120269239 | Method and Apparatus for Data Transmission Oriented on the Object, Communication Media, Agents, and State of Communication Systems - A method and apparatus for Data Transmission Oriented on the Object, Communication Media, Agents, and State of Communication Systems (TOMAS) is disclosed. The efficiency of data communication of the proposed method is superior to the one of the conventional systems. This is achieved by matching the requirements (restored data quality, transmission speed, etc.) of agents (ex. a human, hardware device, firmware, software) to capabilities of the communication systems (ex. hardware, firmware and software performance; screen size, etc.) and the communication media (ex. a wireless link, twisted pair cable, coaxial cable, fiber optic link, waveguide, etc.), and exploiting certain data object (audio, video, control data, etc.) features. The superior efficiency is also achieved by using a fast algorithm at the stage of data object analysis-synthesis and the codestream multiplexing-demultiplexing. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269240 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ENVELOPE TRACKING - Apparatus and methods for envelope tracking are disclosed. In one embodiment, a power amplifier system including a power amplifier and an envelope tracker is provided. The power amplifier is configured to amplify a radio frequency (RF) signal, and the envelope tracker is configured to control a supply voltage of the power amplifier using an envelope of the RF signal. The envelope tracker includes a buck converter for generating a buck voltage from a battery voltage and a digital-to-analog conversion (DAC) module for adjusting the buck voltage based on the envelope of the RF signal to generate the supply voltage for the power amplifier. | 10-25-2012 |
20120275493 | Low-Power Class D Amplifier Using Multistate Analog Feedback Loops - An audio amplifier system may include an audio CODEC/output (AOP) path featuring analog class-D amplifiers, and using Natural Sampling Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) to convert an analog input into a series of Rail-to-Rail pulses. The audio signal may be encoded in the average value of the PWM pulse train and may be recovered from the PWM signal by analog low pass filtering. The Class-D amplifiers may be designed with a negative feedback loop/network to compare the output signal with the input signal and suppress non-idealities introduced by the Class-D switching stage. Furthermore, operation of the AOP may be designed according to a separate signal transfer function and a separate noise transfer function, and 2 | 11-01-2012 |
20120275494 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DIGITAL HOST-LOCK MODE IN A TRANSCEIVER - Methods and apparatus are provided for implementing a digital host-lock mode in a transceiver. The transmitter portion of a transceiver is synchronized to a recovered clock generated by the receiver portion of the transceiver by applying a receiver input signal to a clock and data recovery system in the receiver portion to generate the recovered clock and a frequency offset value. The frequency offset value comprises a digital word indicating a frequency offset between the recovered clock and the receiver input signal. A transmit clock is generated in the transmitter portion that is substantially synchronized to the recovered clock by applying the digital word to a clock signal generator. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275495 | Controlling Uplink Multi-Antenna Transmissions in a Telecommunication System - The disclosure relates to controlling uplink transmissions according to closed loop techniques such as closed loop uplink transmit diversity and uplink multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO). An exemplary method for use in a user equipment ( | 11-01-2012 |
20120275496 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN SPACE FREQUENCY BLOCK CODING COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus of reducing interference in space frequency block coding (SFBC) communication are disclosed. SFBC encoding is performed on at least one pair of symbols. The symbols are assigned to subcarriers in accordance with a frequency assignment pattern assigned to a cell. Different frequency assignment patterns are assigned to neighboring cells. Cells in the network may be divided into a plurality of groups and a different frequency assignment pattern may be assigned to each group of cells. The frequency assignment pattern may be defined such that subcarriers mapped to a pair of symbols in one cell are interlaced to subcarriers mapped to a pair of symbols in a neighbor cell. Alternatively, the frequency assignment pattern may be defined such that subcarriers mapped to a pair of symbols in one cell are shifted in a neighbor cell. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275497 | DOWNLINK CHANNEL PARAMETERS DETERMINATION FOR A MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEM - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for providing downlink channel parameters determination for downlink channels associated with a multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) system are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275498 | CONFIGURABLE TRANSCEIVERS - A system is disclosed for operating a plurality of receiver paths and/or a plurality of transmitter paths in a single mode or multiple mode configuration. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275499 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS HAVING DIFFERENT POLARIZATION - A MIMO wireless communications device supports a dual polarized mode of antenna operation and a single polarized mode of antenna operation. Antenna mode selection is performed as a function of signal to noise ration information and/or rank information corresponding to a communications channel matrix. One of a communications device's processing chains is switched between first and second polarization orientation antennas, e.g., vertical and horizontally polarized antennas, as a function of the antenna mode selection. In various embodiments, the dual polarized mode is advantageously used for high SNR users, while in the low SNR regime, where the capacity is limited by received power, the single polarized antenna configuration, sometimes referred to as the spatial MIMO configuration, is used. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING A PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR AND A PRECODING MATRIX - In the field of communication technologies, a method and an apparatus for acquiring a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) and a Precoding Matrix (PM) are provided. The method includes: acquiring a reference PMI and a differential PMI according to a first non-differential codebook and a first diagonal differential codebook, where codewords included in the first diagonal differential codebook form a diagonal matrix. The apparatus includes a PMI acquiring module. Acquiring a reference PMI and a differential PMI according to a non-differential codebook and a diagonal differential codebook can reduce the feedback overhead or improve the feedback precision; and the fact that codewords included in the diagonal differential codebook form a diagonal matrix can maintain amplitude characteristics (for example, a constant modulus characteristic, and a finite character set constraint characteristic) of elements of the non-differential codebook or facilitate power distribution among antennas. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281737 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS INCLUDING DISTRIBUTED FEEDBACK ARCHITECTURE - An exemplary wireless communication device includes a plurality of amplifiers that each provide an output signal. A combiner combines the output signals into a combined signal. A pre-distortion processor is configured to provide signal correction for each of the amplifiers. The pre-distortion processor receives feedback comprising an indication of each of the output signals before the output signals are combined into the combined signal. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281738 | Method and Apparatus for Vectored Data Transmission - In some embodiments, sequences of pilot signals on different communication channels of a communication convection are shifted with respect to each other. In other embodiments, crosstalk couplings are calculated based on intermediate vectors. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281739 | PROCESSOR FOR PROCESSING DIGITAL DATA WITH BUTTERFLY OPERATOR FOR THE EXECUTION OF AN FFT/IFFT AND TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE - A processor for processing digital data includes at least one butterfly operator for executing an FFT/IFFT computation. This butterfly operator contains a first stage of complex multiplication and a second stage of complex addition and subtraction. Each of these two stages contains a plurality of addition/subtraction hardware modules and data transmission links between these modules. At least a part of the addition/subtraction modules of each stage of the butterfly operator and at least a part of the links between these modules are configurable with the aid of at least one programmable parameter, between a first configuration in which the butterfly operator carries out said fast Fourier transform computation and a second configuration in which the butterfly operator carries out a computation of branch metrics values and of path metrics and survivors values of a Viterbi algorithm. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281740 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitting apparatus, receiving apparatus and communication system are disclosed, and great improvement in an S/N ratio, preventing an actual throughput from decreasing, and preventing the number of circuits for synchronizing spread spectrum signals from increasing can be expected at the receiving apparatus side. The transmitting apparatus includes a pulse generating circuit, pulse repetition cycle determining circuit, peak power determining circuit, and modulator. The pulse generating circuit generates pulse strings, pulse repetition cycle determining circuit determines, based on a clock signal, a pulse repetition cycle of the pulse string generated by the pulse generating circuit. The peak power determining circuit determines a pulse peak power of the pulse string. The modulator modulates the pulse string with transmission data, and then generates a transmission signal. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281741 | Ship Based Cellular and Satellite Communication - A ship based cellular and satellite transceiver receives, demodulates and processes data, voice and video signals from a satellite transmitter and provides the processed signals in cascade to a OFDM and to a CDMA modulator and transmitter for transmission to a ship based mobile unit. The OFDM signal is transmitted in a Wi-Fi network and the CDMA signal is transmitted in frequency bands used by cellular phones and cellular connected devices. The ship based transceiver receives from a mobile unit, e.g. from a cellular phone or a computer an OFDM or a CDMA signal generated and transmitted by the mobile unit and receives, demodulates and processes the cellular phone transmitted signal and provides these processed signals for cascade processing, modulation and transmission to a satellite. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287969 | Isolation and Protection Circuit for a Receiver in a Wireless Communication Device - A protection circuit protects a receiver from high-energy signals. In one exemplary embodiment, the protection circuit comprises a snapback transistor and a controller. The snapback transistor comprises a gate, a drain connected to an input of the receiver and a source connected to ground. The controller configured to connect the gate to a bias voltage to close the gate in a transmit mode, and to disconnect the gate from the bias voltage to open the gate in a receive mode. The snapback transistor is configured to enter into snapback responsive to a high energy signal at the drain to provide a current path from the drain to the source even when the gate is open and thus protect the receiver. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287970 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCOMMODATING HIGHER ORDER MODULATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) are directed to receiving an active set update message indicating that a mode of operation allowing a certain modulation scheme is enabled or disabled and performing at least one of: performing a MAC reset procedure, updating a set of reference enhanced transport format combination indicators (E-TFCIs) and associated power offsets, determining actions related to E-DPCCH boosting, modifying information related to an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH), and modifying an index that indicates an E-DCH transport block size table. The update message includes at least one modified information element (IE). | 11-15-2012 |
20120287971 | METHOD FOR EMULATING LOW FREQUENCY SERIAL CLOCK DATA RECOVERY RF CONTROL BUS OPERATION USING HIGH FREQUENCY DATA - A system and method for emulating low frequency RF control bus operation using high frequency data is disclosed. In transmission path, the low frequency RFCB transmit data bytes are encoded and then up-sampled. The up-sampled data is then sent to hardware serializer for transmission. The resulting RF serial output stream appears to the external receiver to be encoded at low frequency even though the transceiver is operating at high frequency. In reception path, RFCB serial input data is de-serialized and then down-sampled. The down sampled data is then passed through custom byte-alignment logic and finally decoded. The transceivers are operated at high frequency but data is decoded and received as if it were at low rate. The FPGA serial transceiver are operated at a high frequency and sends each data bit a plurality of times to create a low effective data rate. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287972 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING DATA IN A PASSENGER VEHICLE OR OTHER VEHICLE CONSIST - A passenger vehicle consist includes a plurality of passenger vehicles and an electrical power transmission line interconnecting the plurality of passenger vehicles. A system for communicating data in the vehicle consist includes first unit on a first vehicle in the consist and a second unit on a second vehicle in the consist. The first and second units are electrically coupled to an electrical power transmission line in the consist that interconnections adjacent vehicles. The electrical power transmission line is an existing line used in the vehicle consist for transferring electrical power to the vehicles in the consist. The first and second units are configured to transmit and/or receive at least one of high-bandwidth data or network data over the electrical power transmission line. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287973 | Flexible rate matching - Flexible rate matching. No constraints or restrictions are placed on a sending communication device when effectuating rate matching. The receiving communication device is able to accommodate received transmissions of essentially any size (e.g., up to an entire turbo codeword that includes all systematic bits and all parity bits). The receiving communication device employs a relatively small-sized memory to ensure a lower cost, smaller sized communication device (e.g., handset or user equipment such as a personal wireless communication device). Moreover, incremental redundancy is achieved in which successive transmissions need not include repeated information therein (e.g., a second transmission need not include any repeated information from a first transmission). Only when reaching an end of a block of bits or codeword to be transmitted, and when wrap around at the end of such block of bits or codeword occurs, would any repeat of bits be incurred within a later transmission. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287974 | RECOVERING DATA FROM A PRIMARY ONE OF SIMULTANEOUS SIGNALS, SUCH AS ORTHOGONAL-FREQUENCY-DIVISION-MULTIPLEXED (OFDM) SIGNALS, THAT INCLUDE A SAME FREQUENCY - An embodiment of a receiver includes signal- and data-recovery units. The signal-recovery unit is configured to recover a first component of a first signal that is received simultaneously with a second signal having a second component, the first and second components including approximately a frequency. And the data-recovery unit is configured to recover data from the first signal in response to the recovered first component. For example, such a receiver may be able to receive simultaneously, and over the same channel space, multiple orthogonal-frequency-division-multiplexed (OFDM) signals that include one or more of the same subcarrier frequencies, and to recover data from one or more of the OFDM signals despite the frequency overlap. A receiver with this capability may allow an increase in the effective bandwidth of the channel space, and thus may allow more devices (e.g., smart phones) to simultaneously share the same channel space. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287975 | NETWORK DEVICE - A network device includes: a connector connected to a network; a receiving line connected to the connector; a transmitting line connected to the connector; a communication control unit configured to control communication with an external network device by receiving a signal from the network through the connector and the receiving line, and transmitting the signal to the network through the transmitting line and the connector; and a loop-back processing unit configured to loop back the signal transmitted through the receiving line, to the transmitting line when the communication control unit is in a power-off state or a standby state. | 11-15-2012 |
20120294336 | FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION OR MULTIPLICATION USING AN OVERSAMPLED PHASE ROTATOR - Circuits and systems for generating multiple frequencies are disclosed. In some embodiments, a circuit can include a first node, a second node, and a programmable phase rotator. The first node can receive a first signal having frequency f | 11-22-2012 |
20120294337 | SELF-CORRELATION RECEIVER AND TRANSCEIVER INCLUDING THE SAME - Disclosed is a self-correlation receiver of a transceiver in which a transmitter shares an antenna with a receiver. The self-correlation receiver includes: a clamper which receives a received signal, limits the magnitude of the received signal within a predetermined range and outputs a clamping signal; and a mixer which receives the received signal and the clamping signal and outputs a signal having a difference frequency between the received signal and the clamping signal. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294338 | PHASE-ARRAYED TRANSCEIVER - A phased-array transceiver includes: a plurality of antennas; a plurality of transceiving elements respectively coupled to the plurality of antennas, at least one of the transceiving elements comprising a first transmitting circuit and a first receiving circuit; a signal processing block; and a first distributed network, coupled between the signal processing block and the transceiving elements, wherein the transceiving elements, the signal processing block, and the first distributed network are configured as a single chip, and a first path from the antenna through the first receiving circuit to the signal processing block and a second path from the signal processing block through the first transmitting circuit to the antenna share at least partial signal traces of the phased-array transceiver. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294339 | RFID SYSTEM WITH RF BUS - A radio frequency identification (RF) system includes an RF reader, an RF tag, and a network connection module. The RF reader includes a reader radio frequency (RF) bus transceiver. The network connection module includes a network connection RF bus transceiver, wherein the reader RF bus transceiver exchanges at least one of inbound RF data and outbound RF data with the network RF bus transceiver via an RF bus. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294340 | Wireless Communication System Using Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Second Harmonic Techniques - A system is for encoding information on a passive surface acoustic wave (SAW) device. The system includes a requesting unit configured to wirelessly transmit an impulse signal. The impulse signal is a signal that includes only a single pulse. A SAW device has an interdigital transducer (IDT) configured to physically store coded data. The SAW device is configured to receive the impulse signal. In response to receiving the impulse signal, the SAW device excites the IDT to generate a coded signal that includes the stored coded data and frequency components at a fundamental frequency. | 11-22-2012 |
20120300817 | Systems and methods for powering a network access device using customer premises equipment - A system in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure comprises an NAD positioned at an intermediate point between a network facility and one or more customer premises (CP). The NAD is coupled to CP transceivers located at the one or more customer premises via a plurality of subscriber lines. The CP transceivers are configured to provide power to and also communicate with the NAD via the subscriber lines. The NAD is further configured to form a power signal based on the power received from multiple subscriber lines and to provide the power signal to components of the NAD. The NAD is further configured to determine from which of the subscriber lines it is receiving at least a certain amount of power and to selectively enable and disable the communication service provided over each respective subscriber line based on such determination. The NAD also powers down at least some components of the NAD that were used to previously provide the services that have since been disabled. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300818 | SELF-CALIBRATION I/Q IMBALANCE REDUCTION - A method for a self-calibrating reduction in inphase/quadrature imbalance is described. An inphase/quadrature amplitude imbalance is calculated. A correction to the inphase/quadrature amplitude imbalance is applied. An estimated inphase/quadrature phase imbalance is calculated. Calculating an estimated inphase/quadrature phase imbalance includes calculating a loopback phase. A correction to the estimated inphase/quadrature amplitude imbalance is applied. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307873 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION USING WIRELESS POWER - According to one general aspect, a data communication apparatus using wireless power may include: a power signal detecting unit configured to detect a signal corresponding to a change in an impedance of a target device; a demodulating unit configured to demodulate a message from the target device from the detected signal using the detected signal and a carrier wave; and a source resonance unit configured to transmit the carrier wave to the target device. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307874 | CDR CIRCUIT, RECEIVER, AND TRANSMITTING-RECEIVING SYSTEM - A CDR circuit, a receiver, and a transmitting-receiving system weight the output of the nonlinear phase detector that receives received data and the recovery clock on the basis of whether a clock out-of-phase with the recovery clock lags or leads in phase with respect to the received data, and adjust the phase of the recovery clock on the basis of the weighted output. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307875 | Mobile Communications Devices and Methods Having Reduced Communication Latency - An improved mobile communications device, of the type having a set of antennas and a narrowband RF transceiver coupled to a first member of the set of antennas, also includes a broadband RF receiver coupled to a second member of the set of antennas; and processing circuitry, coupled to the narrowband RF transceiver and the broadband RF receiver, that uses a received signal from the broadband receiver to determine a communication parameter for the narrowband RF transceiver. Related methods are also provided. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307876 | BASEBAND / RFIC INTERFACE FOR HIGH THROUGHPUT MIMO COMMUNICATIONS - Analog signal paths are utilized between a baseband processor and a radio front end to support high throughput communications for a multiple in multiple out radio transceiver that support communications over two or more antennas. Specifically, analog differential I and Q path communication signals are exchanged between a radio front end core and a baseband processor to maximize throughput capacity for high data rate signals. Along the same lines, the impedances of traces and the interface are matched to reduce I/Q imbalance. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314734 | RECONSTRUCTION FILTER WITH BUILT-IN BALUN - The present invention provides a filter that may be used as a reconstruction filter with a built-in balun. One embodiment of the filter includes first and second input nodes for receiving balanced radiofrequency signals and an inductive-capacitive (LC) circuit coupled between the first and second input nodes and first and second intermediate nodes. This embodiment of the filter also includes a coupling circuit that couples the first and second intermediate nodes to an output node. Balanced signals within a filter bandwidth are transmitted from the first and second input nodes to the output node and balanced signals outside the filter bandwidth are substantially shorted to ground. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314735 | Method And Apparatus For Data Transmission With User Selection - Various methods and devices are provided to address the need for improved data transmission with coherence interval user selection. In one method, a transmit group to which to transmit during a first coherence time interval is selected. The transmit group is selected ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120314736 | MULTI-STANDARD WIRELESS TRANSMITTER - The invention concerns a circuit for multi-standard wireless RF transmission comprising: input circuitry ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120314737 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSCEIVER COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods for transceiver communication are discussed herein. An exemplary system comprises a first transceiver and a second transceiver. The first transceiver may comprise an I/Q module and a PHY device. The I/Q module may receive a first complex signal and transform the first complex signal into bit words of a predetermined size and framewords. The PHY device may receive the bit words, transmit the bit words and framewords over a cable, and perform adaptive cancellation. The second transceiver may comprise a PHY device, an I/Q module, an I/Q modulator, and an antenna. The PHY device may receive the bit words and the framewords from over the cable. The I/Q module may transform the bit words to a second complex signal based on the framewords. The I/Q modulator may modulate the complex signal to generate a transmit signal. The antenna may transmit the signal. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314738 | TRANSCEIVER FOR COMMUNICATING SIGNAL ENCODED TO INCLUDE CLOCK INFORMATION - In a transceiver, a clock generator generates a second clock synchronized with a first clock. The second clock has a period corresponding to a duration of one bit of a digital signal. When first transmission data is supplied to the transceiver with being asynchronous to the second clock, a sampling timing generator detects start data of the first transmission data as a start timing, and generates sampling timings based on the first clock in response to the start timing. The sampling timings have intervals each of which is defined to correspond to the period of the second clock. The first sampling timing is spaced from the start timing. A sampling module samples, at each of the sampling timings, the first transmission data, thus generating second transmission data synchronized with the second clock. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314739 | Radio Duty Cycle Minimization Techniques for Transmission-Initiated Wireless Multi-Hop Networks - The duration of receiver on-times may be minimized by sensing and reacting to communication channel power levels at intervals. When no energy is detected on the communication channel, then the receiver may be turned off for a channel sampling interval. If energy is detected on the channel, then the receiver may remain on to determine if a received message is associated with the device. Receiver on-time may also be minimized by adjusting the timing of messages used for broadcast messages sent by routing or other protocols. Broadcast messages, such as network routing topology messages, may be controlled in two phases. In a first phase, the broadcast messages are sent with at a high rate to allow nodes to join the network rapidly. In a second phase, the broadcast messages are sent with at a lower rate to minimize interference with data and other messages in the network. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314740 | GROUPWISE SUCCESSIVE INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION FOR BLOCK TRANSMISSION WITH RECEPTION DIVERSITY - A plurality of data signals are received over an antenna array having a plurality of antenna elements. The data signals are transmitted over a shared spectrum in a wireless communication system. A signal having each of the data signals is received over each antenna element. The plurality of data signals are grouped into a plurality of groups. The received signals of the antenna elements are matched filtered for a first group of the plurality of groups, producing a matched filtered result. Data is jointly detected of the first group using the matched filtered result. An interference correction signal is constructed using the detected data for each antenna element. The interference cancelled result is subtracted from the received signal of each antenna element, producing an interference cancelled result for each antenna element. Data is successively detected for remaining groups using the interference cancelled result for each antenna element. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314741 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communications device with strong realtime performance, giving rise to no latency in communications even if communications errors arise in the communication frame MAC header. MAC header information is used to determine whether or not the destination address of a received data frame is the address of a concerned wireless communications device ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120314742 | Macro Diversity Using Likelihood Values - Method and arrangement in a serving base station for determining a binary value of information data received from a user equipment, by using a supportive likelihood value received from a supporting base station. The user equipment transmits information data to be received both by the serving base station and the supporting base station base station. The method comprises: decoding information data bits received from the user equipment into a first likelihood value, without determining a binary value for each bit of the information data, a supportive likelihood value of the information data bits transmitted from the user equipment is received from the supporting base station, which supportive likelihood value is based on a decoding of the information data bits performed in the supporting base station. The first likelihood value of the decoded information bits is combined with the received supportive likelihood value of the decoded information bits. Thus a binary value for each bit of the information data transmitted from the user equipment is determined, based on the combined first and supportive likelihood values. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314743 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification relates to a method/apparatus for extending and transmitting a reference signal, and to a method and apparatus for transmitting a cyclic shift (hereinafter, referred to as CS) parameter. In generating the extended reference signal, the CS is determined as a function for both a basic CS parameter and an extended CS parameter. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320954 | METHOD FOR DETECTING MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for detecting a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) signal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: selecting from a first antenna each of the first candidate signal constellations in which a first path metric for at least one first survivor path is minimal; acquiring at least one second survivor path based on the first candidate signal constellations; updating a second survivor path so as to remove an effect on the second survivor path due to the first candidate signal constellations; selecting from a second antenna each of the second candidate signal constellations in which a second path metric for the at least one updated second survivor path is minimal; acquiring at least one final survivor path based on the second candidate signal constellations; and acquiring a transmitting symbol among the final survivor paths. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320955 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a wireless transmitter/receiver provided with: a local oscillator which oscillates at a predetermined local oscillator frequency; a mixer which mixes a local oscillation signal of the local oscillation frequency outputted from an output terminal of the local oscillator and a radio signal received by an antenna; a modulation circuit which modulates the local oscillator signal and generates a radio signal; and a transmission/reception switching unit which selectively switches over between a reception state in which the output terminal of the local oscillator is connected to the mixer and a transmission state in which the output terminal is connected to the antenna without passing through the mixer. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320956 | Channel Estimation in a Wireless Communication System - An estimator ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120320957 | TRANSCEIVER - The transmitter of the transceiver includes: a transmitter-side mixers of a transmitter-side modulator; a transmitter-side voltage-controlled oscillator; and a transmitter-side divider. The divider having a dividing factor of a non-integral number is supplied with an oscillating output of the oscillator. A pair of non-quadrature local signals having a phase difference of 90° plus a predetermined offset angle is produced by the divider and supplied to the mixers. The transmitter includes a phase-shift unit which converts a pair of quadrature transmit signals having a phase difference of about 90° on an analog basis into a pair of non-quadrature shifted transmit signals. Consequently, quadrature modulation is performed by the mixers. Use of a similar configuration enables the reduction in interference of an RF signal with local signals supplied to receiver-side mixers of the receiver. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327980 | Method of Signaling Particular Types of Resource Elements in a Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication terminal including a transceiver coupled to a processor and corresponding methods are disclosed. The processor is configured to determine resource elements that carry data intended for the terminal from a set of allocated resource elements that carry data intended for the terminal excluding at least resource elements associated with a first set of one or more resource elements of a particular type that are shifted relative to a known reference signal pattern. The processor is also configured to decode the resource elements that carry the data intended for the terminal based on the resource elements that carry the data intended for the terminal. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327981 | Method of Signaling Particular Types of Resource Elements in a Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication terminal including a processor coupled to a transceiver and corresponding methods are disclosed. The transceiver is configured to receive information of a set of allocated resource elements carrying data intended for the terminal and information of a set of zero power reference signal configurations where each zero power reference signal configuration corresponds to one or more resource elements devoid of signal transmission from one or more cells. The processor is configured to derive resource elements that carry data intended for the terminal excluding at least the resource elements associated with each of the zero power reference signal configurations and to decode resource elements that carry data intended for the terminal based on deriving the resource elements that carry the data intended for the terminal. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNAL DETECTION IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT - Disclosed is a method for detecting a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) transmission signal. The method for detecting a signal in multiple input multiple output (MIMO) transmission includes: acquiring M receiving symbols through each of the M receive antennas; determining a plurality of M-th candidate symbols to be determined as recovery symbols of an M-th receiving symbol received through the M-th receiving antenna among the M receive antennas; grouping the plurality of candidate symbols into N groups; and determining a plurality of M−1-th candidate symbols to be determined as recovery symbols of an M−1-th receiving symbol received through an M−1-th receive antenna for each of the N groups. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327983 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - There is a problem that if a transmitter apparatus having an adaptive modulation function is to be configured to divide data for transmission, the structure of the transmitter apparatus will be complicated and the cost thereof will be raised. In order to solve this problem, a transmitter apparatus comprises: a dividing means for dividing input data into a plurality of pieces of data; a plurality of transmitting means for transmitting the pieces of data as divided to respective transmission paths; and a modulation scheme deciding means for deciding, from among modulation schemes associated with the conditions of the transmission paths, a modulation scheme, which is to be used by the transmission means, such that the difference in transmission speed between the pieces of data transmitted by the plurality of transmitting means is within a predetermined range. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327984 | METHODS FOR DETECTION OF FAILURE AND RECOVERY IN A RADIO LINK - A method, telecommunication apparatus, and electronic device detect a status of a radio link. A transceiver | 12-27-2012 |
20130003787 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TESTING TIMING OPERATIONS OF A PULSE-BASED TRANSCEIVER - The disclosure relates to an apparatus and method of testing timing associated with the transmission and reception of a pulse signal. With regard to testing the transmission of the signal, a transmitter transmits a pulse within a selected hop offset subinterval of a hop interval. The receiver takes samples of the received signal for the entire duration of the hop interval. Successful timing operation is indicated when samples indicate a pulse received within the selected subinterval, and no pulses received within other subintervals of the hop interval. With regard to testing the reception of the signal, a transmitter transmits pulses within respective hop offset subintervals of a hop interval. The receiver is enabled only for the duration of a selected subinterval, but samples are taken for the entire duration of the hop interval. Successful timing operation is indicated when the samples indicate a pulse received within the selected subinterval, and no pulses received within other subintervals. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003788 | COMMUNICATING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) OF MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS - Embodiments contemplate methods and systems for determining and communicating channel state information (CSI) for one or more transmission points (or CSI reference signal resources). Embodiments further contemplate determining transmission states may include applying at least one transmission state parameter to channel state information (CSI). Embodiments also contemplate reporting CSI based on the transmission state and/or at least one transmission state parameter applied thereto. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003789 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION POLARIZATION CONTROL - A wireless communication method and apparatus using adaptive transmission polarization control are provided. The wireless communication apparatus includes an orthogonal polarization antenna, a channel state estimator, and a transmission polarization state (TPS) selector. The orthogonal polarization antenna receives at least one reference signal. The channel state estimator estimates a wireless polarization channel on the basis of the reference signal. The TPS selector selects a TPS corresponding to the estimated wireless polarization channel from among a plurality of predefined TPSs, and feeds back the selected TPS information. Accordingly, the wireless communication apparatus feeds back information for polarization control using minimum uplink wireless resources, and maximizes a transmission capacity on the basis of the feedback information. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003790 | Method for the spectral configuration of signals modulated by means of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) for an electrical network - A transceiver includes a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter receives a first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signal, and generates a first analog signal based on the first OFDM signal. The first OFDM signal has a first bandwidth, a first spectral position, and a first frequency spectrum. The first frequency spectrum of the first OFDM signal has a first set of frequencies with first amplitudes. The receiver receives a second analog signal, and generates a second OFDM signal based on the second analog signal. The second OFDM signal has a second bandwidth, a second spectral position, and a second frequency spectrum. The second frequency spectrum of the second OFDM signal has a second set of frequencies with second amplitudes. The transmitter varies the first bandwidth, the first spectral position, and the first amplitudes independent of the second bandwidth, the second spectral position, and the second amplitudes. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003791 | Multi-User MIMO Systems and Methods - A method and system are provided for scheduling data transmission in a Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) system. The MIMO system may comprise at least one MIMO transmitter and at least one MIMO receiver. Feedback from one or more receivers may be used by a transmitter to improve quality, capacity, and scheduling in MIMO communication systems. The method may include generating or receiving information pertaining to a MIMO channel metric and information pertaining to a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) in respect of a transmitted signal; and sending a next transmission to a receiver using a MIMO mode selected in accordance with the information pertaining to the MIMO channel metric, and an adaptive coding and modulation selected in accordance with the information pertaining to the CQI. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003792 | RECEIVING CIRCUIT, TRANSMITTING CIRCUIT, MICRO-CONTROLLER AND METHOD FOR POWER LINE CARRIER COMMUNICATION - A receiving circuit, a transmitting circuit, a micro-controller, and a method for power line carrier communication. The receiving circuit includes: an analog amplifier, a receiving filter, an analog-to-digital converter, a digital mixer, a digital filter, and a digital demodulator connected successively. The transmitting circuit includes: a digital modulator, a gain controller, a digital-to-analog converter, a transmitting filter, and a transmitting amplifier connected successively. The micro-controller includes a central processor and the receiving circuit or the transmitting circuit. The method for power line carrier communication can be implemented based on the receiving circuit or the micro-controller. The receiving circuit, the transmitting circuit, the micro-controller, and the method for power line carrier communication provided by present invention solve the defect of supporting only one modulation or demodulation mode in a conventional power line carrier communication system, and can process a power line carrier signal in different modulation or demodulation modes. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003793 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH SEPARATE IN-PHASE AND QUADRATURE POWER AMPLIFICATION - A mobile wireless communications device includes a housing an antenna, and radio frequency (RF) circuitry. A transceiver is connected to the antenna and a processor is operative with the RF circuitry. The transceiver includes an In-phase and Quadrature (I/Q) Modulation and Power Amplification circuit having an In-phase (I) circuit with a modulator mixer and power amplifier circuit. A Quadrature (Q) circuit includes a modulator mixer and power amplifier circuit. A power combiner receives the separately amplified In-phase and Quadrature signals and sums and outputs the signals as a combined I and Q signal. The I and Q circuits are isolated from the combined I and Q signal to enhance antenna matching and transmitted radiated power (TRP) and reduce harmonic emission from the power amplification circuits. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003794 | MULTI-MODE IC WITH MULTIPLE PROCESSING CORES - An integrated circuit (IC) includes a first processing module that converts inbound data into an inbound digital audio signal and converts an outbound digital audio signal into outbound data. A second processing module performs a user application that includes at least one of generating of an inbound analog audio signal and generating an outbound analog audio signal. A third processing module performs an operating system algorithm to coordinate operation of at least one user application. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003795 | Space-Time Block Coding Systems and Methods - Although orthonormal space-time coding matrices provide for optimal communication system performance in that associated correlation matrices include no non-zero off-diagonal elements, unity code rate orthonormal coding matrices are difficult to identify for arbitrary communication network equipment. According to embodiments of the present invention, non-orthonormal space-time coding matrices, for which associated correlation matrices include non-zero off-diagonal elements, are used to encode data symbols. The non-orthonormal space-time coding matrices are more easily determined, and undesirable effects of the non-zero off-diagonal components are reduced by selecting a coding matrix from among a number of such matrices. For example, a particular space-time coding matrix may be selected from a number of generated space-time coding matrices based on a number of non-zero off-diagonal elements or a power of a trace of the associated correlation matrices. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003796 | IC WITH MIXED MODE RF-TO-BASEBAND INTERFACE - An integrated circuit (IC) includes at least one baseband section, at least one radio frequency (RF) section, and an interface module. The interface module is configured to couple the at least one baseband section to the at least one RF section, wherein the interface module includes an analog interface module and a digital interface module. | 01-03-2013 |
20130010842 | PROGRAMMABLE MULTIPLE INTERWOVEN SPIRAL ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - A programmable antenna assembly includes a plurality of interwoven spiral antenna units and a by-pass circuit. An interwoven spiral antenna unit of the interwoven spiral antenna units includes an inverted spiral section and a non-inverted spiral section. The by-pass circuit is operable to couple at least some of the interwoven spiral antenna units into a programmed multiple interwoven spiral antenna assembly. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010843 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE INTERWOVEN SPIRAL ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - A wireless communication device includes a receiver section, a transmitter section, an antenna interface, and an antenna assembly. The receiver section is operable to convert an inbound wireless signal into an inbound symbol stream. The transmitter section is operable to convert an outbound symbol stream into an outbound wireless signal. The antenna interface is operable to convert the outbound wireless signal into a plurality of phase-shifted outbound wireless signals and to convert a plurality of phase-shifted received wireless signals into the inbound wireless signal. The antenna assembly includes a plurality of interwoven spiral antenna units coupled together by a plurality of connection traces, wherein an interwoven spiral antenna unit of the plurality of interwoven spiral antenna units receives a corresponding one of the plurality of phase-shifted received wireless signals and transmits a corresponding one of the plurality of phase-shifted outbound wireless signals. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010844 | Response frame modulation coding set (MCS) selection within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Response frame modulation coding set (MCS) selection within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. With respect to any exchange between communication devices in which there is a response frame, a first frame (e.g., an eliciting frame) is a first transmitted from the eliciting communication device to the responding communication device, and a second frame (e.g., a response frame) is transmitted from the responding communication device to the eliciting communities device. Appropriate selection of MCS to be used within the response frame may be determined explicitly or implicitly. One or more parameters (e.g., a limit parameter, a reduction parameter, etc.) may be used to determine the MCS of the response frame. The MCS employed for a response frame may be selected from a basic MCS set that ensures all response frames from any responding communication device may be properly received by the eliciting communication device. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010845 | CLOSED LOOP MULTIPLE TRANSMIT, MULTIPLE RECEIVE ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless receiver ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130010846 | ETHERNET CENTRAL STATION - A communication system ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130010847 | MIMO radio interfaces - A receiver front end includes a plurality of in-phase and quadrature phase receive processing blocks operable at first and second frequency bands and further includes a plurality of filtering and amplification blocks disposed within a corresponding ingoing signal path, a plurality of received signal strength indicator (RSSI) blocks coupled to receive an ingoing analog signal from a corresponding plurality of nodes disposed throughout the ingoing signal path, each of the plurality of RSSI blocks producing a signal strength indication, and wherein a baseband processor is operable to receive a selected signal strength indication and to produce at least one gain setting to at least one amplification block within the in-phase or quadrature phase receive processing blocks. In operation, the baseband processor receives a signal strength indication from each RSSI block to determine a total amount of gain and appropriate gain distribution within the receive signal path. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010848 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TRANSMITTER, WIRELESS RECEIVER, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, WIRELESS RECEPTION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD USED WITH SAME - A wireless transmission system includes a wireless HDMI transmitter and a wireless HDMI receiver. The wireless HDMI transmitter includes a carrier oscillator provided for each channel of an HDMI transmission path to output a carrier signal in a millimeter band, an OOK modulator provided for each carrier oscillator to perform on-off keying modulation on a carrier signal outputted by its corresponding carrier oscillator, and an input circuit provided for each channel of the HDMI transmission path to input a digital signal outputted by a source device to the OOK modulator. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010849 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TRANSMITTER, WIRELESS RECEIVER, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD WIRELESS RECEPTION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD USED WITH SAME - A wireless transmission system includes a wireless HDMI transmitter and a wireless HDMI receiver. The wireless HDMI transmitter includes a carrier oscillator provided for each channel of an HDMI transmission path to output a carrier signal in a millimeter band, an OOK modulator provided for each carrier oscillator to perform on-off keying modulation on a carrier signal outputted by its corresponding carrier oscillator, and an input circuit provided for each channel of the HDMI transmission path to input a digital signal outputted by a source device to the OOK modulator. Radio signals have different planes of polarization from their adjacent channels. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010850 | MIMO TRANSMISSION BASED METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) transmission based method for transmitting and receiving Downlink Control Information (DCI) is provided. The method includes if it is determined that two TBs are currently needed to be dispatched, indicating information of layer numbers and precoding matrixes of uplink MIMO transmission with a precoding information domain in DCI for dispatching the uplink MIMO transmission, and transmitting the DCI, and if it is determined that one Transport Block (TB) is currently needed to be dispatched, indicating the information of the layer numbers and precoding matrixes of the uplink MIMO transmission with redundant information in the DCI and precoding information domain, and transmitting the DCI. The present invention may save bit number of the precoding information domain and reduce the signaling overheads of the DCI. | 01-10-2013 |
20130016761 | Transmitter with a Variable Sampling RateAANM NENTWIG; MarkusAACI HelsinkiAACO FIAAGP NENTWIG; Markus Helsinki FI - The present invention presents a method and a system for mitigating effects of clock harmonics in the receiver. The receiving signal may be monitored in such a way that the interfering harmonic component is tracked. When the interfering frequency is found out, the system determines the clock or clocks in the transceiver which are contributing to the interfering spurious tone. After that, the contributing clock(s) frequency is selected so that the effect of the spurious tone in the receiving passband is minimized or mitigated. This is performed by selecting a suitable clock frequency resulting in the spurious tones all falling outside the receiver passband; or in an OFDM system, by choosing a clock frequency deriving the spurious tone straight onto a subcarrier signal frequency. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016762 | DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD OF OPTIMIZING PREAMBLE LENGTH, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUSAANM Tanaka; HitoshiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Tanaka; Hitoshi Kanagawa JP - A frame is effectively transmitted and received by setting an optimal preamble length according to transmission environments between communication apparatuses. A data communication system includes a synchronization detection part to detect bit synchronization based on the preamble of the frame received to the second communication apparatus from the first communication apparatus, a synchronization position information generating part to generate synchronization position information of a position of the bit synchronization, which is in the frame received in the second communication apparatus, detected by the synchronization detection part, a preamble length calculating part to calculate an optimal value of a length of the preamble based on the synchronization position information, and a transmit command issuing part to issue a transmit command of transmission of the frame including the preamble having the length based on the optimal value from the first communication apparatus to the second communication apparatus. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016763 | BEAMFORMING FOR NON-COLLABORATIVE, SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS - A wireless communication system noncollaborative, multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) space division multiple access (SDMA) system determines subscriber station combining and weighting vectors that yield a high average signal-to-interference plus noise ratio (SINR). Each subscriber station independently transmits information to a base station that allows the base station to determine a weight vector w | 01-17-2013 |
20130016764 | Apparatus and Method for Generating Codebook in a Wireless Communication System - An apparatus and method for generating a codebook in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The codebook generation apparatus includes a processor for generating a covariance matrix of a channel between the transmitting end and a receiving end, using a unitary matrix including a first vector corresponding to at least one quantized dominant singular singular vector of the channel and a second vector corresponding to at least one basis vector of a null space of the first vector, and transforming a predefined first codebook by applying the covariance matrix of the channel to the first codebook. | 01-17-2013 |
20130022089 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SEAMLESS WIRELESS DATA IN REAL TIME - A system and method for transmitting seamless wireless data in real time are disclosed. The system includes a transmission device for transmitting wireless data to a reception device in real time. The transmission device includes a packet transmission unit, a communication efficiency detection unit, and a transmission cycle adjustment unit. The packet transmission unit transmits a data packet to the reception device. The communication efficiency detection unit detects communication efficiency of the packet transmission. The transmission cycle adjustment unit adjusts a cycle of the packet transmission according to the detected communication efficiency. It is possible to efficiently transmit seamless wireless data in real time even in a wireless space of a communication environment which varies continuously by continuously monitoring the communication environment of the wireless space where the wireless data is transmitted and adjusting the setting of a communication system to be suitable for the monitored wireless environment. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022090 | Dynamic Cyclic Prefix Mode for Uplink Radio Resource Management - Systems and methods can be implemented on a base station and one or more mobile devices to use dynamic cyclic prefix mode for uplink radio resource management. A base station may receive an uplink signal from each of a plurality of mobile devices. The base station can then estimate, based on the received uplink signal, a channel characteristic of the uplink channel for each of the plurality of mobile devices, and determine, based on comparing the estimated channel characteristic to a characteristic threshold, a cyclic prefix mode for each of the plurality of mobile devices. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022091 | RECOVERING DATA FROM A SECONDARY ONE OF SIMULTANEOUS SIGNALS, SUCH AS ORTHOGONAL-FREQUENCY-DIVISION-MULTIPLEXED (OFDM) SIGNALS, THAT INCLUDE A SAME FREQUENCY - An embodiment of a receiver includes a channel estimator and a data-recovery unit. The channel estimator is configured to determine a characteristic of a channel over which a first signal, which is received simultaneously with a second signal, propagated, the first and second signals respectively having first and second components that include approximately a frequency. And the data-recovery unit is configured to recover data from the first signal in response to the determined channel characteristic. For example, such a receiver may be able to receive simultaneously, and over the same channel space, orthogonal-frequency-division-multiplexed (OFDM) signals that include one or more of the same subcarrier frequencies, and to recover data from one or more of the OFDM signals despite the frequency overlap. A receiver with this capability may allow an increase in the effective bandwidth of the channel space, and thus may allow more devices to simultaneously share the channel space. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022092 | Enhanced Wideband Transceiver - A method for operating an integrated transceiver, comprising coupling an operating transmitter and an operating receiver within the integrated wideband receiver, inputting a signal into the operating transmitter, performing a first conversion of the signal, wherein the signal is converted into a second signal, transmitting the second signal into the operating receiver, performing a second conversion of the signal, wherein the signal is converted into a third signal, transmitting the third signal into the operating transmitter, and adjusting the operating transmitter. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022093 | METHOD, TERMINAL, AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING SERVICE INFORMATION - A method for sending service information includes: judging whether a current ACM profile identifier (profile ID) is consistent with an ACM profile ID recorded in separately-stored coding and modulation information; when the current ACM profile ID is consistent with the ACM profile ID recorded in the separately-stored coding and modulation information, coding and modulating the service information according to the coding and modulation information; when the current ACM profile ID is inconsistent with the ACM profile ID recorded in the separately-stored coding and modulation information, coding and modulating the service information according to an ACM profile table; and sending the coded and modulated service information, where the coded and modulated service information carries the current ACM profile ID. | 01-24-2013 |
20130028299 | ADAPTIVE ETHERNET TRANSCEIVER WITH JOINT DECISION FEEDBACK EQUALIZER AND TRELLIS DECODER - An adaptive Ethernet transceiver is disclosed. A joint decision feedback equalizer (DFE) and Trellis decoder is configured to decode a receiving signal. A decoder control unit is configured to adaptively disable a portion of the joint DFE and Trellis decoder in a non-specified link speed mode. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028300 | Pulse Frequency Modulation (PFM) Mode Lock Out for Regulators When Receive Signal Quality Is Low - A method, power switching system, and communications device supply power in a pulse width modulation (PWM) mode to a transceiver whenever the transceiver processes a low quality signal. A power supply mode (PSM) utility/controller determines a quality of a signal that is currently being processed by a transceiver, and when the quality of the signal is less than a pre-set threshold level, the PSM controller triggers the power supply to operate exclusively in the PWM supply mode. However, when the quality of the signal satisfies a preset threshold level, the PSM controller enables the power supply to autonomously switch between the PFM supply mode and the PWM supply mode. In one embodiment, the controller dynamically determines a power demand by the transceiver and when the power demand exceeds a preset threshold demand level, the controller triggers the power supply to operate exclusively in the PWM supply mode. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028301 | MULTIPLE LOGICAL REPRESENTATIONS OF AUDIO FUNCTIONS IN A WIRELESS AUDIO TRANSMITTER THAT TRANSMITS AUDIO DATA AT DIFFERENT DATA RATES - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to electrical and electronic hardware, computer software, wired and wireless network communications, and computing devices. More specifically, the embodiments related to structures and techniques for implementing multiple logical representations of audio functions in a wireless audio transmitter, such as a USB dongle configured to transmit and to receive audio data wirelessly via, for example, a Bluetooth link. In one embodiment, a wireless USB audio transceiver can include a multiple mode transmitter configured transmit wireless signals at multiple data rates. Further, the wireless USB audio transceiver can include a first data path modeled as a first audio function, and a second data path modeled as a second audio function. Also, included is a signal detector configured to determine the presence of the audio data on a data path for modifying transmission data rates as a function of the presence of the audio data. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028302 | DISCRETE DIGITAL TRANSCEIVER - A discrete digital transceiver includes a receiver sample and hold module, a discrete digital receiver conversion module, a transmitter sample and hold module, a discrete digital transmitter conversion module, clock generation module, and a processing module. The receiver sample and hold module samples and holds an inbound wireless signal in accordance with a receiver S&H clock signal. The discrete digital receiver conversion module converts the receiver frequency domain sample pulse train into an inbound baseband signal. The transmitter sample and hold module samples and holds an outbound signal to produce a transmitter frequency domain sample pulse train. The discrete digital transmitter conversion module converts a transmitter frequency domain sample pulse train into the outbound wireless signal. The clock generation module generates S&H clock signals in accordance with a control signal. The processing module generates the control signal such that the S&H clock signals are shifted. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028303 | DISCRETE DIGITAL RECEIVER WITH FTBPF - A receiver includes an antenna interface, a frequency translation bandpass filter (FTBPF), a sample and hold module, and a down conversion module. The antenna interface is operable to receive a received wireless signal from an antenna structure and to isolate the received wireless signal from another wireless signal. The FTBPF is operable to filter the received wireless signal to produce an inbound wireless signal. The sample and hold module is operable to sample and hold the inbound wireless signal in accordance with an S&H clock signal to produce a frequency domain sample pulse train. The down conversion module is operable to convert the frequency domain sample pulse train into an inbound baseband signal. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028304 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station is capable of wireless communication with a base station in a plurality of frequency bands. The mobile station includes a receiving unit, a detecting unit, an acquiring unit, and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit receives band information indicating a frequency band to be used in the wireless communication with the base station from the base station. The detecting unit detects whether a wireless module assigned wireless communication processing in the frequency band indicated in the received band information supports MIMO transmission. The acquiring unit acquires classification information identifying desired method information among method information associated with MIMO support information indicating that MIMO transmission is enabled when it has been detected that the wireless module supports MIMO transmission. The transmitting unit transmits the acquired classification information to the base station. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028305 | CROSS TECHNOLOGY INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - In one aspect, a method for mitigating an effect of an interfering radio signal at a multiple antenna receiver includes forming an estimate of a relationship of the interfering signal among signals received from the multiple antennas. In general, the interfering signal does not share the same communication technology as a desired signal. The signals received from the multiple antennas filtered and combined according to the estimate of the relationship of the interfering channels to reduce an effect of the interfering signal. Desired data present in the desired signal represented in the filtered and combined signals is decoded and the estimate of the relationship of the interfering signals is updated according to the decoding of the desired signal. | 01-31-2013 |
20130034130 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DIDO INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION BASED ON SIGNAL STRENGTH MEASUREMENTS - A machine-implemented system and method are described for removing interference between adjacent distributed-input-distributed-output (DIDO) clusters comprising. For example, a method according to one embodiment comprises: detecting signal strength at a first client from a main DIDO cluster; detecting interference signal strength at the first client from an interfering DIDO cluster; if the signal strength from the main DIDO cluster reaches a specified value relative to the value of the interference signal strength from the interfering DIDO cluster, then generating channel state information (CSI) defining channel state between one or more antennas of the first client and one or more antennas of the interfering DIDO cluster; transmitting the CSI from the first client to a base transceiver station (BTS) in the interfering DIDO cluster; and implementing DIDO precoding with inter-DIDO-cluster interference (IDCI) cancellation at the BTS in the interfering DIDO cluster to avoid RF interference at the first client. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034131 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - a communication apparatus includes: a pulse generation unit configured to alternately generate a positive pulse and a negative pulse indicating presence or absence of a pulse in accordance with a value of a data signal; a band-pass filter configured to filter the pulse generated by the pulse generator; and a transmission amplifier configured to amplify a signal filtered by the band-pass filter, and to output the signal as a transmission signal. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034132 | TRANSCEIVER - An encoding circuit encodes a NRZ code into a transmission line code. A decoding circuit decodes the transmission line code into a NRZ code. If an operation-mode specified by a setting signal is a normal-mode, a transmission switching circuit provides transmit-data received from an input terminal to the encoding circuit to output the encoded transmit-data as communication-data from a communication terminal. If the operation-mode is a sleep-mode, the transmission switching circuit outputs the transmit-data received from the input terminal as the communication-data from the communication terminal. If the operation-mode specified by the setting signal is a normal-mode, a reception switching circuit provides the communication-data received from the communication terminal to the decoding circuit to output the decoded communication-data as receive-data from an output terminal. If the operation-mode is a sleep-mode, the reception switching circuit outputs the communication-data received from the communication terminal as the receive-data from the output terminal. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034133 | Low Complexity, Optimized Power Management Scheme for Very High Speed Digital Subscriber Line Transceivers 2 - An apparatus comprising a processor configured to determine a power management (PM) state from a plurality of PM states for a digital subscriber line (DSL) transceiver, wherein the plurality of PM states comprise a idle state, a full on state, and a low power state, wherein the full on state consumes more power than the low power state, wherein the low power state consumes more power than the idle state, wherein the low power state comprises at least one PM profile, and wherein the DSL transceiver supports a very high speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) data transmission protocol, and instruct the DSL transceiver to use the PM state. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034134 | Adjusting Clock Error Across A Circuit Interface - A system is provided with clock skew measurement and correction technology. A first circuit or memory controller | 02-07-2013 |
20130034135 | Digital Predistortion Training System - Techniques are provided herein for training a digital predistortion module in a wireless communication device. A controller identifies one or more participating wireless devices to participate in a training session during which the particular wireless device makes test transmissions and the one or more participating wireless devices make measurements based on reception of the test transmissions sent by the particular wireless device. The controller sends commands to the particular wireless device and to the one or more participating wireless devices to initiate the training session. The controller receives measurement data from the one or more participating wireless devices based on reception of the test transmissions from the particular wireless device during the training session and determines predistortion parameters for use by the particular wireless device based on the measurement data. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034136 | METHOD OF COOPERATIVE DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN TERMINALS AND A METHOD OF RECEIVING DATA - The present invention relates to a method for reducing power consumption when performing the cooperative transmission in a cooperative transmission system, the method comprising: defining a cooperative transmission participation rate or a cooperative transmission non-participation rate to adjust the participation rate of at least one terminal capable of cooperative transmission within at least one cooperative cluster, the participation rate adjustment being carried out in the at least one terminal capable of cooperative transmission by generating a random value having a preset range; comparing the generated random value with a threshold as a reference indicating whether a corresponding terminal is participating in cooperative transmission; and determining whether the corresponding terminal has participated in cooperative transmission, on the basis of the comparison result. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039393 | COMMUNICATION TERMINALS AND COMMUNICATION DEVICES - According to one embodiment, a communication terminal is provided comprising a transceiver configured to transmit data in accordance with a plurality of transmission processes wherein each transmission process may be activated or deactivated, a receiver configured to receive a message including a message field which specifies a number of transmission processes to which a request for transmission process activation or deactivation is to be applied and a controller configured to activate or deactivate the number of transmission processes in accordance with the request. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039394 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING OR ELIMINATING TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE OF A COHERENT RECEIVER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In accordance with some embodiments of the present disclosure, a method may include generating a first current equal to a bandgap voltage divided by a resistance selected to approximately match a process resistance integral to a receiver. The method may further include generating a second current equal to temperature-dependent current multiplied by a predetermined scaling factor. The method may also include subtracting the second current from the first current to generate a bias current. The method may additionally include providing the bias current to the receiver. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039395 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROVIDING COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS POWER TRANSFER SYSTEM - A communication system that uses keyed modulation to encode fixed frequency communications on a variable frequency power transmission signal in which a single communication bit is represented by a plurality of modulations. To provide a fixed communication rate, the number of modulations associated with each bit is dynamic varying as a function of the ratio of the communication frequency to the carrier signal frequency. In one embodiment, the present invention provides dynamic phase-shift-keyed modulation in which communications are generated by toggling a load at a rate that is a fraction of the power transfer frequency. In another embodiment, the present invention provides communication by toggling a load in the communication transmitter at a rate that is phase locked and at a harmonic of the power transfer frequency. In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides frequency-shift-keyed modulation, including, for example, modulation at one of two different frequencies. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039396 | Locked Loop Circuit With Clock Hold Function - A locked loop circuit having a clock hold function. The locked loop circuit includes a select circuit, phase mixing circuit, hold signal generator and latch circuit. The select circuit selects one of a plurality of phase values in response to a select signal, and the phase mixing circuit generates a first clock signal having a phase angle according to the selected phase value. The hold signal generator asserts a hold signal in response to a transition of the select signal, and the latch circuit latches the state of the first clock signal in response to assertion of the hold signal. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039397 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING ADAPTIVE ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING - In a communications device a grouping unit uses channel state information when mapping data bits to a plurality of different constellation groups. Each constellation group is assigned to another modulation scheme. A plurality of sub-carriers is assigned to none or one of the constellation groups and each modulation uses another one of the constellation groups. The communications device includes at least one scalable interleaver unit, wherein each interleaver unit is assigned to one of the constellation groups and interleaves the assignment of data bits mapped to each constellation group and the sub-carriers that carry a symbol information derived from the data bits. As an example, the interleaver unit performs frequency interleaving by interleaving, at constellation level, the sub-carriers that carry the symbol information. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039398 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step of repetition coding information bit of N-bit to generate an encoded bit; and a step of transmitting the encoded bit via a physical uplink shared channel, wherein bit inversion can be applied to the bit obtained by repeating the information bit of N-bit, on the basis of the number 1 contained in the information bit of N-bit. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039399 | Method and Apparatus for Crosstalk Channel Estimation - A method and apparatus for crosstalk channel estimation based on a measured signal-to-noise (SNR) of a loaded line. The method for channel estimation includes: loading, on a newly added line K, a combination of K−1 signals sent on lines | 02-14-2013 |
20130039400 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transmitting apparatus includes multiple antennas between which an antenna interval is variable; and a transmitter that transmits a pilot signal using an antenna selected from among the antennas and based on a correlation value representing correlation between the antennas. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044791 | JOINT LINEAR AND NON-LINEAR CANCELLATION OF TRANSMIT SELF-JAMMING INTERFERENCE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose an adaptive joint linear and non-linear digital filter that can adaptively estimate and reconstruct cascaded effects of linear and non-linear self-jamming distortions introduced by non-linearities in the transmit and/or receive chains. The proposed digital filter may be used to cancel second-order inter-modulation distortion (IM2) generated in the receive chain and/or harmonic distortion generated in the transmit chain, as well as other distortions introduced by the transmit/and or receive chains. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044792 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECONFIGURABLE CHANNEL CODING - Aspects of a reconfigurable system for providing channel coding in a wireless communication device are described. The aspects include a plurality of computation elements for performing channel coding operations and memory for storing programs to direct each of the plurality of computation elements. A controller controls the plurality of computation elements and stored programs to achieve channel coding operations in accordance with a plurality of wireless communication standards. The plurality of computation elements include a data reordering element, a linear feedback shift register (LFSR) element, a convolutional encoder element, and a Viterbi decoder element. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044793 | ELECTRONIC DEVICES THAT COMMUNICATE VIA MAGNETICALLY COUPLED AND RF COUPLED COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS - An electronic communication device includes a RF wireless transmitter circuit that transmits a block of data to another communication device via RF signals transmitted at a first rate. A magnetically coupled receiver circuit receives a communication control signal from the other communication device via magnetic coupling thereto at a second rate which is less than the first rate, and is configured to respond to the communication control signal by selectively triggering the RF wireless transmitter circuit to transmit another block of data when available for transmission. An inductive charging circuit converts magnetic signals received from the other communication device into power, and supplies the power to the RF wireless transmitter circuit. The RF wireless transmitter circuit transmits data blocks in RF bursts. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044794 | Transfer of Encoded Data - The invention relates to a method that includes transfer of data encoded on the basis of a first encoding scheme via an interface between a baseband assembly and a radio-frequency assembly of a mobile radio transceiver. The method further includes transfer of a data sequence which is encoded on the basis of the first encoding scheme and which identifies a change of encoding scheme from the first encoding scheme to a second encoding scheme. Lastly, the method includes transfer of data encoded on the basis of the second encoding scheme via the interface. | 02-21-2013 |
20130051437 | FREQUENCY TUNING CIRCUIT, PHASE-LOCKED LOOP CIRCUIT, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a register outputs a first control code in first and second operation modes, saves the first control code as a third control code at an end of the first operation mode, and outputs the third control code at a beginning of a third operation mode. In the first operation mode, a digital-to-analog converter supplies a control signal with a control voltage to a voltage controlled oscillator. In the second operation mode, the control signal is supplied to a buffer amplifier, the amplifier drives a bandlimiting filter, and the filter generates the control voltage. In the third operation mode, the control signal is supplied to the filter, and the filter generates the control voltage. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051438 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT SUPPORTING ANTENNA DIVERSITY - A wireless communication circuit is disclosed including: a transceiver for transmitting and receiving signals; and a control circuit coupled with the transceiver for controlling a switching circuit to switch the transceiver to a first antenna set for a first time period and then to switch the transceiver to a second antenna set for a second time period in a test period. If a throughput statistic of the first antenna set with respect to the test period is greater than that of the second antenna set, the control circuit configures the switching circuit to switch the transceiver to the first antenna set after the test period. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051439 | FREQUENCY CALIBRATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROGRAMMABLE OSCILLATOR - A frequency calibration method for a programmable oscillator includes the steps of: counting an oversampling number of an oversampling signal and estimating an accumulated bit number of a USB data stream according to the oversampling signal; calculating a difference between the oversampling number and M times of the accumulated bit number when the accumulated bit number is larger than a predetermined value; and determining a frequency calibration step of the oversampling signal according to the difference. The present invention further provides a frequency calibration device for a programmable oscillator. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051440 | CONFIGURABLE BASEBAND PROCESSING FOR RECEIVER AND TRANSMITTER AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A configurable transceiver includes an RF receiver section that generates at least one downconverted signal from a received RF signal. A receiver processing module processes at least one downconverted signal in a plurality of receiver stages to produce a stream of inbound data, wherein the receiver processing module is configurable in response to a control signal to selectively bypass at least one of the plurality of receiver processing stages. A transmitter processing module processes outbound data in a plurality of transmitter stages to produce at least one baseband signal, wherein the receiver processing module is configurable in response to the control signal to selectively bypass at least one of the plurality of transmitter processing stages. An RF transmitter section generates at least one RF signal from the at least one baseband signal. | 02-28-2013 |
20130058382 | MISMATCH SHAPING FOR DAC - The present invention provides a DAC (Digital to Analog Converter) capable of generating a transfer function having a notch for reducing an error signal level in a desired frequency band. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058383 | CLOSED-LOOP MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SCHEME FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASED ON HIERARCHICAL FEEDBACK - The present invention provides methods implemented in a base station having a plurality of antennas and one or more user terminals. One embodiment of the method includes receiving feedback from at least one user in response to transmitting a first frame to said at least one user. The first frame is formed by pre-coding at least one symbol using at least one first code word selected from at least one first code book associated with the at least one user. The method also includes transmitting at least one second frame to the user(s). The second frame(s) are pre-coded using at least one second codeword selected from at least one second codebook. The second codebook(s) determined based on the feedback and the first codeword(s). | 03-07-2013 |
20130058384 | Frequency Multiplying Transceiver - Described herein is a wireless transceiver and related method that enables ultra low power transmission and reception of wireless communications. In an example embodiment of the wireless transceiver, the wireless transceiver receives a first-reference signal having a first-reference frequency. The wireless transceiver then uses the first-reference signal to injection lock a local oscillator, which provides a set of oscillation signals each having an oscillation frequency that is equal to the first-reference frequency, and each having equally spaced phases. Then the wireless transceiver combines the set of oscillation signals into an output signal having an output frequency that is one of (i) a multiple of the first-reference frequency (in accordance with a transmitter implementation) or (ii) a difference of (a) a second-reference frequency of a second-reference signal and (b) a multiple of the first- reference frequency (in accordance with a receiver implementation). | 03-07-2013 |
20130058385 | POWER EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - A method, system, and device provide power-efficient communications within the context of available power. Transmission and receipt data rates are scalable in accordance with output power available from a power source. Data is transmitted at a data rate determined, at least in part, by the available output power. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058386 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR QUANTIZED FEEDBACK RATE ADAPTATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for adapting the feedback rate of a quantized representation of the propagation channel in a capacity-limited feedback channel. The method comprises obtaining a reference signal from an access point; deriving a rank indication, a codebook subset selection indication and a precoding matrix index based on the obtained reference signal; sending a first feedback message conveying the rank indication and the codebook subset selection indication, and sending a second feedback message conveying the precoding matrix index, to the access point; and receiving, from the access point, data precoded by a matrix derived based on the rank indication, the codebook subset selection indication and the precoding matrix index. | 03-07-2013 |
20130064271 | ADAPTIVE EQUALIZER AND/OR ANTENNA TUNING - Equalization circuits and methods are implemented for a variety of applications. According to one such application, a transmitting device wirelessly communicates using an antenna. The device has a transmission circuit that is configured and arranged to transmit a first wireless signal using magnetic coupling between the antenna and a remote device, the coupling occurring over a wireless medium. A receiver circuit of the transmitting device is configured and arranged to receive a second wireless signal that is from the antenna and that represents the first wireless signal as modified by the coupling occurring over the wireless medium. An error circuit of the device is configured and arranged to generate an error signal by comparing the first wireless signal to the second wireless signal. An equalizer circuit of the device is configured and arranged to pre-code the first wireless signal with coding that compensates for inter-symbol interference by compensating for the error signal. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064272 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS - Encoding of a message is conducted using codewords selected from a codebook. The selected codewords are used to construct a corresponding plurality of waveforms, which are then weighted and added to form a signal for transmission. At a receiver, channel impulse response is used to determine which codewords from the known codebook have been used, and by which weights from a known constellation of weights the resultant waveforms have been weighted. A message embedded in a received signal can then be detected. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064273 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Processing data presented in the form of a vector representation involves representing direction of the vector with incremental accuracy by using a set of vector codebooks of decreasing dimensions per accuracy increment. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064274 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Processing data presented in the form of a vector representation involves representing direction of the vector with incremental accuracy by using a set of vector codebooks of decreasing dimensions per accuracy increment. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064275 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA STREAM IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving data streams. The data streams are received. The data streams are mapped to a physical slot. At least one frame that includes the physical slot is formed. The at least one frame is transmitted through at least one radio frequency. The at least one frame is received through at least one radio frequency. A location of the physical slot included in each frame is obtained. The data streams allocated to the physical slot in the location are received. The physical slot includes bit information indicating a number of antennas transmitting the at least one frame. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064276 | USER EQUIPMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A UE apparatus and method for feeding back Channel State Information (CSI) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The UE apparatus includes a processor for determining a Rank Indicator (RI) for a predefined frequency band and selecting an index of a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) corresponding to the determined RI from a codebook set used for a transmission on the predefined frequency band, and a transmission antenna for transmitting the RI and the index of the PMI to a Base Station (BS). The RI and the index of the PMI are jointly encoded prior to the transmission. | 03-14-2013 |
20130070814 | Method and Apparatus for Cooperative Communications Between Groups of Communication Units Using a Time Reversed Channel Response - Enhanced reception in a communication system is achieved by applying a time domain generated time-reversed channel response to signals transmitted from a group of transmitter to a group of receivers. The time-reversed channel response is generated from a radio frequency channel response derived from signals previously received from the group of receivers, but reversed in the time domain. The time-reversed channel response is convolved with an information signal that when transmitted in a coordinated fashion from the group of transmitters, the signals arrive at each receiver in the group of distant receiving communication devices at approximately the same time where the signals coherently combine, thereby increasing signal power at the receivers. This permits detection at a greater range or with a lower bit error rate. In addition, the many-to-many configuration enables signal power from each transmitter to be focused temporarily and spatially on each receiver. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070815 | ADC Clock Selection Based on Determined Maximum Conversion Rate - The present invention introduces a method, an apparatus and a computer program product for mitigating effects of alias responses in a transceiver, by selecting a clock rate for an analog-to-digital converter based on a determined maximum conversion rate of the ADC. The selected conversion rate places an alias response of the unwanted signal component to a frequency range which is substantially non-overlapping with a wanted signal component of the receiver. Furthermore, a temperature of the transceiver may be measured e.g. by a temperature compensation unit of a reference oscillator. Furthermore, a data table may be used by a processing unit for linking temperatures with maximum conversion rates of the analog-to-digital converter. The method is implemented in the processing unit of the transceiver which is further configured to execute the operations of the corresponding computer program product according to the invention. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070816 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, BASE STATION, AND BASE STATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a communication device communicates with N remote units. Each remote unit includes a plurality of antennas, wireless transmitting units, and wireless receiving units. The communication device is provided with a received signal processing unit, to which received signals by a plurality of the wireless receiving units are combined and input, and which specifies the remote unit subjected to interference, and a switch which decreases a reception gain of the wireless receiving unit included in N−1 remote units out of the N remote units in a predetermined measurement section. The received signal processing unit calculates a correlation value between the combined received signals and a reference signal transmitted by a user terminal connected to another base station system in the measurement section and specifies the remote unit subjected to the interference by the second user terminal based on the correlation value. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070817 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH DIELECTRIC MEDIUM - An electronic device may include a dielectric substrate, an electronic circuit supported by the substrate, for processing data, and a communication unit having an antenna. The communication unit may be mounted to the substrate in communication with the electronic circuit for converting between a first EHF electromagnetic signal containing digital information and a data signal conducted by the electronic circuit. The electromagnetic signal may be transmitted or received along a signal path by the antenna. An electromagnetic signal guide assembly may include a dielectric element made of a dielectric material disposed proximate the antenna in the signal path. The electromagnetic signal guide may have sides extending along the signal path. A sleeve element may extend around the dielectric element along sides of the dielectric element. The sleeve element may impede transmission of the electromagnetic signal through the sides of the dielectric element. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070818 | RECEIVER - A method, apparatus and computer program product for a method of operating an analog-to-digital converter of a transceiver which includes a transmitter and a receiver, the receiver including the analog-to-digital converter. The method includes determining a maximum conversion rate of the analog-to-digital converter, wherein the determining step includes determining a temperature of the analog-to-digital converter, and selecting a conversion rate of the analog-to-digital converter, based on the determined maximum conversion rate and a frequency of an unwanted signal component of the receiver, such that the selected conversion rate places an alias response of the unwanted signal component to a frequency range which is substantially non-overlapping with a wanted signal component of the receiver. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070819 | ANTENNA DEVICE - An antenna device is provided, which includes a first antenna unit and a second antenna unit. The first antenna unit includes a first radiation module, a power divider/combiner network connected to the first radiation module, and a feeder interface connected to the power divider/combiner network. The feeder interface is configured to connect to a radio remote unit (RRU) or a base station. The second antenna unit includes a second radiation module, a transceiver array connected to the second radiation module, a baseband processing unit (BPU) connected to the transceiver array, and an interface connected to the BPU. The interface of the second antenna unit is configured to connect to a baseband unit (BBU). Therefore, after the existing passive antenna is replaced by the provided antenna device, the RRU or base station in the original network can still be used, which reduces waste of resources. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070820 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication device which can reduce amount of control information, limit interference with other traffics, and prevent an increase in current consumption. In this device, a separation unit separates radio resource allocation information, specific section information and transmission parameter information from a received signal. A specific section information control unit selects a sub-carrier designated by the specific section information to allocate data to be transmitted to the own unit. A channel quality measuring unit uses a pilot signal to measure the channel quality of the selected sub-carrier. A channel quality information creating unit creates channel quality information indicating the measurement results input from the channel quality measuring unit. A multiplexing unit multiplexes the transmission signal with the channel quality information. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070821 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A WIRELESS/POWER-LINE DIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL - A system and method is presented where a low-IF architecture can be used to allow existing wireless standards to be used for joint wireless/power-line channel transmission in the provision of diversity communications channels. Diversity combining of wireless and power-line channels can be employed, wherein the input noise to the maximum-likelihood detector can be Class A-distributed. For uncoded BPSK, the BER can be a function of PLC impulsiveness and can improve wireless-only BER by orders of magnitude when PLC SNR >10 dB. The error performance can be equivalent to BER of the static PLC channel for low wireless SNR and can improve with a slope of −1 at high wireless SNRs. The inflection point between these two regions can occur at approximately 0 dB when PLC noise is Gaussian, and increases above 20 dB as the noise becomes more impulsive. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070822 | RECEIVING DEVICE, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Deterioration of reception characteristics due to interference waves is suppressed. A receiving device includes a communication unit, which subtracts a frequency of an intended wave subcarrier from a frequency of interference waves if the interference waves are present in a reception signal, divides the result of the subtraction by a frequency interval of the subcarrier, sets the remainder of the division as an offset frequency, and thus changes reception frequency setting based on the offset frequency. | 03-21-2013 |
20130077658 | SPATIALLY RANDOMIZED PILOT SYMBOL TRANSMISSION METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES FOR MULTIPLE INPUT/MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Compressive sampling is used to generate pilot symbols to be transmitted over an array of antennas in a MIMO wireless communications device. A pilot symbol is transmitted over the array of antennas according to a spatially randomized antenna transmission function that randomly changes across the array of antennas. The randomized antenna transmission function may randomly select/deselect antennas and/or randomly change amplitude and/or phase of the pilot symbol transmission. Channel estimates can be constructed at a receiver based on the spatially randomized pilot symbols that were transmitted. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077659 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus including: a transmitter that transmits a first message to another communication apparatus, a receiver that receives a second message from the other communication apparatus, and a processor that performs time synchronization using the first message and the second message, wherein the processor generates information regarding a delay in the communication processing of the first message in the transmitter and the second message in the receiver in a communication layer in communication with the other communication apparatus, and the processor performs the time synchronization with the other communication apparatus based on the information regarding the delay in a time synchronization layer above the communication layer. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077660 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING CODEBOOK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting, by a base station, a downlink signal using a plurality of transmission antennas comprises the steps of: applying a precoding matrix indicated by the PMI, received from a terminal, in a codebook to a plurality of layers, and transmitting the precoded signal to the terminal through a plurality of transmission antennas. Among precoding matrices included in the codebook, a precoding matrix for even number transmission layers can be a 2×2 matrix containing four matrices (W1s), the matrix (W1) having rows of a number of transmission antennas and columns of half the number of transmission layers, the first and second columns of the first row in the 2×2 matrix being multiplied by 1, the first column of the second row being multiplied by coefficient “a” of a phase, and the first column of the second row being multiplied by “−a”. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077661 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL CODING AND LINK ADAPTATION - A base station is arranged for performing channel coding and link adaptation. The base station comprises one or more processors and physical layer circuitry arranged to decode symbols received from a user station to determine an error rate, the symbols received through a plurality of antennas, receive signaling from the user station, the signaling including channel quality information for channel resources of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) channel, select a modulation and coding rate for transmission of symbols to the user station based at least in part on the error rate, and transmit a transmit power control command to the user station, the transmit power control command based at least in part on a downlink path loss estimate. The base station may also transmit additional transmit power control commands to the user station based on the error rate of subsequently decoded symbols. The transmit power control command may be selected for channel resources that are allocated to the user station, the channel resources comprising a group of subcarriers having an initially selected modulation and coding rate. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077662 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DIGITAL INTERFACE TRANSLATION - Systems and methods of digital interface translation are described. One embodiment of the invention includes multiple receiver lanes, where at least one of the receiver lanes is configured to receive a data channel at a first data rate and encoded in accordance with an input digital interface standard, an auxiliary channel input configured to receive an auxiliary data channel, and a single transmitter lane configured to output a single data channel at a second data rate and encoded in accordance with an output digital interface standard. In addition, the multilane to single lane digital interface translator is configured to decode the received data into data streams, and interleave the data streams to form packets, the multilane to single lane digital interface translator is configured to insert auxiliary data received via the auxiliary channel input and idle data between the packets to produce an output data stream that is rate matched to the second data rate, and the multilane to single lane digital interface translator is configured to encode the output data stream in accordance with the output digital interface standard. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077663 | PROCESSOR FOR PROCESSING DIGITAL DATA WITH PIPELINED BUTTERFLY OPERATOR FOR THE EXECUTION OF AN FFT/IFFT AND TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE - A processor for processing digital data includes at least one butterfly operator for execution of a fast Fourier transform computation, the butterfly operator having a pipeline architecture for synchronized receiving and processing of input data according to a clock signal. This pipeline architecture includes a plurality of elements including addition, subtraction, and multiplication hardware modules and links for synchronized transmission of data between the modules. At least one element of this pipeline architecture is configurable by at least one programmable parameter, between a first configuration wherein the butterfly operator performs the fast Fourier transform computation and a second configuration wherein the butterfly operator performs a metric computation of an implementation of a channel decoding algorithm. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083829 | APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An apparatus includes a signal processing circuit and at least two oscillators that provide, respectively, at least first and second reference signals. The apparatus further comprise a selection circuit. The selection circuit provides to the signal processing circuit one of the first and second reference signals depending on a mode of operation of the signal processing circuit. | 04-04-2013 |
20130089122 | METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY DRIVING DATA TRANSMISSION AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - A method for adaptively driving data transmission and a communication device using the same are provided. The proposed method includes following procedures. Detection result is generated after detecting a receiving signal on a receiving path of the communication device. Driving parameter is generated according to the detection result. Finally, a transmitting signal on a transmitting path is adjusted according to the driving parameter. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089123 | COHERENT TRANSMISSION FROM DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS TRANSMITTERS - In one aspect, a distributed coherent transmission system enables transmissions from separate wireless transmitters with independent frequency or clock references to emulate a system where all the transmitters share a common frequency or clock reference. Differences in frequency and/or phase between transmitters are addressed by suitably precoding signals before modulation at one or more of the transmitters based on a synchronizing transmission from one of the transmitters (e.g., a master transmitter) received at a corresponding receiver sharing the frequency or clock reference with each of the one or more transmitters. Such a distributed coherent transmission system can allow N single-antenna transmitters with independent frequency or clock references to emulate a single N-antenna Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) transmitter, or implement schemes such as distributed superposition coding or lattice codes that require coherence across separate transmitters. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094542 | Interconnect coding method and apparatus - A computer program that is embodied on a storage medium for execution on a processor is provided. With this computer program, A current cost is calculated for each transition on a bus having a predetermined width for a functional circuit so as to form a transition cost matrix. Then, a predetermined number of the lowest cost transitions for from the transition cost matrix is determined so as to generate a probability transition matrix. The product of the probability transition matrix and the transition cost matrix can be iteratively determined, while also updating the probability transition matrix until the probability transition matrix converges. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094543 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR DETERMINING A TRANSMISSION RANK - The invention relates to a method | 04-18-2013 |
20130094544 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION IN A DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVER NETWORK - A transmitting device comprises a plurality of distributed transceivers, a baseband processor and a network management engine. Data streams are generated at baseband by the baseband processor. Diversity coding such as space-time coding may be performed over the generated data streams in the baseband. The transmitting device concurrently transmits each of the coded streams in a same radio frequency (RF) band to a receiving device over the entire distributed transceivers through associated antennas. When needed, the network management engine may identify one or more auxiliary devices providing available transceivers and antenna beamformers to the transmitting device for sharing. Beam patterns and antenna orientations may be determined for associated antennas of the available transceivers for the transmitting device. Each of the coded data streams in the same radio frequency band may be transmitted to the receiving device over the entire available transceivers for the transmitting device through the associated antennas. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094545 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIMEDIA DATA IN HYBRID NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for transmitting multimedia data in a hybrid network are provided. The apparatus includes a payload part including at least one of first data synchronized according to a time to be reproduced and second data other than the first data, a first header part including information on the payload part, a packet part for generating a packet, the packet part including a second header part including information on the packet, and a transceiver for generating and transmitting a signal including the payload part, the first header part, and the packet part to the hybrid network. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094546 | METHOD FOR SEAMLESSLY CHANGING POWER MODES IN AN ADSL SYSTEM - A DMT system and method with the capability to adapt the system bit rate on-line in a seamless manner. The DMT system provides a robust and fast protocol for completing this seamless rate adaptation. The DMT system also provides a framing and encoding method with reduced overhead compared to conventional DMT systems. The DMT system and method provide seamless rate adaptation with the provision of different power levels. This framing and encoding method enables a system with seamless rate adaptation capability. The system and method of the invention can be implemented in hardware, or alternatively in a combination of hardware and software. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094547 | INTERFERENCE REMOVAL METHOD IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM AND TERMINAL USING SAME - The present invention provides an interference removal method in a multi-node system. The interference removal method comprises receiving node information from a base station; receiving a first signal from an objective node and a second signal from an interference node; and removing interference due to the second signal by applying a receive filter to a receive signal including the first and the second signal, where the node information includes at least one of information about a reference signal included in the second signal and information about a pre-coding matrix applied to the second signal and the receive filter is determined based on the node information. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094548 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL INFORMATION, DEVICE THEREOF, BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FOR BASE STATION THEREOF - The present disclosure relates to transmission and reception using a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna in a wireless communication system in which a method includes: receiving a reference signal to estimate a channel; estimating a suitable pre-coding matrix from the estimated channel similar to a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) matrix which has at least two different DFT code books; providing a relatively large DFT matrix subset with a pre-coding matrix phase different from the set of said suitable pre-coding matrix; generating channel information which includes multiple access information on at least one DFT matrix which is small enough to be similar to said subset pre-coding matrix; and transmitting said channel information generated in said channel information generating step. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100989 | Multi-functional weather alert communication key chain - The present invention encompasses a key chain device which receives disaster and/or radio broadcast worldwide. The digital component scans for and receives, the strongest broadcast signal, within the vicinity of the user and/or where disaster is occurring. Comprised of both digital & analog receivers and transmitters, the device can furthermore be used to communicate with and control analog and digital devices. This programmable feature enables the device to perform such functions as remotely controlling car starting/alarms, garage doors, and house alarms, etc. Enabling the internal microprocessor, said device can serve to entertain users with the digital media player, keeping them connected with a GPS locater. Additionally, the present invention has a cellular telephone component, with the ability to pair with wireless Bluetooth devices. This invention is a novel use of components, providing users with an enhanced level of control, convenience, electronic device connectivity and interaction in their daily life. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100990 | TRANSCEIVER CAPABLE OF DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING TRANSMITTER CLOCK AND RELATED METHOD THEREOF - A transceiver for dynamically adjusting a transmission clock includes: a transmitting unit, a receiving unit, and a transmission clock tracking unit. The transmitting unit is arranged for transmitting a transmission signal according to the transmission clock. The receiving unit is arranged for receiving a reception signal. The transmission clock tracking unit is coupled to the transmitting unit and the receiving unit, and arranged for dynamically controlling the transmission clock of the transmitting unit according to a reception clock corresponding to the reception signal. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100991 | DIGITAL PRE-DISTORTION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF FOR CHANGING MEMORY DEGREE DEPENDING ON INPUT LEVEL - An apparatus and a method for operating a memory compensation Digital Pre-Distortion (DPD) are provided. In the method for operating a memory compensation DPD system, an input signal is received. An input average power of the input signal is determined. When the input average power of the input signal belongs to a non-linear section of the input average power, DPD is performed on a previous signal corresponding to a memory degree set depending on at least one non-linear section of the input average power. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100992 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTI-ANTENNA SCHEME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are an apparatus and method for providing a multi-antenna scheme in a wireless communication system by using a plurality of terminals. In a downlink receiving scheme at a mobile terminal, a terminal group is established comprising the mobile terminal and at least one adjacent terminal The mobile terminal receives a first signal from a base station, and at least one second signal through a short-range communication network from the at least one adjacent terminal The at least one second signal is representative of the first signal transmitted from the base station as received at the at least one adjacent terminal A received signal is detected as an antenna array signal on the basis of the first and at least one second signals. A similar scheme may be used for uplink transmissions, in which a virtual antenna array is established with a terminal group for transmitting uplink. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100993 | DUAL MODE POWER AMPLIFIER CONTROL INTERFACE WITH A THREE-MODE GENERAL PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE - In accordance with some embodiments, the present disclosure relates to a dual mode control interface that can be used to provide both a radio frequency front end (RFFE) serial interface and a three-mode general purpose input/output (GPIO) interface within a single digital control interface die. In certain embodiments, the dual mode control interface, or digital control interface, can communicate with a power amplifier. Further, the dual mode control interface can be used to set the mode of the power amplifier. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100994 | RATE SELECTION FOR FRAMES IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for selecting a modulation class, coding rate, and/or modulation and coding (MCS) scheme for transmission of a response message corresponding to a received message. Different rules may be applied for selecting the MCS scheme depending on whether or not the frame eliciting the response was transmitted as high throughput (HT) or very high throughput (VHT) transmission. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100995 | HYBRID ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WTRU AND METHOD - A hybrid orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and method are disclosed. A WTRU includes a transmitter and a receiver. The receiver processes received data to recover data mapped to the subcarriers using OFDMA. The receiver recovers first input data by separating user data from multi-user spread data and recovers second input data from non-spread data. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100996 | CODEBOOK GENERATING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A CODEBOOK FOR MULTI-POLARIZED MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEMS - A terminal and method for generating a codebook for a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system is provided. The codebook generation includes: assigning a single-polarized precoding matrix to diagonal blocks among a plurality of blocks arranged in a block diagonal format in which a number of diagonal blocks corresponds to a number of polarization directions of transmitting antennas; and assigning a zero matrix to remaining blocks excluding the diagonal blocks. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100997 | Method and Apparatus for Balancing Power Between Antennas, and Base Station - A method and an apparatus for balancing power between antennas, and a base station are provided. The method includes multiplying n virtual antenna signals by an orthogonal matrix to obtain n intermediate regulative signals; and using a corresponding rotary phase to rotate phases of m of the n intermediate regulative signals, so that a phase difference exists between at least two of n physical antenna signals output by antennas. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100998 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, A PARALLEL INTERFACE SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF - A method of communication to a semiconductor device includes: transmitting a sampling clock signal from a first semiconductor device to a second semiconductor device; transmitting a training signal from the first semiconductor device to the second semiconductor device while transmitting of the sampling clock signal, the training signal comprising plural test patterns sent sequentially to the second semiconductor device, phases of at least some of the test patterns being adjusted to be different from each other during transmitting of the training signal; receiving first information from the second semiconductor device over a first signal line, the first signal line separate from a data bus connected between the first semiconductor device and the second semiconductor device; and transmitting a data signal over the data bus while transmitting the sampling clock signal, the data signal sent at a timing with respect to the sampling clock signal responsive to the received first information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100999 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - In a transmission portion of a semiconductor device, a first amplification portion receives a digital baseband signal and amplifies the signal with a first gain through digital processing. A digital-to-analog conversion portion converts the digital baseband signal amplified by the first amplification portion into an analog baseband signal. A modulation portion generates a transmission signal by modulating a local oscillation signal with the analog baseband signal. A second amplification portion amplifies the transmission signal with a variable second gain. A control unit receives information representing a transmission mode and adjusts the first gain in accordance with the transmission mode. | 04-25-2013 |
20130107913 | CLOCK AND DATA RECOVERY FOR NFC TRANSCEIVERS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107914 | Antenna Tuning Using the Ratio of Complex Forward and Reflected Signals | 05-02-2013 |
20130107915 | LOW-COMPLEXITY, RANK EXTENDABLE, CODEBOOK DESIGN AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING PRECODING MATRIX FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-USER AND SINGLE-USER MIMO SYSTEMS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107916 | Methods for Inter-User Interference Indication Feedback and Usage in MU-MIMO Wireless Systems | 05-02-2013 |
20130107917 | Symbol-Gated Discontinuous Mode for Efficient Power Management of Digital Subscriber Line Transceivers | 05-02-2013 |
20130107918 | HIGH-FREQUENCY SIGNAL PROCESSOR AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107919 | FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING MODULATION AND DEMODULATION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107920 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING A SIGNAL BY USING A CODE BOOK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130114652 | CREST FACTOR REDUCTION (CFR) USING ASYMMETRICAL PULSES - Crest factor reduction (CFR) techniques are provided using asymmetrical pulses. A crest factor reduction method comprises obtaining one or more data samples; detecting at least one peak in the one or more data samples; performing peak cancellation on the at least one detected peak by applying an asymmetric cancellation pulse to the at least one detected peak: and providing processed versions of the one or more data samples. The asymmetric cancellation pulse is generated, for example, by a minimum phase filter and has a substantially minimum group delay. New peaks associated with peak re-growth are introduced substantially only to the one side of the asymmetric cancellation pulse. The process can optionally rewind by an amount greater than or substantially equal to a group delay of the asymmetric cancellation pulse to address the limited number of pre-cursors that may be present in the asymmetric cancellation pulse. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114653 | DEVICE FOR PLAYBACK IN A MOTOR VEHICLE AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION - A device and method for synchronization of data for audio and/or video between a memory of a device in a motor vehicle and an external device is provided. The method comprises synchronizing the data between the memory and the external device through a radio connection through a synchronization unit. The method further comprises outputting a status signal (St) based on a charge state (C) of the first power source by a monitoring unit to the synchronization unit and signaling from the synchronization unit to the external device an interruption of the synchronization due to low charge level. The method further comprises terminating the synchronization of the data based on the status signal (St) indicating that the charge state (C) of the first power source is below a threshold (th) and/or that a second power source for charging of the first power source is disconnected from the first power source. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114654 | PRECODING FEEDBACK FOR CROSS-POLARIZED ANTENNAS WITH MAGNITUDE INFORMATION - A method includes receiving in a mobile communication terminal a precoded Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) signal, which includes first and second signal components transmitted at respective different first and second polarizations. A difference between respective signal magnitudes of the first and second signal components received in the terminal is estimated in the terminal. Feedback information, which includes at least an indication of the difference between the signal magnitudes, is calculated and transmitted from the terminal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114655 | CODEBOOK SUB-SAMPLING FOR FREQUENCY-SELECTIVE PRECODING FEEDBACK - A method includes, in a mobile communication terminal, holding a definition of a sub-sampled codebook identifying precoding matrices, which are selected from a master codebook that is made-up of a wideband codebook and a frequency-selective codebook. The definition defines a first subset of the wideband codebook and a second subset of the frequency-selective codebook. The second subset of the frequency-selective codebook is represented using no more than two bits. A Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) signal is received in the terminal. Based on the received MIMO signal, one or more precoding matrices are selected from the sub-sampled codebook for precoding subsequent MIMO signals transmitted to the terminal, and precoding feedback indicating the selected precoding matrices is calculated. The precoding feedback is transmitted from the terminal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114656 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CSI FEEDBACK FOR JOINT PROCESSING SCHEMES IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - Methods in a wireless terminal are described for supporting co-ordinated multipoint transmissions including joint transmissions from two or more transmission points, specifically the method of receiving indication of two or more CSI reference signal configurations, each CSI reference signal configuration representing one or more antenna ports comprising a set of antenna ports; determining a first set of transmission parameters corresponding to a first set of antenna ports corresponding to a first CSI reference signal configuration and a second set of transmission parameters corresponding to a second set of antenna ports corresponding to a second CSI reference signal configuration; the first set and second set of transmission parameters determined to maximize the sum data rate for simultaneous transmission from the first set and the second set of antenna ports; conveying, to the base station, information pertaining to the first set of transmission parameters and the second set of transmission parameters. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114657 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A signal transmission device including: a differential signal transmission unit having two output terminals for outputting a differential signal to a paired signal lines including first and second signal lines; a single-ended signal transmission unit having two output terminals for outputting independent two-channel single-ended signals to the paired signal lines; and a filter unit having first and second common mode filters. One terminal of the differential signal transmission unit and one terminal of the single-ended signal transmission unit are connected to the first signal line via one inductor of the first common mode filter of the filter unit. The other one terminal of the differential signal transmission unit and the other one terminal of the single-ended signal transmission unit are connected to the second signal line via one inductor of the second common mode filter of the filter unit. | 05-09-2013 |
20130121384 | UTILITY POWERED COMMUNICATIONS GATEWAY - Described herein are embodiments of methods, systems and devices of providing a communications gateway between one or more first networks and a second network. In accordance with one aspect, a method is provided comprising receiving, by a first device, information communicated from one or more first networks, wherein the first device is a low power device; and transmitting, by a second device, at least part of the information over a second network, wherein the second device is a high power device and wherein the first device and the second device receive power from a wired communications system. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121385 | Multi-Port, Gigabit SERDES Transceiver Capable of Automatic Fail Switchover - A multi-port Serdes transceiver includes multiple parallel ports and serial ports, and includes the flexibility to connect any of the parallel ports to another parallel port or to a serial port, or both. The transceiver can connect any of the serial ports to another serial port or to a parallel port. The transceiver includes a switch, a logic core, and a bus. The switch is selectively coupled to at least a first port and a second port. The switch activates the first port and deactivates the second port based on satisfaction of a condition associated with the first port. The logic core operates the serial and parallel ports, and the bus connects the ports. The bus can be described as a “ring” structure around the logic core, and is configured between the logic core and the ports. The ring structure provides efficient communication between the logic core and the ports. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121386 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The signaling amount in selecting a plurality of beams is reduced in pre-coding to enhance throughput. When notification of a beam number is provided in a feedback signal from a user equipment to a radio base station, a superior beam number, having a high quality rank with small time variation, is bound up and fixed for a predetermined time period and notification of only a inferior beam number is provided within the predetermined time period. For example, to select three beams among six beams, first, notification of the superior two beam numbers (beam numbers ‘b’ and ‘c’) is provided. These beam numbers are fixed for a predetermined time period and then notification of only the inferior one beam number (beam number ‘e’) is provided within the predetermined time period. Thus, the signaling amount for providing beam number notification is reduced. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121387 | Method And Apparatus For Eliminating The Effects Of Fequency Offsets In A Digital Communication System - The present invention aims at eliminating the effects of frequency offsets between two transceivers by adjusting frequencies used during transmission. In this invention, methods for correcting the carrier frequency and the sampling frequency during transmission are provided, including both digital and analog implementations of such methods. The receiver determines the relative frequency offset between the transmitter and the receiver, and uses this information to correct this offset when the receiver transmits its data to the original transmitter in the return path, so that the signal received by the original transmitter is in sampling and carrier frequency lock with the original transmitter's local frequency reference. | 05-16-2013 |
20130128931 | ON-CHIP RADIO CALIBRATION - One embodiment of the present invention provides a quadrature-mixing transmitter for wireless communication. The transmitter includes a quadrature modulator comprising an in-phase (I) channel and a quadrature (Q) channel, a calibration-signal generator configured to generate calibration signals that are sent to the I channel and the Q channel, and a calibration circuit configured to calibrate an imbalance between the I channel and the Q channel. The modulator, the calibration-signal generator, and the calibration circuit are located on a same integrated circuit (IC) chip, thereby facilitating on-chip calibration of the imbalance between the I channel and the Q channel. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128932 | CHANNEL PARAMETER ESTIMATION METHOD - A channel parameter estimation method adapted to a wireless communication system is proposed. The wireless communication system includes a transmitter and a receiver. The proposed method includes following steps. The transmitter transmits a plurality of pilot signals to the receiver by using one of a plurality of preconfigured sparse random pilot patterns. The receiver receives the pilot signals, performs a channel parameter estimation on the pilot signals by using a compressive sensing algorithm to obtain a multipath channel number, and selects a pilot pattern for a next cycle among the preconfigured sparse random pilot patterns according to the multipath channel number and a current pilot number. Additionally, the receiver transmits feedback information associated with the selected pilot pattern to the transmitter. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128933 | TRANSCEIVER WITHOUT USING A CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR - A transceiver includes a transceiver and a clock generation unit. The clock generation unit includes a clock generator, a multiplexer, and a frequency difference detector. The transceiver exchanges data with a link partner according to a first clock generated by a phase-locked loop. The clock generator is used for generating and outputting a second clock. The multiplexer is used for receiving a calibration clock or a receiver clock of the link partner, and outputting the calibration clock or the receiver clock of the link partner. The frequency difference detector is used for generating a difference signal according to a difference between the calibration clock and the second clock, or a difference between the receiver clock of the link partner and the second clock. The clock generator adjusts the shift of the second clock according to the difference signal. The phase-locked loop generates the first clock according to the second clock. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128934 | RECEIVER AND TRANSMITTER OF COPING WITH INTERFERENCE IN SUPER-REGENERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF USING THE RECEIVER AND THE TRANSMITTER - A receiver and a transmitter that copes with interference in a super-regenerative communication system, and a method of using the receiver and the transmitter, are provided. A super-regenerative receiver includes a resonance frequency adjusting unit configured to adjust a resonance frequency associated with a filtering band of a transmission signal that is received from a transmitter. The super-regenerative receiver further includes an oscillation signal generating unit configured to generate an oscillation signal, using a positive feedback amplification, based on the resonance frequency and the transmission signal. The super-regenerative receiver further includes an oscillation characteristic detecting unit configured to detect a characteristic of the oscillation signal. The super-regenerative receiver further includes a determining unit configured to determine whether interference is included in the transmission signal based on the characteristic of the oscillation signal and the resonance frequency. | 05-23-2013 |
20130136157 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for receiving a data frame by a receive station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes: receiving a signal A field including a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) indicator and including a first signal A sub-field and a second signal A sub-field each transmitted as different orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; determining a processing type of a subsequently transmitted signal based on the signal A field; receiving a data field; and obtaining data by interpreting the data field based on the processing type of the signal. Different modulation schemes are applied to a higher frequency region and a lower frequency region on a subcarrier of the first signal A sub-field. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136158 | Control Circuitry - An arrangement is described in which phase parity or phase opposition between two signals can be determined, and if necessary remedial action may be taken. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136159 | INTERFERENCE-COGNITIVE TRANSMISSION - Interference cognitive devices are described. An interference cognitive device can be collocated with a transmitter of an interference cognitive transmitter (ICT), as receive chains or portions thereof at the ICT. An interference cognitive device can also be remote with respect to the transmitter, which operates in an interference cognitive network and receives data directly or indirectly from the interference cognitive device. The ICT uses the data to mitigate interference while continuing to operate in accordance with a performance metric. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136160 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DESCRAMBLING THE PHASE OF CARRIERS IN A MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A system and method that demodulates the phase characteristic of a carrier signal are described. The scrambling of the phase characteristic of each carrier signal includes associating a value with each carrier signal and computing a phase shift for each carrier signal based on the value associated with that carrier signal. The value is determined independently of any input bit value carried by that carrier signal. The phase shift computed for each carrier signal is combined with the phase characteristic of that carrier signal so as to substantially scramble the phase characteristic of the carrier signals. Bits of an input signal are modulated onto the carrier signals having the substantially scrambled phase characteristic to produce a transmission signal with a reduced PAR. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136161 | TRANSMITTER CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques are described to adaptively adjust the equalizer settings of each transmitter in a transmitter-receiver pair. The transmitter-receiver pair can be used at least with implementations that comply with 40GBASE-CR4 or 100GBASE-CR10. For implementations that comply with 40GBASE-CR4, equalizer settings of four transmitters may be independently established. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136162 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS PROVIDED WITH SAME - A semiconductor integrated circuit which operates based on a power supply voltage output from a power supply device configured to generate a voltage of a magnitude in accordance with an analog control signal includes: a first terminal to which the power supply voltage is applied; an internal interconnect which is connected to the first terminal, and distributes the power supply voltage to sections in the semiconductor integrated circuit; and a second terminal from which the analog control signal is output, wherein the analog control signal is generated to have a magnitude in accordance with a potential of the internal interconnect. | 05-30-2013 |
20130142223 | Detecting Format of a Transport Channel - Disclosed are various embodiments of a system and method for determining a transport format of a transport channel. A guiding stream is received on a guiding transport channel and a guided stream is received on a guided transport channel. The guided stream is convolutionally decoded to produce a plurality of Viterbi path metrics. A transport format for the guided transport channel is selected from a predefined plurality of possible transport formats. The predefined plurality of possible transport formats is determined by information provided on the guiding transport channel. The selection of the transport format is based at least in part on a metric computed from a combination of the Viterbi path metrics. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142224 | SIGNAL COLLECTION SYSTEM WITH FREQUENCY REDUCTION MODULE AND SIGNAL COLLECTION METHOD - An exemplary signal collection system includes a signal transmitting module, a computer, and a data collection card interconnecting the signal transmitting module and the computer. The signal transmitting module includes a signal source and a delay chip connected to the signal source. The delay chip receives a first path high-speed signal with a high frequency output from the signal source and transmits the first path high-speed signal as is to the data collection card in real time. The delay chip generates a second path high-speed signal by delaying the first path high-speed signal and transmits the second path high-speed signal to the data collection card. The data collection card reduces the frequencies of the high-speed signals transmitted from the delay chip and transmits the high-speed signals with reduced frequencies to the computer. A signal collection method based upon the signal collection system is also provided. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142225 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING OUPUT POWER AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile communication device and a method thereof. The mobile communication device includes a processor, a transceiver circuit, an amplifier circuit, and a control logic circuit. The processor generates a baseband signal and a gain control signal. The transceiver circuit converts the baseband signal to an analog form, and amplifies the converted baseband signal to output a first transmission signal. The amplifier circuit amplifies the first transmission signal to output a second transmission signal. The control logic circuit controls the transceiver circuit and the amplifier circuit based on the gain control signal to generate the second transmission signal. The transceiver circuit adopts one of a first plurality of power gain levels at an increasing sequence when the amplifier circuit adopts a lowest level of a second plurality of power gain levels. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142226 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A signal transmission system comprises: a first circuit; a second circuit; a transmission line configured to transmit data from the first circuit to the second circuit by using a differential signal; a monitor configured to monitor an interval of transmission of the data; and a compensator configured to correct a transmission loss of the differential signal in the interval monitored by the monitor. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142227 | COMMUNICATIONS ARRANGEMENT FOR A SYSTEM IN PACKAGE - A circuit includes a first n-bit communications block and a second m-bit communications block. A controller is configured to control mode of operation for the first and second communications blocks. In a first mode, the first and second communications blocks function as a single communications block for n+m bit communications. In a second mode, the first and second communications blocks operate as substantially independent communications block for n bit communications and m bit communications. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142228 | Using ACE Symbols With Precoding To Save Memory And Complexity In Receiver - Described herein are a technique, method, device and system related to reducing memory requirements and complexity in receivers. According to the present disclosure, the capability to request precoded ACE symbols is added to receivers in a mode under the g.hn MIMO standards that uses precoding to enhance the capacity of links. Using precoded ACE symbols, memory requirements for the receiver can be reduced as it is not necessary for the receiver to save the precoder coefficients. Additionally, the frequency of updates required for the precoding coefficients can be reduced by adapting the MIMO decoder using the precoded ACE symbols as reference symbols. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142229 | HIGH-DEFINITION MULTIMEDIA INTERFACE DATA TRANSCEIVING APPARATUS - A high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) data transceiving apparatus is disclosed. The HDMI data transceiving apparatus includes a data receiver and a data transmitter. The data transmitter includes a first impedance-providing device and a second impedance-providing device. The data transmitter has a first data transmission terminal and a second data transmission terminal. The first data transmission terminal and the second data transmission terminal are coupled to the data receiver through a first transmission line and a second transmission line, respectively. The data transmitter respectively transmits first data and second data to the data receiver. The first impedance-providing device and the second impedance-providing device absorb a reflected wave generated by the HDMI data transceiving apparatus when the first data and the second data are transmitted. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142230 | WIRELESS POWER - An apparatus can receive and transfer data and energy between adjacent apparatus in a chain. Each apparatus comprises an input antenna for receiving an input signal which is tuned and impedance matched for a receiver and demodulator in a control circuit. The demodulated signal is provided as input to a transmitter module to create an output signal. The input signal is then impedance transformed to generate a sufficient voltage to energize a power supply which charges a battery. The input signal and the output signal can be a radio signal, a magnetic induction signal, or a combined radio and magnetic induction signal. A controller in the control circuit monitors the condition of the battery and power supply and controls a switch operable to selectively power parts of the apparatus dependently upon their monitored condition. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148701 | WIRELESS DIAGNOSTIC SENSOR LINK - A wireless diagnostic sensor link for providing wireless communication between a signal source and a monitoring device. The wireless diagnostic sensor link includes a signal input device operable for receiving a signal from the signal source in a first communication protocol in the form of an analog signal, converting the analog signal to a digital signal, and transmitting the digital signal in the form of a wireless communication protocol. The wireless diagnostic sensor link also includes a signal output device, which receives the digital signal. The signal output device is in electrical communication with the monitoring device, and is also operable for communicating with the signal input device. The signal output device converts the digital signal back to an analog signal, and sends the signal to the monitoring device in the form of a second communications protocol. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148702 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INPUT SIGNAL OFFSET COMPENSATION - A method for compensator for comparator offset is provided. A first propagation delay for a first signal traversing a comparator to a first output terminal of the comparator and a second propagation delay for a second signal traversing the comparator to a second output terminal of the comparator are measured. The first and second propagation delays are then compared to generate a comparison result, and the comparator is adjusted to compensate for an input voltage offset based at least in part on the comparison result. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148703 | RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSCEIVER - A radio frequency transceiver which can support various frequency conversion schemes is provided. The radio frequency transmitter includes a first low pass filter, a second low pass filter, a first filter input port connected to an input terminal of the first low pass filter, a second filter input port connected to an input terminal of the second low pass filter, a first filter output port connected to an output terminal of the first low pass filter, a second filter output port connected to an output terminal of the second low pass filter, an I/Q modulator, an I input port connected to an I input terminal of the I/Q modulator, a Q input port connected to a Q input terminal of the I/Q modulator; and a Radio Frequency (RF) output port connected to an output terminal of the I/Q modulator. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148704 | ADAPTIVE RECEIVER SYSTEM AND ADAPTIVE TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM - A phase comparison circuit outputs a first phase comparison signal indicating whether or not an edge of an equalization signal is in a first interval between sampling timing and timing having a first predetermined phase advance, and outputs a second phase comparison signal indicating whether or not the edge of the equalization signal is in a second interval between the sampling timing and timing having a second predetermined phase delay. A determination circuit compares a predetermined comparison target pattern with output patterns of the first and second phase comparison signals corresponding to each bit of a detection data pattern. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148705 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USING AN IN-VEHICLE SYSTEM - A system and method for communicating wirelessly from a mobile device to a remote receiver station is disclosed. The system includes a controller configured to monitor a status of the mobile device and, upon an initiation event, initiate a data transfer process to wirelessly communicate data to the remote receiver station. The system also includes a voice-band modem that, upon initiation of the data transfer process. The voice-band modem is configured to receive data for transfer to the remote receiver station, encode the data to form a series of encoded packets, and transmit the encoded packets to the remote receiver station using a first modulation scheme. Thereafter, unless an indication that the series of packets has been received by at the receiving station is provided, the voice-band modem automatically retransmit the encoded packets to the remote receiver station using a second modulation scheme. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148706 | EXPLOITING CHANNEL TIME CORRELATION TO REDUCE CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK BITRATE - The required bitrate for reporting channel state information from a network transceiver to the network is dramatically reduced, while maintaining fidelity of channel estimates, by exploiting prior channel estimates and the time correlation of channel response. For a selected set of sub-carriers, the transceiver estimates channel frequency response from pilot signals. The transceiver also predicts the frequency response for each selected sub-carrier, by multiplying a state vector comprising prior frequency response estimate and a coefficient vector comprising linear predictive coefficients. The predicted frequency response is subtracted from the estimated frequency response, and the prediction error is quantized and transmitted to the network. The network maintains a corresponding state vector and predictive coefficient vector, and also predicts a frequency response for each selected sub-carrier. The received prediction error is inverse quantized and subtracted from the predicted frequency response to yield a frequency response corresponding to that estimated at the transceiver. | 06-13-2013 |
20130156074 | WIDEBAND RF FRONT-END - One embodiment of the present invention includes a transceiver for wireless communication. The transceiver includes an antenna, a transmitter, which comprises a tunable matching network and a modulator, and a receiver, which comprises a programmable band-pass filter (BPF) and a demodulator. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156075 | HYBRID CODEBOOK DESIGN FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a codebook for wireless transmissions may be generated by dividing a codebook into a fixed set of codewords and an adaptive set of codewords. The adaptive set of codewords may be scaled to cluster together and then rotated to be centered or nearly centered about a target. The adaptive set of codewords may then be merged with the fixed set of codewords to provide a hybrid codebook. A codeword from the hybrid codebook may be selected for precoding a transmission to provide a minimum, or nearly minimum, quantization error. | 06-20-2013 |
20130156076 | Circuits and Methods for a Combined Phase Detector - Circuits and methods for a combined phase detector are provided. In some embodiments, circuits for a combined phase detector are provided, the circuits comprising: a tri-state phase frequency detector and charge pump that receives a reference signal and a first input signal, and that produces a first output signal; and a sub-sampling phase detector that receives the reference signal and a second input signal, and that outputs a second output signal, wherein the first output signal and the second output signal are coupled together. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163644 | DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING FOR PLC COMMUNICATIONS HAVING COMMUNICATION FREQUENCIES - Aspects of the present disclosure are directed toward receiver devices and methods of using receiver devices. One such method can include converting, using an analog-to-digital converter (ADC), and an analog input signal from power distribution lines that carry power using alternating current (AC) to a digital form. This input digital signal can be an oversampled digital signal, where the digital signal is oversampled relative to downstream processing (e.g., FFT-based processing). A processing circuit(s) can then be used to decimate the input digital signal according to a decimation rate. A reference signal can be generated by the processing circuit that is responsive to the decimation rate. The processing circuit can also be used to detect a change in a phase difference between the AC and reference signal and to modify, in response to detecting a change in the phase difference, the decimation rate to counteract the detected change in the phase difference. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163645 | CHANNEL INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - A channel information feedback method for multi-antenna system, and a wireless communication device using the same method are provided. The proposed method could reduce feedback overhead for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) wireless channel information, and is based on compressive sensing technique. Prior to sending back channel information, a receiver estimates the channel and multiplies the vectorized channel with a random matrix to generate compressed feedback content. Upon receiving the compressed feedback content at a transmitter, the channel information could be restored with signal recovery algorithms of compressive sensing technique. In the other embodiment, the proposed method further adaptively adjusts compression ratio of the compressed feedback content in accordance to the prevailing channel quality. Further, for slow-varying MIMO channels, there is proposed another channel information feedback method which switches between a fixed spasifying-basis and a signal-dependent sparsifying-basis. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163646 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING SIGNAL-EQUALIZING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SETTING THE SIGNAL-EQUALIZING SYSTEM - A method for setting a signal-equalizing system for use in an electronic device includes the following steps. Outputting a connection status of each channel and a number of misconnect options respectively associated with each channel to a display unit of the electronic device. Then, detecting whether at least one misconnect option is selected. If yes, determining a misconnected channel and adjusting the receiving setting for the receiving port of the misconnected channel to match with the transmitting setting for the transmitting port of the misconnected channel according to settings for each channel stored in the electronic device. The stored settings for each channel include a transmitting setting for the transmitting port of the channel and a receiving setting for the receiving port of the channel that matches the transmitting setting. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163647 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention improves the transmission power characteristics of a wireless communication device or reduces the resources required for improving the transmission power characteristics. The wireless communication device includes, for example, a bias detection circuit, an error amplifier, and a correction circuit. The bias detection circuit detects a bias that is supplied to a high-frequency power amplifier. The error amplifier amplifies the error between the detected bias and a predetermined reference voltage. The correction circuit searches for a bit correction value that minimizes the error detected in the error amplifier. During a normal operation, a digital-to-analog conversion circuit receives a bias instruction code from a baseband unit and outputs a bias setup voltage, which is obtained when the bit correction value is reflected in the bias instruction code. A bias corresponding to the bias setup voltage is then supplied to the high-frequency power amplifier. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163648 | Systems and Methods for Multi-Channel Transceiver Communications - Systems and methods for transceiver communication are discussed herein. A filter module may be configured to filter each carrier signal of a multicarrier transmit signal with a different bandpass filter, each bandpass filter configured to filter a different frequency band. A carrier control module may be configured to control the plurality of bandpass filters of the filter module using a carrier selection signal to enable or disable each bandpass filter, thereby coupling carrier signals of the multicarrier transmit signal to a first set of bandpass filters and decoupling a second set of bandpass filters. Filtering the carrier signals of the multicarrier transmit signal is performed by the first set of bandpass filters while the decoupling of the second set of bandpass filters limits energy in the respective frequency band. An antenna may be configured to transmit the filtered multicarrier transmit signal. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163649 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a transmission method and apparatus for a wireless communication system. The data transmission apparatus includes an encoder capable of encoding input data to generate first coded bits and second coded bits; a channel interleaver capable of interleaving said first coded bits and said second coded bits, to generate first interleaved coded bits and second interleaved coded bits; a partially swap unit capable of partially swapping said first interleaved coded bits to generate partially swapped first interleaved coded bits, and combining said partially swapped said first interleaved coded bits and said second interleaved coded bits to generate processed bits; a modulator capable of mapping said processed bits to modulation symbols in a predetermined modulation scheme; and a transmitter capable of transmitting the modulation symbols. Related methods are also disclosed. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163650 | Method and Apparatus for a Metal Detection System - The present application relates to the field of metal detectors, which may find military, industrial and civilian application. In one form, the present application relates to a method and apparatus for a metal detection system in which a first component is synchronized with a second component. The metal detection system is adapted for use in diminishing interference between two or more metal detectors operating in close proximity. In one form, the metal detection system is adapted for use in a ground loop metal detection system that allows for the detection of metal or metallic objects at greater depths than currently available with standard pulse induction or induction type metal detecting equipment. | 06-27-2013 |
20130170525 | WIRE LIKE LINK FOR CYCLE REPRODUCIBLE AND CYCLE ACCURATE HARDWARE ACCELERATOR - First and second field programmable gate arrays are provided which implement first and second blocks of a circuit design to be simulated. The field programmable gate arrays are operated at a first clock frequency and a wire like link is provided to send a plurality of signals between them. The wire like link includes a serializer, on the first field programmable gate array, to serialize the plurality of signals; a deserializer on the second field programmable gate array, to deserialize the plurality of signals; and a connection between the serializer and the deserializer. The serializer and the deserializer are operated at a second clock frequency, greater than the first clock frequency, and the second clock frequency is selected such that latency of transmission and reception of the plurality of signals is less than the period corresponding to the first clock frequency. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170526 | Micro FM Audio Transmitter - A micro FM audio transmitter comprises a base male terminal receiving power and data transmissions from a digital product and providing audio output, a base female terminal receiving external charge and transferring data to said digital product, and a FM signal conversion transmitter receiving audio output from the base male terminal, transferring it into FM signals and transmitting it. Besides, an audio low-pass control circuit, a dual-frequency selection circuit and a power dependent audio switching circuit are installed, so reducing of volume and preventing electromagnetic interference are achieved. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170527 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, BASEBAND PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RADIO APPARATUS - A radio communication apparatus includes a baseband processing unit and a radio unit. The baseband processing unit transmits, to the radio unit, first data indicating a plurality of candidates for instructions corresponding to a plurality of values to be taken by the control information before obtaining the control information on radio communication. Furthermore, the baseband processing unit transmits, to the radio unit, second data for identifying the instruction corresponding to the value of the obtained control information of the plurality of candidates for instructions, after obtaining the control information. The radio unit performs processing in accordance with the instruction identified by the received second data of the plurality of candidates for instructions indicated by the received first data. | 07-04-2013 |
20130177049 | BROADBAND POWER LINE NETWORK DEVICE AND ETHERNET SIGNAL COUPLING DEVICE THEREOF - A broadband power line network device includes a printed circuit board, a power converter, a network control chip, a network connector, and an Ethernet signal coupling device. The printed circuit board includes a primary layout region and a secondary layout region. The primary layout region and the secondary layout region are separated from each other by a first distance. The power converter includes a pair of power-receiving terminals for receiving an AC voltage, thereby converting the AC voltage into a DC voltage. The network control chip is disposed on the primary layout region for receiving the DC voltage. The network connector is disposed on the secondary layout region for transmitting or receiving an external network signal. The Ethernet signal coupling device is arranged between the primary layout region and the secondary layout region. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177050 | Method and System for Single Weight (SW) Antenna System for Spatial Multiplexing (SM) MIMO System for WCDMA/HSDPA - Methods and systems for processing signals in a receiver are disclosed herein and may comprise receiving spatially multiplexed signals via M receive antennas. A plurality of multiple data streams may be separated in the received spatially multiplexed signals to detect MIMO data streams. Each of the MIMO data streams may correspond to a spatially multiplexed input signal. Complex phase and/or amplitude may be estimated for each detected MIMO data streams utilizing (M-1) phase shifters. Complex waveforms, comprising in-phase (I) and quadrature (Q) components for the MIMO data streams within the received spatially multiplexed signals may be processed and the processed complex waveforms may be filtered to generate baseband bandwidth limited signals. Phase and/or amplitude for one or more received spatially multiplexed signals may be adjusted utilizing the estimated complex phase and amplitude. Phase and/or amplitude may be adjusted continuously and/or at discrete intervals. | 07-11-2013 |
20130177051 | CALIBRATION CORRECTION FOR IMPLICIT BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitter beamforming technique for use in a MIMO wireless communication system determines a partial description of a reverse channel without determining a full dimensional description of the reverse channel. A correction matrix is developed from the partial description of the reverse channel and a description of the forward channel. The correction matrix is used to process signals to be transmitted via the forward channel, and a steering matrix is used to perform beamforming in the forward channel. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182749 | UNIVERSAL PLATFORM MODULE FOR A PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS - A communication system comprising a multi-protocol, multi-bearer sub-system is described herein. The sub-system is a universal platform module that can transmit and receive one or more information signals in one or more protocols using one or more bearer services. In one embodiment, the sub-system may form a portion of a transceiver that is composed of a transmitter and a receiver, and which is a gateway server between a personal area network (PAN) and the global wireless network. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING CODEBOOK - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting data using a codebook. The method includes: receiving current antenna configuration information of a transmitting end; obtaining a mask matrix corresponding to the current antenna configuration according to the current antenna configuration information; generating a codebook corresponding to the current antenna configuration according to a mother codebook and the mask matrix; selecting one codebook element from the codebook, and transmitting indication information corresponding to the codebook element to the transmitting end; and receiving data transmitted by the transmitting end. In the embodiments of the present invention, a mask matrix is obtained according to current antenna configuration information, and a codebook is generated according to the mask matrix and a mother codebook that is corresponding to the maximum number of antennas and the maximum number of layers that are fed back through channel state information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182751 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - There is provided a transmission apparatus which includes a transmitting circuit that receives a bit string in which an input bit string expressed as combination of 0 and 1 is preceded by a 1-bit value 0, computes a difference value between two bits adjacent to each other in the bit string, the difference value being one of among +1, 0, or −1, and sends the computed difference value, and a receiving circuit that stores a 1-bit value with an initial value of 0, receives the difference value +1, 0, or −1 sent by the transmitting circuit, calculates a sum of the received difference value and the stored 1-bit value, outputs, as a value of a receiving signal, 1 if the sum is 1 or more or 0 if the sum is 0 or less, and updates the stored 1-bit value to the value of the output receiving signals. | 07-18-2013 |
20130188671 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH IMPEDANCE MATCHING AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications device may include a processor configured to generate a baseband signal, a modulator coupled downstream from the processor, a power amplifier coupled downstream from the modulator, an antenna, and a tunable antenna matching network coupled between the power amplifier and the antenna and configured to match an impedance of the antenna and thereby causing a phase change in an output from the antenna. The processor may be configured to provide upstream phase change compensation in the baseband signal for the phase change in the output from the antenna. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188672 | Evaluation device and method for providing a transceiver system with performance information thereof - An evaluation device is configured to provide a transceiver system with performance information thereof. The transceiver system models a channel between a transmitter and a receiver thereof using Nakagami distribution with a fading parameter. The evaluation device includes a setting module operable to set an average signal-to-noise rate (SNR) for the channel between the transmitter and the receiver, a computing module operable to estimate a symbol error rate related to a signal received by the receiver from the transmitter based upon the fading parameter and the average SNR, and an output module operable to provide the average SNR and the symbol error rate as the performance information of the transceiver system. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188673 | DYNAMIC MEDIUM SWITCH IN CO-LOCATED PLC AND RF NETWORKS - An electronic communication device comprises a first transceiver capable of a bi-directional communication session on a first communication medium; a second transceiver capable of a bi-directional communication session on a second communication medium; and a control logic coupled to the first transceiver and the second transceiver and capable of implementing a convergence layer, wherein the control logic is configured to receive, from the first transceiver, a first signal; and cause, in response to the first signal, data received and transmitted by the first transceiver on the first communication medium as part of a communication session to be received and transmitted instead by the second transceiver on the second communication medium. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188674 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes: an antenna unit through which electric waves are transmitted and received; a scatterer which reflects the electric waves; a communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with a first communication partner device via the antenna unit; and a scatterer control unit configured to change a state of the scatterer when communication fails between the communication unit and the first communication partner device. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188675 | Power Detection Method and Related Communication Device - A communication device with a power detection scheme is disclosed. The communication device includes a transmitter for transmitting an RF signal, a demodulator for demodulating the RF signal by utilizing a phase-modulated (PM) signal provided from the transmitter to generate a demodulated signal, a loopback circuit coupled between the transmitter and the demodulator for transmitting the RF signal and the PM signal from the transmitter to the demodulator when the power detection scheme is enabled, and a power detector for detecting power of the demodulated signal. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188676 | METHOD FOR REDUCING DATA ALLIGNMENT DELAYS - A method is provided for synchronizing binary data transmitted in parallel via N channels. The method comprises performing at the receiver side, a data-clock-alignment for the data in the N channels by selecting an optimal reference channel to which no delay will be added, and adding an appropriate delay to each of the remaining channels, until their respective centers of valid data portions are aligned to each other, and associating clock edges with the centers of the valid data portions. The method is characterized in that the alignment is performed regardless to whether binary word alignment is simultaneously achieved or not, and wherein the optimal reference channel allows aligning the centers of valid data of all the channels while adding a minimal delay to a worst channel from among the remaining channels, wherein the worst channel carries valid data portions which are maximally shifted from those of the reference channel. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188677 | REDUCED COMPLEXITY BEAM-STEERED MIMO OFDM SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting data using channel information for a subset of all subcarriers used for data transmission are described. A transmitter station receives channel information for at least one subcarrier that is a subset of multiple subcarriers used for data transmission. The channel information may include at least one transmit steering matrix, at least one set of eigenvectors, at least one channel response matrix, at least one channel covariance matrix, an unsteered pilot, or a steered pilot for the at least one subcarrier. The transmitter station obtains at least one transmit steering matrix for the at least one subcarrier from the channel information and determines a transmit steering matrix for each of the multiple subcarriers. The transmitter station performs transmit steering or beam-steering for each of the multiple subcarriers with the transmit steering matrix for that subcarrier. | 07-25-2013 |
20130195151 | FIELD PROGRAMMABLE TRANSCEIVER CIRCUITS - A transceiver circuit comprising a transmit path and a receive path, the transmit path comprising at least one digital to analogue converter for converting a digital input signal to an analogue signal, at least one filter for filtering the analogue signal, at least one first frequency synthesizer for producing a first synthesized RF signal, at least one mixer for mixing the analogue signal with the RF signal to produce an RF output, and at least one amplifier for amplifying the RF output for transmission; and the receive path comprising at least one second amplifier for amplifying a received RF input, at least one second frequency synthesizer for generating a second synthesized RF signal, at least one second mixer for mixing the amplified RF input with the second synthesized RF signal to produce a baseband signal, at least one second filter for filtering the baseband signal, and at least one analogue to digital converter for converting the baseband signal to a digital output signal, at least one switch arranged to selectively connect together different points of the circuit thereby to bypass at least one component of the circuit and a control input connected to the at least one switch and arranged to receive control signals for controlling operation of the at least one switch. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195152 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE HAVING AUXILIARY RECEIVER TO DETERMINE TRANSMIT IMPAIRMENT AND GENERATE TRANSMIT IMPAIRMENT COMPENSATION SIGNAL, AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A communications device includes a baseband input to receive a baseband signal. A transmitter is coupled to the baseband input and generates a transmit signal based upon the baseband signal, the transmit signal having an initial transmit impairment. An auxiliary receiver is coupled to the transmitter and generates a receive signal having a receive impairment therein resulting from the initial transmit impairment. A controller determines a power of the baseband signal by integrating a product of the receive signal and a complex conjugate of the baseband signal, and determines a power of the receive signal by integrating a product of the baseband signal and the receive signal. The controller also determines the initial transmit impairment based upon the power of the baseband signal and the receive signal, and generates a transmit impairment compensation signal based upon the initial transmit impairment. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195153 | BIDIRECTIONAL TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD - In accordance with an embodiment, a transceiver includes a bidirectional data transmission circuit coupled to a direction control circuit and method for transmitting electrical signals in one or more directions. The direction control circuit generates a comparison signal in response to comparing input/output signals of the bidirectional data transmission circuit. Transmission path enable signals are generated in response to the comparison signal. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195154 | Transmitter Adaptation Loop Using Adjustable Gain and Convergence Detection - A communication port and method of adapting a transmit filter in the port to reduce receive errors by a receiver coupled to the transmit filter via a communication channel. The filter has coefficients that are adjusted in response to a first adaptation gain value, decision bits, and receiver error values. During a first time period, the coefficients are adjusted until changes in the coefficients are less than a first threshold amount. Then during a second time period, the coefficients are adjusted using a second adaptation gain value until changes in the coefficients are less than a second threshold amount. The second adaptation gain value is less than the first adaptation gain value and the second threshold amount being less than the first threshold amount. By using two or more adjustment periods with different gain values, the filter is adapted faster than using a single adjustment period with fixed adaptation gain. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195155 | MULTI-LEVEL AMPLITUDE SIGNALING RECEIVER - One embodiment relates to a receiver circuit for multi-level amplitude signaling which includes at least three amplitude levels for each symbol period. The receiver circuit includes a peak detector, a reference voltage generator, and a comparator circuit. The peak detector is arranged to detect a peak voltage of the multi-level amplitude signal, and the reference voltage generator uses the peak voltage to generate multiple reference voltages. The comparator circuit uses the multiple reference voltages to detect an amplitude level of the multi-level amplitude signal. Other embodiments and features are also disclosed. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195156 | METHOD AND MULTI-CARRIER TRANSCEIVER WITH STORED APPLICATION PROFILES FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - In a multicarrier communication system having a plurality of subchannels, a method and apparatus for supporting at least two applications. For example, the method includes associating at least a first application in a set of currently active applications with a first latency path, allocating at least one subchannel to the first latency path, and in response to a change in the set of currently active applications, allocating the at least one subchannel to a second latency path associated with a second application in the set of currently active applications and different from the first latency path. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195157 | Transceiver Architecture and Methods for Demodulating and Transmitting Phase Shift Keying Signals - A transceiver is described. The transceiver includes a first injection-locked oscillator and a second injection-locked oscillator. The transceiver also includes a first phase-locked loop coupled with the first injection-locked oscillator. The first phase-locked loop is configured to generate a first frequency reference. Further, the transceiver includes a second phase-locked loop coupled the second injection-locked oscillator. The second phase-locked loop is configured to generate a second frequency reference. The transceiver includes a mixer configured to receive the first phase-locked loop output and configured to receive said second injection-locked oscillator output. The mixer is also configured to generate a carrier frequency signal based on the first injection-locked oscillator output and the second injection-locked oscillator output. And, the transceiver includes a modulator configured to receive said carrier frequency signal. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195158 | MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION METHOD IN A DIGITAL VIDEO BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transmission method in a digital broadcasting system. The method includes generating a plurality of first modulation symbols by modulating first information bits; generating a plurality of second modulation symbols by modulating second information bits; generating a plurality of first pre-coded symbols and a plurality of second pre-coded symbols by pre-coding the plurality of first modulation symbols and the plurality of second modulation symbols; and allocating the plurality of first pre-coded symbols and the plurality of second pre-coded symbols staggeringly through a first antenna and a second antenna and transmitting them. | 08-01-2013 |
20130202015 | Gain Normalization Correction of PMI and CQI Feedback for Base Station with Antenna Array - A wireless communication device and a method therein includes estimating a channel for each of a plurality of transmit antenna ports using a reference symbol received from the corresponding antenna port, determining a composite channel estimate based on the estimated channels and based on a precoding matrix, and determining an updated composite channel estimate using the composite channel estimate and using a gain correction corresponding to the precoding matrix. The gain correction can be obtained over-the-air or computed at the wireless communication device. | 08-08-2013 |
20130202016 | DATA TRANSFER CABLE SYSTEM AND METHOD - Embodiments of a device include a receive multi-rate CDR unit communicatively coupled to a processor, the receive multi-rate CDR configured to receive signals from a cable and perform clock and data recovery on signals and a transmitter multi-rate CDR unit communicatively coupled to a processor, the transmit multi-rate CDR configured to send signals to the cable after performing clock and data recovery on the signals. Embodiments of the cable include a receiver equalizer configured to receive signals from a wire and a transmitter equalizer configured to receive signals from a connector of the cable and configured to transmit an equalized signal to the wire. | 08-08-2013 |
20130202017 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR HIGH RATE OFDM COMMUNICATIONS - Messages transmitted between a receiver and a transmitter are used to maximize a communication data rate. In particular, a multicarrier modulation system uses messages that are sent from the receiver to the transmitter to exchange one or more sets of optimized communication parameters. The transmitter then stores these communication parameters and when transmitting to that particular receiver, the transmitter utilizes the stored parameters in an effort to maximize the data rate to that receiver. Likewise, when the receiver receives packets from that particular transmitter, the receiver can utilize the stored communication parameters for reception. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208769 | CASCADING BASEBAND PROCESSORS - Cellular processors are cascaded to provide different configurations, which result in higher-capacity base stations, increased numbers of simultaneous users over one frequency band, and/or aggregation of several carriers while still using only one radio frequency (RF) chipset. The processors are aligned in both time and frequency, with each processor having a data port that allows data exchange with the other processors. The data alignment and exchange allow the processors, in the aggregate, to act as a single unit, resulting in a scalable architecture that can accommodate different system configurations. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208770 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE HAVING CONTROLLER TO CORRECT AN INITIAL IQ IMBALANCE AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A communications device includes a plurality of wireless transmitters operable at different respective frequencies and each configured to generate respective IQ signals having an initial IQ imbalance. The communications device also includes a frequency tunable auxiliary receiver, and a controller. The controller is configured to selectively couple a given wireless transmitter to the frequency tunable auxiliary receiver and tune the frequency tunable auxiliary receiver to a frequency of the given wireless transceiver, and apply predistortion to the given wireless transmitter based upon the initial IQ imbalance to reduce the initial IQ imbalance. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208771 | TRANSCODING SCHEME TECHNIQUES - Disclosed herein are certain embodiments of a coding system and method that guarantee a pair of sync bits in a transcoded block will appear on the same physical lane. Embodiments may then use this property for data synchronization and to guarantee a bit transition in a certain amount of time on a physical lane. Embodiments of a coding system and process for configuring alignment marker blocks are also disclosed. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208772 | MICROWAVE SYSTEM - A microwave system comprising a center fed parabolic reflector; a radio transceiver, said transceiver disposed on a circuit board and coupled to a radiator, said radiator disposed on the circuit board and extending orthogonally from a surface of the circuit board. Embodiments also include directors on the circuit board and a sub-reflector comprising a thin plate disposed on a weather proof cover and said sub-reflector having a substantially concave surface with a focus directed towards the radiator. The circuit board is physically integrated within the feed mechanism of the center fed parabolic reflector and the radio transceiver is configured to provide OSI layer support. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208773 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a sounding reference signal from a user equipment in a MIMO antenna wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving sounding reference signal setup information from a base station, the sounding reference signal setup information including an initial cyclic shift value n | 08-15-2013 |
20130215935 | Methods And Systems For Reducing Crosstalk - At least one example embodiment discloses a system including a processor configured to receive a plurality of upstream pilot signals from a plurality of remote transceivers, respectively, in a time domain, determine channel coefficients based on the plurality of upstream pilot signals, determine filter coefficients based on the channel coefficients and to control transmission of the upstream pilot signals in the time domain to physical layers of a plurality of processing devices, the plurality of processing devices configured to communicate with the plurality of remote transceivers through the processor. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215936 | Two-In-One CFP Form-Factor Pluggable Adapter - Techniques are provided describing a first connector unit that receives first data from a first transceiver and a second connector unit that receives second data from a second transceiver. A switch unit is configured to receive first switch data from the first connector unit at a first data rate and second switch data from the second connector unit at the first data rate. A third connector unit receives the first switch or the second switch data from the switch unit and a second portion of the second data from the second connector unit. The third connector unit also sends the first switch data to a host port when the first connector unit receives the first data and to send the second switch data and the second portion of the second data to the host port when the second connector unit receives the second data. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215937 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-DIMENSIONAL DATA PERMUTATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus that seek to increase the diversity seen in wireless communication systems by intelligently implementing a joint multi-dimensional permutation approach. In an exemplary embodiment, this is accomplished by combining the permutation of various transmitter antennas, various data streams (for example, in a MIMO configuration) and various constellation-bit mappings into a coherent multi-dimensional permutation scheme. Subsequent retransmissions in combination with an initial transmission are utilized to obtain substantial signal flattening at a receiver which increases the likelihood that retransmissions that follow detected errors will successfully convey the transmitted data to the receiver. Both open and closed-loop approaches are contemplated which take advantage of the multi-dimensional permutation schemes. In addition, embodiments utilized in the context of retransmission mechanisms such as HARQ are also contemplated. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215938 | Method and System for Frame Formats for MIMO Channel Measurement Exchange - A method and system for frame formats for MIMO channel measurement exchange is provided. Aspects of a method for communicating information in a communication system may comprise transmitting data via a plurality of radio frequency (RF) channels utilizing a plurality of transmitting antenna, receiving feedback information via at least one of a plurality of RF channels, and modifying a transmission mode based on the feedback information. Aspects of a method for communicating information in a communication system may also comprise receiving data via a plurality of receiving antenna, transmitting feedback information via at least one of the plurality of RF channels, and requesting modification of a transmission mode for the received data in transmitted response messages comprising the feedback information. | 08-22-2013 |
20130223484 | Two-Channel Compact Small Form-Factor Pluggable Module - An apparatus and method are provided for two-channel bidirectional communications between devices for enhanced data signals. In particular, the techniques describe a first transceiver channel configured to receive first data communications from a first transceiver port. A second transceiver channel is also configured to receive second data communications from a second transceiver port. A set of signal pins are configured to receive the first data communications from the first transceiver port at a first group of signal pins and to receive the second data communications from the second transceiver port at a second group of signal pins. The first group of signal pins comprises signal pins in a signal-signal-ground configuration and the second group of signal pins comprises signal pins in a ground-signal-signal-ground configuration. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223485 | Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request With Feedback Dependent BIT Selection - A multi-bit HARQ feedback is transmitted by a receiver to a transmitter. The multi-bit feedback is a function of a level of convergence reached by a decoder when the previously transmitted coded data bits bit were decoded. The transmitter is configured to select a set of coded data bits for a retransmission as a function of the multi-bit feedback. In some embodiments, different redundancy versions of the coded data bits may be selected as a function of the multi-bit feedback. In other embodiments, a bit puncturing or bit repetition pattern may be selected as a function of the multi-bit feed back. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223486 | BASEBAND BEAMFORMING - Exemplary embodiments are directed to beamforming. A device may include a plurality of inputs for receiving differential in-phase and quadrature data. The device may further include a plurality of switching elements coupled to the plurality of inputs and configured to enable for rotation of the differential in-phase and quadrature data at baseband. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223487 | WIRELESS APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless apparatus, a first receiver receives, from a wireless reception apparatus, a transmit beam pattern with better reception quality among transmit beam patterns of a transmitter switched to by a first switching unit. A generation unit generates a transmit beam pattern obtained by rotating a phase of the received transmit beam pattern. A second switching unit switches a transmit beam pattern of the transmitter to the received transmit beam pattern and the generated transmit beam pattern. A second receiver receives, from the wireless reception apparatus, the transmit beam pattern of a combination with better reception quality out of combinations of the switched transmit beam patterns and receive beam patterns switched to by the wireless reception apparatus. A setting unit sets a transmit beam pattern of the transmitter in the transmit beam pattern received by the second receiver. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223488 | APPARATUS FOR WIDEBAND TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION FOR MULTIBAND - A wideband transmitting and receiving apparatus including a local oscillator (LO) synthesizer providing a constant output to a wide band is provided. The LO synthesizer may generate LO signals of different amplitudes according to channels. The LO synthesizer may store the amplitudes of the LO signals different according to the channels and compensate the amplitudes of the LO signals using the stored amplitudes. Accordingly, the LO synthesizer may output the LO signals of uniform amplitudes irrespective of the channels. | 08-29-2013 |
20130230079 | TECHNIQUES FOR EXPLICIT FEEDBACK DELAY MEASUREMENT - Techniques for explicit feedback delay measurement are described. An apparatus may comprise a processor to generate a steering matrix for transmit spatial processing over a channel, determine a delay time associated with explicit feedback information for the channel, and determine whether to modify the steering matrix with the explicit feedback information based on the delay time. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230080 | MULTIPLE-INPUT AND MULTIPLE-OUTPUT CARRIER AGGREGATION RECEIVER REUSE ARCHITECTURE - A wireless communication device configured for receiving a wireless multiple-input and multiple-output signal. The wireless communication device includes a first multiple-input and multiple-output carrier aggregation receiver reuse architecture. The first multiple-input and multiple-output carrier aggregation receiver reuse architecture includes a first antenna, a second antenna and a transceiver chip. The first multiple-input and multiple-output carrier aggregation receiver reuse architecture reuses a first carrier aggregation receiver path. The wireless communication device also includes a second multiple-input and multiple-output carrier aggregation receiver reuse architecture. The second multiple-input and multiple-output carrier aggregation receiver reuse architecture includes a third antenna, a fourth antenna and a receiver chip. The second multiple-input and multiple-output carrier aggregation receiver reuse architecture reuses a second carrier aggregation receiver path. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230081 | Radio Base Station and Method Therein for Transforming a Data Transmission Signal - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a radio base station ( | 09-05-2013 |
20130230082 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING NEAR FIELD LINKS - In a Near Field Communications (NFC) link, the data link turn-around time is adjusted to optimize battery use while maximizing the data throughput. A receiving device immediately transmits any pending high priority control or data messages in its own queue in response to a message from the sending device, subject to the flow control status of the sending device. The value of the delay time before sending a SYMM primitive is selected in accordance with the types of link frames recently received. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230083 | CONFIGURABLE LOAD IMPEDANCE FOR POWER AMPLIFIER PREDISTORTION CALIBRATION - An integrated circuit radio transceiver and method therefor includes an integrated circuit radio transceiver operable to provide specified gain levels and transmit path filter responses to correspond with a selected power spectral density mask. Changes in gain may be provided solely digital gain changes or may include analog gain module gain changes. A transmitter selects from one of at least three masks to reduce or eliminate spectral regrowth out of band to satisfy EVM requirements. Circuitry is provided to allow a transceiver to determine in advance what pre-distortion compensation settings are required for the various gain settings. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235911 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING QUANTIZATION QUALITY FEEDBACK - A wireless communication device for sending quantization quality feedback is described. The wireless communication device includes a receiver that receives a signal. The wireless communication device also includes channel estimation circuitry coupled to the receiver. The channel estimation circuitry generates a channel estimate based on the signal. The wireless communication device also includes feedback determination circuitry coupled to the channel estimation circuitry. The feedback determination circuitry generates quantization quality feedback based on the channel estimate. The wireless communication device also includes a transmitter coupled to the feedback determination circuitry. The transmitter transmits the quantization quality feedback. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235912 | DATA RECEIVING CIRCUIT, DATA TRANSMITTING CIRCUIT, DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, AND DATA RECEIVING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a data receiving circuit including a transmitting section configured to transmit an identifying signal used to identify a state of connection of the data receiving circuit, the identifying signal making potential transitions periodically, in an in-phase signal via a transmission path having AC coupling to a data transmitting circuit for transmitting data in a differential signal via the transmission path. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235913 | DIGITAL NRZI SIGNAL FOR SERIAL INTERCONNECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE LINK LAYER AND PHYSICAL LAYER - Systems and methods of operating a serial interconnect interface provide for generating a pulse in response to a state change in a data signal of the serial interface interconnect, and transmitting the pulse from a physical layer of the serial interconnect interface to a link layer of the serial interconnect interface. The duration of the pulse can be selected based on whether the state change corresponds to an end of packet (EOP) condition. In addition, the data signal may include a non return to zero invert (NRZI) encoded signal, wherein the pulse is part of a digital NRZI signal. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235914 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ANTENNA SWITCHING - A client terminal, such as a customer premises equipment (CPE), for receiving a communication signal in a plurality of reception configurations. The client terminal comprises an antenna unit having a plurality of reception configurations for receiving communication signal having a plurality of frames, each the frame having a predefined frame segment, a receiver, a switching module configured for switching between operational and testing receptions of the communication signal respectively by the receiver via the antenna unit in operational and testing configurations, and a timing circuit configured for timing the switching during the operational reception to allow the receiver to receive the testing reception when the predefined frame segment is received via the antenna unit in operational configuration. | 09-12-2013 |
20130243044 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RF SPUR CANCELLATION - This disclosure is directed to a wireless device with a suppressor that couples to the aggressor signal of a frequency source to generate a cancelling signal for suppressing spurs resulting from operation of the frequency source. The amplitude and phase delay of the cancelling signal are adjusted to optimize the cancellation of the spur. Preferably, a calibration routine is performed to establish appropriate delay and amplitude values to cancel the spurs occurring at each device gain setting. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243045 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND PULSE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A radio communication apparatus for generating a pulse signal corresponding to a data signal, amplifying the generated pulse signal, and transmitting the amplified pulse signal as a radio signal, the apparatus including: a reference pulse signal generation unit which generates a reference pulse signal of opposite phase to the pulse signal and amplifies the reference pulse signal; and a combining unit which combines the amplified pulse signal and the amplified reference pulse signal, wherein a combined pulse signal output from the combining unit is transmitted as the radio signal. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243046 | FAST AND ROBUST ESTIMATION OF JOINTLY SPARSE CHANNELS - A device and method for estimating multipath jointly sparse channels. The method comprises receiving a number K of signal components by a number P of receiving antennas, where P≧2. The method further comprises estimating the sparsity condition of the multipath jointly sparse channels. The method further comprises, if the sparsity condition is not satisfied, estimating the channels by using a non-sparse technique. The method further comprises, if the sparsity condition is satisfied, estimating the channels by using a sparse technique. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243047 | HART Communication-Compatible Instrument - A HART communication-compatible device having a HART communication function for transmitting and receiving HART communication signals generated through superimposing an AC signal that is a combination of 1200 Hz and 2200 Hz frequency signals onto a DC signal of between 4 and 20 mA, including a receiving portion for receiving a HART communication signal, a signal detecting portion for detecting an AC signal of the HART communication signal using the HART communication signal received by the receiving portion; and an indicator portion for indicating, during the interval over which the AC signal is detected by the signal detecting portion, that an AC signal is detected. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243048 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH SEPARATE I AND Q PHASE POWER AMPLIFICATION HAVING SELECTIVE PHASE AND MAGNITUDE ADJUSTMENT AND RELATED METHODS - A communications device may include an In-phase (I) circuit having an In-phase modulator and mixer circuit, and an I power amplifier circuit coupled thereto, the I circuit configured to modulate and amplify a digital baseband I signal to generate an amplified I signal, and a Quadrature (Q) circuit having a Q modulator and mixer circuit, and a Q power amplifier circuit coupled thereto, the Q circuit configured to modulate and amplify a digital baseband Q signal to generate an amplified Q signal separate from the amplified I signal. A processor selectively switches the digital baseband I signal and the digital baseband Q signal between the I and Q signal inputs to provide selective phase shifting for the digital baseband I and Q signals. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243049 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A TRANSCEIVER TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE TEST INFORMATION OVER A COMMUNICATION CHANNEL USING MULTICARRIER MODULATION - Upon detection of a trigger, such as the exceeding of an error threshold or the direction of a user, a diagnostic link system enters a diagnostic information transmission mode. This diagnostic information transmission mode allows for two modems to exchange diagnostic and/or test information that may not otherwise be exchangeable during normal communication. The diagnostic information transmission mode is initiated by transmitting an initiate diagnostic link mode message to a receiving modem accompanied by a cyclic redundancy check (CRC). The receiving modem determines, based on the CRC, if a robust communications channel is present. If a robust communications channel is present, the two modems can initiate exchange of the diagnostic and/or test information. Otherwise, the transmission power of the transmitting modem is increased and the initiate diagnostic link mode message re-transmitted to the receiving modem until the CRC is determined to be correct. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243050 | ADAPTIVE FILTER WITH COEFFICIENT DETERMINATION BASED ON OUTPUT OF REAL TIME CLOCK - A transceiver comprises a transmitter and a receiver. At least one of the transmitter and the receiver comprises an adaptive filer. One or more coefficients of the adaptive filter are determined based at least in part on an output of a real time clock. The adaptive filter may comprise a coefficient update engine and a memory for storing a plurality of sets of adaptive filter coefficients in association with respective time indicators derived from the output of the real time clock, with the coefficient update engine being configured to determine a particular one of the sets of filter coefficients for use by the adaptive filter based at least in part on at least a subset of the time indicators. The time indicators may comprise respective time stamps generated based on the output of the real time clock at respective times at which the corresponding sets of coefficients are determined. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243051 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH LOW POWER SLEEP MODE AND RAPID-ON CAPABILITY - A multicarrier transceiver is provided with a sleep mode in which it idles with reduced power consumption when it is not needed to transmit or receive data. The full transmission and reception capabilities of the transceiver are quickly restored when needed, without requiring the full (and time-consuming) initialization commonly needed to restore such transceivers to operation after inactivity. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243052 | Interference Control in a Broadband Powerline Communication System - A broadband powerline communication system is disclosed which makes use of knowledge of the spectrum characteristics of a local radio environment in order to improve the performance of the system. A determination is made of the spectrum characteristics of a radio environment in the vicinity of the broadband powerline communication system that is transmitting data on modulated carrier frequencies. Certain ones of the carrier frequencies otherwise used by the broadband powerline communication system may be masked (i.e., not used) by all or part of the broadband powerline system in order to avoid interference based on the determination. The spectrum characteristics may be determined 1) in advance and used to compile a configuration database comprising frequency masking parameters; 2) by monitoring the local radio environment using the transmitter/receiver nodes of the system; or 3) based upon receipt of an indication from a conflicting user that the user is experiencing interference. Various combinations of these spectrum characteristic determination techniques may also be used. | 09-19-2013 |
20130243053 | METHOD AND CIRCUIT FOR FRACTIONAL RATE PULSE SHAPING - A fractional rate converting filter in a wireless transceiver comprising a delay line, multiplier circuit, adder circuit, and selector. The delay line receives a digital input signal at a first sample rate and has delay blocks each providing an output and receiving samples gated at a plurality of clock cycles of an integer sub-multiple frequency of a clock. The outputs are multiplied by corresponding filter tap coefficients. Each filter tap coefficient is spaced by a first integer Y. The adder circuit receives and sums the tap outputs to provide an output signal. The selector iteratively shifts the coefficients by a second integer Z. The output of each delay block is multiplied by corresponding shifted filter tap coefficients. The delay blocks are inhibited from receiving another input sample during the plurality of clock cycles. The output signal has a second sample rate at the integer sub-multiple frequency of the clock. | 09-19-2013 |
20130251006 | DATA PACKET FLOW CONTROL ACROSS AN ASYNCHRONOUS CLOCK DOMAIN BOUNDARY - A system-on-chip integrated circuit | 09-26-2013 |
20130251007 | Phase Alignment Between Phase-Skewed Clock Domains - In order to compensate for phase offset between different sets of circuitry having different synchronous clock domains, transmit (TX) circuitry of one domain is configured to transmit a pattern signal (e.g., a pseudo random bit sequence) to receive (RX) circuitry of the other domain. The RX circuitry cycles through a number of different phase-shifted RX clock signals to determine which selected clock signals result in valid RX pattern signals. The RX circuitry is then able to select one of the phase-shifted clock signals for use in normal processing of an RX data signal received from the TX circuitry. | 09-26-2013 |
20130251008 | METHOD FOR DIGITAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - In a multivalue modulation type with one pilot symbol inserted for every 3 or more symbols, signal points of each one symbol immediately before and after a pilot symbol are modulated using a modulation type different from that for pilot symbols. In this way, it is possible to suppress deterioration of the accuracy in estimating the reference phase and amount of frequency offset by pilot symbols and improve the bit error rate characteristic in the signal to noise ratio in quasi-coherent detection with symbols whose symbol synchronization is not completely established. | 09-26-2013 |
20130251009 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE CHANNEL PREDICTION - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage channel prediction for a wireless communication system are described. The apparatus may include a media access control processor to perform channel prediction, and a transceiver to communicate information using the channel prediction. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-26-2013 |
20130259097 | METHOD FOR ENABLING A DEVICE UNDER TEST (DUT) TO RETRY A PORTION OF A PRE-DEFINED TEST SEQUENCE - Execution of a block test “retry” in a test environment with each block in the test sequence sent after the tester has determined that the previous block of data packets has met one or more prescribed test criterion. If a block sent by the DUT has not met the test criterion, a retry sequence is initiated to re-test the block. In another embodiment, a block test “retry” is executed where each block in the test sequence is sent and analysis of previously sent blocks is done in parallel with the sending of a subsequent block. If a previous block has not met the test criterion, a retry sequence is initiated whereby the tester and DUT step back to the block that failed to meet the test criterion and retry that block. If the retry meets test criterion, testing continues by resuming with the next untested block in the sequence. | 10-03-2013 |
20130259098 | Signaling of Sequence Generator Initialization Parameters for Uplink Reference Signal Generation - A base station initializes pseudo-random sequence generators on which wireless devices base generation of uplink reference signals. The base station determines a first sequence from a first subset of possible initialization sequences for a sequence generator of a first device, and determines a second sequence from a second subset of possible initialization sequences for a sequence generator of a second device. The range of this second subset spans at least the range of the first subset. The base station further encodes the first sequence as a first set of two or more parameters, and encodes the second sequence as a second set of one or more parameters. This second set includes at least one parameter not included in the first set, and comprises fewer bits than the first set. The base station initializes the sequence generators by transmitting the first and second sets of parameters to the devices. | 10-03-2013 |
20130259099 | TUNABLE NOTCH FILTER USING FEEDBACK THROUGH AN EXISTING FEEDBACK RECEIVER - A wireless communication device configured for reducing Tx leakage in a receive signal is described. The wireless communication device includes a transceiver chip. The transceiver chip includes a receiver, a feedback receiver and a transmitter. The wireless communication device also includes a Tx leakage signal reduction module. The Tx leakage signal reduction module reuses the feedback receiver. | 10-03-2013 |
20130259100 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, TESTING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREIN TESTING PROGRAM - A first transmitting device includes: a controller that generates setting information concerning transmission and reception of data in the first and second transmitting devices and transmits the generated setting information to the second transmitting device; a detector that detects whether an error is included in data which is transmitted from the second transmitting device and received based on the setting information; and a storage unit that stores information on the error detected by the detector. A second transmitting device includes: a setting unit that sets transmission of data to be transmitted to the first transmitting device based on the setting information received from the controller; and a generator that generates data in accordance with the setting by the setting unit to transmit the data to the first transmitting device. | 10-03-2013 |
20130259101 | ASYMMETRIC MIXED-MODE POWERLINE COMMUNICATION TRANSCEIVER - An asymmetric mixed-mode transceiver may determine to communicate with a destination powerline communication device. The asymmetric mixed-mode transceiver may determine whether an operational mode associated with the destination powerline communication device is a multiple-output multiple-input (MIMO) mode or a single-output single-input (SISO) mode. The asymmetric mixed-mode transceiver may dynamically change its operational mode to either the MIMO mode or the SISO mode to match the operational mode of the destination powerline communication device. The asymmetric mixed-mode transceiver may receive a communication from a source powerline communication device. The asymmetric mixed-mode transceiver may determine whether an operational mode associated with the source powerline communication device is the MIMO mode or the SISO mode. The asymmetric mixed-mode transceiver may dynamically change its operational mode to match the operational mode of the source powerline communication device. | 10-03-2013 |
20130259102 | TUNABLE NOTCH FILTER USING FEEDBACK THROUGH AN EXISTING FEEDBACK RECEIVER - A wireless communication device configured for reducing Tx leakage in a receive signal is described. The wireless communication device includes a transceiver chip. The transceiver chip includes a receiver, a feedback receiver and a transmitter. The wireless communication device also includes a Tx leakage signal reduction module. The Tx leakage signal reduction module reuses the feedback receiver. | 10-03-2013 |
20130259103 | DIGITAL DELTA SIGMA MODULATOR AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF - A digital delta sigma modulator includes an input integration stage, a resonating stage, a quantizer, and a plurality of feedback paths operably coupled to the quantizer, the input integration stage, and the resonating stage. The input integration stage is operably coupled to integrate a digital input signal to produce an integrated digital signal, wherein the input integration stage has a pole at substantially zero Hertz. The resonating stage is operably coupled to resonate the integrated digital signal to produce a resonating digital signal, wherein the resonating stage has poles at a frequency above zero Hertz. The quantizer stage is operably coupled to produce a quantized signal from the resonating digital signal. | 10-03-2013 |
20130266045 | Method and Apparatus of Transceiver Calibration Using Substrate Coupling - Transceiver calibration is a critical issue for proper transceiver operation. The transceiver comprises at least one RF transmit chain and one RF receive chain. A closed loop path is formed from the digital block, the RF transmit chain, the substrate coupling, the RF receive chain back to the digital block and is used to estimate and calibrate the transceiver parameters over the operating range of frequencies. The substrate coupling eliminates the need for the additional circuitry saving area, power, and performance. In place of the additional circuitry, the digital block which performs baseband operations can be reconfigured into a software or/and hardware mode to calibrate the transceiver. The digital block comprises a processor and memory and is coupled to the front end of the RF transmit chain and the tail end of the RF receive chain. | 10-10-2013 |
20130266046 | 8B/9B Encoding For Reducing Crosstalk on a High Speed Parallel Bus - Systems and methods for encoding/decoding a data word using an 8b/9b encoding scheme that eliminates two-aggressor crosstalk are disclosed. The 8b/9b encoding scheme enables a data word to be encoded using code words. Each of the valid code words does not include any three consecutive bits having a logic level of logic-high (i.e., ‘1’), and represent transition vectors for consecutive symbols transmitted over the high speed parallel bus. An encoder and corresponding decoder are disclosed for implementing the 8b/9b encoding scheme. In one embodiment, the encoder/decoder implements a modified Fibonacci sequence algorithm. In another embodiment, the encoder/decoder implements a look-up table. | 10-10-2013 |
20130266047 | 8B/9B DECODING FOR REDUCING CROSSTALK ON A HIGH SPEED PARALLEL BUS - Systems and methods for encoding a data word using an 8b/9b encoding scheme that eliminates two-aggressor crosstalk are disclosed. The 8b/9b encoding scheme enables a data word that can be subdivided into portions of eight bits or less to be encoded using code words having one extra bit than the corresponding portion of the data word. Each of the valid code words does not include any three consecutive bits having a logic level of logic-high (i.e., ‘1’), and represent transition vectors for consecutive symbols transmitted over the high speed parallel bus. An encoder and corresponding decoder are disclosed for implementing the 8b/9b encoding scheme. In one embodiment, the encoder/decoder implements a modified Fibonacci sequence algorithm. In another embodiment, the encoder/decoder implements a look-up table. In some embodiments, data words may be less than eight bits wide. | 10-10-2013 |
20130266048 | PERIODIC NEAR FIELD DIRECTORS (PNFD) FOR SHORT-RANGE MILLI-METER-WAVE-WIRELESS-INTERCONNECT (M2W2-INTERCONNECT) - Periodic near field directors (PNFD) are coupled to a transmitter and a receiver for a short-range millimeter wave wireless (M2W2) interconnect for transmitting and receiving radio frequency (RF) signals at millimeter-wave frequencies for short-range communication with high data rate capability between the transmitter and receiver. Each of the periodic near field directors is comprised of one or more periodic coupling structures (PSCs), wherein the periodic coupling structures are comprised of metallic strips positioned such that their lengthwise dimension is substantially perpendicular to a propagation direction of the radio frequency signals between the transmitter and receiver. Each of the periodic coupling structures is positioned parallel to adjacent periodic coupling structures with a separation distance between each periodic coupling structure being within one wavelength of the radio frequency signal. The periodic near field directors may include first and second periodic near field directors that are coupled to each other for transmitting and receiving the radio frequency signals between the first and second periodic near field directors, wherein there is an air gap between the first and second periodic near field directors. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272347 | PROVIDING TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS FOR MULTI-USER COMMUNICATION - Link adaptation is supported in a multi-user MIMO environment. In some aspects, a frame including a transmission parameter request (e.g., a null data packet announcement (NDPA) including a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) request (MRQ)) specifies multiple destinations. In some aspects, a decision to transmit a frame specifying multiple destinations is based on whether all of destinations support providing feedback to such a frame. In some aspects, transmission parameter feedback (e.g., MCS feedback (MFB)) including channel estimate information is provided in a case where MFB of type MU is requested. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272348 | QSFP to SFP+ Adapter Cable - Techniques are provided for sending and receiving data communications across management data channels. The techniques comprise a quad small form-factor pluggable (QSFP) transceiver module configured to send and receive a plurality of data signals, a plurality of enhanced small form-factor pluggable (SFP+) transceiver cage devices, and a plurality of management cables. Each of the SFP+ transceiver cage devices is configured to interface with an SFP+ transceiver module. Each of the management cables is configured to interface with the QSFP transceiver module and corresponding ones of the SFP+ transceiver cage devices. Furthermore, each of the management cables operates as a data channel to manage data flow between the QSFP transceiver module and the corresponding ones of the SFP+ transceiver cage devices. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272349 | SAW-LESS RECEIVER WITH NOTCH AT TRANSMITTER FREQUENCY - A circuit includes a local oscillator of a transmitter, the local oscillator to generate a transmitter local oscillator signal. A switch controlled by the transmitter local oscillator signal connects with a baseband impedance element to generate a notch frequency signal. The notch frequency signal is added to a transmitter leakage signal to attenuate the transmitter leakage signal prior to demodulation of a desired receiver signal by a receiver. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272350 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES AND RADIO FREQUENCY EQUALIZERS - A radio frequency equalizer includes a first resistor coupled to an input terminal, a second resistor coupled between the first resistor and an output terminal, a first capacitor, a first inductor, a first switch coupled to the input terminal, the first capacitor and the first inductor, a second switch coupled to the output terminal, the first capacitor and the first inductor, a second capacitor, a second inductor and a third switch coupled to the first resistor, the second resistor, the second capacitor and the second inductor. According to a control signal, the first switch selectively couples the first capacitor or the first inductor to the input terminal, the second switch selectively couples the first capacitor or the first inductor to the output terminal and the third switch selectively couples the second capacitor or the second inductor to the first resistor and the second resistor. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272351 | Parameterized Codebook with Subset Restrictions for Use With Precoding MIMO Transmissions - One aspect of the teachings herein relates to signaling codebook restrictions, to restrict the precoder recommendations being fed back from a remote transceiver, so that precoder selections made by the remote receiver are restricted to permitted subsets of overall precoders within a defined set of overall precoders, or to permitted subsets within larger sets of conversion precoders and tuning precoders, for the case where the overall precoders are represented in factorized form by conversion and tuning precoders. As a non-limiting example, these teachings advantageously provide for precoder restrictions in LTE or LTE-Advanced networks, where ongoing development targets the use of larger, richer sets of precoders, and where the disclosed mechanisms for determining, signaling, and responding to subset restrictions provide significant operational advantages. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272352 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Provided is a transmission device that transmits or receives synchronous data used to perform synchronization of a clock through a transmission path having a variable transmission band and includes a transmission band acquiring unit that acquires a current transmission band in the transmission path, a calculating unit that calculates a time necessary until the synchronous data is received after the synchronous data is transmitted through the transmission path based on the transmission band, and accumulates the calculated time and a staying time of the synchronous data in its own device as delay information recorded in the synchronous data, and a transmitting unit that writes a value of a result of accumulation by the calculating unit to the synchronous data as new delay information of the synchronous data, and transmits the synchronous data. | 10-17-2013 |
20130279548 | DIFFERENTIAL PHASE SHIFT KEYING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A variation on conventional DPSK binary modulation schemes is provided. One modulation scheme uses 3π/8 differential binary phase shift keying (3π/8-DBPSK) where one symbol is transmitted by phase change of 3π/8 radians and the other symbol is transmitted by phase change of −5π/8 radians. Alternatively, this can be thought of as adding a constant 3π/8 radians to the symbol angle for every bit modulated by conventional DBPSK. In another example, assume a first and second symbols, k−1 and k, respectively, are sent. Where k is the same symbol as k−1, a phase rotation of 3π/8 radians from the k | 10-24-2013 |
20130279549 | COMMUNICATION INTERFACE FOR GALVANIC ISOLATION - In one or more embodiments, a system is provided for communicating between different voltage domains using N+1 capacitive-coupled conductive lines to provide N communication channels. For instance, bi-directional communication (e.g., a first communication in a first direction and a second communication path in the opposite direction) may be provided using three capacitive-coupled signal paths. Two of the signal paths are used as single-ended (i.e., non-differential) signal paths. The third signal path is used to suppress voltage disturbances between two voltage domains. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279550 | CAPACITIVE ISOLATED VOLTAGE DOMAINS - In one embodiment, a method of communicating data values over a three conductor interface is provided. Different data values are transmitted by generating and transmitting three respective signals to a receiver using three conductors. The first signal is maintained as a set voltage level. The second signal is alternated between a high voltage and a low voltage according to a carrier frequency. The third signal is alternated between the high and low voltages and is out of phased with the second signal. To transmit a first data value, the first signal is generated on a first conductor, the second signal is generated on a second conductor, and the third signal is generated on a third conductor. To transmit a second data value, the second signal is generated on the first conductor, the first signal is generated on the second conductor, and the third signal is generated on the third conductor. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279551 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING A SINGLE CHIP HAVING A MULTIPLE SUB-LAYER PHY - A system and method are disclosed for supporting 10 Gigabit digital serial communications. Many of the functional components and sublayers of a 10 Gigabit digital serial communications transceiver module are integrated into a single IC chip using the same CMOS technology throughout the single chip. The single chip includes a PMD transmit/receive CMOS sublayer, a PMD PCS CMOS sublayer, a XGXS PCS CMOS sublayer, and a XAUI transmit/receive CMOS sublayer. The single chip supports both 10 Gigabit Ethernet operation and 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel operation. The single chip interfaces to a MAC, an optical PMD, and non-volatile memory. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279552 | NOISE REDUCTION BETWEEN PROXIMATE NETWORKS - Representative implementations of devices and techniques provide noise reduction between proximate networks by minimizing interference from nearby network communication. A processing module determines a performance condition of a network and communicates with one or more nodes at a nearby network based on the performance condition of the network. | 10-24-2013 |
20130287068 | METHODS OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SYSTEM AND SYSTEMS IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - At least one example embodiment discloses a method of controlling a system. The method includes determining a constant number of bits for each of a plurality of tones, each constant number of bits being constant, obtaining a single parameter from a user of the system, the single parameter being a code rate and transmitting, to the user, data as information bits in the plurality of tones across a channel based on the single parameter, each of the plurality of tones including the constant number of bits. | 10-31-2013 |
20130287069 | Transmit Beamforming With Singular Value Decomposition And Pre-Minimum Mean Square Error - Transmitting beamforming can steer a transmitting signal to reduce the interference between spaces of a MIMO system and achieves constructive combination at the receiver. One method of steering matrix calculation includes using singular value decomposition (SVD). Notably, the singular values of SVD, which represent the stream strengths in a MIMO system, are in descending order. In equal modulation, signal strength degradation makes the receive EVM of the latest stream poor and increases the probability of packet error. MMSE can be used to weight the steering vectors of the steering matrix calculated in SVD. This weighting of the singular values can balance the SNR of the streams, thereby improving packet error rate. | 10-31-2013 |
20130287070 | HYBRID PLATFORM FOR A SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO - A hybrid platform for a software defined radio (SDR) includes a receive/transmit antenna, a radio frequency (RF) frontend, a baseband processor, and a SDR positioned along a signal path that couples the antenna, the RF frontend, and the baseband processor. The SDR includes a transmit processing chain, a receive processing chain, and a FPGA that includes control logic to reduce distortion caused by signal transmission within the SDR. | 10-31-2013 |
20130287071 | WIRELESS SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING APPARATUS - A wireless signal transceiving apparatus is provided. The wireless signal transceiving apparatus includes a signal transceiving-end circuit, a transceiving amplify module, an output amplify module, a mixer, a frequency selecting filter, switch modules a first base-band signal transceiver and a second base-band signal transceiver. The transceiving amplify module receives and amplifies a signal from an antenna or the mixer. The output amplify module amplifies the signal from the mixer. The frequency selecting filter filters the signal from the mixer, the first base-band signal transceiver or the second base-band signal transceiver according to the mode selecting signal. The first base-band signal transceiver and the second base-band signal transceiver receive the signal generated by the frequency selecting filter and/or respectively transmit the first and the second base-band output signal. The switch modules turn on or turn off transmission paths for the signal according to the mode selecting signal. | 10-31-2013 |
20130287072 | METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method of data transmission includes determining the number of layers, generating mapping symbols by mapping modulation symbols for a first codeword and modulation symbols for a second codeword to each layer, and transmitting the mapping symbols through a plurality of antennas. At least one of the first codeword and the second codeword is mapped to at least 3 layers and the number of layers is larger than 3. | 10-31-2013 |
20130287073 | MODULE FOR AN ACTIVE ANTENNA SYSTEM - A module for an active antenna system for receiving and transmitting radio signals sealed in a housing. It comprises a power connector placed at the outside of the housing for supplying the module with supply power; at least one micro radio for receiving/sending digital radio signals having a digital down-converter/a digital up-converter and a control signal converter. The micro radio converts the digital radio signals to analogue RF (radio frequency) signals and vice versa and is connected to the internal bus. At least one antenna element is connected to the micro radio and an internal data bus for the exchange of digital radio data and control data is connected to micro radio and hub. By placing two or more modules next to each other on a frame these modules form an active antenna system. | 10-31-2013 |
20130287074 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL USING A TRANSMISSION POWER MASK - Method for transmitting a signal using a transmission power mask is disclosed. The signal is transmitted by a transceiver A and is connected to a transceiver B via at least one physical link; wherein the transmission power mask is adapted according to a transfer function relative to the impedance of the physical link, so as the power lost during signal transmission is taken into account | 10-31-2013 |
20130294485 | Antenna Configured for Use in a Wireless Transceiver - The present application discloses various implementations of an antenna configured for use in a wireless transmitter, receiver, or transceiver. In one exemplary implementation, a wireless transmitter includes the antenna configured to be connected to the wireless transmitter. The antenna includes first and second substantially concentric pluralities of antenna elements, the second plurality of antenna elements being rotated with respect to the first plurality of antenna elements. The antenna is configured to enable the wireless transmitter to transmit a communication signal. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294486 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A MULTICARRIER TRANSCEIVER WITH RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE REDUCTION - A multi-carrier information transceiver that exhibits robustness against radio frequency interference (RFI) signals present in the communications channel. The transceiver includes a RFI mitigation technique that operates not only during the steady state operation of the transceiver but also during the training stage of the transceiver. That requires dynamically modifying the training signals when the presence of RFI is detected. The modification of the training signals facilitates the estimation of RFI, improving the performance of the multi-carrier transceiver. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294487 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH CONFIGURABLE SPATIAL TIME-FREQUENCY CODING AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A communication device includes a transmitter section that select a coding as either space time block coding (STBC), space frequency block coding (SFBC), hybrid space time/frequency block coding (ST/FBC), or a single stream multi-antenna spatial mapping. The transmitter section generates a transmit signal in accordance with the selected coding and transmits the transmit signal to the remote communication device via a plurality of antennas. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294488 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING AND REPORTING A RANK AND A PRECODING MATRIX FOR MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for measuring and reporting a rank and/or a precoding matrix for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication are disclosed. A metric indicating a channel condition is measured and a rank is selected based on the metric. The metric may be a signal-to-interference and noise ratio (SINR), throughput, a block error rate (BLER), system capacity, a sum rate, or the like. An SINR for each radio block group (RBG) for each rank is calculated. A data rate is calculated for each RBG based on the SINR for each rank. An overall rate for all RBGs is calculated for each rank. At least one rank is selected based on the overall rate. At least one precoding matrix may be selected jointly with or separately from the at least one rank. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301689 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE IN PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICES HAVING A RADIO FREQUENCY SUBSYSTEM - A portable electronic device that has a radio frequency communication subsystem operationally connected switch-mode power supply subsystem. The switch-mode power supply subsystem generates a pulse-width modulation electrical signal that produces electromagnetic interference. The switch-mode power supply subsystem can reduce the slew rate of the pulse-width modulation electrical signal when the radio-frequency communication subsystem is active. This reduces the level of the electromagnetic interference signal only during radio frequency communication, which improves the efficiency of the radio frequency communication. Not having the reduced slew rate when there is no radio frequency communication allows for higher modulation efficiency. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301690 | CAPACITIVE ISOLATED VOLTAGE DOMAINS - In some embodiments, a receiver circuit is configured to receive a modulated signal from a transmitter that is galvanically isolated from the receiver circuit. The receiver circuit is configured to demodulate the modulated signal by using two comparator circuits that respectively detect the presence or absence of first and second signal states of a carrier signal. Based on the detection of the first and second states, the receiver circuit determines whether the carrier signal is present or absent in the modulated signal to determine a demodulated value of the modulated signal. | 11-14-2013 |
20130308689 | RESOURCE SHARING IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENVIRONMENT - A transceiver is designed to share memory and processing power amongst a plurality of transmitter and/or receiver latency paths, in a communications transceiver that carries or supports multiple applications. For example, the transmitter and/or receiver latency paths of the transceiver can share an interleaver/deinterleaver memory. This allocation can be done based on the data rate, latency, BER, impulse noise protection requirements of the application, data or information being transported over each latency path, or in general any parameter associated with the communications system. | 11-21-2013 |
20130315284 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Adaptive Rank Multi Antenna Communication - A mobile terminal can receive N or less different data streams transmitted in parallel over N antennas. The number of different data streams actually transmitted in parallel to the mobile terminal corresponds to transmission rank. If the speed of the mobile terminal does not exceed a predetermined threshold, the mobile terminal utilizes a full-size codebook containing precoder elements for all N transmission ranks to determine a recommended transmission rank and precoder matrix for use in transmitting data to the mobile terminal. Otherwise, the mobile terminal utilizes a reduced-size codebook which excludes the precoder elements for at least transmission rank-N to determine the recommended transmission rank and precoder matrix where transmission rank-N corresponds to N different data streams being transmitted in parallel over the N antennas. The mobile terminal transmits an indication of the recommended transmission rank and precoder matrix to the network. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING FOR PHASE SHIFT IN A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for compensating is described, in which a tuning network is electrically coupled to an antenna and to a phase shift network. Baseband signals travel to and from the phase shift network. A controller communicatively linked to the tuning network and to the phase shift network receives data regarding the state of a communication device. The controller changes the impedance of the tuning network, and changes the phase shift of the phase shift network based on the received data. The received data may include information regarding the channel, band, or sub-band on which a communication device is communicating; information regarding on the application state of the device; information regarding the modulator and demodulator state of the device; and information regarding the state of the communication device's antenna. | 11-28-2013 |
20130322495 | TRUE-TIME DELAY, LOW PASS LENS - A lens is provided. The lens includes a first two-dimensional (2-D) grid of capacitive patches and a first sheet layer. The first sheet layer includes a dielectric sheet and a second 2-D grid of capacitive patches. The dielectric sheet has a front surface and a back surface. The first 2-D grid of capacitive patches is mounted directly on the back surface of the dielectric sheet, and the second 2-D grid of capacitive patches is mounted directly on the front surface of the dielectric sheet. The first 2-D grid of capacitive patches is aligned with the second 2-D grid of capacitive patches to form a time delay circuit at each grid position of the aligned 2-D grids. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322496 | METHOD FOR SECURING INDIRECT RETURN CHANNEL AND MOBILE DIGITAL BROADCAST RECEIVER THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method for securing indirect return channel and mobile digital broadcast receiver, and more particularly, to a method for securing the indirect return channel for mobile digital broadcast receiver without internal Internet access capabilities by enabling indirect access to Internet using external Internet devices having internal Internet access capabilities, and a mobile digital broadcast receiver securing indirect return channel using external Internet devices with internal Internet access capabilities. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322497 | DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION APPARATUS IN DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission/reception apparatus in a data communication system includes a transmission/reception unit connected to a device within a board and configured to wirelessly transmit transmission data from the device within the board to another device placed in one of other boards outside the board or another device placed in the board and wirelessly receive reception data from the another device, wherein the transmission/reception unit transmits the transmission data and receives the reception data using millimeter wave bands. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322498 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES AND METHODS HAVING REDUCED COMMUNICATION LATENCY - An improved mobile communications device, of the type having a set of antennas and a narrowband RF transceiver coupled to a first member of the set of antennas, also includes a broadband RF receiver coupled to a second member of the set of antennas; and processing circuitry, coupled to the narrowband RF transceiver and the broadband RF receiver, that uses a received signal from the broadband receiver to determine a communication parameter for the narrowband RF transceiver. Related methods are also provided. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322499 | Single Transceiver Operation - A system and method includes a pair of voltage-controlled oscillators (VCOs) that include a first VCO generating a first signal associated with data transmission of a first type of wireless data signal; and a second VCO generating a second signal associated with data transmission of a second type of wireless data signal, wherein the first type of wireless data signal uses a different carrier frequency than the second type of wireless data signal. The system further includes a multiplexer operatively connected to the pair of VCOs that selectively outputs the first signal or the second signal to generate a selectively outputted signal; and a mixer operatively connected to the switch that combines the selectively outputted signal with at least one additional signal and outputs a composite signal. The first type of wireless data signal includes a WiFi signal. The second type of wireless data signal includes a Bluetooth® signal. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322500 | Thermal Management of a Communication Transceiver in an Electrical Communication Device - Disclosed herein are various systems and methods relating to communication devices that include modular transceivers, such as small form pluggable transceivers. According to one embodiment, a communication device may include a chassis defining an interior and an exterior of the communication device. The chassis includes a top, a bottom, and a plurality of sides that together with the top and the bottom form an enclosure. One of the sides may include a first segment disposed in a first plane and a second segment disposed in a second plane. The second segment includes an outwardly extending communication transceiver housing configured to receive a communication transceiver. The communication transceiver may extend through an aperture in the second segment and into interior of the communication device to contact an electrical connector, while a second portion of the communication transceiver in the communication transceiver housing remains on the exterior of the communication device. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322501 | ENCODING/DECODING PROCESSOR AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - An encoding/decoding processor includes a coprocessor that is dedicated to encoding and decoding processes, where the coprocessor comprises: a parameter register that stores externally given operation modes and the settings of generation polynomials; and a calculation circuit that operates on the basis of the operation modes and the generation polynomials and that performs calculations, which are required for the encoding and decoding processes, by a plurality of bits per cycle in a parallel manner, and the coprocessor further comprises memory controllers, which include: address generator circuits for outputting the addresses of the storage devices; FIFO circuits for temporarily storing data; and data packing circuits for making up predetermined numbers of bits of data for output. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329772 | DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - Some of the example embodiments presented herein are directed towards an eNodeB ( | 12-12-2013 |
20130329773 | RECEIVER AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A RECEIVER - According to embodiments of the present invention, a receiver is provided. The receiver includes an envelope detector configured to generate a waveform corresponding to an envelope of a signal received by the receiver, a carrier recovery circuit configured to generate a carrier signal based on the waveform, wherein the carrier signal has a frequency corresponding to a center frequency of the received signal, and a template generator configured to generate a local template signal based on the waveform, the local template signal including a plurality of pulses. According to further embodiments of the present invention, a method of controlling a receiver is also provided. | 12-12-2013 |
20130336371 | FAST AND ROBUST AGC APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME - The present invention discloses apparatus and method for fast and robust automatic gain control (AGC). By using the power statistics and/or the amplitude statistics of multiple pairs of signed ADC outputs, the additional gain control can be determined and included in a statistics-aided AGC to successfully complete the AGC function for a received signal having a dynamic range up to 100 dB within a few micro-seconds. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336372 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH COMMUNICATION-LAYER MAXIMIZATION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A communication system includes: a receiver resource module configured to determine a receiver-antenna count for characterizing a device; an adjustment module, coupled to the receiver resource module, configured to generate a receiver-capacity profile exceeding a capability associated with the receiver-antenna count with a control unit; and a report module, coupled to the adjustment module, configured to transmit the receiver-capacity profile for communicating a communication content for communicating with the device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336373 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMPENSATING FOR ESTIMATED DISTORTION IN A TRANSMITTER BY UTILIZING A DIGITAL PREDISTORTION SCHEME WITH A QUADRATURE FEEDBACK MIXER CONFIGURATION - Aspects of a method and system for compensating for estimated distortion in a transmitter by utilizing a digital predistortion scheme with a quadrature feedback mixer configuration are presented. Aspects of the system may include an RF transmitter that enables generation of an RF output signal in response to one or more generated input signals. One or more feedback signals may be generated by performing frequency downconversion on the RF output signal within a corresponding one or more feedback mixer circuits. The generated one or more feedback signals may be inserted at a corresponding one or more insertion points in an RF receiver. Each insertion point may be between a receiver mixer circuit and corresponding circuits that generate a baseband signal based on the corresponding one of the feedback signals. | 12-19-2013 |
20130343438 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS TO CHANGE INFORMATION VALUES - Some embodiments include apparatuses and methods having a component to change a value of a bit among a number of M bits of information when the M bits have the same value and when M exceeds a selected value. At least one of such embodiments can include a transmitting component to provide the information to a connection. At least one of such embodiments can include a receiving component to receive the information from the connection. In at least one of such embodiments, the selected value can include a maximum number of consecutive bits having the same value that such a receiving component can be configured to receive. Other embodiments including additional apparatuses and methods are described. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343439 | PHYSICAL TRANSCEIVER GEARBOX - An apparatus is provided. Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer logic is configured to communicate with a communications medium. Physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer logic is coupled to the PMD logic. Forward error correction (FEC) sublayer logic is coupled to the PMA sublayer logic, and physical coding (PCS) sublayer logic is configured to communicate with an interface. A transmit path is coupled to the transmit data in a second clock domain to the FEC sublayer logic. A first read pointer circuit is coupled to transmit path. A write pointer circuit is coupled to the transmit path. A receive path is coupled to receive data in the second clock domain from the FEC sublayer logic. A second read pointer circuit is coupled to the receive path, where the first read pointer circuit, the second read pointer circuit, and the write pointer circuits are each configured to detect gaps between the first and second clock domains. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343440 | INTELLIGENT BACKHAUL RADIO WITH CO-BAND ZERO DIVISION DUPLEXING - A intelligent backhaul radio is disclosed, which can operate by zero division duplexing for use in PTP or PMP topologies, providing for significant spectrum usage benefits among other benefits. Specific system architectures and structures to enable active cancellation of multiple transmit signals at multiple receivers within a MIMO radio are disclosed. Further disclosed aspects include the adaptive optimization of cancellation parameters or coefficients. | 12-26-2013 |
20140003474 | ZERO CORRELATION ZONE SEQUENCES FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140003475 | ZERO CORRELATION ZONE SEQUENCES FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140010267 | METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE AND CARRIER POWER ESTIMATION AND ITS APPLICATION TO AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL AND SIGNAL-TO-INTERFERENCE-AND-NOISE-RATIO COMPUTATION - A system and method are provided for estimating interference power at a receiver antenna in a communications systems receiver, in which an interference type signal associated with a received radio signal is detected, an in-band interference power associated with the received radio signal is determined, and an interference power at the antenna is estimated using the determined in-band interference power and the detected interference type. Estimating the interference power at the antenna includes interpolating the determined in-band interference power using scaling factors determined by the interference type signal associated with the received radio signal. The system and method determine in-band carrier power associated with the radio signal based on a channel estimate h(k), and the in-band interference information is based on interference samples I(n). In addition, an average total power, automatic gain control (AGC) setting, and signal-to-information-and-noise ratio can be determined by the system and method. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010268 | PILOT DESIGN FOR WIRELESS SYSTEM - The description herein relates to pilot designs for an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) based communication system. In at least one embodiment, the communication system is one operating according to the IEEE 802.16m, or WiMax, standard. In general, an OFDM transmitter operates to insert pilot symbols into a resource of a transmit frame according to a predetermined staggered pilot symbol pattern defining pilot symbol locations within the resource of the transmit frame. The predetermined pilot symbol pattern is defined such that pilot symbols are located at or near time boundaries of the resource, at or near frequency boundaries of the resource, or both. By doing so, when generating a channel estimate for the communication channel between the OFDM transmitter and an OFDM receiver based on the pilot symbols, extrapolations needed to estimate the channel near the boundaries of the resource are optimized, thereby improving overall channel estimation accuracy. | 01-09-2014 |
20140016681 | PHASE-ROTATED REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for phase-rotated reference signals are provided. In accordance with one implementation, phase-rotated reference signals are transmitted from multiple transmit antennas on the same reference signal (RS) resource elements. The receiver may determine channel coefficients for links corresponding to the multiple antennas, based on the received signals at the RS resource elements. Time-domain filtering or frequency-domain orthogonal codes may be used to determine the channel coefficients for links corresponding to the multiple antennas. The phase-rotation information may be broadcasted in a system information block (SIB) message or signaled in a radio resource control (RRC) message. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016682 | RADIO MODULE, RADIO ASSEMBLY AND CORRESPONDING METHOD - A radio module is disclosed that includes a baseband device, a layer device, and a multi radio antenna. The baseband device is arranged to perform digital modulation and/or demodulation. The baseband device provides a data connection available to a digital system using the radio module for radio communication. The multi radio antenna includes an analogue radio device arranged to perform analogue signal processing, and an antenna array connected to the analogue radio device. The layer device is arranged to map each baseband device to one or more of the at least one multi radio antennas, and the radio module is connectable to a second equivalent radio module. A corresponding radio assembly and method are also disclosed. | 01-16-2014 |
20140023123 | Dual-Band LTE MIMO Antenna - Embodiments of a multiple-input-multiple output antenna for use with wireless communication systems are disclosed. In various embodiments, the antenna comprises a first element a first radiation element operable to resonate at a first frequency and a second radiation element operable to resonate at a second frequency, wherein said second frequency is not an integer multiple of said first frequency. In various embodiments, the first and second antenna radiation elements are each proximate to a ground plane and the respective resonance frequencies of said first radiation element and said second radiation element is achieved by controlling the electrical coupling between said first radiation element, said second radiation element and said ground plane. In some embodiments, the resonance frequencies of said first and second radiation elements is controlled independently. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023124 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL CIRCUIT THEREIN - A communication system includes a baseband processor, an RF (Radio Frequency) transceiver, a power amplifier, an antenna, and a control circuit. The power amplifier generates an amplified signal. The control circuit includes a coupler, an AC-to-DC (Alternating Current to Direct Current) converter, a comparator, and an attenuator. The coupler generates a transmission signal and a coupling signal according to the amplified signal. The AC-to-DC converter is coupled to the coupler, and converts the coupling signal into a DC (Direct Current) signal. The comparator compares a DC voltage of the DC signal with a reference voltage so as to generate a control signal. The attenuator is coupled between the coupler and the antenna, and attenuates or does not attenuate the transmission signal according to the control signal. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023125 | Signal Transceiver and Adaptive Impedance Switch Circuit - A signal transceiver includes a connector for receiving a signal, a band-pass filter coupled to the connector for filtering the signal, a front-end module for demodulating the signal and an adaptive impedance switch circuit coupled between the band-pass filter and the front-end module for switching an impedance value between the band-pass filter and the front-end module. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029650 | Adaptive Precoder Cycling - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for improving a precoder selection process in a wireless communications system. In a normal precoder selection process, a precoder is selected from a codebook based on channel state information estimated from received reference signals. In between two received reference signals, a subset of precoders is cycled through and each precoder in the subset is iteratively selected for use by a transmitter to precode transmit signals. The subset of precoders may be adaptively modified based on predefined criteria. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029651 | BACK CHANNEL ADAPTATION USING CHANNEL PULSE RESPONSE - An apparatus having a transmitter is disclosed. The transmitter generally has a filter coupled to a communication channel. The transmitter may be configured to adjust the filter using information based on an estimate of one or more characteristics of the communication channel. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029652 | LOW POWER COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING DATA SEGMENTS USING HOLD TIME OR LOCK TIME OF PHASE LOCKED LOOP - A device communicating with a node, includes a communication unit configured to transmit a transmitting data segment to the node, and receive a receiving data segment from the node. The device further includes a phase locked loop (PLL) configured to generate an operating frequency for the communication unit. The device further includes a PLL controller configured to control a hold time and a lock time, of the PLL, that are shared between the node and the device. The device further includes a scheduler configured to schedule the transmitting data segment and the receiving data segment based on the controlled hold time and lock time. | 01-30-2014 |
20140036969 | LOW COMPLEXITY ALL-DIGITAL PIM COMPENSATOR - The present disclosure relates to compensation for Passive Intermodulation (PIM) distortion in a receiver. In one embodiment, a communication device includes a transmitter that is configured to receive a digital input signal and output a radio frequency transmit signal, a main receiver configured to receive a radio frequency receive signal and output a digital output signal, and a PIM compensation subsystem. The radio frequency receive signal includes PIM distortion that is a non-linear function of the radio frequency transmit signal output by the transmitter. In order to compensate for the PIM distortion, a PIM compensation subsystem receives the digital input signal of the transmitter, generates a digital PIM estimate signal that is an estimate of the PIM distortion in the digital output signal of the main receiver, and subtracts the digital PIM estimate signal from the digital output signal of the main receiver. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036970 | TRANSCEIVER WITH SUB - SAMPLING BASED FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER - Disclosed is a transceiver including a sub-sampling based frequency synthesizer with a sampling frequency f | 02-06-2014 |
20140036971 | WEIGHTING FILTER, AND CORRESPONDING METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING AN ANALOG SIGNAL AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A weighting filter is provided for use in a device for transmitting and/or receiving an analog signal. The device is capable of transmitting and/or receiving the analog signal in a predetermined frequency band consisting of two adjacent sub-bands, referred to as first and second sub-bands. The weighting filter includes: a first branch, which attenuates the analog signal; a second branch that filters the analog signal and has a bandwidth corresponding to the first sub-band or to the second sub-band; and a module that combines signals from the first and second branches. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036972 | TRANSCEIVER SYSTEM HAVING PHASE AND FREQUENCY DETECTOR AND METHOD THEREOF - A transceiver system having a phase and frequency locked architecture is described. The transceiver system includes a clock and data recovery type receiver, a frequency divider and a transmitter. The clock and data recovery type receiver receives an external signal from a host unit and extracts the external signal to generate a clock signal and a data signal. The frequency divider is used to divide the frequency of the clock signal for generating a reference clock signal. The transmitter transmits output data content based on the reference clock signal. | 02-06-2014 |
20140044155 | FREQUENCY AGILE MULTIBAND TRANSMITTER USING A RADIO FREQUENCY DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for generating a first radio frequency digital signal and providing the first radio frequency digital signal to a radio frequency digital-to-analog converter operating at a sampling frequency. The output of the radio frequency digital-to-analog converter includes a first carrier signal corresponding to the first radio frequency digital signal and having a first frequency below the sampling frequency and an image of the first carrier signal having a second frequency above the sampling frequency. The output of the radio frequency digital-to-analog converter is filtered to select the image of the first carrier signal for transmission. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044156 | CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - A method, a receiver and computer program product for reporting at least one channel quality indicator from a receiver to a transmitter in a MIMO system are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the receiver receives one or more data streams transmitted by the transmitter wherein the data streams are processed by the transmitter using a transmission precoding matrix W prior to transmission to the receiver. The receiver estimates a preferred precoding matrix W | 02-13-2014 |
20140044157 | MULTI-BAND INTERCONNECT FOR INTER-CHIP AND INTRA-CHIP COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, apparatus, modules, and methods of communicating with memory devices utilizing multi-band communication containing a baseband and one or more amplitude shift keyed (ASK) RF channels over each differential pair of off-chip transmission lines. Configurations are described for interfacing between microprocessors, or controllers and memory devices or modules, and within a DIMM and its DRAM devices, and between multiple DIMM memory modules. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050254 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR CHANNEL UPDATES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Pilot logic may determine channel information updates such as channel state information and phase correction information from pilot tones that do not travel close to the DC tone or the band edge tones. Logic may skip channel updates and phase tracking from pilot tones that have traveled close to the DC tone or the edge tones. In other words, logic may process the shifting pilot tones except for the pilot tones located adjacent to the DC tone and the edge tones. Logic may use channel estimates and phase rotations that are obtained from previous locations of the pilot tones instead of pilot tones that are adjacent to the DC tone or the edge tones. Logic may access memory to store the channel information such as the phase correction information previously obtained and the channel state information previously obtained and derived from processing pilot tones at locations adjacent to the symbol indices next to the DC tone and the edge tones. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050255 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR CHANNEL UPDATES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may calculate predicted phase rotations based upon more than one previously determined phase rotation. Logic may access memory to store and retrieve previously determined phase rotations to calculate predicted phase rotations. Logic may determine channel information updates such as channel state information and phase correction information from pilot tones that do not travel close to the direct current (DC) tone or the band edge (or guard) tones and replace the missing phase rotations with predicted phase rotations. Logic may skip phase tracking from pilot tones that have traveled close to the DC tone or the edge tones or that experience channel fading, which may result in a predicted phase rotation being more accurate than a phase rotation determined by processing the corresponding pilot tone. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050256 | Transmitting/Receiving Device and Method for Transmitting Data in a Radio Network - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving an instruction for a transceiver of a device to transmit a first data frame; in response to the instruction, generating a first control signal for a switch to couple the transceiver to a first antenna for transmission of the first data frame by the transceiver via the first antenna; determining whether the transceiver has received within a pre-determined time interval after the transmission of the first data frame a second data frame containing an acknowledgement message confirming successful receipt of the first data frame by another device; and, if the transceiver has not received within the pre-determined time interval after the transmission of the first data frame the second data frame, then generating a second control signal for the switch to couple the transceiver to the second antenna for re-transmission of the first data frame by the transceiver via a second antenna. | 02-20-2014 |
20140056337 | BASEBAND CANCELLATION OF PLATFORM RADIO INTERFERENCE - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a platform may comprise a receiver to receive a signal that includes an error in the received signal due to a noise signal generated in the platform, and a processor configured to calculate a noise vector from a source of the noise signal and to send the noise vector to the receiver, The receiver may include a digital signal processor configured to estimate an error vector based at least in part on the noise vector and to subtract the estimated error vector from the received signal to cancel the noise signal from the received signal. The noise cancelled from the received signal may include platform noise generated by a bus, a memory circuit, a clock, a power supply, a circuit ground or integrated circuit substrate, or input/output circuit of the platform. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056338 | DATA COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT CARRIES OUT SERIAL COMMUNICATION IN ORDER TO CONTROL MOTOR - A data reception unit carries out reception of data, which consists of a combination of switching noise resistant states and switching noise nonresistant states, over a fixed serial communication time a plurality of times for each fixed serial communication period same as the one or a plurality of the switching periods. A serial communication time setting unit sets the serial communication time different from one or a plurality of the switching periods, based on the switching period, the serial communication period, and the communication speed of the data communication device, so that the starts of all of the switching periods within the serial communication time are consistent with the time of reception of the switching noise resistant state at the time of at least one of the reception of the data among a plurality of times of the reception of the data. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056339 | METHOD AND TRANCVIER FOR DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE SYSTEM - This disclosure provides a method and transceiver for a digital subscriber line (DSL) system. A first transceiver performs a communication with a second transceiver with a bit table including a first parameter of bit load for sub-carriers, and transmits a switch message for requesting a bit load reduction to the second transceiver when the first transceiver determines that an obtained communication performance parameter reaches or exceeds the predetermined value; and in response to the transmission of the switch message, executing a switch to a second parameter of bit load for sub-carriers at a certain symbol of a frame. The first transceiver calculates the second parameter of bit load by subtracting a corresponding bit number from the first parameter of bit load. The corresponding bit number is transmitted by the first transceiver to the second transceiver for calculating a same parameter of bit load as the second parameter of bit load. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056340 | POWER LINE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE TRANSMITTING AT DIFFERING POWER LEVELS IN SAME COMMUNICATION - A power-line communications (PLC) device communicates with a second PLC device via a PLC medium and includes a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter transmits a Request to Send (RTS) communication to the second PLC device at a first power level. The receiver receives a Clear to Send (CTS) communication from the second PLC device. The transmitter transmits data to the second PLC device at a second power level that is less than the first power level. The transmitter transmits a TDM frame to the second PLC device that includes a preamble and header transmitted at a first power level and at least one special data symbol and a payload transmitted at a second power level that is less than the first power level. The special data symbol resides between the preamble or header and the payload and is usable by the second PLC device for processing of the payload. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056341 | SYSTEMS/METHODS OF ADAPTIVELY VARYING A BANDWIDTH AND/OR FREQUENCY CONTENT OF COMMUNICATIONS - A bandwidth that is allocated to a transmitted waveform need not be contiguous in frequency space and a frequency content of the transmitted waveform may vary, as needed, even on a signaling interval by signaling interval basis, in order to accommodate a desired transfer rate, reduce or avoid interference and/or enhance an end user experience. According to embodiments of the invention, a set of frequencies that is used to provide frequency content to elements of a waveform alphabet, used to form the transmitted waveform, is varied thus varying a frequency content of the transmitted waveform. A time span associated with the elements of the waveform alphabet may also be varied. Various transmitter/receiver embodiments are disclosed including direct synthesis transmitter/receiver embodiments. | 02-27-2014 |
20140064339 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed uses a digital to analog converter and an analog to digital converter that process a low bit for processing of a data signal at high speed according to analog to digital conversion and digital to analog conversion in a communication system and an analog to digital converter that processes high bit for processing of a signal for synchronization acquisition at low speed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064340 | DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT - A differential signal transmission circuit including a pattern generator, a low voltage differential signal (LVDS) transmitter, a transition minimized differential signal (TMDS) receiver, and a comparator is provided. The pattern generator generates a plurality of test data. The LVDS transmitter is coupled to the pattern generator to receive the test data, and generates a test output signal according to the test data. The TMDS receiver receives a test input signal to output a plurality of decoded data. The comparator is coupled to the TMDS receiver to receive the decoded data and the pattern generator to receive the test data. The comparator compares the decoded data with the test data to output a test result of the TMDS receiver. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064341 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS METHOD - A digital radio module ( | 03-06-2014 |
20140064342 | Methods and Apparatus in a MIMO Telecommunications System - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for transmitting and receiving over a MIMO radio link. In particular, a precoding matrix is applied to transmitted signals and constrained in such a way so as to limit the additional peak to average power ratio (PAPR) caused by applying the precoding matrix. For example, each row of the precoding matrix may have a single non-zero element, and/or each column may have the same number of non-zero elements. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064343 | IMPULSE NOISE MANAGEMENT - Evaluation of the impact of impulse noise on a communication system can be utilized to determine how the system should be configured to adapt to impulse noise events. Moreover, the system allows for information regarding impulse noise events, such as length of the event, repetition period of the event and timing of the event, to be collected and forwarded to a destination. The adaptation can be performed during one or more of Showtime and initialization, and can be initiated and determined at either one or more of a transmitter and a receiver. | 03-06-2014 |
20140072018 | LED LAMP COMBINED WITH WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - An LED lamp combined with wireless communication includes a lamp housing with an electrode contact mounted at one end thereof for connecting a power supply network, a light-emitting diode module mounted at the other end thereof and a driving circuit disposed therein to connect the electrode contact and the light-emitting diode module, a data processing module disposed in the lamp housing and connected to the driving circuit for converting electric signals from the power supply network into data packets, and a data transceiver module disposed in the lamp housing and connected to the data processing module for sending the data packets out via a wireless interface for a terminal device. The data transceiver module can receive data packets from the terminal device via the wireless interface and then the data processing module further converts the data packets into electric signals for transmitting in the power supply network. | 03-13-2014 |
20140072019 | WIRESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - The embodiment provides a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method thereof. The wireless communication apparatus includes an antenna for receiving or transmitting a signal; a receiving unit for demodulating the reception signal received through the antenna; a transmitting unit for generating the transmission signal to be transmitted through the antenna; and a control unit for determining a strength of the reception signal received through the antenna in order to set a strength of the transmission signal based on the strength of the reception signal. | 03-13-2014 |
20140079096 | POWER AMPLIFIER WITH SUPPLY SWITCHING - To improve upon efficiency of a transmitter's power amplifier during low power operation, a switching system is used to selectively switch between different (e.g., normal and reduced) power supplies. Suitable hardware/software in the form of circuitry, logic gates, and/or code functions to process, amplify, and transmit an input RF signal and selectively switch IN/OUT a plurality of supply voltages using control logic. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079097 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO GENERATE VIRTUAL SECTOR WIDE STATIC BEAMS USING PHASE SHIFT TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a signal, and generating first and second transmission signals from the received signal. The first signal has a fixed phase, and the second signal has a phase that changes over time. The first and second signals are sent from first and second antennas, respectively. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079098 | MULTI-STAGE CHARGE RE-USE ANALOG CIRCUITS - A linear transform can be performed using a passive analog multi-stage charge re-use linear transform circuit. The passive analog multi-stage charge re-use linear transform circuit transforms an input analog circuit to generate a transformed analog output signal. The passive analog multi-stage charge re-use linear transform circuit may be included in a software defined radio (SDR), where the transformed analog output signal may be output to an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) of the SDR device so as to enable the ADC to perform wideband spectrum sensing. The passive analog multi-stage charge re-use linear transform circuit may also be included in a beamforming device so as to enable the device to perform spectral shifting and spatial shifting of signals. This passive analog multi-stage charge re-use linear transform circuit may promote reduced power consumption in comparison to other circuits while also supporting wideband applications at high sampling rates. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079099 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When a changer changes a communication parameter based on a channel characteristic, a selector selects a switch data sequence corresponding to the changed communication parameter. A serial-parallel converter performs a serial-parallel conversion on a switch data sequence. An IFFT unit performs an IFFT. A transmitter synthesizes a calculation result from the IFFT unit to generate data symbol, and generates a transmission frame based on the data symbol. The transmitter then transmits the transmission frame to a second apparatus. A receiver receives a transmission frame from the second apparatus to generate data symbol. An FFT unit performs an FFT on the data symbol to generate a parallel signal. If a correlator determines that a notification of the change in the communication parameter has been correctly transmitted based on an autocorrelation analysis of the parallel signal, a communication apparatus starts communication using the changed communication parameter. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079100 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving CSI is provided for use in a wireless communication system using a plurality of antennas. The CSI transmission method of a terminal includes receiving a first CSI-RS and a second CSI-RS, transmitting a CSI indicator indicating one of the first and second CSI-RS corresponding to CSI to be transmitted, and transmitting the CSI generated based on the CSI indicator, until transmission of a new CSI indicator. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079101 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UNCONSTRAINED FREQUENCY DOMAIN ADAPTIVE FILTERING - Aspects of a method and system for unconstrained frequency domain adaptive filtering include one or more circuits that are operable to select one or more time domain coefficients in a current filter partition. A value may be computed for each of the selected one or more time domain coefficients based on a corresponding plurality of frequency domain coefficients. The corresponding plurality of frequency domain coefficients may be adjusted based on the computed values. A subsequent plurality of frequency domain coefficients in a subsequent filter partition may be adjusted based on the computed values. Input signals may be processed in the current filter partition based on the adjusted corresponding plurality of frequency domain coefficients. A time-adjusted version of the input signals may be processed in a subsequent filter partition based on the adjusted subsequent plurality of frequency domain coefficients. | 03-20-2014 |
20140086284 | CYCLIC SHIFT DELAY DETECTION USING A CHANNEL IMPULSE RESPONSE - Systems, apparatus and methods for determining a cyclic shift diversity (CSD) mode are presented. Examples use a channel impulse response (CIR) to determine a current CSD mode. Specifically, a channel impulse response from an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, which forms CIR samples. The CIR samples are examined to find a local maxima. A current CSD mode may be selected based on the local maxima found in the CIR samples. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086285 | NON-CODEBOOK BASED CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product for using non-codebook based CSI feedback (e.g., in LTE wireless systems) using selection by a UE of one or more of the plurality of logical antenna ports based on a predefined procedure (e.g., SNR or SINR measurement), but without selecting any codeword (precoder) by the UE. This allows not to involve any standardization of codebooks for precoding due to reliance on an alternative CSI feedback framework which does not rely on standardized codebooks. The exemplary embodiments described herein aim at development of 3GPP LTE Release-12. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086286 | DIVERSITY ANTENNA HOUSING - A wireless device comprises a plurality of diverse antennas, an accelerometer configured to determine an orientation of the wireless device, and a processor. The processor is configured to initially select a primary link configuration based on the determined orientation of the wireless device. The primary link configuration designates one or more of the plurality of diverse antennas and one or more diverse antennas of another wireless device configured to transmit the payload messages. The processor is further configured to receive payload messages using the primary link configuration, record a received signal strength indication (RSSI) value for the received payload messages, and periodically test RSSI for alternative link configurations. The processor compares RSSI between the primary link configuration and the alternative link configuration, and revises the primary link configuration if the comparison indicates that the alternative link configuration RSSI is greater than primary link configuration RSSI. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086287 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH LOW POWER SLEEP MODE AND RAPID-ON CAPABILITY - A multicarrier transceiver is provided with a sleep mode in which it idles with reduced power consumption when it is not needed to transmit or receive data. The full transmission and reception capabilities of the transceiver are quickly restored when needed, without requiring the full (and time-consuming) initialization commonly needed to restore such transceivers to operation after inactivity. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092944 | PILOT STRUCTURE TO SUPPORT A VIRTUAL DIVERSITY RECEIVER SCHEME - Devices and methods for providing a pilot structure for a virtual diversity receiver (VDR) scheme are disclosed. In order to improve the performance of a communication network, a VDR scheme is implemented to facilitate the exchange of information between user devices via an intermediary device, such as a base station. The pilot structure supports estimation of channel parameters at the receivers, including true channel taps, as well as estimations of the virtual channels created by the VDR scheme in order to enable the use of receive-diversity signal processing techniques. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098842 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF CONTROLLING POWER - According to another embodiment, a power control apparatus is provided. The power control apparatus includes a grid power inlet configured to receive grid power, a grid power outlet configured to provide grid power, a data transmission input configured to receive low voltage power, and means for actuating a relay to selectively couple the grid power inlet to the grid power outlet in response to receiving the low voltage power from the data transmission input. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098843 | DIGITALLY CONTROLLED JITTER INJECTION FOR BUILT IN SELF-TESTING (BIST) - A digitally controlled jitter injection apparatus for built in self-testing includes a transceiver circuit having a transmitter circuit and a receiver circuit. The digitally controlled jitter injection apparatus also includes a generator that generates a composite jitter including multi-tone jitter components. The digitally controlled jitter injection apparatus also includes a processor operable to digitally inject the composite jitter into a receiver circuit and/or a transmitter circuit of the transceiver circuit. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098844 | JOINT TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER GAIN OPTIMIZATION FOR HIGH-SPEED SERIAL DATA SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention allow for adjustment of transmitter amplitude during joint transmitter (TX) and receiver (RX) equalization. During joint TX and RX adaptation, when the receiver requires a gain update, the receiver gain update is masked above or below a preset range. The RX gain update (instruction) is encoded into a transmitter amplitude update (instruction) transferred through back channel communication. The translation of RX gain to TX amplitude update is performed after the RX gain reaches a specified range. Such masking, encoding and translation reserves a certain amount RX gain range to account for RX gain variation due to process, voltage, and temperature (PVT) changes over time, and also to offer better linear equalization in the receiver over a constrained VGA bandwidth. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098845 | TRANSCEIVER MODULE - A transceiver comprising a tank circuit, a variable differential conductance, VDC, coupled to the tank circuit, and a variable resistance coupled to the VDC is disclosed. The variable resistance is arranged to bias the VDC into a region of positive differential conductance during a first state of operation of the transceiver, and bias the VDC into a region of negative differential conductance during a second state of operation of the transceiver. | 04-10-2014 |
20140105254 | Phase Sector Based RF Signal Acquisition - Values representative of modulation signal components are extracted from a modulated signal. The modulated signal contains a modulation signal. A local clock signal is developed which correlates in time to the modulated signal and has a plurality of non-overlapping phase sectors per cycle. The modulated signal is accumulated into an accumulated value, separately for at least one phase sector of one cycle of the local clock signal. Each accumulated value is representative of a modulation signal component. The modulated signal accumulated is of an amount representative of the mathematical integral of the modulated signal during each phase sector of the local clock over which the modulated signal is accumulated. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105255 | PRE-PROCESSING UNIT FOR A SIGNAL PROCESSOR - A pre-processing unit for a signal processor includes a pre-processing element. The pre-processing element is configured to receive data to be processed by the signal processor, to pre-process the receive data and to output the pre-processed data. The data is pre-processed based on a control signal describing an undesired signal characteristic of a supply voltage for the signal processor in order to compensate an influence of the signal characteristic of the supply voltage on the processing of the data. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105256 | Band Stitching Electronic Circuits and Techniques - An electronic circuit combines two or more individual wideband RF receivers or transceiver band circuits to produce a usable instantaneous bandwidth that is wider than the bandwidth of the individual band circuits. The electronic circuit overcomes the difficulties of combining bands to provide low signal distortion across the band edges and throughout the combined instantaneous bandwidth of the two or more individual band circuits. This electronic circuit utilizes an amplitude, time delay, and phase adjustment procedure that uses associated adjustable circuitry to eliminate misalignments between the two or more individual band circuits. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105257 | Phase Sector Based RF Signal Decimation - Values representative of modulation signal components are extracted from a modulated signal. The modulated signal contains a modulation signal. A local clock signal is developed which correlates in time to the modulated signal and has a plurality of non-overlapping phase sectors per cycle. Signal values are acquired from the modulated signal, separately for at least one phase sector of one cycle of the local clock signal. At least two signal values from the same phase sector, but different clock cycles are combined to obtain at least one combined signal value representative of a modulation signal component. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105258 | Periodic Time Segment Sequence Based Signal Generation - An output signal is developed. A periodic time segment sequence having a multiple ordered time segments is defined. The periodic time segment sequence is repeated. A plurality of sets of signal values are provided to an output, thereby generating the output signal. Each set of signal values is provided during a different ordered time segment than each other set. Each signal value of a set is provided during a different repetition of the periodic time segment sequence. Each set of signal values, in sequence, has statistical dependence with at least one other set of signal values, in sequence. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112375 | Indoor radio ranging based on a subset of subcarriers employed by orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) - Systems, apparatus and methods for determining a set of ranges from selected subcarriers of an OFDM signal sent between a receiver (e.g., first transceiver or a local receiver of a local unit at a first location) and a transmitter (e.g., second transceiver or remote transmitter of a remote unit at a second location) are presented. The set of ranges is ambiguous as to the correct range. Each range in this set of ambiguous ranges represents a possible range between the transmitter and the receiver. Range ambiguities may be resolved by using additional subcarriers from the OFDM signal and/or using a last know position of a receiver and/or finding ranges to two, three or more transmitters. The range may be used with other ranges to find a location estimate of the receiver. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112376 | REDUCED PAIR ETHERNET TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A system for reduced pair Ethernet transmission. The system includes an interleaver that is operable to receive sets of four code symbols from a physical channel sub-layer (PCS) encoder, wherein each code symbol of each set of four code symbols is associated with one of four channels, and interleave the sets of four code symbols to generate a plurality of interleaved code symbols. The system further includes a serializer that is operable to serialize the plurality of interleaved code symbols to generate a plurality of interleaved and serialized code symbols. The system further includes a transmitter that is operable to transmit the plurality of interleaved and serialized code symbols over an Ethernet medium comprising a single twisted pair of wires. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112377 | UNIFIED, PROGRAMMABLE RECEIVER WITH SUPPORT FOR MULTIPLE MODES - Techniques are described herein that receive communications transmitted according to different operation modes at a multi-mode, programmable receiver system. The multi-mode, programmable receiver system may receive communication signals from transmit antennas in “cells” (e.g., base station transceivers and/or the like) according to one or more operation modes, using receive antennas. The received signals may be converted and processed by various modules of the multi-mode, programmable receiver system to produce an output signal. The multi-mode, programmable receiver system includes modules that are programmable to be selectively enabled or disabled according to an operation mode in accordance with which the multi-mode, programmable receiver system operates. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112378 | ROBUST SCALABLE AND ADAPTIVE FREQUENCY ESTIMATION AND FREQUENCY TRACKING FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses to determine a frequency adjustment in a mobile wireless device are disclosed. A method includes determining a coarse frequency error estimate and multiple fine frequency error estimates; selecting at least one candidate fine frequency error estimate having a frequency value closest to a corresponding frequency value for the coarse frequency error estimate; and determining a frequency adjustment based on a combination of the coarse frequency error estimate and the selected at least one candidate fine frequency error estimate. In an embodiment, the method further includes calculating a confidence metric for the coarse frequency error estimate; when the confidence metric exceeds a threshold value, determining the frequency adjustment based on the candidate fine frequency error estimate; otherwise, determining the frequency adjustment based on a fine frequency error estimate in the plurality of fine frequency error estimates closest to a most recent previous fine frequency error estimate. | 04-24-2014 |
20140119413 | FLEXIBLE SCRAMBLER/DESCRAMBLER ARCHITECTURE FOR A TRANSCEIVER - An apparatus is provided. A polynomial register having a plurality of bits is provided, where the polynomial register is configured to store a user-defined polynomial. A transceiver is coupled to a first bus, a second bus, and the polynomial register. The transceiver includes a self-synchronous scrambler that is configured to generate a scrambled signal from a first signal using the user-defined polynomial and a self-synchronous descrambler that is configured to generate a descrambled signal from a second signal using the user-defined polynomial. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119414 | RAILWAY CODE GENERATION AND SIGNALING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A first unit configured to generate and transmit a code of positive and negative DC pulses through a first rail of a railway. A second unit spaced from the first unit and configured to sense the code, which includes a leading code word, having a positive or negative timing pulse followed after a first data interval by a positive or negative data pulse, followed by a modifying code word. The modifying code word consists of a second positive or negative timing pulse followed after a second data interval by a second positive or negative data pulse. The second timing pulse starts after one code cycle from the start of the leading code word timing pulse. The second timing pulse and the second data pulse duplicate the timing pulse and the data pulse of the same polarity, but invert the timing pulse and the data pulse of opposite polarities. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119415 | WIRELESS DEVICE - A wireless device includes a wireless unit, a baseband processing unit, an event-initiation detecting unit, and an amplitude-level control unit. The wireless unit performs signal processing on a radio signal. The baseband processing unit is connected to the wireless unit through a digital communication channel and transmits/receives a digital signal with the wireless unit through the digital communication channel. The event-initiation detecting unit detects whether an event causing a fluctuation in power supply voltage supplied to the wireless unit or the baseband processing unit is initiated. The amplitude-level control unit increases, when the event-initiation detecting unit has detected that the event is initiated, amplitude of a digital signal transmitted/received through the digital communication channel before the event is initiated. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126613 | TRANSCEIVER INCLUDING A HIGH LATENCY COMMUNICATION CHANNEL AND A LOW LATENCY COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for reducing the latency in a transceiver. A transceiver includes a high latency communication channel and a low latency communication channel that is configured to be a bypass channel for the high latency communication channel. The low latency communication channel may be utilized when implementing the transceiver is used in low latency applications. By bypassing the high latency communication channel, the high latency that is introduced therein (due to the many stages of de-serialization used to reduce the data rate for digital processing) can be avoided. An increase in data rate is realized when the low latency communication channel is used to pass data. A delay-locked loop (DLL) may be used to phase align the transmitter clock of the transceiver with the receiver clock of the transceiver to compensate for a limited tolerance of phase offset between these clocks. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126614 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR DIGITAL PRE-EMPHASIS IN LOW POWER SERDES SYSTEMS - A communication system is described that includes a transmitter to transmit data using one or more drivers. The drivers may drive the data in a manner that accords with pre-emphasis being selectively enabled or disabled for each driver. The pre-emphasis, when enabled, is applied by corresponding driver. The drivers may also be programmably selected and enabled or disabled. The transmitter also includes one or more driver selection circuits. The driver selection circuits may be configured to select one or more of the drivers to transmit the data, to selectively enable or disable pre-emphasis to be applied by each of the selected drivers, and to provide the data, or representations thereof, to the selected drivers. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133524 | HYBRID RESISTIVE DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG DEVICES - A differential resistor-based digital-to-analog converter (RDAC) can include a positive digital-to-analog converter (PDAC) stage and a negative digital-to-analog converter (NDAC) stage. A first network of resistors of the PDAC stage can be electrically coupled to a second network of resistors of the NDAC stage utilizing an intermediary network of resistors. Further, a differential receiver can include a first input and a second input. The first input can be electrically coupled to a first resistor of the intermediary network of resistors, and the second input can be electrically coupled to a second resistor of the intermediary network of resistors. Furthermore, a portion of the first network of resistors can be electrically coupled to a positive output of the RDAC, and another portion of the second network of resistors can be electrically coupled to a negative output of the RDAC. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133525 | MULTI-MODE ACTIVE CIRCUIT CONTROL AND ACTIVATION SYSTEM - An active circuit control system that utilizes multiple PWM signals to activate and power an array of active components, requiring minimal wiring between the multi-mode signal conditioner and active components. Signal conditioning and filtering is implemented to allow transmission of power and control signals for multiple components over a single or multiple transmission lines. The circuit can be used to provide supply voltage and control signals for active antennas, switch networks, and other components in communication systems and electronic devices. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133526 | CIRCUIT, TRANSCEIVER AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A circuit for providing a bias signal for a power amplifier includes a first input, a second input and an output. The first input is configured to receive an input signal to be amplified by the power amplifier. The second input is configured to receive the amplified input signal. The output is configured to provide the bias signal. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133527 | DIGITAL PRE-DISTORTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of performing digital pre-distortion in a communication network is described. The method comprises implementing a transceiver in the communication network, the transceiver enabling the transfer of communication signals in the communication network by way of a wireless communication channel; sampling signals, at the transceiver, associated with a transmit signal which are necessary to perform digital pre-distortion; providing the sampled signals to a remote computer; and generating, at the remote computer, parameters to be applied to a digital pre-distortion circuit of the transceiver. A communication network configured to enable digital pre-distortion is also described. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133528 | Systems and Methods to Provide Compensated Feedback Phase Information - A communication system includes a polar conversion component, a polar modulator, an RF front-end component, a feedback receiver, a delay compensation component, and an adder. The polar conversion component is configured to provide an amplitude signal and a phase signal. The polar modulator is configured to receive amplitude signal and the phase signal and to provide the phase modulated local oscillator signal and an RF output signal. The RF front-end component is configured to receive the RF output signal and to provide a coupled output signal. The feedback receiver is configured to receive the phase modulated local oscillator signal and the coupled output signal and to generate an uncompensated feedback phase information signal. The delay compensation component is configured to receive the phase signal and the uncompensated feedback phase information signal and to generate a compensation signal. The adder is configured to add the compensation signal to the uncompensated feedback phase information signal to generate a compensated feedback phase information signal. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133529 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ADAPTIVE RECEIVER DELAY EQUALIZATION - Disclosed are apparatus and methods for adaptive receiver delay equalization. One embodiment relates to a method for adaptive receiver delay equalization. Filtered positive and negative polarity signals are generated by a first variable-delay filter and a second variable-delay filter, respectively. A delay difference is determined between the filtered positive and negative polarity signals, and a skew-indication signal is generated based on the delay difference. A delay control signal is generated based on the skew-indication signal, and the delay control signal is sent to at least one of the first and second variable-delay filters. Other embodiments and features are also disclosed. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133530 | ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION - In particular embodiments, a broadband receiver of a wireless communications device may poll a broadband communications channel for configuration data. Once the configuration data has been received, the channel may be established, and connection information may be transmitted to a base station. The connection information may be an identifier for a user of a social-networking system. Based on the identifier, the device may be able to establish a narrowband communications channel with the base station. Using the identifier, the base station may be able to begin retrieving social-networking information for the user while establishing a communications channel using the narrowband transceiver. Once the narrowband communications channel has been established, the wireless communications device may be able to receive the social-networking information over that channel and provide social-networking functionality. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133531 | DYNAMIC DIGITAL PREDISTORTION FOR A MICROWAVE RADIO SYSTEM - A method for performing digital predistortion to a microwave radio transceiver in response to an increase/decrease of transmit power level is disclosed. If the new transmit power level is higher than the current transmit power level, a set of digital predistortion (DPD) coefficients is applied to the transceiver before the issuance of a transmit power level increase command to the transceiver. Otherwise, a transmit power level decrease command is issued to the transceiver before the application of the set of DPD coefficients to the transceiver. Determining the set of DPD coefficients for the transceiver involves two stages: (i) calibrating the transceiver at a room temperature under predefined conditions and generating a DPD lookup table including DPD coefficients at a plurality of predefined temperatures other than the room temperature and (ii) determining the set of DPD coefficients for a given set of operating conditions using entries in the DPD lookup table. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140379 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF IN-PHASE/QUADRATURE (I/Q) IMBALANCE COMPENSATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of In-phase/Quadrature (I/Q) imbalance compensation. For example, an apparatus may include an I/Q imbalance calibrator to determine, based on first and second phasors, a plurality of calibration parameters for calibrating I/Q imbalance of both a Radio Frequency (RF) Receive (Rx) path of a transceiver and a RF Transmit (Tx) path of the transceiver, the first phasor including a phasor of an image component of a first signal transmitted via the Tx path, shifted by a first phase shift and received via the Rx path, and the second phasor including a phasor of an image component of a second signal transmitted via the Tx path, shifted by a second phase shift, different from the first phase shift, and received via the Rx path. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140380 | INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE FOR BI-DIRECTIONAL COMMUNICATIONS IN A CARRIER-BASED SYSTEM - A method is provided. An initial bit sequence is received by a receiver. A local oscillator is locked initially to a local reference and subsequently to the received signal using the initial bit sequence, and automatic gain control (AGC) is performed once the local oscillator is locked to the local reference. A Costas loop is then activated so as to achieve carrier frequency offset (CFO) lock, and sign inversion is detected. The receiver then synchronized with an end-of-training pattern. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140381 | MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE SIGNALING - A method and apparatus relate to coexistence of multiple RF subsystems on a communication device. An apparatus may include a plurality of radio frequency (RF) subsystems configured to receive or transmit communication signals; and an interface for communication between a first RF subsystem of the plurality of RF subsystems and at least a second RF subsystem of the plurality of subsystems. The first RF subsystem can be configured to generate a timing offset for a coexistence signal, the timing offset being indicative of a difference between a time of generation of a signal and the time of an event associated with the signal. The timing offset can comprise a fixed offset generated based on at least one of a reference time from a periodic interrupt or direct access of a timer; and an offset adjustment based on a distance between the apparatus and a base station associated with the first RF subsystem. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146860 | TRANSCEIVER WITH SHORT-CIRCUIT DETECTION AND PROTECTION - A USB transceiver has transmitter circuitry, receiver circuitry, short-circuit detection circuitry, and short-circuit protection circuitry. The transmitter circuitry transmits a differential pair of outgoing data signals to a cable connected to the transceiver, and the receiver circuitry receives the differential pair of outgoing data signals via bi-directional input-output pins. The short-circuit detection circuitry analyzes each of the outgoing differential data signals to detect a short circuit in the pair of outgoing data signals, and the short-circuit protection circuitry protects the transmitter circuitry upon detection of a short circuit. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146861 | SERIAL DIGITAL INTERFACE BETWEEN AN RF TRANSCEIVER AND A BASEBAND CHIP - One embodiment of the present invention provides a device for interfacing between a baseband controller and an RF integrated circuit (IC) chip having a modulator and a demodulator. The device includes an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) coupled to the demodulator located on the RF IC chip. The ADC is configured to receive demodulated analog signals from the demodulator. The device further includes a serializer configured to generate a serial data frame based on the ADC's output, a first serial data port configured to send the serial data frame to the baseband controller, and a control module coupled to the baseband controller. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153616 | SLIDING IF TRANSCEIVER ARCHITECTURE - Techniques for providing a transceiver with a sliding intermediate frequency (IF). In an aspect, a PLL generates a single local oscillator (LO) signal used for both up-conversion by a transmit (TX) signal path and down-conversion by a receive (RX) signal path, wherein the LO frequency is chosen as the TX carrier frequency. As the TX and RX carrier frequencies may generally differ by a variable amount, the RX signal path utilizing the (TX) LO frequency for down-conversion may be characterized as having a “sliding” IF. To accommodate the sliding IF receiver architecture, specific processing functions such as charge sampling, discrete-time analog band-pass filtering, and sub-sampling analog-to-digital conversion (ADC) are described. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153617 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD THAT DETECTS RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) INTERFERER ON A COMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL - A communications device includes a demodulator configured to demodulate a received communications signal into complex time domain samples. A processor is coupled to the demodulator and configured to determine the variance over time domain magnitude samples, perform a complex Fast Fourier Transform (cFFT) on the complex time domain samples as magnitude and phase to obtain frequency domain samples and determine the variance over the frequency domain samples. A comparator compares a variance ratio of the time domain magnitude samples and the frequency domain samples with a threshold to determine if a RF interferer is present, indicative that the communications channel is busy. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153618 | Fast Lo Leakage Calibration of Direct Up-Conversion Transmitters Using Three Measurements - A direct conversion transmitter has a mixer stage to up-convert an input signal to the frequency of a local oscillator (LO). A DC offset circuit is coupled to an input signal port to apply a set of DC offset signal values. A processor determines a set of optimal DC offset signal values by no more than three differential spectral measurements made at the transmitter output port with a test signal applied at the input port. Optimal DC offset signal values are those that, when applied to the input signal at the input port of the transmitter, minimize an LO leakage component of the transmit signal at the output signal port of the transmitter. The optimal DC offset values are stored in memory and retrieved and applied to information bearing signals provided as the input signal once those optimal DC offset values have been determined. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153619 | REPARTITIONED TRANSCEIVER USING SILICON-ON-INSULATOR - A transceiver circuit including a digital-to-analog converter, a filter coupled to the digital-to-analog converter, a passive mixer coupled to the filter, via a buffer and a multi-stage power amplifier coupled to the passive mixer via a passive amplifier. A transmitter and method for amplifying a RF signal for transmission are also provided. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153620 | USE OF MULTI-LEVEL MODULATION SIGNALING FOR SHORT REACH DATA COMMUNICATIONS - A short reach communication system includes a plurality of communication SERDES that communicate data over a short reach channel medium such as a backplane connection (e.g., PCB trace) between, for example, chips located on a common PCB. A multi-level modulated data signal is generated to transmit/receive data over the short reach channel medium. Multi-level modulated data signals, such as four-level PAM, reduce the data signal rate therefore reducing insertion loss, power, complexity of the circuits and required chip real estate. | 06-05-2014 |
20140161159 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE CANCELLATION OF INTERMODULATION AND HARMONIC DISTORTION IN A BASEBAND RECEIVER | 06-12-2014 |
20140161160 | INTEGRATED TRANSMIT/RECEIVE SWITCH - An apparatus comprises a transmit network to transmit an input from a first amplifier to an antenna, a receive network to provide an input from an antenna to a second amplifier, a first switch to selectively decouple the transmit network from the antenna, and a second switch to selectively decouple the receive network from the antenna. Other embodiments may be described. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169415 | PRECODER WEIGHT SELECTION FOR MIMO COMMUNICATIONS WHEN MULTIPLICATIVE NOISE LIMITED - The method and apparatus disclosed herein improve throughput conditions limited by multiplicative noise by determining precoder weights for each data stream communicated between a MIMO transmitter node and a MIMO receiver node. The precoder weights are determined based on information derived from non-precoded reference symbols to decrease the energy allocated to the dominant signal path relative to the energy allocated to the non-dominant signal paths. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169416 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA SERIALIZATION AND INTER SYMBOL INTERFERENCE REDUCTION - A system and method is disclosed for reducing inter symbol interference in a high speed data transfer system. One or more decision logic circuits and one or more pull circuits are used to enable the signal level of a bit in a serial bit stream to achieve its nominal value. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169417 | AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL UNIT FOR A LOW POWER RECEIVER OR TRANSCEIVER - The automatic gain control unit for a radiofrequency receiver includes a first current source for charging a storage capacitor by a first current, four comparators for comparing on the lower side an in-phase positive intermediate signal, an in-phase negative intermediate signal, a quarter-phase positive intermediate signal, a quarter-phase intermediate signal with a first reference threshold to a high amplitude level of the intermediate signals. Each comparator controls a MOS transistor connected in series between a second current source and the storage capacitor in order to discharge the storage capacitor when each transistor is in a conductive state. A bi-stable trigger element is connected to the storage capacitor and to provide an AGC signal depending on the voltage level on the storage capacitor for attenuating or not the gain of the low noise amplifier or of a mixer unit amplifier of the receiver. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169418 | RECEIVER AND TRANSMITTER APPARATUS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - An RF receiver/transmitter apparatus for carrier aggregation is disclosed, to provide a routing circuitry formed by a plurality of mixer modules for achieving both the function of carrier aggregation and the mixing frequency process of signals. This architecture allows sharing an RF front-end, improving degree of integration, and reducing hardware cost and circuitry power consumption. In addition, in the process of reception and transmission, the apparatus may perform different processing and configuration for each sub-channel to increase circuit design flexibility. The receiver apparatus includes at least one antenna, a first signal processing unit, a routing mixer device, a second signal processing unit and a digital signal processor (DSP); and the routing mixer device includes a plurality of mixer module and a plurality of current/voltage adders to achieve signal routing control through opening or closing of the mixer, switching the signal transmission path or switching the signal synthesizer. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169419 | TRANSCEIVER AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA ENCODED BY TRANSMISSION CODE - A transceiver that transmits and receives data used in a communication system, in which the data is encoded by a transmission line code and a signal level of the transmission code changes at a predetermined transition timing in a bit-duration. The transceiver includes: a clock generator that generates an internal clock used for internal circuits; a timing generator that generates, by using the internal clock generated by the clock generator, a timing signal synchronized to a reference clock supplied externally; an encoding circuit that encodes, by using the timing signal generated by the timing generator, a transmission data which is synchronized to the reference clock to be the transmission line code; and a waveform shaping unit that performs a waveform shaping of a waveform at the predetermined is transition timing of the transmission data to be based on the reference clock. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169420 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Processing data presented in the form of a vector representation involves representing direction of the vector with incremental accuracy by using a set of vector codebooks of decreasing dimensions per accuracy increment. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169421 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Processing data presented in the form of a vector representation involves representing direction of the vector with incremental accuracy by using a set of vector codebooks of decreasing dimensions per accuracy increment. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169422 | HIGH FREQUENCY FRONT END MODULE - A high frequency front end module includes a variable circulator, a transmission side filter, and a reception side filter. Capacitors that are to be selectively connected by a switch are provided between an antenna side port and a transmission side port of a circulator of the variable circulator. Capacitors that are to be selectively connected by a switch are provided between the antenna side port and a reception side port of the circulator. Capacitors that are to be selectively connected by a switch are provided between the transmission side port and the reception side port of the circulator. By selecting the capacitors, phase characteristics between the ports are adjusted to the characteristics in accordance with a transmission signal and a reception signal to be transmitted. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169423 | SENSOR THAT TRANSMITS SIGNALS RESPONSIVE TO A REQUEST SIGNAL AND RECEIVES INFORMATION - A sensor comprises a transmitter to transmit signals over a communication path, the sensor further capable to receive signals from the communication path, wherein the sensor is configured to communicate sensor data having a nibble data signal format at the transmitter in response to a trigger signal received at the sensor. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177683 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANTENNA ARRAY CHANNEL FEEDBACK - A method and apparatus provide antenna array channel feedback. The method can include receiving, at a wireless terminal, a set of channel state information reference signals. The method can include determining, by the wireless terminal, based on the received set of channel state information reference signals, a precoding matrix that is a product of a first precoding matrix and a second precoding matrix. The first precoding matrix can have at least a representation in terms of a representation matrix. The representation matrix can be based on a matrix selected from a first codebook. The second precoding matrix can be based on a second codebook. The method can include transmitting, by the wireless terminal, a representation of at least one of the first precoding matrix and the second precoding matrix. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177684 | Rapid Acknowledgement of Radio Transmissions for Energy Minimization - The disclosure relates to a transmission scheme for nodes in a network. More specifically, the disclosure relates to an acknowledgment scheme that minimizes energy requirements for an acknowledgment of a transmission between nodes. The disclosure describes that an energy constrained node may transmit to other nodes in a network and may only require that an acknowledgment of that transmission is received from at least one of the proximal recipients, which may or may not be the ultimate target. In order to minimize the complexity of the receiver in a node and its energy requirements, the acknowledgment scheme may employ simple on-off keying (irrespective of the modulation technique of the sending transmission. The acknowledgment comprises a series of OOK pulses sent at a specified time after receipt of the transmission. In addition, simultaneously received acknowledgments can be processed and verified without confusion. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177685 | Broadband re-configurable RF receiver - An RF receiver system operating on a broader frequency range and wide input dynamic power range is described. Received RF signal is downconverted to baseband signal using multiple quadrature demodulators. A microcontroller system controls the RF receiver by selecting frequency range to be produced by the frequency synthesizer, selecting appropriate amplification path for producing the required output power, controlling the power module for checking for automatic power gain and automatic gain control. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177686 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING THE TIMING OF RADIO ANTENNA TUNING - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, determining, by a controller of a mobile communication device, a phase shift criteria and an amplitude shift criteria associated with a modulation being implemented by the mobile communication device. The controller can determine a group of tuning steps that satisfies the phase and amplitude shift criteria and that provides a desired tuning step for a matching network of the mobile communication device. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177687 | MODULATION METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH CONSIDERATION OF ADAPTIVE HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A modulation method and an apparatus with consideration of adaptive Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method of a transmission end supporting a hybrid modulation technique in which different types of modulation schemes are mixed, information of a channel state with a reception end is collected. A modulation order of a first type of a modulation scheme and a modulation order of a second type of a modulation scheme are determined. The modulation order of a first type of a modulation scheme and a modulation order of a second type of a modulation scheme form the hybrid modulation technique. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185656 | TECHNIQUES TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENT CLASSES OF DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An apparatus, a method and a machine-readable storage medium to accommodate both high function and low cost wireless devices in a wireless network. An exemplary apparatus includes a receiver to wirelessly receive a first packet comprising first and second shifting pilot signals amidst first data symbols transmitted via multiple subcarriers in symbol sets; a transmitter to wireless transmit a second packet; and logic to track a phase shift using the first and second shifting pilot signals, to configure the receiver to compensate for the shift in phase, to refrain from using reception of the first and second shifting pilot signals to update an initial channel estimate derived from a preamble of the first packet, and to transmit third and fourth shifting pilot signals amidst second data symbols of the second packet. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192844 | FULLY INTEGRATED DC OFFSET COMPENSATION SERVO FEEDBACK LOOP - The fully integrated DC offset compensation servo feedback loop is an integrator that measures the output signal DC component, and then feeds back and subtracts the measured DC component from the input signal. A larger integrator time constant lowers the high pass corner frequency, which must be very small in order to minimize the loss of the low frequency component of the desired signals. The large time constant is achieved on an integrated circuit by the use of a class-AB fully differential opamp in conjunction with an R-2R ladder as a circuit element to accomplish an integrated large time constant integrator. The R-2R ladder is configured as a digitally programmable resistor. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192845 | Method and Apparatus For an Adaptive Multi-Antenna System - A method is used for reconfiguring an electronic device, having at least three antenna elements, between different antenna modes. The method includes configuring, by a controller, the electronic device into a first antenna mode, wherein at least two of the antenna elements are coupled together to operate as a single antenna. The method further includes, reconfiguring, by the controller, the electronic device from the first antenna mode into a second antenna mode, wherein at least one antenna configured for use during the second antenna mode includes only a single antenna element. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192846 | RATE ADAPTATION FOR DATA COMMUNICATION - In some embodiments, a method includes receiving, at a receiver of a first device via a channel of a communication medium, multiple data transmissions. Each data transmission of the multiple data transmissions has a guard interval of multiple guard intervals, wherein the multiple guard intervals have different lengths. The method includes determining, based on signal characteristics of the multiple data transmissions, the data transmission from among the multiple data transmissions having a preferred physical data rate. The method includes setting a length of an adjusted guard interval for the channel for data communication from a transmitter of a second device to the receiver of the first device via the communication medium, to a length of the guard interval for the data transmission having the preferred physical data rate. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192847 | RATE ADAPTATION FOR DATA COMMUNICATION - In some embodiments, a method includes receiving, at a first device via a channel of a communication medium, multiple data transmissions, wherein a code rate of multiple code rates is associated with each data transmission of the multiple data transmissions. The method includes determining, based on signal characteristics of the multiple data transmissions, the data transmission from among the multiple data transmissions having a preferred physical data rate. The method also includes setting a code rate for the channel for communication from a second device to the first device via the communication medium, to the code rate of the data transmission having the preferred physical data rate. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192848 | SENDING INFORMATION AT A BAND EDGE WITHIN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY-DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM) SYMBOL - Technology is discussed for increasing the spectral efficiency of an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol. Spectral efficiency can be increased by adding information to a band edge of the OFDM symbol in connection with measures taken to reduce OOB spectral leakage from the OFDM symbol. Spectral leakage reduction measures can include application of a tapering window to at least a portion of OFDM data in the time domain to reduce power in side-lobes in the frequency domain. In some examples, such measures can comprise reducing transmission power at certain frequencies for a set of adjacent sub-carriers within the OFDM symbol at or near the band edge of the OFDM symbol. The additional bandwidth at the OFDM symbol can be used for many different applications, such as, without limitation, Device-to-Device (D2D) communication and/or Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192849 | SYSTEM, A DEVICE AND A METHOD FOR ADJUSTING OUTPUT POWER IN A DISTRIBUTED AMPLIFIER SYSTEM - A system comprises a first device and a second device. The first device comprises a receiver, a spectrum analyzer, a controller, an amplifier, a filter and a transmitter. The first device receives from at least one antenna a plurality of signals from different sources. The spectrum analyzer is coupled to the receiver and determines whether a downlink signal power from each of the sources to the system exceeds a predetermined threshold. The controller is coupled to the spectrum analyzer and generates a first indication indicating lowering gains of an amplifier on signals from at least one source with downlink signal power larger than the predetermined threshold. The amplifier is coupled to the controller and lowers gains of the amplifier according to the indication from the controller. The transmitter transmits the plurality of signals after adjustment to at least one second device distributed within a site. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192850 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ELIMINATING THE EFFECTS OF FREQUENCY OFFSETS IN A DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention aims at eliminating the effects of frequency offsets between two transceivers by adjusting frequencies used during transmission. In this invention, methods for correcting the carrier frequency and the sampling frequency during transmission are provided, including both digital and analog implementations of such methods. The receiver determines the relative frequency offset between the transmitter and the receiver, and uses this information to correct this offset when the receiver transmits its data to the original transmitter in the return path, so that the signal received by the original transmitter is in sampling and carrier frequency lock with the original transmitter's local frequency reference. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198831 | Radio Frequency Signal Transceiving and Processing Method, Device, and Base Station System - A radio frequency signal transceiver includes: a transmission circuit configured to perform power amplification on an input first analog signal, wirelessly transmit the first analog signal after power amplification, and output the first analog signal after power amplification to a pre-distortion circuit; the pre-distortion circuit configured to convert the first analog signal after power amplification into a second analog signal and output the second analog signal, where the second analog signal is used to feedback distortion of the first analog signal to compensate the first analog signal in advance according to the distortion; and a receiving circuit configured to wirelessly receive a third analog signal, and process and output the third analog signal. The radio frequency signal transceiver can improve efficiency in receiving and transmitting a radio frequency signal, reduce a cost of a base station system, and reduce a difficulty in implementing the base station system. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204984 | APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING WEIGHTS ASSOCIATED WITH A RECEIVED SIGNAL AND APPLYING THE WEIGHTS TO TRANSMIT DATA - An apparatus for modulating transmit data and adding a cyclic prefix to the transmit data is provided. The apparatus comprises: transceiver hardware that is capable of receiving receive data utilizing multiple input channels and includes at least one first wireless element that is orthogonal frequency division multiplexing-capable, and at least one second wireless element; and circuitry capable of working in association with the transceiver hardware. In operation, the apparatus is configured so as to cause transmission of at least one transmit signal including at least a portion of the transmit data to a node. The apparatus is further configured so as to allow adaptive routing utilizing another route different from a previous route. In addition, the apparatus is configured such that the adaptive routing includes allowing routing as a function of a link quality associated with at least one link. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204985 | DIGITAL TRANSCEIVER WITH SWITCHED CAPACITOR SAMPLING MIXERS AND SWITCHED CAPACITOR AMPLIFIERS - Examples of a digital transceiver, a switched-capacitor sampling mixer, and an N-stage switched-capacitor amplifier are generally described herein. The digital transceiver may include a plurality of switched-capacitor sampling mixers and a plurality of N-stage switched-capacitor amplifiers. Each mixer samples a received differential RF signal. The pair of N-stage switched-capacitor amplifiers operates as charge redistribution amplifiers. Each N-stage switched-capacitor amplifier provides a near-constant capacitive load for one of the mixers. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204986 | Apparatus and Method for Correcting IQ Imbalance - The subject matter discloses an apparatus residing within an RF chip, comprising:
| 07-24-2014 |
20140211831 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR SIGNAL DETECTION - A communication device is described comprising a receiver configured to receive a receive symbol vector resulting from a transmission of a transmit symbol vector from at least one transmitter to the receiver wherein the transmit symbol vector comprises a plurality of transmit symbols wherein each transmit symbol is associated with a modulation type and a detector configured to determine a detection order for the plurality of transmit symbols based on the modulation types and to determine, for at least one bit of at least one transmit symbol, at least one soft value based on the receive symbol vector according to the detection order. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211832 | Base-T Common Mode Testing in an Ethernet Subsystem - Systems and methods are provided for common mode testing for a system using an Ethernet subsystem. The Ethernet subsystem generates test signals that can be introduced at various points in the system to detect the effect of noise introduced by various elements of the system. By introducing test signals at various points in a system, common mode noise introduced into the system can be more accurately determined. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211833 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION USING AVERAGING AND INTERPOLATION - A method of performing channel estimation includes receiving a frame that includes, for each subcarrier of a subset of subcarriers in the frame, a pair of pilot symbols in the subcarrier. The subcarriers of the subset are regularly spaced apart from one another in the frequency domain. Time-averaged channel estimates for each subcarrier of the subset are generated based on the pairs of pilot symbols. Frequency-averaged channel estimates for respective subcarriers are generated based on the time-averaged channel estimates. Interpolation is performed between respective frequency-averaged channel estimates to generate interpolated channel estimates for subcarriers between the respective subcarriers. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211834 | LOW-POWER, HIGH-SPEED TRANSCEIVER - The present invention relates to a low-power and high-speed transmission and reception apparatus which reduces consumption power of a sending-end circuit by increasing a value of a termination resistor included in a sending-end circuit and a receiving-end circuit so that the value is greater than a characteristic impedance value of a transmission line. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211835 | Signaling of Sequence Generator Initialization Parameters for Uplink Reference Signal Generation - A base station initializes pseudo-random sequence generators on which wireless devices base generation of uplink reference signals. The base station determines a first sequence from a first subset of possible initialization sequences for a sequence generator of a first device, and determines a second sequence from a second subset of possible initialization sequences for a sequence generator of a second device. The range of this second subset spans at least the range of the first subset. The base station further encodes the first sequence as a first set of two or more parameters, and encodes the second sequence as a second set of one or more parameters. This second set includes at least one parameter not included in the first set, and comprises fewer bits than the first set. The base station initializes the sequence generators by transmitting the first and second sets of parameters to the devices. | 07-31-2014 |
20140219323 | BUS COMMUNICATION TRANSCEIVER - A bus communication transceiver measures a delay time in response to a rising time of a signal and adjusts a falling waveform of the same signal based on the measurement result. A signal waveform, especially, a duty ratio can be adjusted in a predetermined standard range. Also, the bus communication transceiver realizes an excellent real-time operation, without receiving influence of a variation of the voltage supplied to the bus, and a variation of a total of loads connected with the bus. The bus communication transceiver measures the delay time by using the signal and adjusts the waveform of the signal. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233612 | TECHNIQUE FOR OPTIMIZING THE PHASE OF A DATA SIGNAL TRANSMITTED ACROSS A COMMUNICATION LINK - A first transceiver is configured to transmit a first data signal to a second transceiver across a communication link. The second transceiver maintains clock data recovery (CDR) lock with the first signal by adjusting a sampling clock configured to sample the first data signal. When the communication link reverses directions, the second transceiver is configured to transmit a second data signal to the first transceiver with the phase of that second data signal adjusted based on the adjustments made to the sampling clock. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233613 | WiFi Management Interface for Microwave Radio and Reset to Factory Defaults - WIFI management interfaces for microwave radio and reset to factory defaults are provided herein. Methods may include transmitting or receiving, on a dedicated management interface antenna of the wireless radio management signals, signals in a dedicated band for controlling operations of the wireless radio, and transmitting or receiving, on at least one additional antenna of the wireless radio management signals, signals that are not used for controlling operations of the wireless radio. The dedicated management interface antenna and the at least one additional antenna being physically separated from one another. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233614 | ISOLATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY USING COUPLED OSCILLATORS/ANTENNAS - The present subject matter discusses, among other things, electrical isolation, and more particularly wireless electrical isolation methods and apparatus. IN an example, an electrical isolator can include a transmit circuit including a transmit antenna, and a receive circuit including a receive antenna. The transmit circuit can be configured to receive digital data and to modulate a transmit signal with the digital data, and to transmit the transit signal using the transmit antenna. The receive antenna can be configured to receive the transmit signal and to demodulate and provide the digital data from the transmit signal using a demodulation clock signal. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233615 | PACKET DETECTOR - There are several exemplary ways to more efficiently communicate an out-of-domain seed to a receiver—in a first technique, the seed can be indicated in the header portion or data portion of a packet. For example, the header portion of the packet could contain one or more bit fields that indicate the value of the LFSR seed used for the preamble portion of the packet. The receiver would learn the out-of-domain seed after receiving a first out-of-domain packet and decoding the header portion of that packet. After learning the out-of-domain seed, the receiver could send a packet indicating the value of the out-of-domain seed to the local master. The local master could then transmit the value of the out-of-domain seed in the header portion or data portion of a local MAP frame. | 08-21-2014 |
20140241405 | TRANSCEIVER AND COMMUNICATION METHOD OF DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE - The present invention discloses a transceiver of digital subscriber line (DSL) which supports a variety of DSL systems, comprising: a transmission circuit for receiving an output signal and generating a first DSL transmission signal or a second DSL transmission signal according to the output signal under the control of a transmission selection parameter; a hybrid circuit for generating a line transmission signal according to the first or second DSL transmission signal and generating a DSL reception signal according to a line reception signal; and a reception circuit for generating a first DSL reception signal or a second DSL reception signal according to the DSL reception signal, and then outputting one of the first and second DSL reception signals as an input signal according to a reception selection parameter. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241406 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM PERFORMING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION ACCORDING TO OPERATIONAL STATES OF CO-LOCATED INTERFACE APPARATUS AND RELATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD THERE OF - A wireless communications system co-located with an interface apparatus includes a radio subsystem. The radio subsystem includes a transmission circuit arranged for performing a radio transmission, and a reception circuit arranged for performing a radio reception when the interface apparatus operates in a first operational state. The interface apparatus operates in one of a plurality of operational states including the first operational state and a second operational state, and a power consumption of the interface apparatus in the first operational state is lower than a power consumption of the interface apparatus in the second operational state. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247860 | CODEBOOK AND CODEBOOK SEARCH - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a codebook used to provide a precoding matrix indicator and/or channel state information comprises one or more rank-1 codewords and at least one or more rank-2 codewords exhibiting a nesting property with the rank-1 codewords, and one or more rank-2 codewords not exhibiting a nesting property with the rank-1 codewords. Further, the rank-1 codewords may include at least some Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) vectors, and at least some vectors that are optimized for a cross polarize array of antennas if the array of antennas is cross polarized. The codebook may be utilized for single-user multiple-input, multiple-output (SU-MIMO) or multi-user multiple-input, multiple-output (MU-MIMO). | 09-04-2014 |
20140254639 | AUTOMATIC COMPENSATION OF TRANSMIT POWER OF SEPARATE TRANSMIT CHAINS IN MIMO COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods are disclosed for receivers of transmit chains of a MIMO system to receive transmit power information and to compute channel characteristics of the transmit chains to enable dynamic adjustment of the transmit power on the transmit chain to optimize an overall data throughput while meeting a maximum emission limit, such as a regulatory limit on emitted power. The transmit power and the data rate on the transmit chains may be independently controlled. The receiver of the MIMO system may determine the new transmit power for the transmit chains from the computed channel characteristics and the current transmit power of the transmit chains. Alternatively, the receiver may transmit the computed channel characteristics of the transmit chains to the transmitter for the transmitter to determine the new transmit power for the transmit chains. The transmitter may use the new transmit power to transmit new data on the transmit chains. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254640 | DE-CORRELATING TRAINING PATTERN SEQUENCES BETWEEN LANES IN HIGH-SPEED MULTI-LANE LINKS AND INTERCONNECTS - Methods, apparatus and systems for de-correlating training pattern sequences for high-speed links and interconnects. The high-speed links and interconnects employs multiple lanes in each direction for transmitting and receiving data, and may be physically implemented via signal paths in an inter-plane board such as a backplane or mid-plane, or via a cable. During link training, a training pattern comprising a pseudo random bit sequence (PBRS) is sent over each lane. The PBRS for each lane is generated by a PBRS generator based on a PRBS polynomial that is unique to that lane. Since each lane employs a different PRBS polynomial, the training patterns between lanes are substantially de-correlated. Link negotiation may be performed between link endpoints to ensure that the PBRS polynomials used for all of the lanes in the high-speed link or interconnect are unique. Exemplary uses include Ethernet links, Infiniband links, and multi-lane serial interconnects. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254641 | Circuit and Method for Transmitting or Receiving Signal - A circuit, including a receiving path, for converting a first analog radio frequency (RF) input signal to a digital intermediate frequency (IF) input signal, wherein the first analog RF input signal includes a first signal component conforming to a first wireless transmission standard and a second signal component conforming to a second wireless transmission standard; a first digital down converter, for receiving and processing the digital IF input signal to generate a first digital baseband signal corresponding to the first signal component; a second digital down converter, for receiving and processing the digital IF input signal in order to generate a second digital baseband signal corresponding to the second signal component; a first baseband processing module, for processing the first digital baseband signal according to the first wireless transmission standard; and a second baseband processing module, for processing the second digital baseband signal according to the second wireless transmission standard. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254642 | Methods and Systems for High Bandwidth Chip-to-Chip Communications Interface - Systems and methods are described for transmitting data over physical channels to provide a high bandwidth, low latency interface between integrated circuit chips with low power utilization. Communication is performed using group signaling over multiple wires using a vector signaling code, where each wire carries a low-swing signal that may take on more than two signal values. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254643 | IMPULSE NOISE MANAGEMENT - A discrete multitone transceiver (DMT) includes a deinterleaver operable to de-interleave a plurality of bits. The DMT further includes: a forward error correction decoder operable to decode the plurality of bits, a module operable to determine, during Showtime, an impulse noise protection value, wherein the impulse protection value specifies a number corrupted DMT symbols that can be corrected by the forward error correction decoder in combination with the deinterleaver, and a receiver coupled to the deinterleaver. The receiver receives using a first interleaver parameter value, receives a flag signal, and changes to receiving using a second interleaver parameter value that is different than the first interleaver parameter value, wherein the second interleaver parameter value is used for reception on a pre-defined forward error correction codeword boundary following reception of the flag signal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140269852 | RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSMITTER NOISE CANCELLATION - Transmitter noise cancellation may be applied on a channel by channel basis to active channels of an incoming radio frequency signal received at a receiver. A noise cancellation filter may be provided for each active channel in a predetermined signal band. Applying noise cancellation on a per active channel basis instead of to the entire receive band may substantially reduce the filtering requirement and number of filter coefficients or taps to save power and reduce manufacturing costs. Channelized transmitter noise cancellers, multi transmitter-receiver cross coupling cancellers, and hybrid full signal band and channelized transmitter noise cancellers are also provided. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269853 | REUSING A SINGLE-CHIP CARRIER AGGREGATION RECEIVER TO SUPPORT NON-CELLULAR DIVERSITY - A wireless communication device configured for receiving multiple signals is described. The wireless communication device includes a single-chip carrier aggregation receiver architecture. The single-chip carrier aggregation receiver architecture includes a first antenna, a second antenna, a third antenna, a fourth antenna and a transceiver chip. The transceiver chip includes multiple carrier aggregation receivers. The single-chip carrier aggregation receiver architecture reuses at least one of the carrier aggregation receivers for secondary diversity. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269854 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SERIAL COMMUNICATION - This disclosure includes a point-to-point two-lineserial interface (TSI) suitable for use in a wireless communications device as well as in other applications. The TSI may employ a protocol providing multiple frame formats to achieve delivery of one type of message with a reduced latency and other messages at increased latencies. Further, although the master initiates reads, the slave circuit may signal the master in real time over the TSI. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269855 | Transmitter and Receiver - A multicarrier transmitter has a first mode, in which the transmitter is configured to transmit a first component carrier signal modulated onto a first carrier by using a first LO signal, and a second mode, in which the transmitter is configured to transmit the first component carrier signal modulated onto the first carrier and a second component carrier signal modulated onto a second carrier by using a second LO signal. The multicarrier transmitter is coupled to a controllable oscillator and configured to adapt a frequency of an LO signal output by the controllable oscillator dependent on the multicarrier transmitter being activated in the first or second mode to output the first LO signal or the second LO signal. For example, the multicarrier transmitter may be configured to switch between the first mode and the second mode while transmitting the component carrier signals. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269856 | RF PUCK - An RF module including transmitting, receiving, and processing elements, capable of operating in a standalone mode or as part of an array of similar or identical modules. The RF module includes a radiator ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140269857 | Adaptive Non-Linear Interference Cancellation For Intermodulation Distortion - A wireless communication device including two or more aggressor transmitters and a victim receiver that is adversely affected by intermodulation distortion (IMD) components associated with the signals transmitted by the two or more aggressor transmitters. Because the aggressor transmitters and the victim receiver are located on the same device, the transmit waveforms that contribute to the IMD components are known and available. More specifically, digital baseband samples used by the aggressor transmitters to generate the transmit waveforms are available. These digital baseband samples are used to reconstruct the IMD component on the wireless device. This reconstructed (estimated) IMD component is provided to the victim receiver, and is subtracted from a signal received by the victim receiver, thereby effectively removing the IMD component present in this received signal. An adaptive filter using a Volterra series can be used to estimate the IMD component in response to the transmitter digital baseband samples. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269858 | TRANSMITTER NOISE CANCELLATION IN A MULTI TRANSMITTER-RECEIVER SYSTEM - In a multi transmitter-receiver system, transmitter noise cancellation may be applied selectively for certain transmitters by exploiting asymmetries of the system. Hence, observation receiver(s) numbering less than the number of transmitters may be provided saving space and cost. Each observation receiver may selectively couple to a transmitter path and estimate the leakage noise from that transmitter. Based on the estimated leakage noise, noise cancellation may be applied to corresponding receiver path(s). Selection of the transmitters for leakage estimation may be based on system conditions at that time, which may be known to the system or may be estimated dynamically. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269859 | Remote Unit for Communicating with Base Stations and Terminal Devices - A remote unit of a distributed antenna system is disclosed that can communicate analog RF signals with both base stations and terminal devices in a coverage zone serviced by the remote unit. In some aspects, the remote unit can include a signal processing module and a transceiver. The transceiver can communicate RF signals between a master unit of the distributed antenna system and a terminal device. The transceiver can also receive analog downlink RF signals from a base station. The signal processing module can convert the analog downlink RF signals to digital downlink signals and provide the digital downlink signals to the master unit. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269860 | ADAPTIVE LINE EQUALIZER FOR IMPROVING DATA COMMUNICATION OVER LESS THAN PERFECT POWER LINES OR TRANSMISSION LINES - Systems and methods for improving data communication over less than perfect power lines or transmission lines are described. The systems and methods allow for pushing out electrically any null within a frequency range of interest and/or for lossless transmission by providing impedance matching between communication devices and the transmission line. This is achieved by implementing line equalizing modules within the transceivers, at the transmitter side and/or the receiver side, or by plugging, as a stand-alone module, into an electrical outlet within a building. The line equalizing module includes multiple inductor-capacitor cells coupled in cascade where multiple switches allow for selective and concurrent connection between the inductor-capacitor cells. In another embodiment, the line equalizing module includes variable inductor-capacitor cells. The line equalizing module provides a variable propagation delay that allows for stretching electrically the transmission line. Further improvement may achieve by adjusting the operational frequency using an up-conversion or down-conversion operation. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269861 | Constellation Map Optimization for Highly Spectrally Efficient Communications - A method and system for optimizing symbol mapping in partial response based communications that are based on use of pulse-shaping that incorporates a predetermined amount of inter-symbol interference (ISI). Optimizing symbol mapping symbol mapping may comprise configuring optimized constellation mapping for use in mapping and/or de-mapping data communicated using the partial response pulse-shaping. In this regard, the optimized constellation mapping may be based on a reference constellation mapping that is utilized for reference modulation scheme, and the configuring comprises applying adjustments to one or more constellation points in the reference constellation mapping. The optimized constellation mapping may be configured to optimize an applicable minimum distance for one or more selected error patterns for a given spectral compression applied during partial response based communications. The configuring of the optimized constellation mapping may be based on feedback information provided during communication of data. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269862 | WIRELESS ANTENNA SYSTEM - A wireless antenna system for a terminal comprises an antenna structure and frontend ports for connecting to transmit and/or receive circuitry of the terminal. The antenna system is operable in a first radiation mode and a second radiation mode, wherein the modes are orthogonal. The circuitry is arranged to map the first feed port to the antenna structure for the first radiation mode across a first frequency band having a bandwidth which covers one of an uplink frequency band and a downlink frequency band of the transmit/receive circuitry. The circuitry is arranged to map the second feed port to the antenna structure for the second radiation mode across a second frequency band, wherein the second frequency band covers both of an uplink frequency band of the transmit/receive circuitry and a downlink frequency band of the transmit/receive circuitry. The above concepts are extendible to more than two modes. | 09-18-2014 |
20140286378 | RECEIVING CIRCUIT AND COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT - A receiving circuit includes: an interpolation circuit that generates, by using an interpolation coefficient, output data including a data point and a boundary point from pieces of input data that are input in chronological order; a detection circuit that outputs a detection signal when the detection circuit detects a phase of the output data by using the boundary point of the output data; a low pass filter that filters the detection signal and generates the interpolation coefficient; and a modulation circuit that modulates, by using a modulation signal having a frequency different from a cutoff frequency of the low pass filter, the interpolation coefficient generated by the low pass filter, and outputs the modulated interpolation coefficient to the interpolation circuit. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286379 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH LOW POWER SLEEP MODE AND RAPID-ON CAPABILITY - A multicarrier transceiver is provided with a sleep mode in which it idles with reduced power consumption when it is not needed to transmit or receive data. The full transmission and reception capabilities of the transceiver are quickly restored when needed, without requiring the full (and time-consuming) initialization commonly needed to restore such transceivers to operation after inactivity. | 09-25-2014 |
20140307759 | Isolated Serializer-Deserializer - A first integrated circuit die receives input data from a plurality of input channels and combines the input data from the plurality of input channels into combined data. The first integrated circuit die transmits the combined data across an isolation communication channel. A second integrated circuit die that is coupled to the isolation communication channel decodes the transmitted combined data and supplies the decoded transmitted combined data to respective output channels corresponding to the input channels. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307760 | Universal Platform Module for a Plurality of Communication Protocols - A communication system comprising a multi-protocol, multi-bearer sub-system is described herein. The sub-system is a universal platform module that can transmit and receive one or more information signals in one or more protocols using one or more bearer services. In one embodiment, the sub-system may form a portion of a transceiver that is composed of a transmitter and a receiver, and which is a gateway server between a personal area network (PAN) and the global wireless network. | 10-16-2014 |
20140314130 | Harmonic Data Transfer In Rotary Wing Aircraft - A rotary wing aircraft includes a rotor assembly includes a rotor sensor generating a rotor sensor time domain signal; a rotor transform module converting the rotor sensor time domain signal to a rotor sensor frequency domain signal; and a rotor transceiver for transmitting the rotor sensor frequency domain signal over a transfer medium; an airframe assembly including: an airframe transceiver receiving the rotor sensor frequency domain signal; and an airframe transform module converting the rotor sensor frequency domain signal to the rotor sensor time domain signal. Signals from the airframe assembly may also be converted to the frequency domain prior to transfer over the transfer medium to the rotor assembly. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314131 | Signal Transceiver with Enhanced Return Loss in Power-off State - A signal transceiver with enhanced return loss in a power-off state includes a connector, a band-pass filter, a front-end module and an impedance transformation circuit. The impedance transformation circuit is coupled between the band-pass filter and the front-end module for transforming an input impedance of the signal transceiver, and includes an input terminal coupled to the band-pass filter for receiving a signal; an output terminal coupled to the front-end module for outputting the signal to the front-end module; an impedance transforming unit; and a power source input circuit coupled to the impedance transforming unit for providing a power source; wherein the impedance transforming unit is coupled between the power source input circuit and the input terminal, for transforming the input impedance of the signal transceiver. | 10-23-2014 |
20140321514 | SYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PHASE-ALIGNED OUTPUT DATA - Embodiments of a synchronous data system and method for generating phase-aligned output data are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the synchronous data system includes a plurality of transmitter-receiver (TX-RX) pairs, each associated with a delay-locked loop (DLL) and arranged to generate corresponding output data stream based on a high-speed clock of the associated TX-RX pair. The DLL associated with each TX-RX pair is a phase-shifter DLL that includes an adjustable phase shifter arranged to minimize the phase error between the system clock and the module clock to edge-align the high-speed clocks of each TX-RX pair. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321515 | Phase Interpolator - A phase interpolator is provided. The phase interpolator includes a plurality of capacitors, a first input for a clock signal, a second input for a phase shifted clock signal, a reference input for a reference signal, and an output. The phase interpolator is configured to provide at its output an interpolated, modulated phase information signal by switching, dependent on a modulation information, a first number of the capacitors between the first input and the output, a second number of the capacitors between the second input and the output, and a third number of the capacitors to the reference input. | 10-30-2014 |
20140341261 | TRANSMITTER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a transmitter including a plurality of amplifier circuits, a plurality of antennas adapted to have different main transmit directions and a transformation unit. The transformation unit includes a plurality of inputs connected to the plurality of amplifier circuits and a plurality of outputs connected to the plurality of antennas. The transformation unit is configured to transform a plurality of amplified transmit signals present at the plurality of inputs into a combined power transmit signal and to provide the combined power transmit signal at one of the plurality of outputs. | 11-20-2014 |
20140348217 | TRANSMITTER SYSTEM WITH DIGITAL PHASE ROTATOR USED FOR APPLYING DIGITAL PHASE ROTATION TO CONSTELLATION DATA AND RELATED SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF - A transmitter system includes a digital phase rotator, a phase rotation controller, and a digital radio-frequency (RF) transmitter. The digital phase rotator receives a first constellation data, and applies a digital phase rotation to the received first constellation data to generate a second constellation data. The phase rotation controller configures the digital phase rotation. The digital RF transmitter receives a digital input data derived from the second constellation data, and converts the digital input data into an analog RF output. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355655 | BUILT IN SELF TEST AND METHOD FOR RF TRANSCEIVER SYSTEMS - Integrated circuit transceiver circuitry ( | 12-04-2014 |
20140355656 | OPERATION METHOD OF VEHICLE SYSTEM - An operation method of a vehicle system, the vehicle system includes a host and cooperates with a mobile device. The operation method includes: connecting the mobile device and the host wirelessly. wherein the mobile device is detachably connected to the host; receiving a touch input at the mobile device to generate a wireless control signal; receiving the wireless control signal at the host to make the host operate according to the wireless control signal; transmitting an image data to the mobile device wirelessly; and displaying the image data at the mobile device. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362893 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BIT PROCESSING IN A CENTRAL NETWORK COMPONENT - A central network component, a FlexRay-compatible central network component, and a method for bit processing in a central network component are described. In one embodiment, a central network component for facilitating communication among communication nodes includes a bit oversampling module configured to oversample bits received from a first communication node of the communication nodes with an oversampling factor to generate oversampled bit streams, a time point selection module configured to select time points in the oversampled bit streams, where the time points correspond to inner samples of the oversampled bit streams with respect to the oversampling factor, and a bit outputting module configured to output the inner samples to a second communication node of the communication nodes between the time points. Other embodiments are also described. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362894 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSCEIVER COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods for transceiver communication are discussed herein. An exemplary system comprises a first transceiver and a second transceiver. The first transceiver may comprise an I/Q module and a PHY device. The I/Q module may receive a first complex signal and transform the first complex signal into bit words of a predetermined size and framewords. The PHY device may receive the bit words, transmit the bit words and framewords over a cable, and perform adaptive cancellation. The second transceiver may comprise a PHY device, an I/Q module, an I/Q modulator, and an antenna. The PHY device may receive the bit words and the framewords from over the cable. The I/Q module may transform the bit words to a second complex signal based on the framewords. The I/Q modulator may modulate the complex signal to generate a transmit signal. The antenna may transmit the signal. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369393 | MILLI-METER-WAVE-WIRELESS-INTERCONNECT (M2W2-INTERCONNECT)METHOD FOR SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATIONS WITH ULTRA-HIGH DATA RATE CAPABILITY - A millimeter wave wireless (M2W2) interconnect is used for transmitting and receiving signals at millimeter-wave frequencies for short-range wireless communication with high data rate capability. The transmitter and receiver antennae may comprise an on-chip differential dipole antenna or a bond-wire differential dipole antenna. The bond wire differential dipole antenna is comprised of a pair of bond wires connecting between a pair of pads on an integrated circuit (IC) die and a pair of floating pads on a printed circuit board (PCB). | 12-18-2014 |
20140376600 | Low Complexity and Accurate Cluster of Beams Selection - A method at user equipment ‘UE’, the method comprising: determining one or more radio channel estimates from received signals; selecting a precoding index fulfilling an optimisation criterion based on the one or more radio channel estimates and a reduced precoding matrix, wherein the reduced precoding matrix comprises properties of a single beam for each of one or more polarisation planes, and the reduced precoding matrix corresponds to an expanded precoding matrix comprising properties of a plurality of beams for each of one or more polarisation planes; and transmitting a precoding matrix indicator ‘PMI’ based on the selected precoding index. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376601 | Adaptive Time Diversity And Spatial Diversity For OFDM - An adaptable orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing system (OFDM) that uses a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) to having OFDM signals transmitted either in accordance with time diversity to reducing signal fading or in accordance with spatial diversity to increase the data rate. Sub-carriers are classified for spatial diversity transmission or for time diversity transmission based on the result of a comparison between threshold values and at least one of three criteria. The criteria includes a calculation of a smallest eigen value of a frequency channel response matrix and a smallest element of a diagonal of the matrix and a ratio of the largest and smallest eigen values of the matrix. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376602 | LOW POWER RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method significantly reduces the average power for radio communication in a communication system, such as a system that has applications requiring low communication latency. The method may use a low power radio communication circuit (e.g., a non-heterodyne receiver) to wait for a communication request, taking advantage of the low power consumption of the radio communication circuit. Subsequent to receiving and validating the communication request, the communication system may switch to a more efficient—but higher power—communication circuit. Thus, effective communication is achieved without making undesirable tradeoffs, such as reduced sensitivity. | 12-25-2014 |
20150010044 | TRANSCEIVER INCLUDING A HIGH LATENCY COMMUNICATION CHANNEL AND A LOW LATENCY COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for reducing the latency in a transceiver. A transceiver includes a high latency communication channel and a low latency communication channel that is configured to be a bypass channel for the high latency communication channel. The low latency communication channel may be utilized when implementing the transceiver is used in low latency applications. By bypassing the high latency communication channel, the high latency that is introduced therein (due to the many stages of de-serialization used to reduce the data rate for digital processing) can be avoided. An increase in data rate is realized when the low latency communication channel is used to pass data. A delay-locked loop (DLL) may be used to phase align the transmitter clock of the transceiver with the receiver clock of the transceiver to compensate for a limited tolerance of phase offset between these clocks. | 01-08-2015 |
20150016492 | Signal Filtering - A signal filter (100) comprises a first transferred impedance filter, TIF, (TIF | 01-15-2015 |
20150023398 | VOLTAGE REGULATOR FOR A SERIALIZER/DESERIALIZER COMMUNICATION APPLICATION - The voltage regulator device has a wide band amplifier having an input reference voltage, Vref and an input feedback voltage, Vfbk. The device has a source follower coupled to the wide band amplifier, the source follower coupled to an output of the wide band amplifier. The device has a VDD source, a regulator output, and a current source coupled to the source follower and the VDD source. The device has a low frequency path comprising a first transistor. The first transistor has a first gate, a first source, and a first drain. The first source is coupled to the VDD source. The first gate is coupled to a slow node, and the first drain is coupled to the regulator output. The low frequency path comprises a RC network, which has a capacitor, a resistor, and the slow node configured between the resistor and the capacitor. The device has a high frequency path comprising a second transistor. The second transistor has a second gate, a second source, and a second drain. The second source is coupled to the VDD source. The second gate is coupled to a fast node, and the second drain is coupled to the regulator output. | 01-22-2015 |
20150030056 | OPERATING POINT SETTING OF AN AMPLIFIER - Embodiments related to the setting of an operating point of an amplifier are described and depicted. | 01-29-2015 |
20150030057 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A FULL FAIL-SAFE CAPABILITY IN SIGNAL TRANSMISSION NETWORKS - Systems and methods for providing a full fail-safe capability in signal transmission networks are disclosed. For example, a system for providing a full fail-safe capability in signal transmission networks includes at least a first electronic circuit to transmit and receive signals or data, at least one driver unit coupled to the at least a first electronic circuit, and at least one receiver unit coupled to the at least a first electronic circuit and the at least one driver unit. The at least one receiver unit includes at least one offset signal generating unit, a signal comparing unit, and a switching unit to couple an offset signal from the at least one offset signal generating unit to an input of the signal comparing unit. | 01-29-2015 |
20150036725 | MULTI-SYSTEMS INTEGRATED MODULATION MODULE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present disclosure illustrates a multi-systems integrated modulation module. The modulation module includes a first modulation circuit and a second modulation circuit. The first modulation circuit includes a high frequency oscillator and high frequency mixers. The second modulation circuit includes a low frequency oscillator and low frequency mixers. The second modulation circuit couples to the first modulation circuit. The high frequency mixers couple to the high frequency oscillator and the low frequency mixers couple to the low frequency oscillator. The high frequency mixers and the low frequency mixers provide high frequency signals and low frequency signals separately. The frequency mixers mix radio frequency signals with the high frequency signals or low frequency signals. The modulation module forms a first signal path by the first modulation circuit, and forms a second signal path by the first modulation circuit and the second modulation circuit. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036726 | BEAM FORMING AND STEERING USING LTE DIVERSITY ANTENNA - An antenna system, which is coupled to one or more first transceivers for processing signals according to one or more protocols, respectively, and to a second transceiver for performing a function in conjunction with at least one of the one or more protocols, is provided. The antenna system includes a first antenna, a second antenna, a circuit coupled to the first and second antennas, and a controller configured to control the circuit for enabling beam forming and beam steering or for enabling the function in conjunction with the at least one of the one or more protocols. The circuit includes a phase shifting block configured to provide multiple phase shifts between a first radiation pattern associated with the first antenna and a second radiation pattern associated with the second antenna to generate multiple combined radiation patterns corresponding to the phase shifts, respectively, for the beam forming and beam steering purposes. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043621 | OPTIMIZED DATA TRANSFER UTILIZING OPTIMIZED CODE TABLE SIGNALING - In various embodiments, a computer-implemented method for optimized data transfer utilizing optimized code table signaling is disclosed. In one embodiment, a computer-implemented method comprises receiving, by a processor, a digital bit stream and transforming, by the processor, the digital bit stream to an encoded digital bit stream. The encoded digital bit stream comprises at least one of a gateway channel, a composite channel, or a data channel, and any combination thereof. The computer-implemented method further comprises providing, by the processor, the encoded digital bit stream to a transmission system for transmission. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043622 | TRANSMITTING / RECEIVING CIRCUIT AND TRANSMITTING / RECEIVING SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A transmitting/receiving circuit includes a transmitter suitable for transmitting a transmission signal to a channel, a receiver suitable for receiving a signal of the channel, a replica channel configured by replicating the channel, a replica transmitter suitable for transmitting the transmission signal to the replica channel, a replica receiver suitable for receiving a signal of the replica channel, and a restoring unit suitable for synthesizing the signal of the channel, which is received by the receiver, and the signal the replica channel, which is received by the replica receiver, and restoring a reception signal from the signal of the channel. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043623 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless transmission system includes: a communication unit for transmission; and a communication unit for reception. The communication units for transmission and reception are housed in a housing of the same electronic apparatus, or the communication unit for transmission is housed in a housing of first electronic apparatus and the communication unit for reception is housed in a housing of second electronic apparatus and a wireless signal transmission path enabling wireless information transmission between the communication units is formed between the communication units when the first and the second electronic apparatus are disposed at given positions to be integrated with each other. The communication unit for transmission includes a first carrier signal generating unit and a first frequency converter, and the communication unit for reception includes a second carrier signal generating unit, and a second frequency converter. | 02-12-2015 |
20150049792 | MULTIUSER TIME-REVERSAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS UPLINK SYSTEM WITH PARALLEL INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - In a time-reversal wireless system, a transceiver receives a combined signal that includes signals from a plurality of devices, each device sending a signal to the transceiver through multiple wireless propagation paths. Signals sent from each of the devices are estimated based on the combined signal and a signature waveform associated with the device. Interference associated with the estimated signal from each of the devices is determined based on the estimated signals from the devices. The signal sent from each of the devices is determined by subtracting the interference associated with the estimated signal associated with the device from the estimated signal associated with the device. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055689 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH BEAMFORMING AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A radio frequency (RF) transceiver includes an RF transmitter that generates a transmit signal to a remote communication device based on outbound data. An RF receiver generates inbound data based on a received signal from the remote communication device. The RF receiver includes a channel equalizer and generates post equalization performance data. A beamform controller generates a plurality of beamforming weights to adjust a beamforming pattern of an antenna array based on the post equalization performance data. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063429 | COORDINATE TRANSMITTER, COORDINATE RECEIVER AND COORDINATE TRANSCEIVER - A coordinate transmitter, a coordinate receiver and a coordinate transceiver are provided. The coordinate transmitter includes a global positioning system (GPS) module, a processing unit and a communication module. The global positioning system module receives a global positioning system signal set. The processing unit captures a coordinate data string from the GPS signal set. The processing unit replaces at least one English letter data and at least one punctuation mark data in the coordinate data string. The processing unit converts the replaced coordinate data string into a dual tone multi frequency (DTMF) signal set. The communication module transmits the DTMF signal set. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063430 | TRANSCEIVER - The present invention provides a transceiver for a radio frequency identification (RFID) reader. The transceiver includes an RF front end, a transmitting component, a receiving component, a power divider and a micro control unit (MCU). The power divider has three terminals. The first terminal of the power divider is connected to the transmitting component. The second terminal of the power divider is connected to the receiving component. The third terminal is connected to the RF front end. Moreover, the MCU is connected to the transmitting component and the receiving component, and generates a transmitted signal and receives a retrieved data. According to the present invention, the transceiver further includes an RF switch, a matching circuit and a receiving circuit. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071333 | FILTERING HIGH SPEED SIGNALS - A method for filtering a data signal includes transmitting the data signal from a transmitter to a receiver across a conductor disposed in an interposer, which interconnects the receiver and the transmitter. The data signal is low-passed with a filter, which includes a passive resistive element disposed within the interposer and coupled in series electrically with a passive inductive element. In relation thereto, the interposer is disposed in a position within the interposer, or upon a surface thereof. The filter is coupled to the conductor in a shunt configuration with respect to ground. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071334 | FAST DETECTION/MITIGATION AND RECOVERY FOR SEVERE EMI CONDITIONS IN AUTOMOTIVE AREA NETWORKS - A vehicle communication network device includes a transceiver configured to communicatively couple with a remote transceiver of another vehicle communication network device via a wired media and processing circuitry coupled to the transceiver. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078422 | FLEXIBLE UNIFIED ARCHITECTURE FOR POINT-TO-POINT DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIOS - A transceiver used in a radio unit for wireless communication, comprises: a circuitry board including a transmitter and a receiver; a first connector on a first side of the circuitry board, wherein the first connector is configured to be connected to an interface card; a second connector on a second side of the circuitry board, wherein the second side is opposite the first side and the second connector is configured to be connected to a digital card via a flexible circuit; and a pair of transmit port and receive port located on the second side of the circuitry board, wherein the transmit port is coupled to the transmitter and the receive port coupled to the receiver, respectively. When the transceiver is part of a split-mount radio unit (SRU), the first connector is connected to the interface card and the second connector is not in use. When the transceiver is part of an all-outdoor radio unit (AOU), the second con vector is connected to the digital card and the first connector is not in use. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078423 | Multi-Carrier Communication Systems Employing Variable Symbol Rates and Number of Carriers - A multi-carrier communication system such as an OFDM or DMT system has nodes which are allowed to dynamically change their receive and transmit symbol rates, and the number of carriers within their signals. Changing of the symbol rate is done by changing the clocking frequency of the nodes' iFFT and FFT processors, as well as their serializers and deserializers. The nodes have several ways of dynamically changing the number of earners used. The selection of symbol rate and number of earners can be optimized for a given channel based on explicit channel measurements, a priori knowledge of the channel, or past experience. Provision is made for accommodating legacy nodes that may have constraints in symbol rate or the number of carriers they can support. The receiver can determine the correct symbol rate and number of earners through a priori knowledge, a first exchange of packets in a base mode that all nodes can understand, or an indication in the header of the data packet which is transmitted in a base mode of operation that all nodes can understand. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078424 | Multi-Carrier Communication Systems Employing Variable Symbol Rates and Number of Carriers - A multi-carrier communication system such as an OFDM or DMT system has nodes which are allowed to dynamically change their receive and transmit symbol rates, and the number of carriers within their signals. Changing of the symbol rate is done by changing the clocking frequency of the nodes' iFFT and FFT processors, as well as their serializers and deserializers. The nodes have several ways of dynamically changing the number of earners used. The selection of symbol rate and number of earners can be optimized for a given channel based on explicit channel measurements, a priori knowledge of the channel, or past experience. Provision is made for accommodating legacy nodes that may have constraints in symbol rate or the number of carriers they can support. The receiver can determine the correct symbol rate and number of earners through a priori knowledge, a first exchange of packets in a base mode that all nodes can understand, or an indication in the header of the data packet which is transmitted in a base mode of operation that all nodes can understand. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085902 | RFDAC Transmitter Using Multiphase Image Select FIR DAC and Delta Sigma Modulator with Multiple Rx Band NTF Zeros - A transmitter includes a delta-sigma modulator characterized by a noise transfer function having a multitude of zeroes positioned substantially near a frequency band of a receive signal. The transmitter further includes, in part, a multi-phase digital-to-analog (DAC) converter converting an output signal of the delta-sigma modulator to an analog signal. The DAC is characterized by a transfer function that passes the desired signal to its output and attenuates a multitude of images of the sampling clock signal. The transmitter transmits at a frequency defined by an odd multiple of a fraction of the sampling clock signal frequency. The DAC includes a number of stages each pair of which is associated with one of the images being attenuated. The delta-sigma modulator includes a multitude of stages each associated with a different one of the zeroes. Each stage of said delta-sigma modulator optionally receives three tap coefficients. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085903 | Wireless Connectors - A wireless connector includes a plurality of printed circuit boards (PCBs) ( | 03-26-2015 |
20150085904 | Modular Microwave Backhaul Outdoor Unit - A microwave backhaul system may comprise a monolithic integrated circuit comprising an on-chip transceiver, digital baseband processing circuitry, and auxiliary interface circuitry. The on-chip transceiver may process a microwave signal from an antenna element to generate a first pair of quadrature baseband signals and convey the first pair of phase-quadrature baseband signals to the digital baseband processing circuitry. The auxiliary interface circuitry may receive one or more auxiliary signals from a source that is external to the monolithic integrated circuit and convey the one or more auxiliary signals to the digital baseband processing circuitry. The digital baseband processing circuitry may be operable to process signals to generate one or more second pairs of phase-quadrature digital baseband signals. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085905 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOW POWER AUDIO VISUAL INTERFACE CALIBRATION - Methods and apparatus for calibration of interface operation of a display device. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, an embedded DisplayPort (eDP) source element (such as a graphics processing unit (GPU)) configures itself to support the minimum requirements necessary to support a sink element (such as a screen display). Unlike prior art solutions, minimum sink requirements are identified during a calibration process, and the source is configured accordingly. By tailoring the source to the specific requirements of the sink, the device can initialize faster, consume less power, etc. Moreover, in another aspect of the present invention, if a device does not initialize to an expected configuration based on prior calibration settings, the device can be flagged as having faulty or failing components. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085906 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND SEQUENCE ASSIGNING METHOD - Provided is a sequence allocation method capable of reducing inter-cell interference of a reference signal when a ZC sequence is used as the reference signal in a mobile communication system. In the sequence allocation method, R×M sequences specified by a ZC sequence number r (r=1 to R) and a cyclic shift sequence number m (m=1 to M) are divided into a plurality of sequence groups X (X=1 to R) in accordance with the transmission band width of the reference signal, so that the ZC sequence is allocated to each cell in each sequence group unit. When it is assumed that R=9 and M=6, the number of sequences is 54. Each of the sequence groups is formed by two sequences. Accordingly, the number of sequence groups is 27. The 27 types of sequence groups are allocated to each cell. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092822 | TRANSMIT ENERGY LEAKAGE CONTROL IN A RECEIVER - Systems and methods for removing interference from a received signal. A model of a leakage path from a transmit section to a receive section is used to assist in designing a set of iterative filters to remove interference. Modeling the leakage path allows generation of the first approximation of the transfer function of the leakage path traversed by the signals coupled from the transmit section to the receive section. The first approximation narrows down the universe of possible distortions that might occur due to the transfer function of the leakage path. Narrowing down the universe of possible solutions makes the complexity of the interference control section more manageable. An iterative LMS function is used to further refine the coefficients of the adaptive filters. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092823 | MODULAR RADIO TRANSCEIVER - A modular Radio Frequency transceiver includes a frequency synthesizer module arranged to generate a local oscillator signal. At least one transmitter module and/or at least one receiver module are arranged adjacent to the frequency synthesizer module. Each transmitter module and receiver module is arranged to mix at least one respective input signal with the local oscillator signal. Adjacently arranged modules are electrically connected to each other with respect to at least data signals, the local oscillator signal and a power supply. | 04-02-2015 |
20150098495 | BASE STATION ANTENNA AND BASE STATION ANTENNA FEED NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and provide a base station antenna and a base station antenna feed network. The base station antenna includes a transceiver array, a first-level vector synthesis network, a second-level phase shifter array, a second-level vector synthesis network, and an antenna unit array. By using the second-level vector synthesis network, the base station antenna makes phase differences between multiple vector signals sent to antenna units smoother, thereby extending an adjustable range of a downtilt on the premise that the number of transceivers is as small as possible. | 04-09-2015 |
20150103872 | RADIO FREQUENCY CARRIER GENERATION ARCHITECTURE - A method of compensating carrier tone generation between duty cycles includes receiving a carrier frequency signal and a reference frequency signal, where the carrier frequency signal is mixed with a communication signal in a signal path. The method includes determining a first and second time differences between the carrier frequency signal and the reference frequency signal at respective clock edges of the reference frequency signal. The method includes converting the first time difference to a first corresponding phase value and the second time difference to a second corresponding phase value based on an operating frequency, and determining a phase difference between the first corresponding phase value and the second corresponding phase value. In turn, the method includes adjusting the communication signal with the phase difference independent of the signal path to maintain phase continuity in the signal path between the duty cycles. | 04-16-2015 |
20150110161 | Mixer Unit - A mixer unit ( | 04-23-2015 |
20150110162 | ELECTRICAL TRANSCEIVER FOR SYNCHRONOUS ETHERNET - Disclosed is an electrical transceiver for synchronous Ethernet, including: a first interface connected with a host; a second interface including a physical layer (PHY) transceiver connected with a serial link; and a processor connected with the first interface and the second interface, wherein the processor includes a timing control unit controlling a transmission signal transmitted to the second interface from the first interface and a reception signal transmitted to the first interface from the second interface to have the same time delay. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117502 | ANTENNA STRUCTURES AND METHODS - A communication device that incorporates the subject disclosure may include, for example, a conductive cover, an antenna structure, and a circuit. The antenna structure can comprise a first portion of the conductive cover having a first slot formed therein. The first portion can form a first antenna element for converting between first electromagnetic signals and first electrical signals. The first slot can define a shape of a trade dress design in the conductive cover. The circuit can be communicatively coupled to first edges of the first slot to define a first port. The circuit can perform operations comprising transmitting the first electronic signals into the first antenna element. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124858 | Antenna Driver with Scalable Output Impedance - A system includes an antenna, a modulator, and a controller. The modulator may be operatively connected to the antenna. The modulator may be configured to send, a signal to a wireless device via the antenna. The modulator may have an output impedance. The controller may be connected to the output of the antenna. The controller may include a detector and a driver. The detector may be configured to determine the amplitude of a response from the wireless device. The driver may be configured to scale the output impedance responsive to the amplitude. | 05-07-2015 |
20150139283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A PREAMBLE IN A RECEIVED RADIO SIGNAL - A method for detecting a preamble in a received radio signal comprises demodulating a received radio signal based on a carrier derived from a local timing source to provide a digital signal comprising a sequence of bits oscillating at approximately a modulated data rate. A bit width of each successive bit of the digital signal is determined. If a pair of consecutive bit widths have a combined width within a threshold value, the bit pair is indicated as potentially belonging to a preamble. If a threshold number of potential preamble bit pairs in a sequence of bit pairs within a given window is detected, the sequence of bit pairs is indicated as potentially comprising a preamble. A measure of bit widths of at least some bits within a sequence of preamble bit pairs can be provided and a frequency of the local timing source can be adjusted according to said measure. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139284 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NON-LINEAR DIGITAL SELF-INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - A system and method for non-linear digital self-interference cancellation including a pre-processor that generates a first pre-processed digital transmit signal from a digital transmit signal of a full-duplex radio, a non-linear transformer that transforms the first pre-processed digital transmit signal into a non-linear self-interference signal according to a transform configuration, a transform adaptor that sets the transform configuration of the non-linear transformer, and a post-processor that combines the non-linear self-interference signal with a digital receive signal of the full-duplex radio. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139285 | COMPACT FLOATING POINT DELTA ENCODING FOR COMPLEX DATA - A method, apparatus, and system for compression of complex data signals within a telecommunications base station. The system may include a transmitter configured to determine a larger value of either real or imaginary components of a digital complex signal. The transmitter designates an exponent of an exponential representation of the larger value as a common exponent to be used for compressing the digital complex signal. The transmitter also compresses a digital complex signal into a series of bits by sharing the common exponent across the real and imaginary components of the digital complex signal, and transmits the series of bits onto a physical medium of the communication system. The system may also include a receiver configured to receive the series of bits from the physical medium, and to expand the series of bits to reconstitute the digital complex signal by again sharing the common exponent across the real and imaginary components of the digital complex signal. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146765 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE AND RELATED METHODS - A communications device may include a transmit path, a receive path operable simultaneously with the transmit path and at a same frequency as the transmit path, and processing circuitry. The processing circuitry may be configured to generate a baseband signal for the transmit path, generate a feedforward signal based upon the baseband signal, and use the feedforward signal to reduce self-interference in the receive path from the transmit path. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146766 | USE OF MULTI-LEVEL MODULATION SIGNALING FOR SHORT REACH DATA COMMUNICATIONS - A short reach communication system includes a plurality of communication SERDES that communicate data over a short reach channel medium such as a backplane connection (e.g., PCB trace) between, for example, chips located on a common PCB. A multi-level modulated data signal is generated to transmit/receive data over the short reach channel medium. Multi-level modulated data signals, such as four-level PAM, reduce the data signal rate therefore reducing insertion loss, power, complexity of the circuits and required chip real estate. | 05-28-2015 |
20150304142 | Backchannel Communications For Initialization of High-Speed Networks - One embodiment provides a network controller. The network controller includes a modulation module. The modulation module includes a high rate (HR) bit sequence generator configured to generate a first high rate bit sequence, encoder circuitry configured to encode a first low rate bit stream, the first low rate bit stream comprising backchannel information, and modulation circuitry configured to modulate the encoded first low rate bit stream onto the first high rate bit sequence. The network controller further includes transmit circuitry configured to transmit the modulated first HR bit sequence to a link partner during a link initialization period. | 10-22-2015 |
20150311944 | AMBIENT BACKSCATTER TRANCEIVERS, APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING USING BACKSCATTER OF AMBIENT RF SIGNALS - Apparatuses, systems, ambient backscatter transceivers, and methods for modulating a backscatter of an ambient RF signal are described. An example system may include an ambient backscatter transceiver comprising an antenna that is configured to receive a backscattered ambient radio frequency (RF) signal. The ambient backscatter transceiver is configured to demodulate the backscattered ambient RF signal to retrieve first data. The backscattered ambient RF signal is generated by backscattering an ambient RF signal at a first frequency. The ambient RF signal is encoded with modulated to provide second data at a second frequency. | 10-29-2015 |
20150318836 | SECOND-ORDER FILTER WITH NOTCH FOR USE IN RECEIVERS TO EFFECTIVELY SUPPRESS THE TRANSMITTER BLOCKERS - The disclosed invention relates to a transceiver system comprising a notch filter element configured to suppress transmitter blockers (i.e., transmitter interferer signals) within a reception path. In some embodiments, the transceiver front-end comprises a differential reception path, having a first differential branch and a second differential branch, configured to provide an RF differential input signal having a transmitter blocker to a transimpedance amplifier, comprising a first-order active filter and a notch filter element. The notch filter element comprises a stop band corresponding to a frequency of a transmitted signal, such that the notch filter element suppresses the transmitted blocker without degrading the signal quality of the received differential input signal. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326269 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transceiving a signal in a wireless communication system. A method for transceiving a signal in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: deducing a channel from a transmission antenna of a transceiver; generating a reference signal by combining the deduced channel and a transmission signal from the transmission antenna; converting the reference signal into an analog signal; receiving a data signal and a self-interference signal by means of a reception antenna of the transceiver; and canceling the self-interference signal from the received data signal by means of the converted reference signal, wherein deducing a channel and combining signals are performed in the digital domain and discarding the self-interference signal is performed in the analog domain. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326351 | INTERLEAVING AND DEINTERLEAVING METHOD - An interleaving method by a transmitting device is provided. The transmitting device divides a bandwidth into a plurality of bands, and divides an interleaver matrix into a plurality of matrices corresponding to the plurality of bands respectively in a predetermined direction. Next, the transmitting device arranges data of a user assigned to a corresponding band among the plurality of bands in each matrix of the plurality of matrices. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326404 | MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH LOW POWER SLEEP MODE AND RAPID-ON CAPABILITY - A multicarrier transceiver is provided with a sleep mode in which it idles with reduced power consumption when it is not needed to transmit or receive data. The full transmission and reception capabilities of the transceiver are quickly restored when needed, without requiring the full (and time-consuming) initialization commonly needed to restore such transceivers to operation after inactivity. | 11-12-2015 |
20150333806 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE CHANNEL PREDICTION - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage channel prediction for a wireless communication system are described. The apparatus may include a media access control processor to perform channel prediction, and a transceiver to communicate information using the channel prediction. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333885 | Beam Forming Using a Dual Polarized Antenna Arrangement - There is provided beam forming using a dual polarized antenna array. A first set of reference signals for acquiring channel state information is alternatingly transmitted using a dual polarized antenna array in a first polarization direction and in a second polarization direction, respectively. Quantized channel information based on the first set of reference signals is received from a radio transceiver device. Angular information relating to the radio transceiver device is determined based on the quantized channel information. Transmission beams for transmission to the radio transceiver device are determined. The transmission comprises precoder vectors and have relative orthogonal polarizations for beam forming according to the angular information. | 11-19-2015 |
20150349729 | AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT, BI-STAGE AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT, MULTI-STAGE AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT, RF-AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT, RECEIVER SECTION, RF-TRANSCEIVER, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - The present invention relates to an amplifier circuit, comprising: first to fourth semiconductor amplifiers for controlling first to fourth currents between supply and output terminals, a first input terminal connected to provide a first input signal to a first control terminal of the first semiconductor amplifier and to a fourth control terminal of the fourth semiconductor amplifier, and a second input terminal connected to provide a second input signal to a second control terminal of the second semiconductor amplifier and to a third control terminal of the third semiconductor amplifier. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349781 | MULTI-MODULUS FREQUENCY DIVIDER - A frequency divider circuit can achieve multi-modulus operation. The frequency divider includes clocking transistor devices, memory transistor circuits, write transistor devices, and a current source bias. The clocking transistor devices receive a differential input signal having a first frequency at an input of the frequency divider. The memory transistor circuits store signals based on the differential input signal from the clocking transistor devices. The write transistor devices make a divided frequency signal available at an output terminal. The current source bias is coupled to the clocking transistor devices. The current source bias applies a bias current to adapt the frequency divider to a common-mode at the input of the frequency divider. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349833 | IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE COMPRISING AN IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM - An impedance measurement system (IMS) is provided that comprises an RSSI chain (RSSI), a limiter RSSI chain (LIMRSSI) and a limiter chain (LIM). The RSSI chain and the limiter RSSI chain are connected to a subtraction circuit (SC) and the limiter RSSI chain and the limiter chain are connected to a phase detector (PD). Further, a mobile communication device is provided that comprises the impedance measurement system in an adaptive impedance control system. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349835 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR HIGH BANDWIDTH CHIP-TO-CHIP COMMUNCATIONS INTERFACE - Systems and methods are described for transmitting data over physical channels to provide a high bandwidth, low latency interface between integrated circuit chips with low power utilization. Communication is performed using group signaling over multiple wires using a vector signaling code, where each wire carries a low-swing signal that may take on more than two signal values. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349933 | POWER OFFSET SIGNALING TECHNIQUES FOR NETWORK-ASSISTED INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND SUPPRESSION (NAICS) RECEIVERS - Power offset signaling techniques for network-assisted interference cancellation and suppression (NAICS) receivers are described. In one embodiment, for example, user equipment (UE) may comprise at least one radio frequency (RF) transceiver, at least one RF antenna, and logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to receive a radio resource control (RRC) connection control message comprising a RadioResourceConfigDedicated field and perform a radio resource configuration procedure in response to receipt of the RRC connection control message, the RRC connection control message to comprise network-assisted interference cancellation and suppression (NAICS) assistance information that identifies a power offset value for one or more transmissions to the UE over a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of a serving cell of the UE. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150365118 | LOW INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY RECEIVER - An LIF receiver includes a receiver path comprising: a mixer for mixing a received RF signal with a local oscillator signal to provide an IF signal at a lower frequency than the received RF signal, a bandpass filter for filtering the IF signal, a PGA for amplifying the filtered IF signal, an ADC for converting the amplified filtered IF signal to a digital signal, a converter for converting the digital signal to a baseband digital signal, and an AGC for setting a gain of the PGA in response to a magnitude of the received RF signal. A programmable DC signal source injects a programmed DC offset signal into the amplified filtered IF signal converted by the ADC, and a signal sensor, operatively connected to the receiver path after the PGA, determines a polarity of PGA signal output for a programmed DC offset signal. A controller determines a programmed DC offset signal minimizing a magnitude of the baseband signal in the absence of a received RF signal for at least one gain setting of the PGA. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365126 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND PHASE ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A communication apparatus includes: a switching device which modulates at least one of a first signal with a first frequency and passed through a first communication device and a second signal not passed through the first communication device at a second frequency lower than the first frequency; a signal combiner which combines together the first and second signals, at least one of which is modulated, to generate a composite signal containing a switching frequency component with an amplitude in response to the phase difference between the first and second signals at the second frequency; and a control unit which, based on the switching frequency component, obtains as a reference phase adjustment amount a phase adjustment amount applied by a phase adjuster in the first communication device. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365179 | DYNAMICALLY ADAPTIVE FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENTS - Systems and methods may provide for implementing dynamically adaptive frequency adjustment. In one example, the method may include analyzing a first set of transmission information and a second set of transmission information based on a likelihood of transmission interference, and determining a dynamically adapted camera frequency, wherein the dynamically adapted camera frequency is to minimize the transmission interference. | 12-17-2015 |
20150381114 | CIRCUIT, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, RECEIVER, TRANSCEIVER AND A METHOD FOR AMPLIFYING AN INPUT SIGNAL - A circuit according to an example includes an immitance converter amplifier based on a plurality of transistors of a first conductivity type and a supply transistor coupled between an output of the immitance converter amplifier and a supply for a supply potential, the supply transistor being a transistor of a second conductivity type complementary to the first type. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381188 | HIGH-ORDER SIGMA DELTA FOR A DIVIDER-LESS DIGITAL PHASE-LOCKED LOOP - Described herein are technologies related to an implementation of a divider-less digital phase-locked loop (DPLL) that includes a loop response matching a higher order sigma delta. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381228 | CALIBRATING A TRANSCEIVER CIRCUIT - A method of calibrating a transceiver circuit including transmission circuitry for processing an input signal to produce an output signal including the input signal modulated onto a carrier signal, and reception circuitry arranged to take a modulated signal including a signal modulated onto a carrier signal and to output the signal demodulated from the carrier signal. The method includes: selectively coupling the transmission circuitry to the reception circuitry; introducing a reference signal into the transmission circuitry, the reference signal causing a plurality of components of different frequencies to be present in a calibration signal in the reception circuitry; | 12-31-2015 |
20160013853 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CODEBOOK SUBSET RESTRICTION BITMAP | 01-14-2016 |
20160019174 | Universal Serializer Architecture - Systems and methods for a universal Serializer-Deserializer (SerDes) architecture are described. In various implementations, a transceiver may include: a first plurality of data flip- flops coupled to a data lookup circuit of a SerDes interface; a second plurality of data flip-flops coupled to the data lookup circuit; a plurality of latches, each latch of the plurality of latches coupled to a corresponding data flip-flop of the second plurality of data flip-flops; and a plurality of multiplexers coupled to the plurality of latches, to the first plurality of data flip-flops, and to a transmitter circuit. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020738 | DIVERSITY AMP MODULE AND APPARATUS COMPRISING THE SAME - An amplifying module having one input terminal and one output terminal and passing an antenna signal input through the input terminal towards the output terminal. The amplifying module includes a first switch connected to the input terminal, a plurality of filters selectable by the first switch, a plurality of amplifiers respectively connected to the plurality of filters and amplifying a signal that has passed through the filters, and a second switch for connecting the amplified signal to the output terminal. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020829 | WIRELESS SIGNAL GENERATING CARDS AND METHODS AND SYSTEM OF USING SUCH CARDS - An electronic card connectable to a client terminal via a memory card reader slot. The electronic card comprises a card interface having at least one power supply pin set to be connected to at least one source terminal in an electronic card reader slot of a client terminal, a wireless communication unit electronically wired to be powered via the at least one power supply pin, and a signal encoder which operates the wireless communication unit to transmit a presence signal containing a unique identifier (ID) independently from any computational operation of the client terminal. | 01-21-2016 |
20160028438 | Dynamic Medium Switch in Co-Located PLC and RF Networks - A method for implementing a convergence layer. Data is received on a first communication medium by a first transceiver. Data is transmitted on the first communication medium by the first transceiver. A signal is received. Causing, through the convergence layer, by a control logic in response to the signal, the data received and transmitted on the first communication medium as part of a communication session to be received and transmitted instead by a second transceiver on a second communication medium, wherein the convergence layer is configured to conceal from a routing layer at least one of: information related to the first signal, and information related to the data being received and transmitted on the second communication medium. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028495 | RADIOFREQUENCY COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING A TORP SIGNAL - Radiofrequency communication device comprising at least one TORP signal generation circuit, the TORP signal corresponding to oscillations trains periodically repeated at a frequency F | 01-28-2016 |
20160043766 | DUAL ELECTRICAL COMPACT SMALL FORM-FACTOR PLUGGABLE MODULE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a compact small form-factor pluggable (CSFP) module including: a CSFP connector; a dual Ethernet receptacle; a first Ethernet transceiver connected between the CSFP connector and the dual Ethernet connector; a second Ethernet transceiver connected between the CSFP connector and the dual Ethernet connector; a processor connected to the CSFP connector, the first Ethernet transceiver, and the second Ethernet transceiver, wherein the processor receives control messages from the CSFP connector and wherein the processor transmits control messages to the first and second Ethernet transceivers. | 02-11-2016 |
20160049984 | WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER WITH TX/FBRX SEQUENTIAL QMC CALIBRATION USING SEPARATE/SHARED PLLS - A direct conversion wireless transceiver is configured for TX/FBRX sequential QMC calibration (coefficient generation) using separate/shared PLLs. A TX path includes a TX LO driving upconversion, and an FBRX path includes an RX LO driving downconversion. TX/RX digital compensators include TX/RX QMC compensators that perform QMC compensation to compensate for IQ mismatch based on TX/RX QMC filter coefficients, and QMC calibration to calibrate the TX/RX QMC filter coefficients based on a QMC calibration procedure. The TX LO signal source is a TX PLL, and the RX LO signal source is selectively the TX PLL or a separate RX PLL. A QMC controller perform QMC calibration to generate calibrated TX/FBRX QMC filter coefficients, including: disconnecting the TX PLL from, and connecting the FBRX PLL to, the RX LO; generating calibrated TX QMC filter coefficients; generating calibrated FBRX QMC filter coefficients; disconnecting the FBRX PLL from, and connecting the TX PLL to, the RX LO; generating re-calibrated FBRX QMC filter coefficients. The TX digital compensator can be configured to perform DPD compensation (after QMC compensation). | 02-18-2016 |
20160049987 | RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER - The present invention relates to the technology of active phased arrays (APA) and can find a wide application to build radar stations for mobile or stationary objects as well as communications and hydroacoustic systems. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050031 | AUTOMATED BLIND COEFFICIENT CONTROL IN ANALOG ACTIVE INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Aspects of the disclosure are directed to interference cancellation and wireless communication. An analog active interference cancellation circuit may be configured to cancel in-device interference corresponding to transmissions from a transmitter at a wireless communication device, which affects the performance of a receiver at the wireless communication device. The interference cancellation circuit may be configured according to one or more digital coefficients calculated based on a baseband downconverted from the RF output of the receiver. That is, the digital coefficient may be converted to an analog coefficient and applied to the interference cancellation circuit. | 02-18-2016 |
20160056832 | DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC), METHOD FOR OPERATING A DAC AND TRANSCEIVER CIRCUIT - Embodiments of digital-to-analog converters (DACs), methods for operating a DAC, and transceiver circuits are described. In one embodiment, a DAC includes an input terminal configured to receive a digital signal, a converter circuit configured to convert the digital signal into an analog signal using first-order interpolation allowing low electromagnetic emissions, and an output terminal configured to output the analog signal. Other embodiments are also described. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056903 | System, method and computer storage medium for calibrating RF transceiver - Disclosed is a system, method and computer storage medium for calibrating a Radio Frequency (RF) transceiver, and the system includes a compensator for a transmission path, a compensator for a reception path, an estimator, a memory and a translational mixer. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056982 | Phase Control Method, Array Antenna, and System - A phase control method in the present disclosure includes dividing, by a power divider, the high frequency current into at least two current branches, and separately feeding the at least two current branches into corresponding radio frequency input ports on a digital phase shifter, determining, by the switch controller according to the digital control flow, radio frequency paths that are in the digital phase shifter and for the at least two current branches fed into the digital phase shifter, and controlling the drive voltage to act on the digital phase shifter, and separately establishing, by the digital phase shifter according to the drive voltage and for the at least two current branches, radio frequency paths for currents to flow through, and controlling duration of phase delays for the at least two current branches by controlling lengths of the radio frequency paths through which the at least two current branches flow. | 02-25-2016 |
20160072457 | RADIO FREQUENCY ADAPTIVE VOLTAGE SHAPING POWER AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Systems and method for improving operation of a radio frequency system are provided. One embodiment includes instructions to execute a coarse calibration to associate a first output power with a first operational parameter set; instruct the radio frequency system to transmit a signal based at least in part on the first operational parameter set and a base detrough function; determine performance metrics resulting from transmission of the signal; determine changes in the performance metrics resulting from operating the radio frequency based at least in part on the first operational parameter set and each of a plurality of augmented detrough functions; and associate a second operational parameter set with a second output power, in which the second operational parameter set includes one of the plurality of augmented detrough functions selected based at least in part on the changes that reduce margin between the performance metrics and performance metric thresholds. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072543 | Methods and Systems for Multi-Model, Multi-Layer Perceptron Based Non-Linear Interference Management in Multi-Technology Communication Devices - The various embodiments include methods and apparatuses for canceling nonlinear interference during concurrent communication of multi-technology wireless communication devices. Nonlinear interference may be estimated using a multi-layer perceptron neural network with Hammerstein structure by dividing an aggressor signal into real and imaginary components, augmenting the components by weight factors, executing a linear combination of the augmented components, and executing a nonlinear sigmoid function for the combined components at a hidden layer of multi-layer perceptron neural network to produce a hidden layer output signal. At an output layer, hidden layer output signals may be augmented by weight factors, and the augmented hidden layer output signals may be linearly combined to produce real and imaginary components of an estimated jammer signal. A linear filter function may be executed for the components of the jammer signal, and to produce a nonlinear interference estimate used to cancel the nonlinear interference of a victim signal. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072592 | Methods and Systems for Multi-Model Block Least Squares/Radial Basis Function Neural Network Based Non-Linear Interference Management for Multi-Technology Communication Devices - The various embodiments include methods and apparatuses for canceling nonlinear interference during concurrent communication of multi-technology wireless communication devices. Nonlinear interference may be estimated using a mixed-model block least squares/radial basis function neural network by generating aggressor kernels from the aggressor signals, augmenting the aggressor kernels by weight factors and executing a linear combination of the augmented output, at an intermediate layer to produce intermediate layer outputs. At an output layer, a linear filter function may be executed on the intermediate layer outputs to produce an estimated nonlinear interference used to cancel the nonlinear interference of a victim signal. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072650 | ADAPTIVE TERMINATION TUNING WITH BIASED PHASE DETECTOR IN A SERDES RECEIVER - Described embodiments provide for, in a SerDes device, an adaptation process that adjusts termination impedance automatically to obtain a tuned termination. The termination adaptation is realized with a ‘biased’ bang-bang phase detector (BBPD) that biases the weights applied to UP and DOWN outputs of the phase detector. Through an optimization process, the system locks to data eye corners, and thereby is able to optimize termination though a predetermined criteria, such as signal to noise ratio (SNR), horizontal eye (H-) margin, vertical eye (V-) margin or joint SNR and H-/V-margin optimization. As part of the receiver equalization, adaptive termination tuning is performed after the SerDes receiver (RX) path is initially powered-up by tuning the termination above and below its current initial setting and performing the optimization process. | 03-10-2016 |
20160087783 | PHASE DETECTING CIRCUIT FOR INTERCHAIN LOCAL OSCILLATOR (LO) DIVIDER PHASE ALIGNMENT - Certain aspects of the present invention provide methods and apparatus for detecting phase shift between signals, such as local oscillating signals in adjacent transceiver paths. One example circuit for phase detection generally includes a mixer configured to mix a first input signal having a first frequency with a second input signal having a second frequency to produce an output signal having frequency components at the sum of and the difference between the first and second frequencies; a filter connected with the mixer and configured to remove one of the frequency components at the sum of the first and second frequencies, thereby leaving a DC component; and an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) (e.g., a comparator) connected with the filter and configured to determine whether the first input signal is in-phase or out-of-phase with the second input signal based on a comparison between the DC component and a reference signal. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087784 | SYNCHRONOUS RESET AND PHASE DETECTING FOR INTERCHAIN LOCAL OSCILLATOR (LO) DIVIDER PHASE ALIGNMENT - Certain aspects of the present invention provide methods and apparatus for synchronizing frequency-divided oscillating signals associated with multiple radio frequency (RF) paths to be in-phase. For certain aspects, a reset pulse is input to synchronization logic for a particular RF path, and this logic retimes the reset pulse to a local synthesizer clock in this RF path. The retimed reset pulse drives the reset input of a local frequency divider for this RF path and is also appropriately delayed, buffered, and then daisy-chained to the synchronization logic in the next RF path to be repeated therein. By appropriately resetting the local frequency dividers using the synchronization logic in this manner, the frequency-divided oscillating signals for the RF paths are synchronized to operate in-phase with one another. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094266 | Modular Microwave Backhaul Outdoor Unit - A microwave backhaul system may comprise a monolithic integrated circuit comprising an on-chip transceiver, digital baseband processing circuitry, and auxiliary interface circuitry. The on-chip transceiver may process a microwave signal from an antenna element to generate a first pair of quadrature baseband signals and convey the first pair of phase-quadrature baseband signals to the digital baseband processing circuitry. The auxiliary interface circuitry may receive one or more auxiliary signals from a source that is external to the monolithic integrated circuit and convey the one or more auxiliary signals to the digital baseband processing circuitry. The digital baseband processing circuitry may be operable to process signals to generate one or more second pairs of phase-quadrature digital baseband signals. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094368 | ALTERNATIVE ROUTING OF WIRELESS DATA ONTO POWER SUPPLY - Circuits, methods, and apparatus that may provide a wired communication path that is simple to implement and does not greatly increase costs and complexity. One example may provide an electronic device having wired data path, where the wired data path is implemented using a power connection. Data from a wireless signal path may be routed and combined with a power supply voltage. This combined signal may then be provided to, or received from, a second electronic device over the power connection. The combined signal may be provided at a power connection that may include a power and ground path, paths for multiple power supplies, or paths for multiple power supplies and ground. | 03-31-2016 |
20160105274 | WIRELESS NETWORK THROUGHPUT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Wireless network throughput system and method implementing ultra phase modulation (UPM). An example system includes a receiver, a transmitter, UPM modulator, UPM demodulator and an ultra-phase coordinator (UPC) circuit connected to the receiver and to the transmitter antennae. The UPM wireless network throughput system and method reduces RF reception to only amplifying, filtering, and demodulating without any down-conversion. In an example, the system includes a frequency memory, wherein a frequency of a signal received at the receiver is recorded and a same frequency is used to transmit a signal in return. | 04-14-2016 |
20160119018 | Leakage Cancellation For a Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Transceiver - A transceiver arrangement ( | 04-28-2016 |
20160126945 | SWITCHING CIRCUIT - According to embodiments of the present invention, a switching circuit is provided. The switching circuit includes a transmission line arrangement including a plurality of transmission lines coupled to each other, and at least one switching element arrangement coupled to at least one transmission line of the plurality of transmission lines, wherein, in a first mode of operation, the at least one switching element arrangement is configured in a first state, wherein, in a second mode of operation, the at least one switching element arrangement is configured in a second state, and wherein the transmission line arrangement is configured to, depending on whether the at least one switching element arrangement is configured in the first state or the second state, generate a standing wave from an input signal received by the transmission line arrangement for coupling into an output signal, wherein the output signal is transmitted from the transmission line arrangement. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127015 | DIVERSITY RECEIVER FRONT END SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE ANTENNA ROUTING - Diversity receiver front end system with flexible antenna routing. A receiving system can include a plurality of amplifiers. Each one of the plurality of amplifiers can be disposed along a corresponding one of a plurality of paths between an input of the receiving system and an output of the receiving system. Each one of the plurality of paths can correspond to a different frequency band. The receiving system can include an input multiplexer configured to receive, at one or more of a plurality of input multiplexer inputs, one or more RF signals. Each one of the one or more RF signals can include one or more frequency bands. The input multiplexer can be configured to output each of the one or more RF signals to one or more of a plurality of input multiplexer outputs. The receiving system can include a controller configured to receive an antenna configuration signal and, based on the antenna configuration signal, control the input multiplexer to route each of the one or more RF signals to propagate along one or more of the plurality of paths corresponding to the one of more frequency bands of the RF signal. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127079 | Impulse noise management - A discrete multitone transceiver (DMT) includes a deinterleaver operable to de-interleave a plurality of bits. The DMT further includes: a forward error correction decoder operable to decode the plurality of bits, a module operable to determine, during Showtime, an impulse noise protection value, wherein the impulse protection value specifies a number corrupted DMT symbols that can be corrected by the forward error correction decoder in combination with the deinterleaver, and a receiver coupled to the deinterleaver. The receiver receives using a first interleaver parameter value, receives a flag signal, and changes to receiving using a second interleaver parameter value that is different than the first interleaver parameter value, wherein the second interleaver parameter value is used for reception on a pre-defined forward error correction codeword boundary following reception of the flag signal. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128136 | OUTDOOR UNIT RESONATOR CORRECTION - A system comprises a microwave backhaul outdoor unit having a first resonant circuit, phase error determination circuitry, and phase error compensation circuitry. The first resonant circuit is operable to generate a first signal characterized by a first amount of phase noise and a first amount of temperature stability. The phase error determination circuitry is operable to generate a phase error signal indicative of phase error between the first signal and a second signal, wherein the second signal is characterized by a second amount of phase noise that is greater than the first amount of phase noise, and the second signal is characterized by a second amount of temperature instability that is less than the first amount of temperature instability. The phase error compensation circuitry is operable to adjust the phase of a data signal based on the phase error signal, the adjustment resulting in a phase compensated signal. | 05-05-2016 |
20160134310 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CANCELING INTER-MODULATION PRODUCTS - The present disclosure provides an apparatus and a method for canceling inter-modulation (IM) products in a transceiver. The apparatus includes: a pre-distortion circuit configured to estimate a first IM product caused by a transmission signal and pre-distort the transmission signal to cancel the first IM product; an IM product calculator configured to calculate a second IM product caused by the transmission signal in a received signal based on the first IM product; and a subtractor configured to subtract the second IM product from the received signal. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134313 | DISTORTION SUPPRESSION FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - A receiver arranged to receive and to suppress a distortion in a receive signal, the receive signal comprising an information signal, the information signal occupying a first frequency band, the receive signal further comprising a pilot signal, the pilot signal occupying a second frequency band different from the first frequency band, the receiver comprising a pilot removal device arranged to receive a processed receive signal, and to extract and process the processed pilot signal from the processed receive signal as a processed extracted pilot signal, and to combine the processed extracted pilot signal with the processed receive signal to generate a distortion suppressed receive signal. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134457 | ROBUST SCALABLE AND ADAPTIVE FREQUENCY ESTIMATION AND FREQUENCY TRACKING FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses to determine a frequency adjustment in a mobile wireless device are disclosed. A method includes determining a coarse frequency error estimate and multiple fine frequency error estimates; selecting at least one candidate fine frequency error estimate having a frequency value closest to a corresponding frequency value for the coarse frequency error estimate; and determining a frequency adjustment based on a combination of the coarse frequency error estimate and the selected at least one candidate fine frequency error estimate. In an embodiment, the method further includes calculating a confidence metric for the coarse frequency error estimate; when the confidence metric exceeds a threshold value, determining the frequency adjustment based on the candidate fine frequency error estimate; otherwise, determining the frequency adjustment based on a fine frequency error estimate in the plurality of fine frequency error estimates closest to a most recent previous fine frequency error estimate. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142094 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELATIVE TRANSCEIVER CALIBRATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for relative calibration of transceivers in a wireless communication system. In one embodiment, the method comprises transmitting multiple pilots from units in the first group; receiving, in response to the multiple pilots, a first set of pilot observations at each unit in the second group; transmitting a single pilot simultaneously from at least two units in the second group; in response to the single pilot, receiving a second set of pilot observations at each unit in the first group; and using the first and second sets of pilot observations to calibrate each of at least two units in the second group based on a reference array of transceivers in the first group of transceivers. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142096 | SYSTEMS ANSD METHODS FOR MULTI-RATE DIGITAL SELF-INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - A system for multi-rate digital self-interference cancellation including a signal component generation system coupled to a digital transmit signal of a communication system that generates a set of signal components from the digital transmit signal; a multi-rate adaptive filter that transforms the set of signal components into a digital self-interference cancellation signal, according to a transform configuration, to form an interference-reduced receive signal; and a transform adaptor that dynamically sets the transform configuration in response to changes in the interference-reduced receive signal. | 05-19-2016 |
20160149609 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless transmission system includes: a communication unit for transmission; and a communication unit for reception. The communication units for transmission and reception are housed in a housing of the same electronic apparatus, or the communication unit for transmission is housed in a housing of first electronic apparatus and the communication unit for reception is housed in a housing of second electronic apparatus and a wireless signal transmission path enabling wireless information transmission between the communication units is formed between the communication units when the first and the second electronic apparatus are disposed at given positions to be integrated with each other. The communication unit for transmission includes a first carrier signal generating unit and a first frequency converter, and the communication unit for reception includes a second carrier signal generating unit, and a second frequency converter. | 05-26-2016 |
20160156376 | MULTIPLE LOGICAL REPRESENTATIONS OF AUDIO FUNCTIONS IN A WIRELESS AUDIO TRANSMITTER THAT TRANSMITS AUDIO DATA AT DIFFERENT DATA RATES | 06-02-2016 |
20160164474 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS RELATED TO LINEAR AND EFFICIENT BROADBAND POWER AMPLIFIERS - Systems and methods related to linear and efficient broadband power amplifiers. A power amplifier (PA) system can include an input circuit configured to receive a radio-frequency (RF) signal and split the RF signal into a first portion and a second portion. The PA system can further include a Doherty amplifier circuit including a carrier amplification path coupled to the input circuit to receive the first portion and a peaking amplification path coupled to the input circuit to receive the second portion. The PA system can further include an output circuit coupled to the Doherty amplifier circuit. The output circuit can include a balance to unbalance (BALUN) circuit configured to combine outputs of the carrier amplification path and the peaking amplification path to yield an amplified RF signal. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173119 | INJECTION LOCKED RING OSCILLATOR BASED DIGITAL-TO-TIME CONVERTER AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A FILTERED INTERPOLATED PHASE SIGNAL | 06-16-2016 |
20160173145 | LOW NOISE AMPLIFIER PROVIDING VARIABLE GAINS AND NOISE CANCELLATION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160173163 | Enhancement Device for a Wireless Antenna | 06-16-2016 |
20160182266 | WAVEFORM FOR TRANSMITTING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
20160191001 | COMPRESSION CONTROL THROUGH POWER AMPLIFIER LOAD ADJUSTMENT - Compression control through power amplifier load adjustment. A power amplifier module can include a power amplifier including a cascode transistor pair. The cascode transistor pair can include a first transistor and a second transistor. The power amplifier module can include a power amplifier bias controller including a current comparator configured to compare a first base current of the first transistor and a second base current of the second transistor to obtain a comparison value. The power amplifier module can include a saturation controller configured to supply a reference signal to an impedance matching network based on the comparison value. The impedance matching network can be configured to modify a load impedance of a load line in electrical communication with the power amplifier based at least in part on the reference signal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191002 | COMPRESSION CONTROL THROUGH POWER AMPLIFIER VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT - Compression control through power amplifier voltage adjustment. A power amplifier module can include a power amplifier including a cascode transistor pair. The cascode transistor pair can include a first transistor and a second transistor. The power amplifier module can include a power amplifier bias controller. The power amplifier bias controller can include a current comparator configured to compare a first base current of the first transistor and a second base current of the second transistor to obtain a comparison value. The power amplifier module can include a saturation controller configured to supply a reference signal to a voltage converter based on the comparison value. The voltage converter can be configured to modify a supply voltage provided to the power amplifier based at least in part on the reference signal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191109 | SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW SWITCH - An SPDT switch configured to separate a transmission signal and a reception signal in order to transmit and receive signals in same frequency through an antenna, wherein difference between antenna impedance and reception terminal impedance of the reception unit is less than difference between antenna impedance and transmission terminal impedance, and difference between the transmission terminal impedance and the antenna impedance is less than a difference between the transmission terminal impedance and the reception terminal impedance. The transmission and reception terminal impedance may be specified using a pattern of an RF signal line printed on a PCB. The SPDT switch has more competitive price relating to development of a wireless system because a pattern printed on the PCB is used, and is easy to be applied since passive elements in simple structure are used, therefore having no risk of failure due to ESD. | 06-30-2016 |
20160197628 | WIDEBAND DIGITAL SPECTROMETER | 07-07-2016 |
20160197639 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR THE POINT-MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION OF A DIGITAL SIGNAL OVER A RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 07-07-2016 |
20160197641 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160203104 | DIGITAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DIGITAL PROCESSING METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160204809 | HIGHLY INTEGRATED RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSCEIVER | 07-14-2016 |
20160204818 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK TRANSCEIVER CIRCUIT AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 07-14-2016 |
20160204822 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEIVING METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS BASED ON FILTER BANK | 07-14-2016 |
20160204823 | 10GbE E-band radio with 8PSK modulation | 07-14-2016 |
20160204965 | MULTI-MODE ACTIVE CIRCUIT CONTROL AND ACTIVATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160380655 | DIGITAL RF RECEIVER POWER SAVING WITH SIGNAL QUALITY DEPENDENT WORD LENGTH REDUCTION - A radio frequency (RF) transceiver system comprises an input port configured to receive an RF receive signal and a receiver (RX) digital signal processing (DSP) unit configured to process a digital IF signal based on the RF receive signal and generate a processed digital IF signal at an output port based thereon. Further, the RF transceiver system comprises a digital interface unit comprising a digital interface configured to convey the processed digital IF signal from the output port. In addition, the RF transceiver system comprises a quality estimation unit configured to estimate a quality indicator of the RF receive signal or a signal associated therewith, and dynamically adapt a digital transmission word length of the processed digital IF signal over the digital interface, based on the estimated quality indicator. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380661 | METHOD OF PROCESSING SIGNALS, DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND TRANSCEIVER DEVICE - A data processing system may include a transmit circuit configured to transmit a first signal sequence comprising one or more signals, a receive circuit configured to transmit a second signal sequence comprising one or more additional signals, wherein one or more signals of the second signal sequence comprise an interference component related to the first signal sequence, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit may be configured to generate a kernel set comprising one or more kernels based on the first signal sequence, wherein a first kernel of the kernel set comprises: a first complex exponential component of the first kernel based on the phase of a first signal of the first signal sequence, and a second complex exponential component of the first kernel based on the amplitude of the first signal of the first signal sequence, and apply the kernel set to generate a solution to a linear system, wherein the solution to the linear system represents a substantially linear relationship between the kernel set and the signal component of the second signal sequence arising from the first signal sequence. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380667 | HARMONIC-BASED CODING - A communicated signal is made up of a fundamental frequency and zero or more harmonic frequencies of the fundamental frequency. These harmonic frequencies are selected to represent digital data (e.g., binary bits) according to a mapping of different digital patterns to different combinations of a fundamental frequency and zero or more harmonic frequencies of the fundamental frequency. For example, a transmit-side device may encode a given digital pattern as a signal made up of the corresponding fundamental frequency and zero or more harmonics indicated for that digital pattern in the mapping. The transmit-side device sends this signal to a receive-side device. The receive-side device may then identify the fundamental frequency and zero or more harmonics of the received signal and thereby determine, based on the mapping, the digital pattern sent by the transmit-side device. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380669 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention provide an interference cancellation apparatus. The apparatus includes: a splitter, configured to send an acquired reference signal to a first and second main-path interference canceller; a main receive antenna, configured to send an acquired first receive signal to the first main-path interference canceller; the first main-path interference canceller, configured to perform first main-path interference cancellation processing on the first receive signal according to the reference signal, to generate a first processing signal; a reference receive antenna, configured to acquire and send a second receive signal to the second main-path interference canceller; the second main-path interference canceller, configured to perform second main-path interference cancellation processing on the second receive signal according to the reference signal, to generate a second processing signal; and a near-field interference canceller, configured to perform near-field interference cancellation processing on the first processing signal according to the second processing signal. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380708 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RESOLVING INGESTIBLE EVENT MARKER (IEM) CONTENTION - Systems, methods, and apparatuses are presented for resolving any interference, noise, and/or collisions caused by two or more ingestible event markers (IEMs) transmitting simultaneously or concurrently. Methods include techniques from the perspective of the IEM for randomly varying signal transmission characteristics in order to avoid collisions with other concurrently transmitting IEMs. Methods also include techniques from the perspective of a receiver for receiving multiple transmission signals from multiple IEMs and for resolving any interference or signal collisions. | 12-29-2016 |
20170237451 | RADIO FREQUENCY FRONT END CIRCUITRY WITH REDUCED INSERTION LOSS | 08-17-2017 |
20170237457 | MILLIMETRE WAVE TRANSCEIVER | 08-17-2017 |
20170237461 | PULSE-SHAPING AMPLIFIER SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |